RSS Grid

Scrollview

The Pixel 9a Finally Ditches the Camera Bar

Finally, a Pixel that looks like a real phone.

Google’s next Pixel phone, the Pixel 9a, has finally been announced. And for the first time in a Pixel since 2020’s Pixel 5, it ditches the camera bar. It’s also, as expected, a little cheaper and comes with a few additional AI tricks not available on the Pixel 8a, but really, it’s the new look that’s the biggest surprise here.

That’s because the 9a, unlike the 8a before it, really doesn’t look much like the Pixel 9 or 9 Pro. Dimensions are roughly equivalent to the standard Pixel 9 (although it is a little more lightweight at 6.6 oz vs. 7 oz) and the screen has almost pound-for-pound the same specs except for a halved contrast ratio, but people familiar with the past half-decade of Pixel phones might not realize it’s even part of the same family at first.

Pixel 8a (left) vs. Pixel 9a (right)
Pixel 8a (left) vs. Pixel 9a (right) Credit: Michelle Ehrhardt

Without the camera bar, the Pixel 9a instead looks much more like an iPhone than arguably even a Samsung Galaxy, with two rear lenses in the top-left corner inside a small ovular black bump next to a flash. This makes for a much thinner and flatter profile overall, even if the body itself hasn’t changed much, and I’m excited to both get my hands on it and see how the cases turn out. I’ve never loved the camera bar, but this has me considering the Pixel again.

Pixel 9a from the front
Credit: Michelle Ehrhardt

As for the specs on those cameras, they’re part of a trend of internal specs that don’t really compare well to either the Pixel 9 or the Pixel 8a. The rear camera lenses are 48MP and 13MP, respectively, while the front is 13MP, although the various aperture details and field-of-view settings don’t cleanly map onto an existing Google phone. I’m also curious to see how shots turn out once I get my hands on this phone.

Pixel 9a from the back
Credit: Michelle Ehrhardt

Similarly, another detail that doesn’t have an outright comparison with an existing Google phone is battery life, which Google promises is 30+ hours on the Pixel 9a, a little longer than on either the 8a or the Pixel 9. RAM and storage is equal to the 8a at 8GB and a starting value of 128GB, respectively, although the processor has been bumped up to the Google Tensor G4, the same as on the Pixel 9.

All of that adds up to make for a unique release with what could have simply been a pared-down Pixel 9, perhaps giving you additional reasons to get it over its more expensive cousin than simply saving a few dollars. That said, even with the lower cost, which is $500 vs. the Pixel 9’s $800, Google is promising some extra software here than on the Pixel 8a. These include a Macro Focus mode and unique Pixel AI features like Add Me (which can put you into shots you weren’t present for, albeit with mixed results).

Pixel 9a in various colors
Credit: Michelle Ehrhardt

While you’ll get the usual options for black, white, and pink, there’s also a new purple color, which hearkens back to the Pixel 8's light blue color that I missed so much on the base Pixel 9.

All in all, it’s shaping up to be a surprisingly exciting release for an A-series model, and I’m hoping it’s a hint at bigger things in store for the Pixel 10 when it inevitably comes out later this fall. An official release date is still TBA, so keep an eye on this space for more down the line.

AirPods Pro 2 Return to Lowest Price of the Year So Far at $169.99, Plus AirPods 4 for $99.99

Amazon this weekend has Apple's AirPods Pro 2 for $169.99, down from $249.00. This is the lowest price that we've tracked so far in 2025, and Amazon is providing a late March delivery estimate for most residences in the United States.

Note: MacRumors is an affiliate partner with Amazon. When you click a link and make a purchase, we may receive a small payment, which helps us keep the site running.

Although we saw a better deal over the holiday season, it's very unlikely that all-time low price will return any time soon. Amazon's price today is still a solid deal on the AirPods Pro 2, which feature USB-C charging and Active Noise Cancellation.



You can also get the base AirPods 4 for $99.99 on Amazon, down from $129.00. This one is another record low price, and we aren't currently tracking any lowest-ever prices on the model with Active Noise Cancellation.



If you're on the hunt for more discounts, be sure to visit our Apple Deals roundup where we recap the best Apple-related bargains of the past week.



Deals Newsletter


Interested in hearing more about the best deals you can find in 2025? Sign up for our Deals Newsletter and we'll keep you updated so you don't miss the biggest deals of the season!




Related Roundup: Apple Deals

This article, "AirPods Pro 2 Return to Lowest Price of the Year So Far at $169.99, Plus AirPods 4 for $99.99" first appeared on MacRumors.com

Discuss this article in our forums

Here's How the Pixel 9a Stacks Up Against the iPhone 16e

A lot more for $100 less.

The most affordable iPhone, or the most affordable Pixel? Which one is right for you? Google's Pixel 9a comes in $100 cheaper than the iPhone 16e, and has many AI features and specs from its flagship big brother, the Pixel 9. And it's a similar story with the iPhone 16e. The Pixel 9a starts shipping in April, while the iPhone 16e is out already (and we've already compared it with Samsung's mid-range lineup).

But, as always, the devil is in the details. Here's how Google's new Pixel 9a compares to the iPhone 16e.

Design

iPhone 16e.
Credit: Apple

Both the iPhone 16e and the Pixel 9a have a similar design language. They have flat sides, flat fronts, and rounded edges. And unlike its flagship counterpart, the Pixel 9a does not feature a camera bump. This is a big departure for the Pixel line, but it does make it look more like an iPhone.

Pixel 8a vs Pixel 9a.
Pixel 8a (left) vs Pixel 9a (right). Credit: Michelle Ehrhardt

On the front, the iPhone features a notch-style display instead of the Dynamic Island found on the flagship iPhones. The Pixel 9a, comparatively, has a circular cutout at the top for the front-facing camera.

The Pixel 9a weighs 6.6 ounces, while the iPhone 16e is ever so slightly lighter at 5.9 ounces.

The iPhone 16e only comes in Black or White, but the Pixel 9a comes in four different color options: Porcelain, Obsidian, Peony, and Iris. The Peony color is the light-pink option, while the Iris color looks like a mix of purple and lavender.

Display

Pixel 9a display.
Credit: Michelle Ehrhardt

The Pixel 9a has a 6.3-inch OLED screen (2,424 by 1,080 pixels), supports variable refresh rate (between 60-120Hz), and has a max brightness of 2700 nits (1800 nits typical brightness).

The iPhone 16e on the other hand a smaller 6.1-inch OLED display with a nearly identical resolution (2,532 by 1,170 pixels), and offers a fixed 60Hz refresh rate and a maximum brightness of 1200 nits (800 nits typical brightness).

On paper, it seems like the Pixel is out in the lead here, offering a high-refresh rate display that's slightly bigger, sharper, and much brighter than the iPhone.

Performance

Both the iPhone 16e and Pixel 9a run on chips made by the same company, and are featured in their flagship counterparts. The iPhone 16e features an Apple A18 chip (minus one GPU core) that's found in the iPhone 16 series, while the Pixel 9a uses Google's Tensor G4 chip, same as the Pixel 9. Both devices feature 8GB RAM, which is a downgrade from the flagship.

While the Pixel 9a benchmark scores aren't out yet, we can use the Pixel 9 as a comparison, as both devices share the same chip. In Geekbench, Pixel 9 scored 1,657 in single-core performance and 4,060 in multi-core performance.

The iPhone 16e, on the other hand, score 2,706 in single-core testing and 7,942 in multi-core testing.

Based on raw numbers, it looks like the iPhone 16e's performance is far better than Pixel 9a's. Both devices should be plenty fast for day-to-day use, but the extra headroom from the A18 processor bodes well for iPhone 16e's longevity.

Cameras

The iPhone 16e famously has a single camera setup with a single 48MP lens at the rear, while the Pixel 9a has a 48MP ( f/1.7) wide-angle lens and an additional 13MP ( f/2.2) ultra-wide sensor. Apple's sensor lets in more light, however, which should make low-light photography better.

Both devices capture 4K video at 30 or 60 frames per second. The iPhone also has options for 24 and 25 frames per second.

iPhone and Pixels are generally good at photography, and each have their own slightly different look that largely comes down to computational postprocessing. Both devices also come with their own AI photo editing features, although it's uncertain which will be more useful until the Pixel 9a releases.

Battery Life

Both phones go big on battery life. Google has put in a massive 5,100 mAh battery in the Pixel 9a and is promising over 30 hours of battery life.

The iPhone 16e, meanwhile, features a 4,004 mAh battery, and Apple says it has the largest battery life of any iPhone, promising 26 hours of offline video, or 21 hours of streaming video. In real life testing, PCMag found that the iPhone 16e lasted 21 hours and 39 minutes in a battery benchmark test, although Pixel 9a tests are still a question mark.

Price

With the Pixel 9a, you clearly get more for less. Google's budget phone starts at $499 for 128GB storage, and the upgrade to 256GB only costs $559.

On the other hand, the iPhone 16e starts at $599 for 128GB, and goes up to $699 for 256GB, or $899 for 512GB.

Although, it's worth reiterating that the iPhone 16e is available to purchase right now, while the Pixel 9a will start shipping sometime in April 2025.

Which One Is Right For You?

Your choice starts with the ecosystem. If you want a smartphone to work well with your Mac, the iPhone 16e might be the default choice for you. The same goes for Pixel 9a if you really want an Android phone.

If you want the best AI features, the Pixel 9a might have an edge. It comes with Gemini Nano built-in, and the Gemini app adds support for AI features like Gemini Live, AI photo editing, and more. Apple Intelligence on the iPhone 16e also supports AI features like Writing Tools, photo Clean Up, and more, but the AI-enhanced Siri largely isn't out yet.

As for hardware, if you want a phone that will last for a longer time, the iPhone 16e's slightly stronger chip is a better bet. However, the Pixel 9a is the value for money pick. Not only is the base model $100 cheaper, the 256GB version is $140 cheaper than the iPhone 16e.

Suikoden I & II HD Remaster Gate Rune and Dunan Unification Wars

Något är på gång hos Konami. I flera år har företaget fått hård kritik, en del av den förtjänad. Nu, undan för undan, återvänder företaget till framgångarna. Borta är sedan länge dagarna med pachinko-maskiner, NFT-spel och ökända lanseringar som Metal Gear Survive. Allt det där finns fortfarande kvar såklart, men det är inte längre det första vi kommer att tänka på när vi tänker på Konami. Det är visserligen sant att detta försök till återuppståndelse framför allt bygger på exploatering och återvinning av företagets mest kända varumärken, men det behöver inte vara något dåligt. Vi talar trots allt om Castlevania, Silent Hill, Metal Gear, Yu-Gi-Oh och sagan som denna recension handlar om: Suikoden.

Det viktiga här är att det finns två sätt att göra saker på, precis som det finns två sätt att återuppliva befintliga spel eller sagor: det bra och det dåliga. Och samma sak gäller för remasters: det finns bra och dåliga. Och trevligt nog hör {Suikoden I & II HD Remaster Gate Rune and Dunan Unification Wars} - utöver titeln som ingen lär komma ihåg - till den första kategorin.

<bild>Uppfräschat, fint och fortfarande helt unikt underbart.</bild>

Givetvis riktar sig den här samlingen främst till fans av en serie som länge har efterfrågats, och om du är nykomling till serien kan det vara bra att veta att det finns en bra förklaring till fansens kärlek. Konami har dessutom valt de två första - och bästa - delarna. Båda bjöd på det bästa från den tidens typiska japanska rollspel från andra halvan av 90-talet.

Eftersom det inte är möjligt att gå igenom båda spelen på djupet i den här recensionen, ska jag sammanfatta vad som kännetecknar dem. Först och främst karaktäriseras serien av berättelser med ett tydligt politiskt och militärt fokus. Och även om den också har medeltida inslag, känns allt modernt och realistiskt, särskilt på en estetisk nivå och tack vare en mycket mer japansk miljö än andra rollspel som från den uppåtgående solens land. Dessutom är det sätt på vilket det hanterar krig briljant och erbjuder ständigt dilemman och moraliska frågor i ämnet, till exempel heder eller behovet eller inte att slösa bort människoliv. Finns det verkligen en rätt sida? Är vänskap möjlig i ett sådant sammanhang?

En annan fantastisk egenskap hos Suikoden är dess förmåga att erbjuda olika typer av strider. Å ena sidan finns de typiska turordningsbaserade, men med specialfunktioner som möjligheten att vissa karaktärer kan utföra kombinationsattacker tack vare deras inbördes relation i handlingen, magiska runor eller till och med detaljer som att vi kan "släppa taget" om fiender istället för att springa iväg när vi har en högre level. Men det fina med Suikoden är att det finns andra - mindre talrika - situationer där vi kan njuta av väldigt olika strider. Det finns nämligen krig, som är strategiska minispel (betydligt bättre i Suikoden 2) och dueller, som är en kamp mellan två karaktärer. I de senare har vi bara tre möjliga åtgärder och det fungerar på samma sätt som sten-sax-påse, men med skillnaden att vi inte agerar slumpvis; utan det är faktiskt vad vår motståndare säger som hjälper oss lista ut vad deras nästa drag är, och därför gör det möjligt att svara upp på rätt sätt.

<bild>Grafiken är tjusigare än någonsin.</bild>

Och slutligen, pricken över i:et. Suikodens verkliga signum: de 108 Stars of Destiny. Det låter fånigt, men inget annat japanskt rollspel har någonsin så snyggt vävt in sam ma mängd kämpar i storyn. Här väntar inte bara fem eller sex karaktärer, utan 108. Alla rekryterbara, alla spelbara i strider och de flesta av dem dessutom användbara i andra uppgifter. Det senare inkluderar arbete på ett slott som fungerar som en bas för vår armé, där vissa har speciella funktioner som att öppna en butik, laga mat, göra hissar, erbjuda minispel med mera. Suikoden är alltså även ett utmärkt management-spel, vilket skänker fin variation.

Då ska vi fokusera på vad som är nytt i dessa remasters, som både gamla och nya spelare kommer uppskatta. Jag har redan sagt att Konami gjort ett bra jobb, men vad vi kanske inte hade förväntat oss är att båda titlarna skulle se så bra ut rent grafiskt. Om du har följt nyheterna kring det vet du redan att mycket har gjorts om och förnyats. Det betyder att bakgrundsgrafiken nu är i HD. Bäst av allt, detta har gjorts utan att ändra kärnan hos originalet. Det finns scener där det är särskilt märkbart, särskilt när det finns levande element som vattenfall eller när man upplever en solnedgång, men absolut alla element har bearbetats: hus, träd, statyer, golv och så vidare. Och utöver det är de nya effekterna för pixelanimering rent guld.

<bild>Suikoden I och II hör absolut hemma i din spelsamling.</bild>

Eftersom originalspelen är svindyra att köpa idag, hoppas jag att serien äntligen kommer nå ut till fler människor och få den försäljning den alltid förtjänat. Eller åtminstone mer uppmärksamhet. Den nya tillgängligheten är utöver quality-of-life vad denna nya remaster-samling handlar om för min egen del.

Men faktum är att det finns två andra viktiga nya funktioner du bör känna till. Dels har vi konversationsloggen, som gör att du kan öppna menyn och när som helst läsa de tidigare chattarna med karaktärerna. Detta är mycket användbart när du inte riktigt vet vad du ska göra, och bör vara obligatoriskt i alla remasters av genren i framtiden. Dels finns nu även snabbspolning i strider, vilket gör att du kan påskynda dem med dubbel eller till och med trippel hastighet, vilket är hel fenomenalt.

<bild>Menyerna kommer göra dig frustrerad mellan varven, liksom autosave.</bild>

Tyvärr saknas andra alternativ, som kanske är mer typiska för emulatorer snarare än remasters, men som borde finnas med. Till exempel möjligheten att spola tillbaka handlingen eller möjligheten att spela in mitt gameplay. Konami har visserligen en mycket användbar autosave-funktion, men det är extremt begränsat eftersom den bara fungerar när du går in i ett rum med spar-funktion. Med andra ord finns det bara autosave i situationer där vi redan har manuell sparning till hands. Nonsens. Speciellt när en boss krossar mig och jag måste spela om ett avsnitt på 40 minuter. Detta känns inte okej år 2025.

Det hade också varit trevligt att ha alternativ som finns i andra remasters av genren, till exempel möjligheten att begränsa (eller till och med eliminera) turbaserade strider. Det är inte något jag skulle använda, men med tanke på att spelet har vissa höga svårighetstoppar skulle det inte ha skadat. Speciellt eftersom många inte kommer vilja spela på Easy, men lär märka av dessa toppar på Normal eller Hard. Slutligen, även om Konami lagt ner mycket arbete på att förbättra menyerna, är det mer estetiskt än funktionellt. Med andra ord lider båda spelen fortfarande av samma problem som originalen. Till exempel är utrustningssystemet i första Suikoden irriterande.

<bild>Detta är alltså inspirationskällan bakom fjolårshöjdaren {Eiyuden Chronicle: Hundred Heroes}.</bild>

Mer positivt är att de nya karaktärsteckningarna är perfekta. Och det märks tydligt att de gjorts av Junko Kawano, som ju faktiskt även gjorde de ursprungliga. De är förändrade, men behåller stilen och är mycket coolare. De nya ljudeffekterna är också fantastiska och ger extra realism, även i striderna.

Kort sagt, även om Suikoden I & II HD Remaster Gate Rune and Dunan Unification Wars inte nödvändigtvis är den definitiva versionen av dessa två fantastiska spel jag hoppats på, är det den bästa versionen hittills och framför allt den mest tillgängliga. Priset (49,99 euro) kanske skrämmer bort en del, men jag garanterar att det är värt det för de visuella förbättringarna och den obestridliga kvaliteten på originalen. Berättelserna kommer gripa tag i dig, soundtracket kommer göra dig glad, striderna kommer utmana dig och Stars of Destiny kommer få dig att fortsätta spela hela vägen till slutet. Dessutom har vi ju matlagningen i Suikoden II, det är nästan värt att skaffa bara för det.

Black Friday deal: Amazon’s Echo Dot can be yours for 54% off

You Can Remove DRM From Your Digital Books, but It's Probably Illegal

There should be a legal way to back up the books and audiobooks you've purchased.

When Amazon stopped letting us download copies of our Kindle books last month, I began looking for ways to preserve e-books and audiobooks that I've paid for. Buying from Amazon really limits those options thanks to DRM (Digital Rights Management), which is designed to prevent piracy, but ends up having far bigger consequences on digital goods like e-books.

Eliminating DRM effectively removes Amazon's control over what you do with your e-books. If Amazon were to go DRM-free, you'd be able read Kindle e-books on any e-book reader or app that you like. Amazon wouldn't be able to easily track your reading habits and you'd be free to keep an offline backup of all of your purchased content. 

That's what makes the idea of bypassing DRM appealing to so many. Given the choice, I'd love to buy audiobooks on Audible and use apps such as Bound or Prologue to listen to them. I think these apps are superior audiobook players and are better at library management than Audible's apps. It'd also be a chance for me to escape Amazon's ability to track my listening habits. Sadly, those options don't exist today. 

What Amazon's terms of service allow you to do

Once you pay for an e-book on Amazon, it has been licensed, not sold to you, according to the company's terms of service. This gives the company a lot of leeway in deciding what you do with a purchased e-book. The terms of service explicitly forbid bypassing the DRM and reading it on devices or apps that Kindle doesn't officially support.

This isn't just an Amazon problem. Janet Vertesi, a sociology professor at Princeton University, told me via email that buying a book through big tech doesn't grant you ownership of your copy. "You are not in charge of how you access or read that [e-book]. It is like the difference between Spotify playlists and having a home music library. You pay money to own the [e-book], but because Amazon owns everything about the delivery pipeline and the Kindle necessary to read the purchase, you don't get to exert any choice."

Similarly, Audible classifies a sale as the purchase of a license, and goes on to say that you should download the audiobook immediately after purchasing, as the company cannot guarantee that content will be available to redownload in the future. To make matters worse, Amazon forbids you from bypassing DRM on the audiobook files.

"The more we buy into these closed garden ecosystems, the fewer choices we have…they can and do use this power to subdue alternatives, eliminate competition, and maintain monopoly, among other things," Vertesi told me. She runs Opt Out Project, a blog dedicated to helping people find alternatives to products and services made by big tech firms.

The legalities involved in bypassing DRM

Bypassing DRM is illegal in the US, thanks to the DMCA (Digital Millennium Copyright Act), but it may be legal in other regions. The DMCA, among other things, makes it difficult to create a legal backup of the digital media you own. I reached out to Cory Doctorow, an author and vocal DRM critic, to learn more about this subject. 

In an email, he explained the complexities involved in understanding where the boundary lies here. "It isn't a copyright infringement to move a book from one device you own to another ([aka 'format shifting']). However, in 1998, the US Congress passed the Digital Millennium Copyright Act (DMCA), which created a new kind of copyright—a copyright that protects DRM itself," Doctorow wrote. "Under Section 1201 of the DMCA, it's a felony (punishable by a [five]-year prison sentence and a [$500,000] fine) to give someone a "circumvention device" that defeats an "access control" for a copyrighted work. This law applies even if you don't violate copyright.

"Say I tell you that you have my permission to move a book I wrote (and am thus the copyright holder for) from your Kindle to another device. If the Kindle book has DRM, you're still not allowed to move it. The fact that I am the copyright holder has no impact on whether Amazon—a company that didn't create or invest in my book—can prevent you from moving that book outside of its walled garden...In fact, if I supply you with a tool to remove DRM (like some versions of Calibre), then I commit a felony and Amazon can have me sent to prison for five years for giving you a tool to move my book from the Kindle app to a rival app like Kobo," he wrote.

When you download a Kindle e-book, it's available in the AZW format, and audiobooks from Audible use the proprietary AAX format. If you download these to your computer, that is format shifting, but it may be illegal if you had to circumvent DRM to do it. Doctorow added, "that means that even though copyright law says you can format shift your books, music, videos, games, [etc.], DMCA 1201 (a "paracopyright law") makes this an imprisonable felony if you have to break DRM first."

The tools that let you bypass DRM

A screenshot of the Calibre app running on a Mac.
The Calibre app allows you to read and manage DRM-free e-books you've purchased. Credit: Pranay Parab

Calibre offers a way to take your e-books out of digital walled gardens. It lets you download purchased books off your Kindle, convert those to any format you like, and to read them on any app or device. For Audible, that tool is Libation, a free and open-source app that backs up your audiobook library. 

I contacted Robert McRackan, the developer of Libation, to understand how the app works, and why it was developed. McRackan wrote, "…what apps like Libation do is a service to the community that I believe in. It's also in [direct] contradiction to Audible's terms of service…" Free tools like these continue to work only because the developers are able to dedicate time to keeping them up-to-date, and because Amazon hasn't decided to go after them. If that changes, it could be game over for these apps. 

I can't offer guidance on downloading these apps and using them to remove DRM for your e-books. But they do exist, and, as of this article, they appear to work.

There's a world beyond Amazon for digital books

If you're truly interested in owning your digital media, you should consider looking beyond Amazon for digital book purchases. There are many alternatives to the Kindle store and to Audible, and some of them offer DRM-free e-books and audiobooks. When I asked Vertesi and Doctorow about DRM-free storefronts for books, they pointed me to Bookshop.org (which has DRM-free options for e-books), Tor Books (which is entirely DRM-free) and Libro.fm (for DRM-free audiobooks).

While Libro.fm is totally DRM-free and has a collection that's good enough to rival that of Audible, the picture outside of Amazon isn't always rosy. Doctorow wrote, "Even great [e-book] stores like Bookshop.org are pressured by the big publishers to put DRM on most of the books they sell." Similarly, Audible is known to push authors into signing deals that offer better royalties if they keep their audiobooks exclusive to the service.

In case your favorite book is a part of such a deal, your only choice is either buy it through Audible, or try to purchase a DRM-free e-book and use text-to-speech tools to have an AI-generated voice read it to you. This is a hacky way to convert any book into an audiobook, and it doesn't come anywhere close to the skills of a great narrator, but it's a DRM-free option. If your favorite e-book is an Amazon exclusive, you can get it via your local library. Of course, you could always buy it physically: Paper is DRM-free, after all.  

However, without changing the DMCA, we can't expect to see real, lasting change in this space. Doctorow said as much to me: "What we really need to do is get rid of DMCA 1201, that law that makes it a crime to format shift your media...it's the same law that stops farmers from fixing their tractors, blocks independent mechanics from fixing your car, stops rivals from setting up alternative app stores for phones and games consoles...this law is a menace!"

For Years, Apple’s Password Manager Had a Major Security Flaw

Luckily, there's an easy fix.

While Apple has offered password management solutions for years, it was only this past fall that the company finally rolled out a dedicated passwords app, appropriately named "Passwords." It's a bit basic, but it's built into the OS, and it gets the job done. (It's also free, which helps.) If you're fully into the Apple ecosystem, it's an easy way to create, store, and access the passwords of your numerous accounts. However, as it happens, Passwords has a critical security flaw that Apple only recently addressed.

Here's the situation: Passwords has a security feature that helps you change an account's password directly within the Passwords app. This is particularly helpful if the app detects that one of your accounts' passwords has been compromised. You can tap on the account, choose "Change Password..." and open an in-app browser that will direct you to the account's website, where you can change your password.

As convenient as this feature is, it contained a significant security risk. As discovered by security researchers with Mysk, whenever you tapped "Change Password..." on an account, Passwords would connect to the site using an unencrypted HTTP protocol, before redirecting to the encrypted HTTPS protocol. This encryption protects your connection between your device and the website you're visiting. Without it, an actor with privileged network access could take over the connection and redirect the link.

Let's say the Passwords app warns you that your Yelp password has been compromised, and you need to change it. No problem: You tap your Yelp account in the app, then choose "Change Password..." However, a bad actor follows your activity, and before the real Yelp website can load, they redirect you to a fake Yelp site. Here, the fraudulent page encourages you to share your sensitive information, and since you think you're visiting the real Yelp site, perhaps you do. And just like that, you've been phished.

As Mysk tells 9to5Mac, “We were surprised that Apple didn’t enforce HTTPS by default for such a sensitive app... Additionally, Apple should provide an option for security-conscious users to disable downloading icons completely. I don’t feel comfortable with my password manager constantly pinging each website I maintain a password for, even though the calls Passwords sends don’t contain any ID.”

This problem isn't contained to the Passwords app, however. According to Mysk, this flaw has existed since Apple rolled out the ability to detect compromised passwords in iOS 14, all the way back in 2020:

How to fix this 'Passwords' security flaw

Apple quietly addressed this problem with the release of iOS 18.2. That update launched in December 2024, so changes are good you've updated your iPhone since then.

However, if you haven't, you need to update to the latest version of iOS as soon as possible. (As of this article, that's iOS 18.3.2, which coincidentally contains another important security patch.) To update now, head to Settings > General > Software Update, then follow the on-screen instructions to download and install the update.

Gboard for Android Finally Gets Undo, Redo Buttons

One button to fix all your typos.

Gboard, the default keyboard on many Android phones, is finally getting a proper undo button. Up until now, you had to use a Japanese keyboard to access the undo button, but Google has finally addressed that gap. With Gboard 15 for Android, you'll be able to use the undo button that, thankfully, works with all languages. 

How to set up the undo and redo buttons in Gboard

First up, go to Google Play store and update Gboard to the latest version. After that, open any app where you can see the keyboard, such as Messages or Chrome. Fire up the keyboard and tap the four squares icon in the top-left corner of the keyboard. This will show you all the shortcuts that you can add to the suggestions row up top. Undo should be one of the shortcuts. You can drag it to the suggestions row at the top of the keyboard to make it easy to access.

The redo button appears in the suggestions row, once you try to undo something using Gboard.

How undo and redo work in Gboard

Once you type something using Gboard, you can easily use undo and redo to, well, undo or redo things! The trick is to get the button to show up in the suggestions row, which may not happen immediately if you also have autocorrect enabled, since autocorrect suggestions populate here, too. So, to use Gboard's undo button, you can type something first, then tap the four squares button in the top-left corner. This will replace all the autocorrect suggestions with the undo button. Tap undo once, and you'll also see the redo button appear right next to it.

Gboard's undo is the equivalent of hitting the delete button on the keyboard once. You can't press and hold undo to erase a bunch of words quickly, but you can press it to remove the previous thing you typed. If you regret pressing undo or if you pressed it one time too many, you can use the redo button to restore one character at a time. The good thing is that the undo/redo feature works even if you switch to another app and return to the original one. Unfortunately, if you end up force quitting an app, then your undo history is wiped and you have to start afresh. This means that after force quitting an app and opening it again, pressing undo won't do anything until you type some more words.

A Guide to Audience Targeting in Digital Marketing

Understanding your target audience in digital marketing is essential for creating successful campaigns that drive engagement and conversions. Without proper target audience segmentation, businesses may waste their marketing budget on the wrong demographics, leading to poor results. For any digital marketing agency or digital marketing company, defining and targeting the right audience is crucial to…

The post A Guide to Audience Targeting in Digital Marketing appeared first on Pixel Studios.

Understanding your target audience in digital marketing is essential for creating successful campaigns that drive engagement and conversions. Without proper target audience segmentation, businesses may waste their marketing budget on the wrong demographics, leading to poor results.

For any digital marketing agency or digital marketing company, defining and targeting the right audience is crucial to delivering effective advertising strategies. This guide explores different audience targeting strategies, segmentation techniques, and best practices to enhance your digital advertising efforts.

What is Audience Targeting in Digital Marketing?

Audience targeting in digital marketing refers to the practice of identifying and reaching a specific group of consumers who are most likely to be interested in a product or service. It involves analyzing data and segmenting audiences based on demographics, behavior, interests, and other factors.

Why is Audience Targeting Important?

Key Strategies for Targeting Your Audience in Advertising

1. Demographic Targeting

Demographic targeting focuses on audience attributes such as:

Example: A digital marketing agency promoting luxury skincare products would target higher-income women aged 30-50 with an interest in skincare.

2. Behavioral Targeting

Behavioral targeting analyzes user actions, including:

Example: An e-commerce company retargeting users who added products to their cart but didn’t complete the purchase.

3. Geographic Targeting

Also known as geo-targeting, this method tailors content based on location, such as:

Example: An event marketing company promoting a local event can target users within a 20-mile radius.

4. Psychographic Targeting

This involves targeting users based on interests, values, and lifestyle choices. Key factors include:

Example: A fitness brand targeting health-conscious individuals interested in vegan diets and sustainable products.

5. Contextual Targeting

Contextual targeting involves displaying ads on websites that are relevant to the audience’s interests. This is done through keyword matching and topic relevance.

Example: A travel agency placing ads on blogs related to holiday destinations.

6. Lookalike Audiences

Lookalike audiences are created using existing customer data to find new users with similar behaviors and interests.

Example: Facebook Ads and Google Ads allow businesses to build lookalike audiences to expand their reach effectively.

7. Retargeting and Remarketing

Retargeting focuses on engaging users who have previously interacted with a brand but haven’t converted.

Example: A digital marketing agency using retargeting ads to re-engage website visitors who viewed their services but didn’t inquire.

Best Practices for Effective Audience Targeting

Future Trends in Audience Targeting

FAQs

1. What is the best way to define a target audience in digital marketing?

The best way is through data-driven audience segmentation, analyzing demographics, behavior, interests, and engagement patterns.

2. How does audience targeting improve ad performance?

It helps businesses focus their budget on high-intent users, increasing conversions while reducing unnecessary ad spend.

3. What are some tools for audience targeting in advertising?

Popular tools include Google Analytics, Facebook Audience Insights, HubSpot, and CRM software to track and analyze audience data.

4. How can small businesses use audience targeting effectively?

By leveraging geo-targeting, social media advertising, and retargeting ads, small businesses can reach relevant customers without a large budget.

5. How does a digital marketing agency help with audience targeting?

A digital marketing agency utilizes advanced audience research, data analytics, and campaign optimization techniques to ensure ads reach the right people at the right time.

Conclusion

Audience targeting is an essential component of any successful digital marketing campaign. By leveraging target audience segmentation, businesses can create personalized marketing strategies that drive higher engagement and conversions. Whether you are a small business or a large corporation, understanding your audience is the key to maximizing your advertising success.

Looking to refine your audience targeting strategy? Contact a digital marketing company today to optimize your campaigns and reach the right customers!

Lets discuss ideas to propel your brand online

(or)

The post A Guide to Audience Targeting in Digital Marketing appeared first on Pixel Studios.

Software Engineer Runs Generative AI on 20-Year-Old PowerBook G4

In a blog post this week, software engineer Andrew Rossignol (my brother!) detailed how he managed to run generative AI on an old PowerBook G4.


While hardware requirements for large language models (LLMs) are typically high, this particular PowerBook G4 model from 2005 is equipped with a mere 1.5GHz PowerPC G4 processor and 1GB of RAM. Despite this 20-year-old hardware, my brother was able to achieve inference with Meta's LLM model Llama 2 on the laptop.

The experiment involved porting the open-source llama2.c project, and then accelerating performance with a PowerPC vector extension called AltiVec.

His full blog post offers more technical details about the project.

Similar examples of generative AI models running on the PlayStation 3, Xbox 360, and other old devices have surfaced in the news from time to time.
This article, "Software Engineer Runs Generative AI on 20-Year-Old PowerBook G4" first appeared on MacRumors.com

Discuss this article in our forums

Apple Watch Blood Pressure Feature Hits More Snags in Apple's Testing

Apple's plan to bring blood-pressure tracking to the Apple Watch is still hitting snags, according to Bloomberg's Mark Gurman.


Writing in his latest Power On newsletter, Gurman says that the company "continues to run into problems" while testing the feature. No other information was provided on the issues Apple is having.

Gurman has been reporting on Apple's plan to bring blood pressure monitoring since January 2022. In a November 2023 report, he said that the initial version wouldn't show a user their exact systolic and diastolic measurements, but Apple was working on a follow-up version for later that could do so.

At the time, Gurman said the feature was on the cards for the Apple Watch Series 10, but that didn't happen.

More recently, Gurman has said the feature would track whether a user's blood pressure is trending upwards and send an alert if hypertension is detected. After receiving an alert, the Apple Watch user could provide the information to a medical professional for additional testing.

Hypertension is known as a silent killer because it can go undetected and undiagnosed, leading to heart damage and death. High blood pressure often has few symptoms until it is notably advanced, and early detection via the Apple Watch has the potential to save lives.

As recently as last December, Gurman claimed that Apple was "ramping up" work on blood-pressure tracking and that the feature could arrive as soon as 2025. But going on his latest comments, even that now sounds unlikely.

Related Forum: Apple Watch

This article, "Apple Watch Blood Pressure Feature Hits More Snags in Apple's Testing" first appeared on MacRumors.com

Discuss this article in our forums

Songs of Silence

Spelet {Songs of Silence} är utvecklat av Chimera Entertainment, vilka tidigare skapat {Angry Birds Epic} och {Angry Birds Evolution} för Rovios räkning. Även om dessa två titlar är enkla strategi- och rollspelsversioner av Angry Birds-serien, är 4X-strategispelet Songs of Silence väldigt långt ifrån {Angry Birds}. Men det finns likheter.

Songs of Silence är en annorlunda tolkning av ett 4X-strategispel och ett exempel på hur en etablerad subgenre kan utvecklas och förnyas. I det här fallet genom att lägga till automatiserade realtidsstrider och deckbuilding-mekanik. Fokus ligger dock fortfarande på att bygga och utöka din armé, expandera ditt kungarike och förbättra dina hjältar, och även om det fortfarande är turbaserat erbjuds både realtidsstrider och ett smart kortsystem som kan påverka striderna i olika riktningar.

<bild>Det är ett riktigt tjusigt äventyr som väntar.</bild>

I korthet handlar historien i Songs of Silence om kampen mellan två krafter: Ljuset och den allt förtärande och dödliga Silence. Du tar kontroll över en av spelets tre fraktioner, antingen 1000 Kingdoms, Old Race eller Crusade, och ska sedan försöka överleva konflikten genom en rad taktiska val och naturligtvis strider. Världen i Songs of Silence är en komplex väv av kungadömen och olika grupper som kämpar för dominans och för att stoppa spridningen av Silence.

Om du inte är bekant med genren kan strategispel som dessa ofta vara lite svåra att komma in i. Lyckligtvis är kampanjen i Songs of Silence tämligen lättillgänglig eftersom den långsamt introducerar de olika aspekterna och du bör definitivt börja här om du är ny i den här genren. Kort sagt kontrollerar du styrkor och trupper runt en karta där du måste besegra olika grupper av fiender, belägra och ta över städer under fiendens kontroll och naturligtvis försöka skydda de städer och områden som du kontrollerar. Ett sätt att göra detta är att förstärka städernas försvar eller placera stora grupper av trupper i dem.

<bild>Låt dig inte luras, spelsystemet är väldigt lättillgängligt.</bild>

Ovanstående del är turbaserad, eftersom du rör dig runt på kartan och när du har slut på drag är det fiendens tur. Allt annat görs med hjälp av kort. Det finns tre typer av kort; Recruitment Cards, Strategy Cards och Battle Cards. Med Recruitment Cards kan du rekrytera olika styrkor, antingen till dina arméer eller för att vakta dina städer och fästningar. Med strategikorten kan du förstärka städerna, stärka försvaret och optimera delar av städerna så att inkomsterna från staden ökar och flödar i en jämn ström. Detta är viktigt i ett krig, som vi alla vet.

Slutligen finns det Battle Cards, vilka såklart används i strider. Till skillnad från Recruitment Cards och Strategy Cards kan Battle Cards användas flera gånger i varje runda, eftersom de bara har en cooldown-period som måste passera innan de kan användas igen.

<bild>Menyerna är förvånansvärt smidiga med handkontroll.</bild>

Innan du går ut i strid måste du se till att dina styrkor är i den formation du vill ha när striderna börjar, för när striden väl är igång har du inte längre någon direkt kontroll över dina styrkor. Det är här dina stridskort kommer in i bilden. De kan till exempel göra dina styrkor snabbare och kraftfullare, de kan läka och kanske till och med återuppliva fallna trupper, utföra speciella typer av attacker och mycket, mycket mer. Det är som att spela en deckbuilder ovanpå ett realtidsstrategispel och det är en ganska intressant mekanik.

Överlag fungerar Songs of Silence ganska bra, men de automatiska striderna kan kännas lite för... automatiska. Du tittar i princip bara på en strid som utspelar sig framför dina ögon medan du väntar på att dina Battle Cards ska svalna så att du kan använda dem igen. Det kan verka lite frånkopplat och det enda sättet att påverka matchen är att spela dessa Battle Cards. Det är inte ett stort problem som sådant, men jag kom ofta på mig själv med att önska att jag hade mer direkt inflytande på striderna.

<bild>Musiken är absolut förstklassig.</bild>

Någon resurshantering eller liknande finns heller inte, så Songs of Silence är kanske lite för enkelt för den erfarne 4X-strategen eller erfarne RTS-spelaren. Man har helt enkelt inte möjlighet att pilla med en massa småsaker och finjustera strategier under stridens gång. Å andra sidan gör det också spelet mer lättillgängligt för nya gamers, som kanske provat på genren tidigare men tyckt att den varit för komplicerad.

Songs of Silence är visuellt mycket vackert och soundtracket från Hitoshi Sakimoto, som tidigare skapat soundtracket till {Final Fantasy Tactics} och {Valkyria Chronicles}, är alldeles utmärkt.

<bild>Ett suveränt strategispel för nybörjare.</bild>

Songs of Silence är ett utmärkt, lättillgängligt och nytt sätt att ta sig an ett strategispel. Tillägget av kortlekar gör saker och ting lite enklare och det finns inte en massa krav på hantering, vilket gör det hela lite mer intuitivt. Det är just dessa saker som lär skrämma bort erfarna strategispelare, eftersom de inte lär tycka att konceptet har djupet som de ofta efterfrågar.

Jag sade i början att utvecklarna från Chimera Entertainment tidigare gjort enkla strategiversioner baserade på Angry Birds-serien - och det kan man faktiskt se spår av i Songs of Silence, eftersom vi har att göra med vad man skulle kunna kalla ett "strategispel light". Tack vare lekbyggarmekaniken och kampanjen är Songs of Silence en utmärkt utgångspunkt för den lite oerfarna strategispelaren som vill lära känna genren bättre.

Apple Finally Made the New AirPods Max Worth Buying

An upcoming update will add two great features to the new AirPods Max.

Last year, I advised readers that the "second-generation" AirPods Max were actually a worse deal than the original pair. Apple was charging $549 for headphones that were virtually identical to the pair that launched in 2020, only with USB-C instead of Lightning. What's more, Apple actually took away a feature with the USB-C pair: Unlike the Lightning AirPods Max, the USB-C model was not compatible with 3.5mm adapter, meaning you couldn't use them for wired playback.

Seeing as the Lightning AirPods Max are frequently on sale by around $150, it seemed silly to recommend the newer, more expensive AirPods Max—unless you really couldn't live without USB-C. That is, until today, when Apple made an excellent AirPods Max announcement. When Apple releases iOS 18.4 next month (as well as macOS Sequoia 15.4), the company will issue a rare AirPods Max update: These headphones will support both lossless audio and ultra-low latency audio, as Apple will now allow for a wired connection over USB-C.

Lossless audio vs. Bluetooth

Let's start with lossless audio. While AirPods' wireless quality is excellent, it isn't perfect. In order to beam music from a device like your iPhone or Mac to your AirPods over Bluetooth, those files need to be compressed. While compression has come a long way since the days of MP3 files, you do lose information in the process. You might not notice, especially with a good pair of wireless headphones, but if you're directly comparing a lossy codec like AAC (what Apple uses for Bluetooth streaming) and ALAC (Apple Lossless Audio Codec) over high quality headphones, you may hear a difference.

AirPods Max will support ALAC streaming and downloads via a USB-C connection. You can plug your AirPods into your Mac, iPhone, or iPad, and listen to music without data loss. That said, be warned: These files will be much larger than the compressed music you might be used to, so keep that in mind before downloading or streaming large amounts of lossless music.

Apple wants professionals making music with AirPods Max

The other big update here is ultra-low latency audio. Traditionally, wireless headphones have been impossible to use for anything that requires real-time audio feedback. That's because Bluetooth audio comes with "latency," or a delay between the audio source and the target output. This isn't an issue when streaming music or audiobooks, or even when watching shows and movies, because the delay is minute enough to be inconsequential.

However, if you're a professional musician, this delay is unworkable. Try recording a track when listening to real-time feedback on a pair of wireless headphones, and you'll have a bad time.

Now that AirPods Max with USB-C can be used with a wired connection, that's changing. With iOS 18.4, you can plug your AirPods Max directly into a source, like your Mac, via USB-C, and take advantage of ultra-low latency audio. Apple even says that this AirPods Max model is the only headphone to offer musicians the ability to create and mix music with Personalized Spatial Audio with head tracking in mind. I've never been a big fan of this feature, but perhaps once artists can design tracks with head tracking while using AirPods Max, it may improve.

The company also touts the benefits of this reduced latency for gaming and livestreaming. Apple says there is zero response delay here, and the experience is "on par" with the built-in speakers on your iPhone, iPad, or Mac.

OG AirPods Max are left behind

If you're an original AirPods Max owner (like me), none of this news applies to you. Unfortunately, both lossless wired playback and ultra-low latency audio are exclusive to the USB-C AirPods Max—even though the original AirPods Max supports wired playback over a 3.5mm to Lightning adapter.

Apple didn't specify why this was the case—perhaps there's a technical limitation between Lightning and USB-C—but I imagine it also helps that the company now has two new perks to highlight with its "new" AirPods Max. Remember, these headphones were basically the same, minus the port and some new colors, so now Apple can point to these features as exclusives, and reasons to buy the AirPods Max over the, well, older AirPods Max.

If you're an audiophile entrenched in the Apple ecosystem, then, yeah: It's a reason to buy the new model. Lossless audio support is awesome, especially if you have the lossless audio files to play. And if you have interest or need for a pair of headphones for music creation, all the better.

However, barring these needs, I'd still recommend comparing prices between the Lightning and USB-C AirPods Max. Stores are cutting the price of the new model more than they used to, but if you find a significantly good deal on the Lightning headphones, consider them. If you don't care about USB-C, lossless audio, or ultra-low latency, and you just want a pair of high-quality wireless headphones that work well with your Apple devices, you'll be well-served by the original pair—especially if you can shred some digits off the price tag.

Synduality: Echo of Ada

Är det någon marknad som inte saknar titlar är det så kallade extraction shooters. Så är det nån vits med att försöka sig på att utmana de populära titlarna krävs något speciellt. Vi gör väl ett försök, tänkte Bandai Namco. Med mechs! Och animetjejer! Synduality: Echo of Ada är nämligen baserat på anime- och mangaserien Synduality.

I en framtid inte alltför långt borta (2099 för att vara exakt) har ett regnväder dragit in. Ett regn som inte ville sluta och på bara några dagar hade översvämningar tagit livet av 92 procent av hela jordens befolkning. Som om detta inte var nog fortsatte detta blåa regn att falla oregelbundet därefter och alla som rörde vid det dog omedelbart. Detta fick folk att fly under jorden och en storstad kallad Amasia byggdes därefter. Men vi är fortfarande nära 100 år ifrån startpunkten för spelet. När vi kommer in i berättelsen har denna stad kollapsat efter en mystisk olycka. Som tur är hann de uppfinna cradles (vilket helt och hållet är mechs med ett annat namn) vilket gör att människor nu kan gå ut och utforska världen igen.

<bild>Synduality: Echo of Ada bjuder på mechs och animetjejer.</bild>

Tillsammans med vår AI-assistent tar vi hissen upp till ytan och får se världen som för länge sedan förstördes. Här bor nu istället monster kallade Enders, en evolution av djuren som en gång bodde där, men som istället för att dö av regnet blev aggressiva och banditer i sina egna cradles. Och vad är ett bättre sätt att ta hand om dessa än i en beväpnad maskin? Maskiner som är roliga att kontrollera. Spelmekaniken i denna PvPvE är det inget fel på. Din cradle har två vapen (vapentypen är upp till dig. Jag föredrog ett prickskyttegevär för att ta hand om fiender på avstånd samt något som kunde peppra på med skott om jag kom i närstrid) och är utrustad med en specialattack baserat på hur du designar din Magus, det vill säga AI-kompanjon. De har bra respons oavsett om det kommer till att hoppa, skjuta eller använda jetpaketet för att fly fort som attans därifrån.

Men en extraction shooter behöver riktiga spelare för att verkligen ge en puls till spelet. På många uppdrag jag gav mig ut på stötte jag på åtminstone en annan spelare. Det var alltid ett spänt ögonblick för att se om någon ville ha ihjäl mig eller inte. Oftast blev det ett hej från varsin sida med en emote och sedan gå skilda vägar. De allra flesta verkade inte speciellt sugna på att strida. Men det händer. Jag såg en annan spelare i strid med spelets AI-styrda banditer och bestämde mig för att hjälpa till. När de väl besegrats tänkte jag ge mig iväg, men blev istället skjuten i ryggen. Och om du dör blir du av med allt ditt material, inklusive din maskin. Så har du använt en del som kom med förhandsbokning är den förlorad och vem som helst kan plocka upp den från marken. Jag är inte riktigt ett fan av detta system även om jag kan förstå varför det är inkluderat.

<bild>Din maskin går inte att ändra utseende på. Tycker du inte om färgen får du helt enkelt välja en annan maskindel.</bild>

Det ska sägas att jag tycker om gameplay-loopen som ges här, trots att den snabbt känns väldigt upprepande. Jag förbereder min maskin, bestämmer utrustning och tar mig en titt på diverse utmaningar som för spelets berättelse framåt. Sedan samlar jag på mig allt litet krimskrams jag kan hitta för att använda i byggande av min bas eller för att lämna in i uppdrag. Tittar i kikarsiktet för att skjuta ner nåt flygande monster. Glider runt och säger hej till en annan spelare. Borrar stora AO-krystaller, som är en energikälla i den fiktiva världen och den största inkomstbringaren. Och när jag samlat vad jag behövt, batteriet börjar ta slut (alla maskiner har ett batteri, vanligtvis mellan 20 till 30 minuter, så du får inte vara ute och utforska längre än så), eller jag är på gränsen till död beger jag mig till en hiss och åker ner i den lugna basen. Det är en upplevelse jag tror dagens ungdomar kallar "chill".

<bild>Allt skräp följer med hem!</bild>

Något jag däremot inte tycker om är hur Bandai Namco har valt att inkludera mobilspelsliknande saker i ett spel som faktiskt kostar pengar. Det finns inga lootlådor eller gatcha, som tur är, men det finns nedräkningar - och säsongspass. Och det går att betala en valuta om du inte orkar vänta. Dessa kommer när du uppgraderar din bas, vilket i sin tur ger olika fördelar, eller försöker koka ihop medicin eller ammunition. "Vänta 18 minuter på dina patroner eller betala för det!" Är du inte nöjd med hur du skapade utseendet för din AI-kompis? Synd. Du kan nämligen inte ändra det, förutom kläder, utan att betala för det. Allt detta är också en del i att spelet tar sig fram i snigeltakt. Det tar en väldigt lång tid att föra spelet vidare. Jag tycker inte heller att fiendevariationen är särskilt bra, och de dyker alltid upp på samma ställe på kartan. Det går inte att ändra utseende alls på din cradle när du väl har valt de olika delarna. Inga färger, inga mönster, du får ta vad du ges. Spelet lider också av diverse tekniska problem som att fiender helt plötsligt försvinner i tomma intet för att dyka upp någon annanstans, och gevär som inte skjuter. De har också tagit ett snedsteg gällande co-op. Det går att spela tillsammans med andra, men bara genom att slå sig ihop med folk du möter i spelvärlden. Du kan inte gå in i spelet med ett kompisgäng samlat i samma grupp.

<bild>Världen är full av repetitiva monster.</bild>

Synduality: Echo of Ada försöker slå sig in på en trång marknad med nya idéer, men det känns inte som att det gräddats tillräckligt länge i ugnen. Det tar inte en lång stund innan det börjar kännas upprepande och fienderna känns mest trista. Bandai Namco kommer behöva uppdatera live service-spelet regelbundet för att hålla spelarna intresserade. Grunden finns där, med responsiv och rolig mecha-action, men tyvärr räcker det inte hela vägen fram då problemen snabbt börjar hopa sig.

Where are my organic views on Medium coming from?

Tracing the source of my organic views on Medium

I’m considered small 🐟 on Medium.

I don’t write in any considerable professional capacity (yet). I share cool stuff. I write about funny things. Sometimes serious things.

If you’ve heard of the Pareto Principle, it states that roughly 80% of the effects come from 20% of the causes. On Medium it’s affectionately called the 80/20 rule.

Surprise, surprise, 80% of my pageviews come from only one of my stories.

I wrote this story over 2 years ago. Definitely not my best piece.

5 Reasons Why College Confidential is Slowly Killing You.

I didn’t submit it to any publications, partially because publications weren’t a big thing, and also because none of them were appropriate for my story. It was edgy, clickbaity, and rather short.

After sharing my article for a while, I gave Medium up for some time. At that point in time I just felt that Medium just wasn’t mature enough. Too many authors were needy and all they wanted was your email.

I didn’t check views or reads. So it was just one lonely article hanging out on the interweb.

Until I resumed my activity circa 2018…

2.1K views on a pretty much non-promoted post is almost unheard of.

I’m not claiming 2.1K views is an astronomical figure. But the fact that such an uneventful piece is capable of garnering such views is an anomaly.

An anomaly well worth investigating.

Checking out the referrers page…

Well, the almighty Google rears its head. People are probably Googling for something!

And looking at the views based on the months…

Increasing number of views leading up to March and dropping off significantly after April?
College Admissions frenzy. Ka-ching!
College Admissions decisions are released around this time.The influx of searches must be the cause.

Even now, organic views are still rolling in…

To summarise…

  • Medium’s Search Engine Optimisation (SEO) is really good.
  • Clickbaity titles are mean, but for some reason everyone still falls for it.
  • Any well written article on Medium has the chance to see at least some viewership. Hopefully.
Cool side note: if you Google “College Confidential”, my original article ranks on Page 4 😎

Where are my organic views on Medium coming from? was originally published in blog.shawjj on Medium, where people are continuing the conversation by highlighting and responding to this story.

13 of My Favorite Ways to Revive Leftovers

Leftovers don't have to become trash. These recipes will help you revive them for a second life.

Leftovers can be challenging. Occasionally, you’ll have a meal so good that you actually look forward to scarfing it down cold the next day, but that's not always the case. I usually have bits and bobs of leftovers—things I didn't care for in the first place, or stray ingredients I can’t seem to get rid of. My curse however, is that I hate (hate!) tossing edible food. So over the years, I’ve gotten better at reworking leftovers, and you can too. Here are my favorite ways to repurpose leftovers into incredible new meals. 

Recipes for using leftovers

I run into two types of leftovers: leftover meals and leftover single ingredients. Let’s start with leftover meals. This section is how I like to transform prior dinners or lunches—like sausage and peppers or chicken salad— to give them a new life.  

Leftovers as pizza toppings

A pizza in a cast iron skillet.
Credit: Allie Chanthorn Reinmann

Do I have a borderline problem with eating personal pizzas? Who’s to say. But that continual experience has given me the confidence to say leftovers make for great pizza toppings. If pizzerias can put chopped chicken cutlets and penne on their pizza, so can you. Here’s how I like to pizza my leftovers. All you need is a ball of thawed pizza dough from the grocery store and a bit of cheese to act as your “glue.”

Egg roll ‘em

What do the stray container of leftover brisket, the green curry chicken from three days ago, and the sausage and peppers from Sunday have in common? They’d all be great with a crispy egg roll shell wrapped around them. Egg rolling your leftovers is extremely simple with a pack of premade wrappers that you can buy from the refrigerated aisle of your grocery store. Once you’ve secured your delicious leftovers in the center, deep fry or air fry them for a wonderful lunch or dinner.

Stack leftovers into a lasagna

It helps to think of leftover food as a component that needs a new vehicle to carry it, like pizza dough or an egg roll wrapper. Pasta noodles are a versatile main ingredient too. While you could toss your leftovers with spaghetti, turning it all into a stacked lasagna is more impressive, and personally I think it’s more appetizing. While I’m using Thanksgiving leftovers here, you certainly aren’t limited to that. Boil the pasta noodles and use them to sandwich each layer of leftovers, like thinly sliced meatloaf, creamed spinach, or vegan steamed dumplings. (It’s okay to layer carbs with carbs.)

Make a delightful brunch casserole

A half-eaten casserole on a plate with a fork.
Credit: Allie Chanthorn Reinmann

Casseroles are always a wondrous mish-mash of ingredients. What makes them sliceable is the addition of some sort of flavorful binder, like eggs or cheese. I added a few eggs, a torn up English muffin, and shredded cheddar to the leftovers of my seven-layer dip recipe and baked it for about 20 minutes at 350°F to make this absolutely scrumptious casserole. You can casserole anything from leftover waffles to rice and beans with this method.

Risotto your leftovers

I showed you how to fake risotto with leftover rice, but you can also throw your leftovers into risotto. Risotto is another one of those helpful carbs that act as a vehicle for your once-fresh food. Though this recipe is geared toward Thanksgiving leftovers, the concept stands for any leftover protein and veg. Make your risotto as usual and just after you ladle in the last bit of stock, drop in your chopped leftovers to warm up in the pot. 

Build a satisfying sandwich

Sandwiches are like old episodes of your favorite show—it’s your back-up when you don’t know what to watch (or eat, in this case). A leftovers sandwich is the solution when you can’t figure out what to do with that massive casserole from your cousin’s brunch party. Since leftovers can be irregularly shaped (as opposed to sliced deli meats), I suggest grabbing large slices of bread and potentially leaving them untoasted. Then the soft texture can hug and hold onto the fillings better. Here are some ways you can tweak a sandwich to make it even more delightful.

Make the best oatmeal of your life

A bowl of oatmeal with ground meat, herbs, ginger, kimchi and a half of a boiled egg.
Credit: Allie Chanthorn Reinmann

For the longest time, I thought I hated oatmeal. It turns out, I was just not adding enough fun stuff to it. Oats are bland, which makes them a terrible main event, but a great supporting act for other bolder ingredients. Your leftover dishes from the week are already cooked and full of flavor. Simply make a batch of savory oatmeal and nestle your chicken parmesan, Thai gaeng keow-wan curry, or vegetable korma into the bowl with it. Here's my recipe for spicy, savory oatmeal with herbs and kimchi.

Recipes for common leftover ingredients

This section is devoted to my most common leftover ingredients. These are things that maybe haven’t made it into a full meal yet—like raw celery or cooked leftover rice—but they’re living their last moments in my fridge. I’ll lean on these recipes to keep them from becoming trash. 

The many iterations of leftover rice

Rice and vegetable salad on a table.
Credit: Allie Chanthorn Reinmann

There was a year or two that I would order Chinese food take-out frequently, and end up with tubs of extra rice stacked up in my freezer. A day of reckoning would come once a month when I would have to figure something out, or I’d have no freezer space. So I have more than one way to use up leftover rice. This crispy rice cake, this fake risotto, and this comforting rice salad are all good to have in mind.

The problem with celery

Celery is one of those ingredients that will haunt your crisper drawer for 100 years. I’m not even exaggerating, it actually grows more stalks while it's in there. Its only charm is how crunchy it is, so I wouldn’t recommend egg rolling it or putting it on pizza. My solution for unused stalks is to make this salad which relies on thin, diagonal slices to maintain crunch but reduce “stringiness.” The vinaigrette adds much needed flavor, the Thai chili wakes up your palate, and the hard boiled eggs create a more satiating dish. 

Leftover pie crust

Whether it's store-bought pie crust sitting in your freezer or you never got around to using the other half of that double-crust pie dough recipe, there's no reason to let that flaky pastry go to waste. Use it to make a filling quiche and mix in any leftover vegetables you might have in the fridge. Avoiding eggs to save money? That's fine, use this recipe to make a lazy pot pie with your leftover crust and a can of creamy chicken soup.

Extra hard boiled eggs

Fried hard boiled egg salad with peppers.
Credit: Allie Chanthorn Reinmann

Boiled eggs make a great on-the-run snack, so I’ll often cook up a bunch at the beginning of the week and keep them in the fridge. But some weeks will wrap up and I’ll have a few that I never got to. Unless I feel like crushing three or four cold eggs, so instead I’ll make a yam kai dao salad. Shallow frying the hard-cooked eggs give them an appealing crispy-chewy exterior and the lime and fish sauce dressing creates a flavor profile you’ll look forward to eating again with next week’s eggs. 

Cold plain pasta

I find it infuriating that the “proper” serving of dry pasta is two ounces. I would like to eat a pound of it but alas, I have been shamed by society, so I’ll begrudgingly put the supposed extra in a container for the next day. With this clever trick, I now look forward to leftover pasta. This works for both plain boiled pasta or pasta that has a light coating of sauce. Add butter to a frying pan and tip the cold carbs into the melted butter. Stir and loosen the pasta as it warms up and then let it fry so it gets crispy and brown on the bottom. Serve it immediately to enjoy the new crunchy-soft texture of your stir-fry-revived pasta. 

That half-can of coconut milk

Kind of like the cup of puréed pumpkin I didn’t need for a recipe, I’ll occasionally end up with an unused portion of coconut milk in my fridge. I don’t particularly like it in my coffee, but that flavorful, fatty gift from nature cannot be wasted. Although you can freeze it, I decided the best way to use it up would be to capitalize on its inherent richness and make it into a luxurious coconut pudding for one. This simple recipe uses a cherry compote to top it off but you could substitute another fruit, jam, or go without and let the silky coconut speak for itself.

Windows 11's Hidden FAQ Could Tell You Why Your PC Is So Slow

The feature is now in testing.

If you've ever sat in front of your Windows PC wondering exactly what is causing it to run so sluggishly, some clarity may be on the way: Microsoft is testing a new FAQ page in Windows 11 that will analyze your system specs and give you some advice about why you might not be seeing top performance speeds.

The feature is currently hidden away in the preview release of Windows—it's not even active in the earliest testing version—but developer ‪@phantomofearth.bsky.social‬ has managed to access the relevant screens and find out how they work. The new page will apparently make its home in the System tab of Settings.

As per the screens shared online, an example of a frequently asked question is: "Is my GPU sufficient for high end gaming and video experience? How can having a dedicated GPU enhance my experience and productivity?" The answer then explains that less than 4GB of memory for a GPU can lead to lower performance and visual quality.

New Frequently Asked Questions list in Settings > System > About hidden in builds 26120.3576 and 22635.5090. Has some questions related to the Windows version and device specs. (vivetool /enable /id:55305888)[image or embed]

— phantomofearth ⛄ (@phantomofearth.bsky.social) 17 March 2025 at 23:52

Then there's: "How does having 4-8GB of RAM impact my PC's performance? Can I run modern applications smoothly with this RAM capacity?" The response explains that you'll be fine editing documents and browsing the web, though tasks such as photo and video editing may be more of a challenge for your system.

These questions and answers will apparently be tailored to each specific system, so you'll only get information that's relevant to your own setup. This could potentially be pretty useful when it comes to figuring out what's slowing down the performance of your computer, or getting advice on which component needs an upgrade.

It's worth bearing in mind that a huge chunk of Windows users aren't even going to know what RAM is, let alone how it impacts the performance of their system. For those users, I could see the FAQ section being helpful—certainly more helpful than a dry list of system specs, which is all that's available right now.

Windows 11
Right now, Windows 11 gives you a basic list of system specs. Credit: Lifehacker

That said, the responses are a little on the generic side (I really hope Microsoft hasn't given Copilot the job of writing them). Information like "a high-end GPU can provide better graphics, smoother gameplay, and faster processing" isn't exactly a revelation, and doesn't really quantify how much improvement a user might see with a graphics card upgrade—so some estimates on potential performance gains would be welcome.

However, the more precise these FAQs get, the greater the risk of inaccuracies: Microsoft wouldn't want a user to be in the situation of buying an expensive GPU upgrade only to see minimal performance boosts because of a slow CPU, for example. Assessing PC speeds and the contribution of each component is a complicated business, which is probably why these FAQs are rather vague at the moment.

Hopefully, Microsoft can work in some more specifics before this feature actually launches without running the risk of misleading users. Of course, a lot of the details also might change between now and whenever this gets pushed to all Windows users—if indeed it ever does see the light of day. But it's a potentially useful new addition to the OS that will provide some extra context to your system specs.

The Out-of-Touch Adults' Guide to Kid Culture: What Is a Hozier Yell?

I'd actually prefer a Hozier shut up.

This week's trip into the minds of people who aren't old enough to rent a car is like a potpourri of unrelated trends and memes that present a picture of the variety of ways young people are relating to the world. Some TikTokers are memorializing peak moments in their lives with a "Hozier yell," while others are spending their precious time on Earth creating brain-rot "juggtok" videos, or getting really, really angry about chess and chubbiness. It's a big world.

What is a Hozier yell?

A "Hozier yell" is used in TikTok videos to refer to a peak, climactic, awe-inspiring moment. Literary types might substitute "barbaric yamp."

The end result is videos like these:

The reference and the audio that goes with it is to the song "Northern Attitude," a 2024 collab between Hozier and Noah Kahan, in which Hozier hits a particularly climactic note just as the song climaxes. Hozier, by the way, is an Irish singer-songwriter whose songs are heavily influenced by folk music who is best known for his 2013 song "Take Me to Church."

So far, nearly 200,000 videos have used the audio clip of Hozier and Kahan, commenting on everything from seeing a bear to marriage proposals to graduating cosmetology school.

What does “Jugg” mean? And what is "Juggtok?"

The slang term “jugg” (sometime “juug”) means to grab quickly or to steal. Like most modern slang, it is derived from AAVE, specifically from the South.

"Jugg" has been around for awhile—the word is used in a number of rap songs from the 2010s—but it has come into wider usage lately as part of a TikTok meme format called "juggtok," a convoluted brain-rot-centric subculture in which specific slang words and acronyms are paired with a set of unrelated images and video clips in such a way as to render it all meaningless. If my reading is correct, juggtok and its offshoots and adversaries like slimetok and jollytok defy explanation on purpose. They are meant to be meaningless and self-referential. Here are a couple examples:

(For more definitions, check out my slang glossary, 'Aura Farming,' 'Huzz,' and Other Gen Z and Gen Alpha Slang You Might Need Help Decoding.)

Chubby filter causing TikTok controversy

The cultural argument over "fat acceptance" has been going on for a long time, but artificial intelligence is adding an exciting new wrinkle. This month, a video filter called "Chubby AI" allowed Tiktokers to visualize what it would look like if they (gasp!) gained weight, and videos like these started going viral:

There was, as you'd probably expect, an instant backlash, as illustrated by this X post from writer Bec Shaw:

If you had hope that younger people might be more accepting of people being overweight, since so many of them are, you'd be mistaken. But on the plus side, I'm confident that many skinny young people who look down on fat people will eventually grow fat themselves.

Is chess.com trying to rename the bishop?

Since we're doing controversy, a way dumber foofaraw was kicked off last week by chess.com that proves how everyone must pick a side of the culture wars, even websites about chess.

The row began when chess.com's X account posted this seemingly innocuous piece of engagement-bait:

Apparently some X users assumed that Chess.com wants to rename the diagonally moving piece because of religious connotation of the name "bishop," so the comments section quickly filled with responses like this, from a " friendly neighborhood Christian Nationalist:"

And this, from some other goof:

And this, from a normal person having a very normal day:

Anyway, chess.com ensured more outrage by troll-posting:

So is chess.com really trying to bring down Christianity? Sadly, no. They'd made a similar post earlier about The Rook:

And no one freaked out. The seething outrage over a meaningless shitpost illustrates that X is worst website ever and no one should use it. I feel like I need a shower after even a few minutes there.

Viral videos of the the week: Can You Fool A Self Driving Car?

As the great Criswell intones in Plan 9 From Outer Space, the future is where you and I are going to spend the rest of our lives; no doubt a lot of that time will be spent driving, and driving will be very different in the future. Cutting-edge technology is rapidly taking over driver's decisions, whether it's emergency braking or full-on auto-driving so I can take a nap and go to Hardees.

Computer-assisted driving is generally a good idea, but the technology has limits, and the future holds auto-related dangers that Henry Ford never dreamed of. For instance, how would an auto-driving car handle a brick wall painted to look like the road? That's the question at the center of this week's viral video of the week, in which YouTube legend Mark Rober pits the two leading self-driving car technologies against obstacles like thick fog, heavy rain, and a wall painted to look like the road.

Rober's experiments features a car from Luminar with a self-driving system that uses a LiDAR (Light Detection and Ranging) to navigate, and a Tesla that uses cameras. Rober's tests are unscientific—this is an entertainment YouTube channel after all—but they are, as Elon Musk might post, "concerning." Few drivers will ever encounter a brick wall painted like the road (unless they're driving through a Warner Brothers cartoon) but whether a car on auto-pilot will brake for an obstacle in a heavy fog seems pretty relevant. And the results don't look promising for the Tesla.

How to Take Photos on iOS Without All the Post-Processing Junk

Get photos that look more like what you saw with your own eyes.

Your iPhone’s camera is smart—perhaps too smart. It’s smart enough to relight your selfies and remove distracting background objects from your photos. It’s the kind of reality-altering power that normally requires an Infinity Stone. It can also make it much harder to get photos that are accurate representations of the real world. Fortunately, there are alternatives.

It’s worth noting that it’s difficult to get absolutely zero processing on any smartphone camera. There’s always some amount of interpretation of raw data in order to display it. What we want to minimize here is how much your phone makes decisions about the “right” way your photos should look—decisions like how saturated colors should be, what parts of the image should be in or out of focus, and how your subject should be lit. Sometimes it’s better to let your phone make these decisions for you, but if you want more control, these are the options that are best for you.

Get more flexibility with Apple ProRAW

Normally, when you take a photo, your phone compresses the image to save space and tosses data that’s not necessary to display it. But that data can be useful if you want to do your own photo editing. That’s where Apple ProRAW comes in. This format (which takes up more storage space) saves almost all of the data from your camera’s sensor when the photo was taken.

This lets you adjust things like exposure, contrast, saturation, white balance, and other basic aspects of an image. There’s still some unavoidable image processing done to these photos, but ProRAW gives you a lot more flexibility to make changes than you normally would have.

To enable ProRAW images, tap the RAW button while you’re using your camera to use it for the current session. If you’d rather permanently switch your default settings, go to Settings > Camera > Preserve Settings and enable ProRAW & Resolution control. With this enabled, the camera will be in ProRAW mode unless you specifically disable it each time.

Use ZeroCam, the anti-AI camera app

ZeroCam makes the pitch that less is more, especially when it comes to camera features. In fact it only has one: a shutter button. There’s no post-processing, no filters or effects, and the only optional toggle is which of your phone’s lenses to use. It literally can’t be easier—for better or worse.

In my experience, images taken with ZeroCam in low-light settings had noticeably more noise, which is to be expected without a lot of post-processing. However, photos that were properly lit looked a bit more natural than with the stock camera app.

The main downside to the ZeroCam app is the cost: A subscription will run you $2/month, or $13 if you pay for a year up front. You can get a free three-day trial (for the monthly plan, bumped up to a week if you opt for the annual plan), at which point you’ll probably know for sure whether it’s worth the expense to you.

Use Halide for more control over AI-free photos

Unlike ZeroCam, Halide Mark II provides extensive manual controls over your camera. You can precisely adjust focus, ISO, shutter speed, and white balance before capturing the image. Some of these controls are available in the default camera app, but Halide adds other useful tools like focus peaking and live histograms.

Halide also has a dedicated Process Zero mode, which touts zero post-processing AI. This is as close as you can get to photos that are straight from the sensor with only the minimum processing required to create a viewable image. 

Like ZeroCam, this app isn’t free, although you can get a seven-day free trial to see if it serves your needs. After that, monthly subscriptions start at $10, or you can get a year for $20. If you know for certain you love the app and will be using it for a long time, a lifetime license will set you back $60.

Try the Blackmagic Camera app for filterless video

Blackmagic makes the free video editing suite Davinci Resolve, as well as a line of cinema cameras that tie deeply into the software. More recently, the company has released an app for the iPhone that leverages its expertise for the camera you always have with you. The Blackmagic Camera app is primarily focused on video, but you can use it to grab stills from your clips as well.

If you only want still photos, one of the other options on this list is probably better for you, but this app is perfect for videographers. It offers pro-level camera controls like ISO, shutter speed, and white balance, as well as features like an RGB histogram to see which parts of your image are clipping, and image stabilization to reduce the camera shake from holding it in your hand.

Amazon just revealed its biggest Echo Show smart display yet

This Free App Shows How Long You've Been Using Your Mac

Pandan will tell you how long you've been using your computer—without bogging you down in metrics.

I've tried all kinds of time-tracking apps over the years and they can be helpful, but it's easy to get bogged down in the numbers. Sometimes all you need is a little self-awareness about how long you've been on the computer, either all day or during the current session, without the burden of long-term metrics.

Pandan is a totally free Mac app from indie app developer Sindre Sorhus that that does exactly that. The application mostly lives in the menu bar, telling you how long your current computing session has been. You can click the menu bar icon to see how long the previous session was and how long you've been on your computer today.

A menu bar icon which is just the number of minutes of the current session—26 in this case. The menu includes when the current sessions started, the length and time of the previous session, and the total time spent today. Below that are buttons for disabling, starting a new session, history, settings, and more, along with the quit option.
Credit: Justin Pot

You can also dig into the history, if you want—the applications goes back 180 days. But history isn't the point of this application, which is very much not a time-tracking app—Sorhus recommends looking into Screen Time if you want to track longterm trends. Pandan is instead about gently reminding you how long you've been on the computer so you can be aware of that.

The settings let you set up an optional reminder when you've been on your computer for a particular amount of time. These can take the form of a macOS notification, a pop-up near the menu bar icon, or a HUD in the middle of the screen as seen at the top of this article. The idea is to remind yourself to get up or do some stretches.

You can even trigger an Apple Shortcut if you want, which means you can set up your computer to do all sorts of things when it's time for a break. I can't exactly explain everything Apple Shortcuts can do—it's a powerful tool—but know that this means you could do things like load particular applications or play a custom sound when you've been on your computer for a certain amount of time. And Pandan can also be triggered using Apple Shortcuts, meaning you could use it as part of productivity automations you've already set up.

That's all power user stuff, though. For most people this application doesn't need to do anything other than the basics, and that's telling you—at a glance—how long you've been at your computer. It's very good at that, and completely free, all from a developer with a great reputation. Check it out if you're interested.

I Fight For The Users

If you haven’t been able to keep up with my blistering pace of one blog post per year, I don’t blame you. There’s a lot going on right now. It’s a busy time. But let’s pause and take a moment

I Fight For The Users

If you haven’t been able to keep up with my blistering pace of one blog post per year, I don’t blame you. There’s a lot going on right now. It’s a busy time. But let’s pause and take a moment to celebrate that Elon Musk destroyed Twitter. I can’t possibly say it better than Paul Ford, so I’ll just refer you there:

Every five or six minutes, someone in the social sciences publishes a PDF with a title like “Humans 95 Percent Happier in Small Towns, Waving at Neighbors and Eating Sandwiches.” When we gather in groups of more than, say, eight, it’s a disaster. Yet there is something fundamental in our nature that desperately wants to get everyone together in one big room, to “solve it.” Our smarter, richer betters (in Babel times, the king’s name was Nimrod) often preach the idea of a town square, a marketplace of ideas, a centralized hub of discourse and entertainment – and we listen. But when I go back and read Genesis, I hear God saying: “My children, I designed your brains to scale to 150 stable relationships. Anything beyond that is overclocking. You should all try Mastodon.”

It’s been clear for quite some time that the early social media strategery of “jam a million people in a colosseum and let them fight it out with free speech” isn’t panning out, but never has it been more clear than now, under the Elon Musk regime, that being beholden to the whims of a billionaire going through a midlife crisis isn’t exactly healthy for society. Or you. Or me. Or anyone, really.

I tried to be fair; I gave the post-Elon Twitter era a week, thinking “how bad could it possibly be?” and good lord, it was so much worse than I could have possibly ever imagined. It’s like Elon read the Dilbert pointy-haired-manager book on management and bonked his head on every rung of the ladder going down, generating an ever-growing laundry list of terrible things no manager should ever do. And he kept going!

It’s undeniably sad. I really liked Twitter, warts and all, from 2007 onward. In fact, it was the only “social network” I liked at all. Even when it became clear in the Trump era that Twitter was unhealthy for human minds, I soldiered on, gleaning what I could. I’m not alone in that; Clay Shirky’s moribund signoff at the end of 2022 reflected how I felt:

I Fight For The Users

Indeed, Twitter was murdered at the whims of a billionaire high on Ketamine while it was (mostly) healthy, because of the “trans woke virus”.

I urge you, all of you, to disavow Twitter and never look at it again. No one who cares about their mental health should be on Twitter at this point, or linking to Twitter and feeding it the attention it thrives on. We should entomb Twitter deep in concrete with this public warning on its capstone:

I Fight For The Users

In the end, I begrudgingly realized, as did Paul Ford, that Elon unwittingly did us a favor by killing Twitter. He demonstrated the very real dangers of any platform run by a king, a dictator, a tyrant, a despot, an autocrat. You can have all your content rug-pulled out from under you at any time, or watch in horror as your favorite bar... slowly transforms into a Nazi bar.

I Fight For The Users

I’ve been saying for a long time that decentralization is the way to go. We can and should have sane centralized services, of course, but it’s imperative that we also build decentralized services which empower users and give them control, rather than treating them like digital sharecroppers. That’s what our Discourse project is all about. I propose collective ownership of the content and the communities we build online. Yeah, it’s more work, it’s not “free” (sorry not sorry), but I have some uncomfortable news for you: those so-called “free” services aren’t really free.

I Fight For The Users

Which, again, is not to say that “free” services don’t have a place in the world, they do, but please don’t harbor any illusions about what you are sacrificing in the name of “free.” Grow up.

I take a rather Tron-like view of the world when it comes to this stuff; in the software industry, our goal should be to empower users (with strong moderation tools), not exploit them.

I Fight For The Users

So I encourage you to explore alternatives to Twitter, ideally open source, federated alternatives. Is it messy? Hell yes it’s messy. But so is democracy; it’s worth the work, because it’s the only survivable long term path forward. Anything worth doing is never easy.

I’m currently on Mastodon, an open source, federated Twitter alternative at https://infosec.exchange/@codinghorror – I urge you to join me on the Mastodon server of your choice, or quite literally any other platform besides Twitter. Really, whatever works for you. Pick what you like. Help make it better for everyone.

To inspire that leap of faith, I am currently auctioning off, with all funds to benefit The Trevor Project which offers assistance to LGBTQ youth, these 10 museum quality brass plaques of what I consider to be the best tweet of all time, hands down:

I Fight For The Users

(Blissfully, @horse_ebooks is also on Mastodon. As they should be. As should you. Because everything happens so much.)

If you’d like to bid on the 10 brass plaques, follow these links to eBay, and please remember, it’s for a great cause, and will piss Elon off, which makes it even sweeter:

(Apologies, I had to cancel the old auctions because I forgot to allow international shipping – I’ve also made shipping free, worldwide.)

  1. https://www.ebay.com/itm/225903779136
  2. https://www.ebay.com/itm/225903780761
  3. https://www.ebay.com/itm/225903784597
  4. https://www.ebay.com/itm/225903785269
  5. https://www.ebay.com/itm/225903785648
  6. https://www.ebay.com/itm/225903786591
  7. https://www.ebay.com/itm/225903787053
  8. https://www.ebay.com/itm/225903788754
  9. https://www.ebay.com/itm/225903789412
  10. https://www.ebay.com/itm/225903789881

I will sign the back of every plaque, because each one comes with my personal guarantee that it will easily outlive what’s left of Twitter.

What Deals to Expect From Target's Upcoming Spring Circle Week Sale

Circle Week is Target's Prime Day-like sale, and its spring edition is coming soon.

We may earn a commission from links on this page.

Spring hasn’t really been as big of an online shopping season, comparatively speaking: We've got Prime Day during the summer, October Prime Day and Black Friday during the fall, and a bunch of holiday sales during winter. But that might be changing with the recent Big Spring Sale from Amazon, in its second year. Target has decided to compete for your money as well with a Circle Week event, coming later this month.

What is Target's Circle Week?

Circle Week is Target’s name for its biggest sale, which used to happen once a year but, much to the dismay of Target workers, now happens multiple times a year. Usually, you’ll see one when other major retailers have big sale events as well like Christmas or October Prime Day.

When is Circle Week?

This upcoming Circle Week will be from March 23 to March 29.

Do you need to be a member to shop for Target Circle Week?

Unlike Amazon's Big Spring Sale, you will need to be a Circle member to take part in the sale, but unlike being a Prime Member, membership is free. You can sign up on the Target app or Target.com.

What deals can I find during Target Circle Week?

Mainly spring items, but sale categories broadly include apparel, patio furniture, home essentials, beauty products, grocery items, toys, books, movies, and music. You can shop in person or online, and there will be a "Deal of the Day" for every day of the event. If you want early access to the deals, you can join Target Circle 360, which starts at $10.99 per month.

Here is a bit more detail from Target's press release:

  • 30% off tees, tanks, shorts and dresses for the family 

  • 30% off patio furniture and accessories 

  • 25% off select Pillowfort, teen bedding and decor 

  • 25% off Threshold and Casaluna bedding 

  • 20% off Brightroom plastic storage bins and closet organization 

  • Up to 40% off kitchen and floorcare essentials including Instant Pot, Ninja and Shark appliances 

  • Up to 30% off select LEGO 

  • Save up to $200 on select Apple devices 

Does the competition also offer sales?

Amazon’s Big Spring Sale will be taking place from Wednesday, March 20 through Monday, March 25. Walmart also has its Super Savings Week plans from March 24 through Tuesday, April 1, while Best Buy's Tech Fest is actively running until Sunday, March 23.

Turkey scrambles to stop financial rout

Emergency measures as Ankara tries to stave off yet another financial crisis.

Turkey’s financial authorities scrambled Monday to stop a rout in the currency and stock market, after the country lurched toward a full-blown political crisis at the weekend with the imprisonment of a rival to President Reçep Tayyip Erdoğan.

The lira fell nearly 2 percent against the dollar and the government bond market was also hit by heavy selling as markets reopened after the weekend, but by midday there were signs that emergency measures from the Central Bank of Turkey (TCMB) and stock exchange regulator (SPK) had contained the fallout, at least in the short term.

Turkey’s currency had slumped to a new all-time low against the dollar and euro last week after Istanbul Mayor Ekrem İmamoğlu — the man who was set to challenge Erdoğan for the presidency at the next election in 2028 — was arrested on charges of corruption. That in turn triggered a wave of nationwide protests, which continued on Sunday after a court ordered İmamoğlu’s detention in jail pending trial.

Both the protests and the market fallout could have been worse, Deutsche Bank strategist Jim Reid said in a note to clients on Monday.

“The fact that he wasn’t charged with terrorism means the news isn’t as extreme as it could have been,” he argued, noting that “such a move would have led to the appointment of a trustee to the Istanbul Municipality, risking more protests and unrest.”

Turkey’s interior minister said on Monday around 1,100 protesters have been detained in total so far.

Déjà vu all over again

The events have revived fears — never far from the minds of investors in Turkish assets — that the country will slide into outright autocracy and that the government will again ride roughshod over them in Erdoğan’s efforts to entrench himself in power.

Foreign investors and many domestic businesses are still licking their wounds after Erdoğan secured reelection with a wild spending spree that led to inflation peaking at over 80 percent in 2024. Erdoğan’s crackdown on political opposition after a failed coup in 2016 had likewise led to a sharp lira devaluation and big losses in local markets at the time.

However, in contrast to both of those episodes, analysts say the Turkish economy is currently on a relatively solid footing: Inflation has been falling steadily and confidence in the domestic banking system has been rising. The current account deficit, typically the Achilles’ heel of the Turkish economy, has run at less than 4 percent of gross domestic product in the last three months, according to JPMorgan analysts.

“The macro-economic set-up does not require any large lira adjustment, even if variables have started to deteriorate,” they argued in a note to clients on Monday.

Against that backdrop, the authorities’ efforts to keep stability have gained traction relatively quickly. Already last week, the TCMB had reacted with a suite of measures to deter selling the lira: It had raised its overnight lending rate to 46 percent from 44 percent and had suspended the regular one-week lending operations through which it controls the domestic money supply. On Monday, it tightened lira liquidity further by selling 50 billion lira ($1.31 billion) in 91-day bills — the first time since 2007 that it has resorted to that measure.

The SPK, for its part, had tried to put a floor under the stock market on Sunday by instituting a ban on short selling, and also made it easier for companies to buy back their stock on the market. The benchmark BIST 100 stock index, which fell some 15 percent last week as İmamoğlu was first arrested, then charged, responded by rising just less than 1 percent on Monday.

However, analysts warn that the situation is still evolving and that the economy is unlikely to escape the consequences: BNP analysts said the TCMB will likely have to keep policy tighter than expected for the rest of the year, limiting the degree of support it can give the economy. A weaker lira, they argued, will continue to push the price of imports higher, leaving inflation still around 30 percent at the end of this year.

All the Ways I Cook With MSG on a Regular Basis

Before I salt, I prefer to add MSG "to taste."

We may earn a commission from links on this page.

You’ve seen it at the end of hundreds of recipes: “Add salt to taste.” Whether it’s beef stew or a chocolate chip cookie, salt is a seasoning we often lean on as an inoffensive way to wake up the palate. But, like it or not, sometimes salt needs help. (Coming from a long-time salt worshiper, this is saying a lot.) For a surefire way to kickstart your tastebuds, crack open the MSG. I do it on a regular basis.

What is MSG? 

Though the misinformation about MSG is waning, there are still plenty of folks who’ve heard (and believe) that it’s poisonous, leads to health problems, or is bad for you just because. This is incorrect. Our Senior Health Editor, Beth Skwarecki, breaks down how the MSG scare started and the racism that kept it alive long after it was disproven. 

MSG is exactly what its longer chemical name, monosodium glutamate, indicates: a harmless combination of sodium and the glutamate amino acid. Amino acids combine to form proteins, and they are naturally in our bodies, plants, and other animals. In fact, glutamates and monosodium glutamate are also naturally occurring in plenty of our food already, like parmesan cheese, kombu seaweed, tomatoes, mushrooms, and grapes—to name a few. You might already be enjoying MSG more than you know.

What does MSG taste like?

Monosodium glutamate is a teeny, clear, crystalline substance. It looks a lot like salt at first glance, but when you look closely you’ll see that the granules are longer and more regular in shape. It dissolves quickly so it doesn’t have a texture when you eat it. 

A close-up shot of MSG crystals on a black surface.
Credit: Allie Chanthorn Reinmann

We identify the flavor of MSG as umami, or savory. It’s one of the five elemental flavors we can detect: umami, salt, sweet, sour, and bitter. Like sweet or salty, or any building block, it’s not exactly like anything else. Umami is a word we can use to describe other things, though, and that can help you identify when you taste it. 

I often can taste umami in deeply savory foods—dishes with mushrooms, meats, olives, aged cheeses or yeast extracts. When you eat pizza, especially pepperoni pizza, umami is there. Umami adds complexity of flavor, almost like a bass line beneath the music of the entire dish. If you take a bite of risotto and you can feel your mouth water, MSG is actually what is making that happen. When you eat MSG, the glutamate receptors in your taste buds (yep, your body was made to detect glutamates) fire up and actually trigger salivation.

Use MSG in your cooking and baking

I want all of my cooking to make people salivate and take another bite. Since MSG doesn’t taste like anything, it can go in sweet and savory dishes without throwing off the flavor profile. Adding a pinch here or there is going to give your casserole, spaghetti sauce, chocolate cake, or blondies recipe an irresistible je ne sais quoi. I highly recommend adding MSG to brownies—here’s my recipe for dark chocolate soy sauce brownies, but you can use boxed mix and just stir in a quarter-teaspoon of MSG to get the same effect without using soy sauce.

The same goes for savory dishes. I like to stir a pinch into soups and stews toward the end, taste, and take it from there. Basically, you use MSG as you would any seasoning in your cupboard—add, taste, adjust. Even though sodium is part of the MSG equation, it's not exactly salty, so you will likely use it in conjunction with a pinch of regular cooking salt.

If I’m making homemade stocks or broths, I’ll add about a quarter-teaspoon of MSG per four cups of liquid before I add salt simply because I might not need as much as I think. Taste the food if you can, and then add salt to taste. As I mentioned earlier, sometimes we add more salt when what we’re actually looking for is more umami. Using a smidge of MSG can actually help you reduce your salt intake. As Beth mentions in her article linked above, “sodium only makes up 12% of the weight of MSG (as opposed to 40% of table salt).”

Get an MSG cellar

MSG in a bamboo keeper next to a jar of MSG.
Credit: Allie Chanthorn Reinmann

One of the best gifts I’ve ever gotten was my MSG cellar. But you don’t need one made especially for MSG—you can use any salt cellar. You can also buy these cute panda Ajinomoto MSG shakers instead of a cellar to easily sprinkle it onto your food just like you would salt or pepper. 

In the store, MSG might be packaged in medium-sized clear bags, or small seasoning bottles. Check the seasoning aisle of your grocery store. In the Uzbek market near me they carry clear bags of Ajinomoto and I decant it at home into my MSG cellar and smaller back-up jars for easier storage. In my Shoprite, I’ll find MSG in seasoning shakers like these from Ac'cent and Spice Supreme. A little goes a long way, so a shaker this size can last you eight months or longer. 

Here are some things I’ll always season with MSG:

All my egg dishes. MSG brings out the best in your breakfast. All it takes is a pinch per two eggs. Add it to your scrambles, omelettes, quiches, and casseroles. 

Soups and broths. MSG brings complexity, a more “round” flavor, to broths. It’s subtle, but once you have a broth with MSG it’s impossible to go without. A quarter-teaspoon per quart of broth will add a richness that pairs well with every soup, from sweet, earthy borscht to savory beef stew. 

Fresh sliced tomatoes. Enjoy the best tomato sandwich or BLT of your life. There is no better way to quickly improve crappy tomatoes than to add a mixture of MSG, salt, and sugar. And even if they’re not crappy, I still add it—sans sugar. 

Burgers and meatballs. Any mixed ground meat situation is better with MSG. Beef and veal meatballs, pork dumplings, turkey burgers—especially turkey burgers—will have a richer, more meaty flavor from a dose of MSG (about a half-teaspoon per pound of meat). This is actually a prime example of when more salt just wasn’t giving me the flavor I wanted. MSG and less salt fixed my burgers and meatballs. 

Salad dressings. Whether you’ve been looking for a way to avoid those anchovies in your homemade caesar, or your Dijon dressing needs a softened edge, MSG is a great way to improve your whole salad.

Gravies and sauces. MSG brings a welcome depth of flavor to tomato sauces, meatiness to brown gravies, and while the French might never admit this, all of the mother sauces are better with MSG.   

Roasted vegetables. Part of the reason that roasted veggies are so good is because the flavors are concentrated and the natural sugars caramelize. Adding MSG will elevate them to a whole new level of flavor. Simply sprinkle it in when you toss them with oil and salt before roasting. If you’re new to roasting, here’s the easy way to do it.

Trump threatens a 25 percent tariff on countries that buy oil and gas from Venezuela

The tariff is expected to take effect April 2.

President Donald Trump on Monday threatened to impose a 25 percent tariff on countries that purchase oil or gas from Venezuela — escalating tensions with the country that has been a primary target of his administration’s sweeping deportation efforts.

The tariff, set to take effect April 2, is aimed at countries that trade with Venezuela, which Trump also accused of sending violent criminals and gang members to the U.S.

“Among the gangs they sent to the United States, is Tren de Aragua, which has been given the designation of ‘Foreign Terrorist Organization,’” Trump wrote on the social media platform Truth Social. “We are in the process of returning them to Venezuela — It is a big task!

“In addition, Venezuela has been very hostile to the United States and the Freedoms which we espouse,” he continued. “Therefore, any Country that purchases Oil and/or Gas from Venezuela will be forced to pay a Tariff of 25% to the United States on any Trade they do with our Country.

China was the largest buyer of Venezuelan crude oil in 2023, with the U.S. being the second.

Earlier this month, Trump invoked the Alien Enemies Act — a rarely used wartime power — to deport hundreds of alleged Venezuelan gang members to a prison in El Salvador. A federal judge who attempted to halt the deportations through a verbal and written order has vowed to determine whether the Trump administration bypassed judicial authority.

Seven Tricks the Car Dealership Finance Guy Might Try to Pull on You

The real struggle to buy a new car starts when the finance guy generates the paperwork.

Buying a car is a hellish experience. Aside from the cost (nearly $50,000 for an average new car these days!) there’s the exhausting battle of wills you must engage in. No matter how well you prepare, walking into a dealership sometimes feels like walking into a battle, because everyone there is trying to take advantage of you—even if you know exactly what car you want.

Unless you’re paying cash, the trickiest part of the car-buying experience isn’t dealing with the salesperson. It’s dealing with the finance people. The finance manager at your typical car dealership is often the highest-paid person there—and for good reason. They’re the ones who really work the angles to ensure the dealer gets as much money out of you as possible. They have a long list of subtle tricks they use to get you to sign a contract that might not be the best deal you could get—or even the deal you thought you were getting. Here are the tricks you should look out for after the salesperson hands you over to the finance people.

Drawing your attention to the wrong number

Car salespeople are forever trying to do one basic thing when you’re financing a new car: Focus on the wrong number. The number they typically want you to pay attention to is the monthly payment. They’ll ask you what your budget is, then feel you out to see how high you can actually go, then work backward from there to come up with a deal that hits that monthly number but gets them the most profit over the long term. Common tricks include the infamous Four Square, where the salesperson jots down numbers, talks fast, crosses stuff out, and guides you to see that monthly payment and nothing else.

Even if you defeat the Four Square and negotiate an out-the-door price on the car and a financing deal you can live with, that monthly number can still haunt you. One trick to watch out for is a monthly number that’s just slightly off what you expected—it’s close to what you negotiated, but not exactly right. That means it’s time to go through that contract with a fine-toothed comb, because something’s been altered. They may have added fees or something else into the total price, and when it’s amortized over several years the extra payment is small and they simply hope you won’t notice.

Messing with the trade-in value

If you’re trading in a vehicle as part of your transaction, the salesperson might proudly inform you that they’re going to value that trade-in at the same amount you owe on it. Which is great—as long as it’s true. What the finance guy might do is value the trade-in at a lower amount, then roll the extra money owed into the overall principle of the loan—and since they get incentives to write loans, the bigger the better (for them). This is probably illegal in your area, but that doesn’t stop them from making an “honest mistake” sometimes.

Add-ons that increase the price unexpectedly

You’ve negotiated your deal and you feel pretty good about the price you got for the car and the terms you’re getting for the financing. Then you sit down with the finance person and suddenly the price and payments are higher—because a long list of features and options you assumed were included in the price were not, actually, included. Now you have to choose between paying more for the car you thought you were getting, or starting the process over to get less car than you want.

Interest rate markups

If you finance your car purchase through the dealership, you should still look for financing elsewhere, if only to know what the available rates are. Because dealerships often mark up their interest rates to make the deal better for themselves. They call their lender and get a rate of, say, 6% for your car deal. But when they present the financing numbers the rate is 8% because the finance folks have marked up the rate—the dealer gets to keep that extra 2% charged on the loan. Always ask if the rate in the contract is the dealer’s “buy rate” or if they’re packed on some extra points without telling you.

"Yo-yo-ing"

This is a lot less fun than it sounds. It works like this: You negotiate the deal and buy the car. You take the car home. You love the car. Then a few days later the dealer calls and tells you that your financing was denied, so you have to come back in and re-negotiate the deal. Often, if you inspect the paperwork the finance people handed you, you’ll find fine print that states the sale isn’t final and that the dealer has the right to cancel the sale if they need to. They’re banking on a version of the sunk-costs fallacy to drive you to negotiate against yourself and pay more for the car.

All you can do to defend against this is to get outside financing and read your paperwork carefully. Look for language that allows the dealer to cancel the sale—keywords like “conditional” or “not final” are often hints about this. If you see anything you’re not certain about, ask directly—and if you don’t like the answer, walk away.

Bundling multiple negotiations into one

Buying a new car isn’t one simple transaction—you’re probably doing two or three separate things in parallel. You’re trading in a car—essentially negotiating a sale price for your old vehicle; you’re negotiating a price on a new vehicle; and you’re negotiating financing terms.

What finance people at dealerships love to do is bundle those negotiations into one huge, messy deal. This way, if you push back on one aspect of the deal they can just make up for it in another. For example, let’s say you decide you’re not getting enough value for your trade-in and you push to get $500 more for it. The dealer reluctantly agrees—and adjusts your financing terms to claw back that $500. The more confusing and interconnected the bundle is, the harder it is for you to figure out if you’re getting what you actually want. The only real defense is to insist on separating these negotiations so you can see clearly what each one looks like.

Adding "standard" things without asking

Sometimes you sit down with the finance folks and suddenly the price you negotiated is higher in the paperwork—because they’ve gone ahead and added “standard” stuff like gap insurance (covering the value of your car if you total the car and your insurance doesn’t cover the remaining debt on the loan) or extended warranties. They’ll often argue that the price you negotiated is still in effect—it’s the cost of the car, not the extra services. They’ll also often imply that these are required fees of some sort instead of add-ons.

Gap insurance and warranties might be a good idea—but you should be aware of their costs before you’re presented with a contract. And dealers will sometimes add these in even if you already have your own insurance—which is almost certainly going to be a better deal for you overall.

GIMP 3's New Features Make the Best Free Image Editor Even Better

Working with filters, layers, and text is much easier in the latest release.

GIMP, the free and open source image editing application long seen as the best free Photoshop alternative, just released a major update: Version 3. The update brings long-awaited improvements to working with filters, layers, and text. There's also a sleeker user interface with improved UI scaling.

Among the biggest changes is nondestructive filters. Previously applying filters, such as blurs, was final—you could use the undo function to get back to a pre-filtered state but you couldn't simply edit or remove the filter. You can now tweak the settings of filters, or even remove filters entirely from the layer panel.

The new Layer Effects tool shown in GIMP
Credit: Justin Pot

Working with text is also streamlined with the addition of non-destructive text outlines. This allows you to change the widget, style, and color/pattern of text outlines from the text panel in the left sidebar.

A text box, with the words "TEXT BOX" written in impact font, white with a black outline, all made using GIMP's new non-destructive outline tool.
Credit: Justin Pot

There are various useful tweaks to the way layers work. You can can now select multiple layers at once, without the need to link those layers, making it easier to apply changes. Copy and pasting is a lot less confusing: Pasting creates a new layer, instead of a confusing floating layer. This alone makes GIMP a lot easier to use, in my opinion.

The paintbrush tool can now automatically expand the size of the selected layer if you paint over the edge. Just select the paintbrush tool and make sure the new "Expand Layers" tool is selected—you'll never again be confused about why the paintbrush isn't working.

There are many more changes that make life simpler. Importing PSD files from Photoshop should be more accurate, for one thing, and there's support for RGB color spaces "beyond sRBG," meaning you should see fewer warnings about conversion while importing images.

And the user interface has been updated to GTK3, , meaning the user interface looks more modern. There are other visual tweaks, including a welcome screen when you open the application and much better UI scaling: Icons that used to look blown up and blurry on high resolution screens now look great.

Basically, if you tried GIMP years ago and weren't convinced, it's worth giving the application another chance. For more details, you can read the blog post announcing the update or the full release notes with more details.

iOS 19: What to Expect From Apple's Dramatic Design Overhaul?

Earlier this month, Bloomberg reported that Apple is planning "one of the most dramatic software overhauls in the company's history" – an update that aims to bring iOS, iPadOS, and macOS into closer visual alignment. The redesign is said to be "loosely based" on visionOS, the software behind Apple's Vision Pro headset, and will reportedly update the look of icons, menus, apps, windows, and system buttons.


These changes are expected to arrive later this year with iOS 19, iPadOS 19, and macOS 16, and are said to go "well beyond a new design language and aesthetic tweaks." More specific details are scarce, but it's supposedly the biggest update to iOS since iOS 7, and the biggest update to macOS since Big Sur.

In the report, Bloomberg's Mark Gurman highlights some of visionOS's key visual elements: circular app icons, simplified windows, translucent navigation panels, and a deeper emphasis on 3D layering and shadows. While he stops short of confirming circular icons for iOS and macOS, the implication is there. (The careful wording hints at strategic ambiguity: if the icons do go circular, the report is validated. If not, Bloomberg retains editorial deniability.)

Gurman does acknowledge that "some elements won't apply to the 2D world of iOS and macOS," given visionOS's immersive, spatial interface. He leaves it at that. But even icons in visionOS aren't just circular – they're layered for a 3D world. They feature a background base, one or two foreground layers, and a subtle expansion effect when looked at. Shadows further enhance the sense of depth, making each icon feel like a tactile, dimensional object.


If Apple's next-generation platforms are loosely based on visionOS, how far will the redesign go?


  • Are circular icons on the way? After all, watchOS has them already.

  • Will the UI gain "glassy" translucency and layered shadows?

  • Are the new Apple Sports and Apple Invites apps early indicators?

  • What about the reported iOS 19 Camera app revamp, with its visionOS-style translucent controls?

All signs point to a shift in this general direction. But how deep will the transformation be? And more importantly – is this a welcome direction for macOS and iOS users?

Apple Invites app

Let us know your thoughts in the comments. Apple will preview iOS 19, iPadOS 19, and macOS 16 this June at WWDC, with a public release expected in September.
Related Roundup: iOS 19

This article, "iOS 19: What to Expect From Apple's Dramatic Design Overhaul?" first appeared on MacRumors.com

Discuss this article in our forums

Pebble Watches Are Coming Back (Kind Of)

The 2016-era smartwatches are returning in a modern form.

We may earn a commission from links on this page.

You can now pre-order a brand-new Pebble Watch, which is a sentence that will confuse a lot of people and excite others. Pebble was one of the first smartwatches, launching even before the first Apple Watch. We wrote about it here on Lifehacker in 2013. Now it’s back in two versions, running $149 and $225, both expected to ship later this year. 

Some quick background on Pebble

Pebble was an early smartwatch brand whose devices featured an e-ink display (like the kind you might see on an e-book reader). Its Kickstarter launches broke records for the platform. I had heard that the Pebble Time was the most successful Kickstarter project ever at the time of its launch, so I checked Kickstarter’s list of its 12 most funded projects to see if it still holds that title. Pebble’s three generations hold the #2, #6, and #12 spots. People loved this watch. 

And they continued to love it, even after the company was bought by Fitbit in 2016. A project called Rebble did its best to maintain the old watches’ functionality over the years, providing app store updates and replacing some of the old cloud services. As the years went by, it got harder and harder to keep using Pebble watches. Both the Android and iPhone apps disappeared from phones’ official app stores, and “how to set up a new Pebble” guides got more complicated, but some users persisted. 

Google now owns Fitbit and Pebble users managed to successfully lobby Google to open-source the Pebble OS, opening the doors to new Pebble watches.

Who is making the new Pebble watches, and why? 

Pebble founder Eric Migicovsky is leading this project. He wrote: “I've tried pretty much every other smartwatch on Earth, yet I still wear my Pebble every day—nothing else matches its features and long battery life. I really, really, really hoped someone else would create a proper replacement, but no one has stepped up, and my stash of old Pebbles is dwindling!” 

In an AMA on the Pebble subreddit, Migicovsky mentioned several times that the team is small and that they’re trying not to bite off more than they can chew. Since the OS is now open source, several questions about features were met with answers like “No, but that sounds like a nice feature for someone to add to the open source PebbleOS!”

The new watches aren’t going to be sold under the Pebble name, though, since Google still owns that trademark. They are called the Core Time 2 and the Core 2 Duo. A redditor asked what is “duo” about it, and Migicovsky replied: “Du-over 😉”

The Core 2 Duo ($149) is “like Pebble 2, but better”

The Core 2 Duo will have a black-and-white screen and a plastic (polycarbonate) frame in either black or white, and is expected to start shipping in July. Its look and feel are intended to be just like the old Pebble 2, although some of the internals are upgraded and it has more durable buttons.

Other specs include the following (I’ve bolded differences from the Core Time 2): 

  • 1.2-inch, always-on e-paper screen

  • 30-day battery life

  • A microphone and speaker, although voice calls won’t be natively supported

  • IPX8 water resistance (the 8 typically means the device can go at least 3 meters underwater, but the X indicates that it isn’t tested for dust resistance)

  • Step tracking and sleep tracking

  • Physical buttons

  • 22-millimeter standard watch strap

  • Bluetooth connectivity

  • No wifi or cellular connectivity

  • No GPS

  • No NFC payments (“Too hard to do as a small company, sorry.”)

  • No heart rate monitor

  • This model has a barometer and compass, where the Core Time 2 does not. 

The Core Time 2 ($225) is “like Pebble Time 2, but better”

The Core Time 2 is larger than the Core 2 Duo and will have a color touchscreen and a metal frame. Not only is the screen bigger than its sibling, it’s also “53% bigger and [has] 88% more pixels” than its predecessor the Pebble Time 2. It’s expected to ship in December 2025.

The Core Time 2 has almost all the features of the Core 2 Duo listed above, except that it will not have the compass and barometer (those were included in the Core 2 Duo as a favor to a friend, Migicovsky said in the AMA). On the bright side, it will have a heart rate monitor. 

  • 1.6-inch, always-on e-paper screen

  • 64-color display

  • Touchscreen

  • 30-day battery life

  • A microphone and speaker, although voice calls won’t be natively supported

  • IPX8 water resistance (same as Core 2 Duo)

  • Step tracking and sleep tracking

  • Physical buttons

  • 22-millimeter standard watch strap

  • Bluetooth connectivity

  • No wifi or cellular connectivity

  • No GPS

  • No NFC payments

  • No barometer and compass

  • This model has a heart rate monitor, where the Core 2 Duo does not. 

You can find full specs for both watches here. Note that while the watches will not have GPS, Migicovsky noted that developers could choose to use phone GPS for mapping or fitness purposes. This is a common approach for minimalist wearables, including Whoop and some Fitbits.

Your old Pebble charger will work, but so will a modern USB-C cable

Migicovsky noted in the AMA that the new watches will use the same charger as previous Pebble watches. (“Take that, everyone who said I should throw out my box of 10-year-old chargers,” said one redditor.)

The charger that ships with the new watches will be a connector that plugs into a USB-C cable, so you’ll still need to bring that connector with you when you travel, but you won’t need to carry a whole special charging cable. This is the same approach that Coros took for its Pace Pro, and I even bought a similar style of charging adapter for my Garmin watch—it’s a convenient format. 

The company intends to stick around, but isn’t making any promises about future products

In response to questions about other colors, features, or future products, Migicovsky repeatedly said they were going to focus on what they were able to do for now. He isn’t making any promises about when more units will be available to order, so if you want to be sure of getting one of the new watches, it makes sense to pre-order now. 

The new watches’ operating systems will be open source, and developers are invited to add the features they’d like to see. There is a Discord to organize efforts, and Migicovsky linked to it, saying: “All development is happening on the discord (https://discordapp.com/invite/aRUAYFN) and github (https://github.com/pebble-dev/pebble-firmware).” 

“We're a gadget company," Migicovsky said. "We make cool gadgets that we ourselves want and then sell them. No plans to make them for a wider audience.” But he also added: “The goal is sustainability—the company is designed to potentially last forever.”

iRobot Roomba Combo 10 Max+ review: Convenience with compromises

Orcs Must Die: Deathtrap

En av de stora fördelarna (en av många ska sägas) med att jobba på Gamereactor är ju att jag får testa på spel jag annars kanske aldrig hade haft en tanke på att spela. Det har gett mig nästan uteslutande glädje Jag kan inte påstå att jag är bekant med Orcs Must Die sedan innan, jag har förstås hört namnet men inte kastat mig in dödandet av horder av orcer förrän nu när jag fick uppdraget att recensera det hela. Sedan tidigare finns det tre spel i serien men detta tycks dock inte vara en officiell fjärde del utan lite mera fristående, även om det har det mesta gemensamt med de övriga titlarna i serien.

Är man som jag inte bekant med spelserien sedan innan så är det en hel del att lära sig och hålla reda på, startsträckan för mig blev därmed lite längre än vad jag hade förväntat mig. Jag kan heller inte påstå att jag har spelat värst mycket Tower Defense-spel i mina dagar och det bidrog säkerligen också till att det tog en liten stund innan jag blev varm i kläderna. Fans av serien sedan innan lär dock känna igen sig ganska omgående och kan komma igång och slakta dessa ettriga och intensiva orcer betydligt snabbare och effektivare än vad jag gjorde. Stort plus i kanten här för spelkontrollen som är inte bara är väldigt tajt men som också är väldigt standard för genren. Det innebär att du skjuter med den högra triggern och så vidare, inga som helst konstigheter alltså, det går därför fort att komma in i. Skulle det vara så att man är total nybörjare på actionspel så står det hela tiden medans spelet pågår vilken knapp som gör vad.
<bild>Det är en del att hålla reda på men jag tycker det samtidigt är väldigt tydligt väl i spelet vad som gör vad och så vidare.</bild>

Jag börjar mitt spelande i en sorts hubb och därifrån får jag sedan välja vilken bana jag vill spela av totalt tre stycken, det är inga större skillnader i själva upplägget på dessa men förutsättningarna skiljer sig något där man exempelvis i en av dem inte kan sälja de fällor man placerat ut. Det primära uppdraget oavsett bana är dock att skydda "The Rift" även om dess funktion skiljer sig lite från bana till bana. På en av banorna är orcerna bara ute efter att förstöra den med alla medel de har och på en annan är målsättningen att springa in i den och därefter transporteras iväg. Slinker 40 orcer igenom så är matchen över. Sex karaktärer finns att välja på och alla kommer förstås med sina egna specialiteter och egenskaper och utrustning. Det är ännu en sak som gör att detta utan tvekan är gjort i första hand för co-op, är man flera kan man komplettera varandras karaktärer och passa olika delar av banorna, det kan bli lite hetsigt att kämpa emot alla orcer själv.
<bild>Det primära uppdraget är att skydda The Rift från orcerna och samtidigt undvika att dö på kuppen.</bild>

Inledningsvis är jag förstås usel, men efter ett tag började jag få kläm på {Orcs Must Die: Deathtrap} och när jag väl överlevde första vågen så blev det lite av en andra andning för mig. Inte någon gång under mitt spelande för den här recensionen skulle jag dock påstå att jag spelade särskilt bra, men jag kunde åtminstone märka att jag gjorde vissa framsteg och överlevde allt fler vågor. Jag insåg snabbt som den normalbegåvade person jag ändå är att det inte fungerar att bara försöka skjuta alla som stormar fram, de är nämligen alldeles för många och mitt nederlag tog inte lång tid med den initiala taktiken.

Det gäller alltså att tänka smart och verkligen använda alla hjälpmedel som finns till hands och det är främst i form av fällor, flera av dessa går att placera ut närmast obegränsat innan man låter vågen av orcer komma. Det kan till exempel vara glödande kol, små katapulter eller spikmattor och även om de inte är hundraprocentigt effektiva alla gånger så är de direkt nödvändiga för att överleva och försvara The Rift. Det blir ju såklart inte enklare heller, för varje våg så kommer det allt fler orcer och ganska snart kommer de ifrån alla tänkbara riktningar. Fiendevariationen här är därmed också mycket god då orcerna efter hand kommer i flera format, vissa rentav flyger och vissa kan utöva magi emot den så det gäller att vara beredd på i princip allt. För varje avklarad våg så låses sedan tre perks upp där man får välja en som sedan ger en fördel till nästa, det kan exempelvis vara att någon av fällorna blir lite starkare under omgången eller att något av ens primära vapen får en boost.
<bild>Precis så här intensivt blir det i princip hela tiden, utmanande men roligt.</bild>

Det går förstås alldeles utmärkt att spela själv och ta sig an alla dess orcer som attackerar besinningslöst från alla håll. Det är dock ingen som helst tvekan om att det här är ett spel som är gjort med co-op i åtanke, inte minst märks det i och med att man nu utökat från två till fyra samtida spelare i samma runda till skillnad från föregångarna. Tyvärr fick vi inte tillgång till multiplayer-läget under recensionen, men gammalt hederligt co-op i soffan är verkligen inte fel det heller. För det är verkligen i co-op som Orcs Must Die! är som allra bäst.
<bild>Benranglet som står där borta och hackar orcer heter Bartholomew och han är en ypperlig medhjälpare i kampen mot de gröna små kräken.</bild>

Det är högt tempo precis hela tiden, omgångarna är korta och intensiva och det är verkligen en aspekt jag gillar. Inom fem minuter har jag antingen klarat vågen eller förlorat och det gör att det inte känns som ett stort projekt att dra igång en match exempelvis när jag väntar på att pastavattnet ska koka. Min son Elliott är inte alltid förtjust i det jag spelar men detta fastnade han ändå lite för, kanske för att vissa av orcerna enligt honom påminde om Bolibompa-draken. Där är det givetvis på sin plats att berömma den härligt lekfulla grafiken också, det påminner lite om Overwatch rent visuellt på sina håll. Orcs Must Die: Deathtrap är ett alldeles lysande spel, framförallt i co-op och här kan man lätt fastna i flera timmar långt in på natten i goda vänners lag. Du borde absolut ge det chansen, i synnerhet som det ju ingår med Game Pass.

Blade Chimera

Det så populära Metroidvania-konceptet har precis som de flesta genrer stabila grundpelare som gör det hela familjärt. Saker vi förväntar och som vi önskar oss. För på flera vis är det ju just detta vi gillar; att få dessa saker som definierar en genre i sig men som sedan kan överraska och underhålla oss med alltifrån det visuella till atmosfär. Just dessa två faktorer är det som jag tycker Blade Chimera lyckas allra bäst med. Den ganska enkla pixelgrafiken är fin, nostalgisk och blandat med ett cyberpunk-temat passar det fint ihop. Miljöerna är,sånär som på en del trista korridorer, fina att se på och passar dessutom väldigt bra i handhållet läge på Nintendo Switch. Det är ett enkelt äventyr att dra igång och komma in i och man har hela tiden bra överblick över det som sker på skärmen.

Berättelsen som sådan är simpel; du spelar som Shin, som är en demonjägare vilket följdaktigen leder till att du slaktar demoner i olika skepnader. Den spelmekaniska huvudsakliga ingrediensen här är Lux, en demon som slår följe med dig och som man bär med sig i form av ett svärd. Du kan sedan använda detta - inte bara som ett vapen, utan för att försvara dig, till att skapa avsatser eller för att reparera objekt, väggar och broar som gör att du kan ta dig vidare. Just det sistnämnda känns dock lite överflödigt då en bro, vägg eller ett annat föremål för att nå en högre höjd syns som en ikon där det är möjlighet att göra det. En knapptryckning senare och så återskapas det. Det är alltså inte särskilt finessrikt och objekten är liksom förutbestämda och markerade på skärmen. Pussel i sin allra enklaste form kan man alltså säga. Det ger lite variation till ett annars ganska monotont äventyr att få använda svärdet i lite olika sammanhang även om det dock är väldigt enkelt utfört. Det känns lite mer som en knapptryckning extra för att ta sig vidare än ett rejält hinder, men ja, det adderar åtminstone någon liten variation.
<bild>Svärdet kan användas till både försvar och som vapen.</bild>
Spelets action blir mycket av det samma. Fiender som traskar fram och tillbaka, eller gör små hopp eller skjuter olika sorters projektiler. De sväljer en del bly innan de exploderar och det är vad vi bjuds på tillsammans med lite mer storslagna bossar. Fienderna känns överlag ganska tråkiga i både design och hur de agerar och är mer ett hinder än någon utmaning. Du får peppra tills de dör helt enkelt eller använda svärdet för att skapa en barriär som de går in i och snabbt förintas. Det går att återkalla svärdet och då gör det skada till det i sin väg när de flyger tillbaka till Shin. Gällande bossarna blir utmaningen och finessen lite bättre och de är dessutom rätt fräcka i hur de ser ut och kräver åtminstone lite taktik för att besegras. Med all action som detta erbjuder hade jag nog hoppats på lite mer fart, fläkt och utmaning.
<bild>Spelets bossar är stora och coola.</bild>
Det finns övriga saker som ett väldigt avskalat färdighetsträd så naturligt nog går man upp i nivå när man dödar fiender. Det går även att köpa på sig nya vapen och elixir för att återfå liv samt de magipoäng som svärdet kostar att använda. De verkliga framstegen och möjlighet att ta sig förbi vissa hinder, ligger klassiskt låsta bakom exempelvis en boss eller att ta sig till en viss punkt på kartan. Det kan vara ett få ett passerkort eller lära sig en förmåga som gör att man når ett nytt område. Överlag är det dock väldigt linjärt med en klar utstakad väg. Det finns heller inte jättemycket övrigt att utforska eller upptäcka vilket gör hela färden genom miljöerna väldigt monoton.

Blade Chimera gör ingenting direkt nytt. Kartan ser och känns bekant ut i sitt utformande med låsta passager du kan nå först senare. Som väntan för genren liksom. Det känns ganska innehållslöst och väldigt klassiskt. Det mesta är avskalat men det är heller inte direkt tråkigt gällande sin spelbarhet. Men lite som att det saknas något unikt. Berättelsen är i stort sett icke-existerande sånär som på lite dialogrutor och det är främst äventyrets action och plattformande som får ta förarsätet. Det är lite synd att denna biten inte erbjuder lite mer finess eftersom det blir väldigt mycket av samma stuk; ta dig genom rum, hoppa lite, skjuta lite och så sakta ta sig framåt till nästa rum. Det blir fort upprepande trots miljöombyten.
<bild>Miljöerna är fina med läcker pixelgrafik.</bild>
Presentationen med pixelgrafik gillas ju, givetvis, men tyvärr är spelets musik inte särskilt minnesvärd vilket drar ner hela intrycket lite. Jag gillar dock följsamheten i Shins animationer som dock inte helt går hand i hand med responsen i kontrollen. I plattformshoppandet känns det inte riktigt så responsivt jag hade önskat och siktet har en tendens att justeras lite märkligt när man framförallt ska ta sig an flygande fiender. Det är dock ingenting här som egentligen kräver otroligt tight spelkontroll, men det är lite frustrerande att missa ett hopp för att kontrollen svarar lite segt eller att Shin liksom låser siktet åt helt fel håll.

Det känns i mångt och mycket som ett simplare indiespel som inte på något vis är dåligt eller tråkigt. Det är som helhet bara lite för avskalat och utan att direkt överraska eller bjuda på någonting som känns direkt jättespännande. Spelet kommer med en låg prislapp och riktiga hardcore-fans av genren kan säkerligen få sig några timmar av helt okej underhållning.

Let's Talk About The American Dream

A few months ago I wrote about what it means to stay gold — to hold on to the best parts of ourselves, our communities, and the American Dream itself. But staying gold isn’t passive. It takes work. It takes action. It takes hard conversations that ask

Let's Talk About The American Dream

A few months ago I wrote about what it means to stay gold — to hold on to the best parts of ourselves, our communities, and the American Dream itself. But staying gold isn’t passive. It takes work. It takes action. It takes hard conversations that ask us to confront where we’ve been, where we are, and who we want to be.

Let's Talk About The American Dream

That’s why I’m incredibly honored to be joining Alexander Vindman in giving a talk at the historic Cooper Union Great Hall 14 days from now. I greatly admire the way Colonel Vindman was willing to put everything on the line to defend the ideals of democracy and the American Dream.

The American Dream is, at its core, the promise that hard work, fairness, and opportunity can lead to a better future. But in 2025, that promise feels like a question: How can we build on our dream so that it works for everyone?

Rebuilding the American Dream: A Path Forward
Let's Talk About The American Dream

Alexander and I will explore this in our joint talk through the lens of democracy, community, and economic mobility. We come from very different backgrounds, but we strongly share the belief that everyone's American Dream is worth fighting for.

Alexander Vindman has lived many lifetimes of standing up for what's right. He was born in the Soviet Union and immigrated to the U.S. as a child, growing up in Brooklyn before enlisting in the U.S. Army. Over the next 21 years, he served with distinction, earning a Purple Heart for injuries sustained in Iraq and eventually rising to Director of European Affairs for the National Security Council. When asked to choose between looking the other way or upholding the values he swore to protect, he chose correctly. That decision cost him his career but never his integrity. I have a lot to learn about what civic duty truly means from Alex.

I build things on the Internet, like Stack Overflow and Discourse. I write on the internet, on this blog. I've spent years thinking about how people interact online, how communities work (or don't), and how we create digital spaces that encourage fairness, participation, and constructive discourse. Spaces that result in artifacts for the common good, like local parks, where everyone can enjoy them together. Whether you're running a country or running a forum, the same rules seem to apply: people need clear expectations, fair systems, strong boundaries, and a shared sense of purpose.

This is the part of Stay Gold I couldn't tell you about, not yet, because I was working so hard to figure it out. How do you make long-term structural change that creates opportunity for everyone? It is an incredibly complex problem. But if we focus our efforts in a particular area, I believe we can change a lot of things in this country. Maybe not everything, but something foundational to the next part of our history as a country: how to move beyond individual generosity and toward systems that create security, dignity, and possibility for all.

I can't promise easy answers, but what I can promise is an honest, unfiltered conversation about how we move forward, with specifics. Colonel Vindman brings the perspective of someone who embodied American ideals, and I bring the experience of building self-governing digital communities that scale, which turned out to be far more relevant to the future of democracy than I ever would have dreamed possible.

Imagine what we can do if Alex and I work together. Imagine what we could do if we all worked together.

Rebuilding the American Dream: A Path Forward
Let's Talk About The American Dream

(This event also will be streamed in real time at UTC+00:00, 7pm EST / 6pm CST / 5pm MST / 4pm PST via the Cooper Union Great Hall YouTube channel.)

Webb Spots ‘Cosmic Tornado’ in Stunning Detail

The cosmic tornado.

The Webb Space Telescope captured a chance alignment of a protostellar outflow and a spiral galaxy in a dazzling example of the cosmos' weirdness.The cosmic tornado.

The Webb Space Telescope captured a chance alignment of a protostellar outflow and a spiral galaxy in a dazzling example of the cosmos' weirdness.

Apple Seeds iOS 18.4 and iPadOS 18.4 Release Candidate With Priority Notifications, Ambient Music and More

Apple today seeded the release candidate versions of upcoming iOS 18.4 and iPadOS 18.4 updates to developers for testing purposes, with the software coming a week after Apple released the fourth betas.


iOS 18.4 and iPadOS 18.4 can be downloaded from the Settings app on a compatible device by going to General > Software Update.

With iOS 18.4, Apple is adding the Priority Notifications Apple Intelligence feature, which is designed to determine which of your notifications are the most important, highlighting them in an easy-to-see dedicated section on the Lock Screen.

The update includes a new Apple News+ Food section for ‌Apple News‌+ subscribers, plus it adds the Sketch style to Image Playground so you can generate images that look hand drawn. ‌Apple Intelligence‌ is also available in more languages, including French, German, Italian, Portuguese (Brazil), Spanish, Japanese, Korean, and Chinese (simplified), along with localized English for Singapore and India.

There are new emoji characters, and a dedicated Vision Pro app that allows Vision Pro owners to find and download content, manage the headset, control guest experiences, and more, right from the iPhone.

Mail Categorization has expanded to the iPad, and there's a new Ambient Music feature for playing relaxing music from Control Center. There are a number of other smaller features too, with details available in our iOS 18.4 features guide.

Apple plans to release iOS 18.4 and iPadOS 18.4 in early April, and the RC represents the final version of the software that will be provided to the public should no issues be found.

Related Roundups: iOS 18, iPadOS 18
Related Forums: iOS 18, iPadOS 18

This article, "Apple Seeds iOS 18.4 and iPadOS 18.4 Release Candidate With Priority Notifications, Ambient Music and More" first appeared on MacRumors.com

Discuss this article in our forums

Mobile App Development Trends to Look for in 2020

Technology keeps growing and advancing at a rapid rate. Things that we never thought would exist are now elements of our daily lives. From the invention of the home computer, the cell phone, and now the rise of AI machines, technology is evolving exponentially. One of the aspects of tech that keeps growing the fastestContinue reading "Mobile App Development Trends to Look for in 2020"

Technology keeps growing and advancing at a rapid rate. Things that we never thought would exist are now elements of our daily lives. From the invention of the home computer, the cell phone, and now the rise of AI machines, technology is evolving exponentially. One of the aspects of tech that keeps growing the fastest in mobile technology. Over 80% of Americans own a smartphone by February 2019 and the entire world of technology has improved with the growth in how many users. Companies large and small are catering to the mobile platform with new developments. The consumer experience is being vastly improved to be quick, easy, and painless. That is increasing the already existing convenience mobile technology offers. As the platform of preference shifts towards mobile in a huge way, new trends will emerge. Over the next two years, the mobile industry will roll out many new improvements. Here certainly are a few that we expect to see by 2020.

Mobile apps trends

More Proactive Apps

Artificial intelligence may appear such as a far-fetched idea, however, the technology has already been in use throughout mobile apps. AI is helping customers get what they want within a matter of seconds, all because of intelligent machines. From when most apps are opened, an AI is working to help make the customer experience as smooth as possible. A good example of AI doing his thing is when you are sent a note on software like LinkedIn. Once the message comes through, the user exists a number of ways to click and see the message. When the user goes to type an answer, an AI suggests things to write on the basis of the context of the initial message. These suggested sentences are designed so the user could conceivably click an auto-generated response without needing to type anything. These generated responses are normally well written and linked to the initial message; that is entirely possible due to AI.

This proactive feature only adds to the quantity of assistance we receive from apps every day. More productive AI-assisted apps will run faster, smoother, and offer more features than ever before. Your phone is learning you better and uses that to produce your experience better.

Mobile-First Indexing

For a while, now Google has been taking care of mobile-first indexing to produce websites more mobile-friendly. Since a lot of the marketplace has shifted away from home desktops and towards mobile phones, Google is taking steps to ensure mobile-friendly websites rank higher in its eyes. Google will monitor websites and determine how they rank based on Google’s criteria, which will be now prioritizing mobile-friendly websites. This implies features like easy to use buttons, quick loading, proper formatting for simplicity of use on mobile, and other aspects can lead to websites ranking higher. In order to boost your website’s ranking on mobile, you will have to have an excellent mobile site that is diverse from your desktop site.

Personalized Mobile Experiences

In the same vein as the last point, companies are pouring resources into making the entire mobile experience better for the customer. These improvements include personalizing experiences for customers. Customers can determine which communication method they prefer so the business will simply contact them through that channel. Companies will also show customers items available depending on the data. A customer in California likely won’t be shown heavy winter gear while someone surviving in Alaska won’t be shown beach attire. This means that the things customers are shown are more personally strongly related to them. This practice increases sales as customers are more vulnerable to buy something if it is strongly related to them.

Voice Search and Commands

One of the largest and latest technologies going through a boom is voice search. It is expected that voice search as a retail segment will rise to $40 Billion by 2022. It won’t be a long time before Siri, Alexa, and other virtual assistants are designed for our most complex orders with ease. As the sophistication of voice recognition increases, we shall emerge from the other side of the uncanny valley. It happens to be difficult to truly have a full conversation with virtual assistants, but that’ll change in the future. You can already order items from Amazon through the Amazon Alexa so it’s not unfathomable that voice commands will end up standard.

Chatbots

Customer care is incredibly important. Customers want their issues resolved quickly, but that is not at all times possible. Emails, phones, and human staffed chats all take employees to man and operate. This means that lines can build up and leaves customers waiting for their turn to be served. However, AI can solve this. AI-run chatbots will help customers with their questions any time of day any day of the week since they require no human employees to function. Clients are very happy to be receiving service without delay and employees are happy not to have long queues.

Technology is making massive improvements in peoples’ lives. AI is bolstering how people shop online. Mobile websites are becoming properly optimized and outfitted with features that leave customers satisfied. The utilization of data allows for personalized shopping, allowing customers to see relevant content that improves sales. Voice commands and chatbots are perfect examples of how emerging technology is bringing the mobile industry into the future. We will have to wait and see how the industry develops as 2020 approaches.

Source: business2community

The Israel-Hamas Ceasefire Was Never Going to Last

There were always two clear signs the fighting in Gaza would resume.

Israel attacks Gaza breaking ceasefire : At least 322 dead

The ceasefire between Israel and Hamas negotiated in mid-January seems to have been written on tissue. It frayed midway through the first of three phases, when Israel declined to negotiate for the second phase. Since then, it was only a countdown until the first hours of Tuesday morning, when the Israel Defense Forces executed a swift and punishing series of airstrikes throughout Gaza.

[time-brightcove not-tgx=”true”]

By Thursday, the IDF’s ground operation got underway with a three-part pincer move, operating in the north of Gaza, in the Strip’s midriff around the Netzarim corridor (from which it had redeployed as part of the deal), and in Rafah in southern Gaza.

At least 400 Gazans were killed on the first day of strikes, in what was one of the deadliest single-day tolls of the war, the Associated Press reported. The toll climbed to as many as 700 by Friday, according to Palestinian health officials. Social media is awash in photos of dead babies. The IDF says it is routing out terror infrastructure and picking off specific Hamas military and political leaders; Palestinians say they are taking down anyone in the vicinity. Hamas and the Houthis have revived rocket fire at Israel.

Where is all this leading? Ironically, it was much easier to predict where things would go two months ago, when the ceasefire deal was agreed, than it is now. 

From the moment the details of the agreement became known, analysts gave the deal a poor prognosis. 

The first phase involved the release of Israeli hostages and Palestinian prisoners, while the two sides suspended the fighting and Israel withdrew from heavily populated areas and from the Netzarim corridor. The second phase was to include a sustainable ceasefire and full withdrawal of Israeli forces from Gaza, and further hostage and prisoner release. The third phase would have ended the war and seen the release of the remains of Israeli captives and Palestinians. 

But there were two signs that the deal would never reach beyond its first phase. 

Read More: A Roadmap to Lasting Peace Between Israelis and Palestinians

The first was that leaders of Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu’s most important coalition partners, the Religious Zionist and Jewish Power parties, made clear that they would bolt the coalition if the fighting stopped—they want to capture and resettle Gaza. When the deal was finally signed, Itamar Ben Gvir, who runs Jewish Power, resigned from Netanyahu’s government, weakening his coalition. Betzalel Smotrich, who runs the Religious Zionist party, remained in government but insisted that Israel must restart the war or he too would leave—which would mean scrapping either the deal or the government.

The second was Israel’s history of decision-making, particularly when it comes to Palestinians: Phased deals don’t usually work. Case in point is the phased, conditional Oslo peace process during the 1990s that Palestinians saw as a path to an eventual Palestinian state and a permanent end to the conflict, neither of which materialized. 

Did Hamas want to complete the current ceasefire deal more than Israel? Most likely yes. Gaza is in ruins, nearly 50,000 people have been killed in the war, and polls show that Palestinian hostility toward Hamas has risen. The group holds two main cards for credibility among Palestinians: forcing Israel to release Palestinian prisoners, and being the only Palestinian faction able to end the war. Beyond that, Hamas’ only recourse to staying in power is brute force.

The first phase of the ceasefire went through. But then Israel declined to open negotiations for the second phase, after Trump took office and began talking about expelling 2 million Palestinians in Gaza. Netanyahu became emboldened to resist the second phase; Trump’s Middle East envoy Steve Witkoff began negotiating that phase seemingly from scratch, introducing a new ceasefire plan different from the one both sides agreed to in January.

Now Netanyahu is facing an avalanche of domestic political crises. There is a budget deadline this month that could sink his government; mass street protests have resumed, with tens of thousands calling for a new ceasefire and criticizing Netanyahu for failing to get the remaining hostages home.

Israelis on some level have known more conflict was coming. A February poll by the Institute for National Security Studies found just 40% thought the deal would reach the second phase; more thought the chances were low (46%).

Yet no one knows what happens next. How long will this resurgent war go on? Israel hasn’t been able to eliminate Hamas nor secure the release of most hostages through military pressure throughout the war—why would it be able to do so now? Do exhausted Israeli reservists have the morale for a forever war, and does a forever war lead to a complete military re-occupation of Gaza, alongside the continued expansion of settlements and de facto annexation in the West Bank? If the Israeli government has answers, it’s not saying.

For its part, will Hamas accept a U.S.-backed “bridge plan” to restore the ceasefire and extend it into April, to allow time for continued negotiations? Or will Israeli demands to simply release all hostages and oust Hamas under heavy military pressure work this time around?

There is a better path: ending the occupation through Palestinian self-determination and statehood, possibly anchored in regional normalization deals between Israel and Arab states. That would guarantee Israel’s security and contribute greatly to a more peaceful Middle East.

But those with the power to make peace a reality, apparently prefer to make war.

How to Add Your Passport to Google Wallet

Your digital documents can get you through TSA.

Airport security will probably always be somewhat of a hassle, but one friction point you can potentially minimize is utilizing a digital ID in place of a physical one—and if you're an Android user, your passport added to Google Wallet's ID pass is officially accepted by TSA.

It's certainly convenient to not have to carry or keep track of your physical passport when you travel, and a digital passport in ID pass can get you through security screening if you don't have a REAL ID after the requirements take effect on May 7. That said, your digital passport doesn't completely replace your physical document, which you'll still need when traveling internationally and in situations where you have to present identification outside of TSA.

Here's how to digitize your passport and other forms of identification for the next time you fly.

How to add your passport to Google Wallet

To add your passport to ID pass, open Google Wallet on your Android device and tap the + icon. Tap ID > ID pass, then hit the Get Started button. The app will guide you through a series of instructions to scan your passport and your face, which will take several minutes to complete and approve.

You can also add a state-issued ID (like your driver's license) to Google Wallet using this same process—just select ID > Driver's license or state ID instead of ID pass.

How to use other digital IDs for travel

At the time of writing, Apple Wallet and Samsung Wallet do not support passports, and ID pass for Google Wallet is the only digital passport accepted at TSA for domestic travel. However, your driver's license or identification card stored in Apple Wallet, Google Wallet, Samsung Wallet, or a state-specific mobile app can also get you through security screening if issued by one of the following states:

  • Arizona

  • California

  • Colorado

  • Georgia

  • Hawaii

  • Iowa

  • Louisiana

  • Maryland

  • New Mexico

  • New York

  • Ohio

  • Puerto Rico

  • Utah

  • Virginia

  • West Virginia

To add an ID to Apple Wallet, tap the + icon in the app and hit Driver's License or State ID. Select your eligible state, and follow the prompts. For Samsung Wallet, click the + icon, tap Digital IDs > Driver's License/State ID, and follow the instructions to scan your ID and face and authenticate with your fingerprint or a PIN. Note that some of the states listed (like New York and Utah) require you to use a state-specific app for digital IDs instead of your device's digital wallet.

Even if you have a digital ID, don't count on being able to use it at every airport. Check TSA's digital ID map before you leave home to make sure any airport you are traveling through accepts eligible digital IDs.

(On the flip side, TSA PreCheck members traveling on Delta Airlines, United Airlines, and Alaska Airlines out of a select number of airports can clear security solely on facial recognition—no physical or digital documents required.)

Forget the iPad Pro, Amazon Slashes Prices on Microsoft’s Surface Pro for the Big Spring Sale

Surfacepro

Save $350 on the Microsoft Surface Pro touchscreen laptop for a limited time.Surfacepro

Save $350 on the Microsoft Surface Pro touchscreen laptop for a limited time.

Trump Regime Goes ‘War on Terror’ Against Tesla Protesters, Claims They’ve Got WMDs

U.S. oligarch Elon Musk shakes hands with President Donald Trump while attending the NCAA Division I Wrestling Championship on March 22, 2025 in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.

The FBI has asked the public to "look out for suspicious activity in areas occupied by Tesla dealerships."U.S. oligarch Elon Musk shakes hands with President Donald Trump while attending the NCAA Division I Wrestling Championship on March 22, 2025 in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.

The FBI has asked the public to "look out for suspicious activity in areas occupied by Tesla dealerships."

Atelier Yumia: The Alchemist of Memories & the Envisioned Land

Atelier, serien med alkemi, oerhört långa namn på spelen, och en i princip årlig release, är tillbaka med Atelier Yumia: The Alchemist of Memories & the Envisioned Land. Yumia tar över efter del två om Sophie och del tre av Ryza. Men släpps också mittemellan två olika Atelier Resleriana-titlar, där den senaste släpptes i fjol i väst och nästa spel kommer redan i år. Ja, det släpps en hel del spel i den här serien. Atelier Yumia är spel nummer 26 i den 28 år gamla serien. Och det är bara i huvudserien. Lägg därtill 17 sidospel och vi är verkligen inte svältfödda.

<bild>Yumia är den senaste att få sig en ateljé.</bild>

Efter framgångarna med Ryza-trilogin (även kallad Secrets-serien), som sålde över två miljoner exemplar har utvecklarna själva gått ut med att Atelier Yumia haft en större budget än tidigare och det märks att de försökt slå på den stora trumman. De ska också ha velat göra detta till ett spel som inte bara spelas av de som är inbitna i serien utan också för dem som aldrig spelat den tidigare. För att lyckas med detta har de bland annat gjort alkemisystemet enklare att förstå, ändrat stridssystemet, och introducerat en stor öppen värld. Jag tror ändå att detta spel mestadels kommer uppskattas av fans av serien och att tempot, som bara kan beskrivas som snigeltakt, kommer vara avtändande för alla som förväntar sig mer action.

Problemet med Yumia - spelet, inte karaktären - är att även efter att de försökt göra det mer lättillgängligt för den stora massan kommer det vara ett väldigt nischat spel. Om du inte känner till serien så är det i princip ett stort collectathon (om det varit ett 3D-plattformsspel, eftersom den termen används där). Varenda sten, blomma, svamp, och monsterben ska samlas in och läggas i en ryggsäck som har mer förvaringsutrymme än ett medelstort lastfartyg. Detta då spelet, och hela serien, handlar om alkemi, vilket är att skapa saker från andra saker. Har du lite malm, klöver, och diverse växter? Ja, då kan du producera ett spjut. Olika ingredienser har olika buffar där de mer ovanliga materialen bjuder på den bästa bonusen. Men alkemi är inte bara något hjälpsamt, det är vad hela berättelsen baseras på. Yumia - karaktären, inte spelet - är en av bara ett fåtal fortfarande levande alkemister, och det är inte det lättaste livet. Medan hon bara vill väl med sina kunskaper finns det en utbredd tabu och hat mot detta. Folk dömer henne för vad hon kan och vill helst inte ens ha henne i sin närhet. Detta efter en enorm olycka som ödelade stora delar av kontinenten. Vad som hände med Aladissian-imperiumet vet vi inte och det är vad spelet går ut på, att ta reda på vad som hände och varför alkemi nu anses vara något ont och farligt.

<bild>Plocka upp precis allt och lägg i din lilla ryggsäck.</bild>

Berättelsen bjuder i övrigt inte på speciellt mycket på ett väldigt, väldigt långt tag. 20 timmar in visste jag fortfarande inte vem spelets antagonist var eller vad deras mål var. Spelet börjar med en blick in i framtiden där vi får se två, vad som då antas vara spelets stora onda, karaktärer. Därefter försvinner de under tiotals timmar och under dessa första 20 timmar träffade jag på en annan elak typ som bara hade en interaktion med en gång. Det är till en början väldigt svårt att veta vad målet är med spelet. Visst, utforska världen och lås upp historien är en giltig anledning, men det måste finnas någon sorts motvikt. Atelier Yumia är ett väldigt långsamt spel, vilket också är en av styrkorna oavsett intrycket jag gett hittills. Det är inte som de flesta spel där det måste hända något var femte minut, utan kan fungera som en mer avslappnande upplevelse. Tänk Stardew Valley eller Animal Crossing, men i japanskt rollspelsformat. Samla saker, slåss med några fiender, teleportera dig tillbaka till din verkstad, skapa några saker, gör några sidouppdrag, samla fler saker för att de krävs i sidouppdraget. Och repetera.

För att bygga ut denna upplevelse, bokstavligen talat, har utvecklarna Gust valt att introducera basbyggande. På utvalda platser på kartan kan du använda dina stenar, trädstockar, och annat till att bygga hus. Dessa fungerar också som en säker zon där du kan återställa din hälsa. Men mestadels är det bara ett till ställe att skapa nya saker. Om du vill göra det extra mysigt går det att inreda dessa hus också, vilket bara är estetiskt. Det var inget jag tillbringade speciellt mycket tid med, men vill du ha ett matbord med fyra stolar och en fräsig taklampa går det att fixa. "Det går till och med att placera sängar mitt i luften", som producenten Junzo Hosoi uttryckte det. Är du inte så mycket för att leka arkitekt finns det färdiga husdesigner att välja bland. Men allt det här är helt valfritt. Om du inte vill placera ett enda hus behöver du inte det. Då går det att återvända till din ursprungliga ateljé.

<bild>Alkemin följer samma spår som tidigare, men med ett förenklat utseende.</bild>

Nytt för serien är också en riktigt öppen värld. Atelier Ryza 3: Alchemist of the End & the Secret Key hade stora kartor, men det krävdes ändå hoppande mellan olika platser. Atelier Yumia bjuder på en värld utan zoner som ska laddas in. Du kan springa, eller senare åka motorcykel, från ena änden av kartan till den andra. Vilket inte är att rekommendera med tanke på att områden som utforskas senare bjuder på svårare fienden, men det går att göra om du vill. På tal om Atelier Ryza 3 hade det ett hybridsystem när det kommer till strider. Detta har byggs vidare på och är nu något som utvecklarna kallar för "action-like". Det är mer intensivt än tidigare delar i serien med strider i realtid. Fast det går fortfarande inte lika snabbt som det gör i serier där det krävs snabba knapptryck för coola kombinationer. Här går det fortfarande att stanna och tänka en sekund på vad du ska göra härnäst. Ett medvetet val från utvecklarna. Varje karaktär har upp till åtta vanliga attacker att välja bland. Fyra om du väljer att vara i närstrid med fiender och fyra andra om du väljer att backa tillbaka till den "bakre raden" för långdistansattacker. Det går nu nämligen att hoppa tillbaka mellan närstrid och långdistans för att bäst anpassa dig för fienderna. Alla har nämligen en typ av svaghet som det gäller att utnyttja. Tillsammans med detta går det också att använda fyra olika vapen av elementen eld, åska, vind, och is. Det gör att varje karaktär har tolv olika attacker att använda. Varje attack går dock bara att använda ett visst antal gången innan dess mätare måste laddas upp igen. Så om du spammar alla attacker finns risken att du inte kan attackera igen på några sekunder. Stridssystemet är generellt väldigt enkelt att förstå sig på och passar både nykomlingar och erfarna.

<bild>Stridssystemet är mer actioninriktat än tidigare.</bild>

Det viktigaste i ett japanskt rollspel måste ändå vara karaktärerna. Om dessa är helt olidliga faller spelet oftast väldigt fort. Som tur är har serien alltid bjudit på charmiga karaktärer med intressanta personligheter. Och Atelier Yumia är inget undantag. Yumia - karaktären, inte spelet - lär vi känna som någon som förlorat sin mamma tre år tidigare i en alkemiolycka och som kämpar med allt hat mot henne. Varför är världen så ond? Men supportkaraktärerna är också intressanta. Vi har bland annat två syskon som är ute efter revansch på ett monster som förstörde deras by, och en ilsken och föräldralös grabb som sålde sina minnen för pengar. Denna grupp jobbar tillsammans i en av typ av utforskningsteam som försöker klura ut vad som hänt med världen. Röstskådespeleriet är bra och musiken är som vanligt en höjdpunkt. Spelets utseende är precis som det varit under många, många år i serien, så förvänta dig inget teknologiskt underverk.

<bild>Karaktärerna är välutrustade... med charm och personlighet!</bild>

Atelier Yumia: The Alchemist of Memories & the Envisioned Land fortsätter seriens jämna, bra kvalitet utan att vara något som kan hota de bästa japanska rollspelen på marknaden. Utvecklarna har försökt skapa ett spel som tilltalar fler än de mest inbitna, men till slut kommer det vara just dessa som spelet är mest intressant för. Om du har spelat de tidigare 25 delarna i serien och behöver mer kommer detta spel absolut ge dig vad du vill ha. Om du är helt ny kan detta vara ett bra spel att komma igång med serien.

Foldable iPhone Expected Next Year: All the Rumored Features So Far

Apple is expected to launch a new foldable iPhone next year, based on multiple rumors and credible sources. The long-awaited device has been rumored for years now, but signs increasingly suggest that 2026 could indeed be the year that Apple releases its first foldable device.


Below, we've collated the key details that have been leaked about Apple's foldable iPhone so far.

Overall Design

Book-Style

According to Bloomberg's Mark Gurman, Apple's foldable iPhone is similar in style to Samsung's Galaxy Z Fold, which uses a book-style folding mechanism, rather than the clamshell design of the Samsung Galaxy Z Flip. Industry analyst Ming-Chi Kuo expects the foldable ‌iPhone‌ to measure between 9 and 9.5 mm when folded, and around 4.5 to 4.8 mm when unfolded.

Display Sizes

Dual Screens

When folded, users will interact with a 5.5-inch outer display that is similar to a typical iPhone screen, while unfolding it will reveal a larger 7.8-inch iPad-style screen. The inner display is said to be virtually crease-free. These dimensions have been corroborated by two reputable sources.

Chassis and Hinge

Durable Materials

The foldable iPhone reportedly has a titanium chassis, with the hinge constructed from a combination of titanium and stainless steel, according to Kuo. Apple is said to be using liquid metal in the hinges to improve durability and help eliminate screen creasing. Liquid metal, manufactured using a die-casting process, has been chosen by Apple to address these two common issues with foldable devices, according to the analyst.

Cameras

Front and Rear

The foldable iPhone is expected to include a dual-lens rear camera, with a front-facing camera for both folded and unfolded states, according to Kuo.

Authentication

Touch ID

Kuo believes the phone will forgo Face ID authentication, and instead use a Touch ID side button as a means to save precious internal space. Apple has previously integrated Touch ID into the side button of the iPad, iPad Air, and iPad mini.

Battery Life

High-Density Cells

Apple is putting a heavy focus on improving power efficiency by slimming down key components like the display driver to make room for more battery cells, according to a Korean blog that has leaked accurate details about unreleased products before. The phone will reportedly use high-density battery cells – the same ones that Kuo believes will be used in Apple's upcoming ultra-thin iPhone 17 Air.

Pricing

Premium Segment

Multiple reports suggest the foldable iPhone will be priced between $2,000 and $2,500 in the United States, which could make it the most expensive iPhone ever. Despite the price, the foldable is expected to tap into Apple's loyal fanbase, some of whom will view it as a "must-have device" if its quality meets expectations.

Launch Date

Late 2026

According to industry analyst Jeff Pu, the device is said to have recently entered the New Product Introduction (NPI) phase at Foxconn. An exact launch date is currently unknown, but both Kuo and Pu say mass production is planned for the second half of 2026.


This article, "Foldable iPhone Expected Next Year: All the Rumored Features So Far" first appeared on MacRumors.com

Discuss this article in our forums

Building a PC, Part IX: Downsizing

Hard to believe that I’ve had the same PC case since 2011, and my last serious upgrade was in 2015. I guess that’s yet another sign that the PC is over, because PC upgrades have gotten really boring. It took 5 years for me to muster

Building a PC, Part IX: Downsizing

Hard to believe that I’ve had the same PC case since 2011, and my last serious upgrade was in 2015. I guess that’s yet another sign that the PC is over, because PC upgrades have gotten really boring. It took 5 years for me to muster up the initiative to get my system fully upgraded! 🥱

I’ve been slogging away at this for quite some time now. My PC build blog entry series spans 13 glorious years:

The future of PCs may not necessarily be more speed (though there is some of that, if you read on), but in smaller builds. For this iteration, my go-to cases are the Dan A4 SFX...

Building a PC, Part IX: Downsizing
Building a PC, Part IX: Downsizing

And the Streacom DA2...

Building a PC, Part IX: Downsizing
Building a PC, Part IX: Downsizing

The attraction here is maximum power in minimum size. Note that each of these cases are just large enough to fit...

  • a standard mini-ITX system
  • SFX power supply
  • full sized GPU
  • reasonable CPU cooler

...though the DA2 offers substantially more room for cooling the CPU and adding fans.

Building a PC, Part IX: Downsizing

I’m not sure you can physically build a smaller standard mini-ITX system than the DAN A4 SFX, at least not without custom parts!

DAN A4-SFX
200mm × 115mm × 317mm = 7.3 liters

Silverstone RVZ02 / ML08
380mm × 87mm × 370mm = 12.2 liters

nCase M1
240mm × 160mm × 328 mm = 12.6 liters

Streacom DA2
180mm × 286mm × 340mm = 17.5 liters

(For comparison with The Golden Age of x86 Gaming consoles, a PS4 Pro occupies 5.3 liters and an Xbox One S 4.3 liters. About 50% more volume for considerably more than 2× the power isn’t a bad deal!)

I chose the Streacom DA2 as my personal build, because after experimenting heavily with the DAN A4 SFX, I realized you need more room to deal with extremely powerful CPUs and GPUs in this form factor, and I wanted a truly powerful system:

  • Intel i9-9900KS (8 core, 16 thread, 5.0 GHz) CPU
  • Samsung 970 PRO 1TB / Samsung 970 EVO 2TB / Samsung 860 QVO 4TB SATA
  • 64GB DDR4-3000
  • Cryorig H7 cooler (exact fit)
  • NVIDIA GeForce RTX 2080 Ti GPU

Compared to my old 2015-2017 system, a slightly overclocked i7-7700k, that at least gives me 2× the cores (and faster cores, both in clock rate and IPC), 2× the memory, and 2× the M.2 slots (two versus one).

Building a PC, Part IX: Downsizing

The DA2 is a clever case though less perfect than the A4-SFX. What’s neat about it is the hybrid open-air design (on the top and bottom) plus the versatile horizontal and vertical bracket system interior. Per the manual (PDF):

Building a PC, Part IX: Downsizing

Check out all the bracket mounting options. Incredibly versatile, and easy to manipulate with the captured nut and bolt design:

Building a PC, Part IX: Downsizing

Note that you can (and really should) pop out the top and bottom acrylic pieces with the mesh dust net.

Building a PC, Part IX: Downsizing

I had dramatically better temperatures after I did this, and it also made the build easier since the case can fully “breathe” through the top and bottom. You’ll note that the front of the DA2 is totally solid, no air holes, so you do need that extra airflow.

I only have a few criticisms of this Streacom DA2 case:

  • The side panels are tool free, which is excellent, but the pressure fit makes them fairly difficult to remove. Feels like this could be tweaked?
  • (Don’t even think about using a full sized ATX power supply. In theory it is supported, but the build becomes so much more difficult. Use a SFX power supply, which you’d expect to do for a mini-ITX build anyway.)
  • My primary complaint is that the power extension cable gets in the way. I had to remove it and re-attach it during my build. They should custom route the power cable upwards so it blocks less stuff.
  • Less of a criticism and more of an observation: if your build uses a powerful GPU and CPU, you’ll need two case fans. There’s mounting points for a 92mm fan in the rear, and the bracket system makes it easy to mount a 140mm fan blowing inward. You will definitely need both fans!

Here’s the configuration I recommend, open on both the top and bottom for maximum airflow, with three fans total:

Building a PC, Part IX: Downsizing

If you are a water cooling kind of person – I am definitely not, I experienced one too many traumatic cooling fluid leaks in the early 2000s – then you will use that 140mm space for the radiator.

I have definitely burn-in tested this machine, as I do all systems I build, and it passed with flying colors. But to be honest, if you expect to be under full CPU and GPU loads for extended periods of time you might need to switch to water cooling due to the space constraints. (Or pick slightly less powerful components.)

If you haven’t built a PC system recently, it’s easier than it has ever been. Heck by the time you install the M.2 drives, memory, CPU, and cooler on the motherboard you’re almost done, these days!

Building a PC, Part IX: Downsizing

There are a lot of interesting compact mini-itx builds out there. Perhaps that’s the primary innovation in PC building for 2020 and beyond – packing all that power into less than 20 liters of space!

Read a Spanish translation of this article here.

Amazon Just Announced the Details About Its 'Big Spring Sale'

Here's what you can expect during Amazon's mini Spring Prime Day-like sale.

We may earn a commission from links on this page.

Hopefully, you're done paying off your credit card bill from October Prime Day, but regardless, Amazon is ready for another round—a spring sale is around the corner. Here is everything you need to know about Amazon's Big Spring Sale if you're looking for some deals.

What is Amazon's Big Spring Sale?

Amazon's Big Spring Sale is the spring version of Prime Day, although it lasts longer and features less impressive deals. It's a seven-day sale with deals focusing on seasonal items from winter- and spring-like apparel, travel, sports, furniture, gardening, lawn, grilling, storage, and bedding supplies. And, of course, tech. This is only the second time Amazon has run this spring sale, with the first one running in 2024.

When is Amazon's Big Spring Sale?

Amazon announced that its Big Spring Sale will run for a full week from March 25 through March 31, 2025.

Do you need to be a Prime Member to shop for Amazon's Big Spring Sale?

You do not need to be a Prime Member to shop Amazon's Big Spring Sale, however, Prime Members will get more and better deals, according to Amazon. Prime membership starts at $14.99 per month. You can calculate whether a yearly Prime membership is worth it for you, but remember that you can always cancel your Prime membership once the sale is over. Keep in mind that Amazon offers free 30-day trials, so you can shop the whole week of the event and cancel before making a subscription payment. You can read about how to sign up for a Prime account here.

What can you expect for Amazon's Big Spring Sale?

Because the Big Spring Sale happens in the spring, you're going to see end-of-season deals from Amazon outlet stores on winter items, but also on upcoming spring products. The deals seem to tap at 40% off. Here is an idea of what you can expect:

  • Up to 40% off select outdoor furniture and gardening supplies

  • Up to 35% off select lawn and grilling equipment

  • Up to 35% off select home storage and bedding

  • Up to 40% off select apparel and beauty

  • Up to 40% off select sports and travel essentials

There will be "daily themes" for each day of the sale, and whatever the theme is for that day is where you can expect to find the best deals. We'll also be publishing the best deals we find, so make sure to keep tabs on our deals page throughout the week.

Early Big Spring Sale deals are already live

As is usually the case, Amazon kicks off its sales with some early deals that lead up to the main event. Keep in mind these aren't technically Big Spring Sale deals, though. You'll know they are by the "Prime Spring Deal" badge on the product page once the sale officially starts.

Will there be competing sales?

Yes. Target announced its Circle Week event plans, which will happen between March 23 to March 29. Walmart also has its Super Savings Week plans from March 24 through Tuesday, April 1, while Best Buy's Tech Fest is actively running until Sunday, March 23.

Some tips for Amazon's Big Spring Sale

If this will be your first time shopping an Amazon sale, there are some basic things you need to know; you can share your Prime membership with family members even if they don't live with you; you can set price alerts for products you want and your Alexa devices can notify you when they go on sale; and there are tools you can use to see if the deal you're looking at is good or not. But if you only take one bit of advice for shopping on Amazon's Big Spring Sale, let it be this one: Don't buy anything you weren't going to buy anyway. A good way to make sure you do this is by making a list of the products you do want ahead of time, and focus on those.

Meta Is Experimenting With AI-Generated Comments, for Some Reason

Who asked for this?

It's no surprise that companies continue to experiment with new AI features. Artificial intelligence has been the center of emerging tech for nearly three years now, and it's not going anywhere anytime soon. But whether you love generative AI or you find it useless, I think we can all agree that using AI to write Instagram comments is pretty stupid.

And yet, Meta appears to be testing exactly that. As reported by SocialMediaToday, some Instagram accounts are now seeing a new icon to the left of the text field after choosing to leave a comment on a post. When you tap this icon (a pencil with a star), you pull up a new Meta AI menu, which presents a series of comment choices, presumably based on whatever content you happen to be looking at. In one example, the bot offers three choices: "Cute living room setup," "Love the cozy atmosphere," or "Great photo shoot location." Could there be anything lazier than this?

I'll admit: This news took me a bit off guard. I know Meta is comfortable shoving its AI experiments down our throats—often with no way to turn them off. But even as it becomes more difficult to avoid AI-generated content on Meta's platforms, I didn't think the company would offload the "effort" of having to write comments to the bots.

I can't imagine many (or perhaps any) Instagram users are so busy or exhausted that they'd rather scroll through an AI's idea of what to say rather than say something themselves. The human-generated comments on Instagram pages are already low-effort as it is; not to mention, there are too many comments from bots on social media platforms. Do we really want more bots in the comments, only this time sent to us by real people?

We need to stop letting AI make the decisions

This is just an experiment, and likely a limited one at that. For what it's worth, I do not have the option on my Instagram account, so I guess I'm forced to think up my own comments for now. (Or at least open another app to ask a different AI to generate a comment for me.) But this experiment speaks to the current state of AI in tech: offering solutions to problems that don't exist. Writing comments isn't hard, and yet, someone at Meta thought there was a usefulness—a market—for AI-generated comments. They probably want more training data for their AI machine, which tracks, considering companies are running out of internet for models to learn from. But that doesn't mean we should be okay with outsourcing all human tasks to AI.

That's what bugs me most: ceding so many of our cognitive tasks and decisions to the machines. If you're on Instagram, you're already letting the algorithm choose the content you see. Please don't hand over even more decisions to the machines, as low-effort as those decisions may be. If you do see the experiment on your end, I encourage you not to use it; both for your own sake, as well as depriving Meta of any more training data generated by its user base for free.

The Best TV Series to Stream This Week

The best new shows you can binge (or watch in moderation).

We may earn a commission from links on this page.

If you're looking for a new show to watch this week, I've got your back. I've scoured the schedules of Netflix, Prime, Max, Hulu, and other streaming platforms to bring you the best and most notable shows streaming this week. This week's best new shows include two strange-but-true crime stories: Good American Family, in which a couple's adopted daughter turns out to be a fully grown woman, and Happy Face, a series that details the fraught relationship between a serial killer and his daughter.


Good American Family

Mark Duplass and Ellen Pompeo star as a Midwestern couple who adopt a child they believe has a rare form of dwarfism, but they start to suspect she's not actually a child, and wonder what nefarious designs she has on their family. Based on the same true stories that inspired The Orphan, Good American Family aims to go deeper than a potboiler by telling its creepy, bizarre tale from multiple points of view to explore the subtleties of bias, culture, and trauma that are really behind this odd story.

Where to stream: Hulu


Happy Face

It's so cinematic it's hard to believe it, but Happy Face, Paramount+'s original, true-crime drama, is based on a true story. Annaleigh Ashford plays Melissa Moore, the daughter of Keith Hunter Jesperson, a serial killer better known as "The Happy Face Killer." After not speaking to his daughter for decades, murderous Jesperson worms his way back into her life by dangling a confession that could free a man accused of a murder. But is he telling the truth, or just trying to build a twisted father-daughter relationship?

Where to stream: Paramount+


The Residence

If you like a good whodunit, check out The Residence. Uzo Aduba plays Cordelia Cupp, a brilliant but eccentric detective tasked with solving a murder that takes place during a state dinner at the White House residence. Everyone is a suspect: the staff, the guests, maybe the president himself. With a killer on the loose in the halls of power, Cupp must navigate a complex web of politics and personalities if she's going to crack the case.

Where to stream: Netflix


Last week's picks

Dope Thief

Apple TV+ has found the perfect vehicle for actor Brian Tyree Henry (Causeway, Atlanta). In Dope Thief, Henry plays Ray Driscoll, an outlaw and antihero who remains sympathetic. Ray and his best pal Manny, played by Wagner Moura, are a couple of Philly dudes who hit on a plan to make money: dress up as DEA agents and rob low-level drug dealers. It's not a good plan, and it gets extra not-good when they inadvertently target the kind of large narcotics operation that will send men to kill everyone you know if you cross them.

Where to stream: Apple TV+


Everybody’s Live with John Mulaney

Netflix is entering the talk show world with Everybody’s Live with John Mulaney, a weekly live show hosted by Mulaney, who also serves as co-showrunner and executive producer. If his first Netflix live show, John Mulaney’s Everybody’s in LA, is the model, expect eclectic celebrity guests, phone calls with the viewing audience, and the spontaneous magic that only working live brings. At a recent press event, Mulaney promised, "We will never be relevant. We will never be your source for news. We will always be reckless. Netflix will always provide us with data that we will ignore.” Sounds promising.

Where to stream: Netflix


The Righteous Gemstones, season 4

The fourth and final season of HBO original comedy The Righteous Gemstones features the titular family of scummy televangelists fighting America's "war on Christianity" while continuing to grift suckers hilariously. The show's talented cast—including Danny McBride, Adam DeVine, Edi Patterson, and John Goodman—will be returning, and a couple of new faces will be on hand to keep things fresh. Will & Grace star Megan Mullally plays Lori, an old family friend of the Gemstones, and Sean William Scott from American Pie plays her son.

Where to stream: Max


The Wheel of Time, season 3

If fantasy is your sort of thing, check out Prime's sprawling sorcery and orcs (sorry, "trollocs") series The Wheel of Time. The show is returning for a third season, and the White Tower is really in peril now. Right off the bat, Liandrin is revealed as a Black Ajah in front of the Hall of the Sitters. Later, Rand, Moiraine, Lan, Egwene, and Aviendha embark on an epic journey to the Aiel Waste. If you haven't seen the first two seasons or read Robert Jordan's 14(!) Wheel of Time novels, there's no better time than now to dig in.

Where to stream: Prime


Adolescence

The dramatic question at the center of four-part Netflix series Adolescence is, "What would you do if your teenage son was accused of murder?" Stephen Graham plays Eddie Miller, whose 13-year-old son Jamie, played by Owen Cooper, is arrested for the murder of a teenage classmate. To illustrate the provocative premise, each episode of Adolescence is presented as a single, continuous shot, so both film nerds and drama fans should put this on their watch list.

Where to stream: Netflix


Am I Being Unreasonable? season 2

If you're looking for something unusual to watch, check out Am I Being Unreasonable? Produced by BBC, the first season of this dark comedy/thriller series earned rave reviews for its anarchic, try-everything cinematic style, its sharp writing, and its talented cast headed by Daisy May Cooper. She plays Nic, a woman stuck in an unhappy marriage whose life unravels in hilarious ways when she tells someone her darkest secret.

Where to stream: Hulu

One Lonely Outpost

Farming-simulationer har länge varit en populär genre inom spelvärlden och med succéer likt Harvest Moon och {Stardew Valley} har miljontals spelare funnit avkoppling med att ta hand om en virtuell bondgård. Den senaste titeln att söka framgång bland de digitala åkermarkerna går sedan under namnet {One Lonely Outpost}, men istället för klassiska miljöer med grönska och harmoni får vi istället försöka bygga upp ett samhälle på en främmande planet.

Premissen är tämligen enkel. Du inleder med att skapa din egen karaktär och efter det har du i uppdrag att kolonisera en avlägsen planet och bygga upp ett samhälle långt bort från jorden. Så fort ditt rymdskepp har landat gäller det således att bryta ner mineraler, blåsa undan sand och odla diverse grödor samtidigt som du sakta lär dig mer om himlakroppen som har blivit ditt nya hem. Det är inget avancerat eller nyskapande i vare sig berättandet eller spelbarheten, utan allt som sker i One Lonely Outpost har vi sett i liknande äventyr förut.
<bild>Harvest Moon uppe bland stjärnorna.</bild>
Även om receptet är familjärt så betyder det dock inte att smakerna inte är trevliga. För denna lilla indie-titel bjuder på en hel del charm och lugn med sin tillbakalutade spelbarhet och fokus på stämning och atmosfär. Den stiliga pixelgrafiken gör ett gott jobb med att förmedla den kala skådeplatsen, och med tiden så får man se den brungråa planeten sakta bli mer grön och levande ju mer man kultiverar jorden och bygger ut sin bondgård.

Det ska däremot sägas att kontrollen kan vara lite onödigt krånglig emellanåt (speciellt till konsol), och det behövs stundtals alldeles för många knapptryck för att göra simpla uppgifter. Att till exempel bryta ner mineraler (något som man behöver göra tämligen frekvent) borde såklart endast kräva ett ynka knapptryck, men istället måste man först koppla på rätt verktyg för att sedan hålla inne en annan knapp som långsamt krossar stenen i fråga. Det må låta som en bagatell, men i ett spel som innehåller mängder av små uppgifter som ska göras på daglig basis så förstörs flyter av den otympliga kontrollen.
<bild>Att bryta mineraler hör till vardagen.</bild>
Tempot överlag hade dessutom kunnat skruvas upp rejält då det känns som det krävs många speltimmar för att se tillfredsställande framsteg. Stardew Valley har exempelvis mycket innehåll, men det kändes aldrig långtråkigt längs med vägen, något man tyvärr inte kan säga stämmer med One Lonely Outpost alla gånger. För ibland känns det som man bara väntar på att något nytt ska hända, och efter att man har låst upp en del automatiskt lösningar för ens bondgård så blir dagarna på den ödsliga planeten till slut lite slentrianmässiga och utdragna.

Med det sagt så finns det fortfarande en hel del spelglädje för dem som gillar den här typen av genre. Det märks att utvecklarna har lagt ner tid och passion på att skapa ett mysigt äventyr som inte håller en i handen för mycket, och som lägger mycket vikt vid att erbjuda en stillsam miljö att kunna koppla av inuti. Det finns potential med andra ord, och gillar du spel som Harvest Moon, Animal Crossing, Stardew Valley och Graveyard Keeper så kan det absolut vara värt att spana in One Lonely Outpost.
<bild>Mars-kor!</bild>

Indiana Jones and the Great Circle Will Bring Its Nazi-Punching to PS5 Very Soon

Indiana Jones And The Great Circle Sukhothai Snake

Bethesda brings the Lucasfilm creation to PlayStation on April 17 and we are very excited.Indiana Jones And The Great Circle Sukhothai Snake

Bethesda brings the Lucasfilm creation to PlayStation on April 17 and we are very excited.

Stay Gold, America

We are at an unprecedented point in American history, and I'm concerned we may lose sight of the American Dream.Stay Gold, America

We are at an unprecedented point in American history, and I’m concerned we may lose sight of the American Dream:

  • The costs of housing, healthcare, and education have soared far beyond the pace of inflation and wage growth.
  • We are a democracy, but 144 million Americans – 42% of the adults who live here – do not vote and have no say in what happens.
  • Wealth concentration has reached historic levels. The top 1% of households control 32% of all wealth, while the bottom 50% only have 2.6%.

We must act now to keep the dream alive. Our family made eight $1 million donations to nonprofit groups working to support those most currently in need:

  • Team Rubicon – Mobilizing veterans to continue their service, leveraging their skills and experience to help Americans prepare, respond, and recover from natural disasters.
  • Children’s Hunger Fund – Provides resources to local churches in the United States and around the world to meet the needs of impoverished community members.
  • PEN America – Defends writers against censorship and abuse, supports writers in need of emergency assistance, and amplifies the writing of incarcerated prisoners. (One of my personal favorites; I’ve seen the power of writing transform our world many times.)
  • The Trevor Project – Working to change hearts, minds, and laws to support the lives of young adults seeking acceptance as fellow Americans.
  • NAACP Legal Defense and Educational Fund – Legal organization with a historic record of advancing racial justice and reducing inequality.
  • First Generation Investors Introduces high school students in low-income areas to the fundamentals of investing, providing them real money to invest, encouraging long-term wealth accumulation and financial literacy among underserved youth.
  • Global Refuge – Supporting migrants and refugees from around the globe, in partnership with community-based legal and social service providers nationwide, helping rebuild lives in America.
  • Planned Parenthood – Provides essential healthcare services and resources that help individuals and families lead healthier lives.

I encourage every American to contribute soon, however you can, to organizations you feel are effectively helping those most currently in need here in America.

We must also work toward deeper changes that will take decades to achieve. Over the next five years, my family pledges half our remaining wealth towards long term efforts ensuring that all Americans continue to have access to the American Dream.

Stay Gold, America

I never thought my family would be able to do this. My parents are of hardscrabble rural West Virginia and rural North Carolina origins. They barely managed to claw their way to the bottom of the middle class by the time they ended up in Virginia. Unfortunately, due to the demons passed on to them by their parents, my father was an alcoholic and my mother participated in the drinking. She ended up divorcing my father when I was 16 years old. It was only after the divorce that my parents were able to heal themselves, heal their only child, and stop the drinking, which was so destructive to our family. If the divorce hadn’t forced the issue, alcohol would have inevitably destroyed us all.

My parents may not have done everything right, but they both unconditionally loved me. They taught me how to fully, deeply receive love, and the profound joy of reflecting that love upon everyone around you.

I went on to attend public school in Chesterfield County, Virginia. In 1992 I graduated from the University of Virginia, founded by Thomas Jefferson.

During college, I worked at Safeway as a part-time cashier, earning the federal minimum wage, scraping together whatever money I could through government Pell grants, scholarships, and other part-time work to pay my college tuition. Even with lower in-state tuition, it was rocky. Sometimes I could barely manage tuition payments. And that was in 1992, when tuition was only $3,000 per year. It is now $23,000 per year. College tuition at a state school increased by 8 times over the last 30 years. These huge cost increases for healthcare, education, and housing are not compatible with the American Dream.

Stay Gold, America

Programmers all over the world helped make an American Dream happen in 2008 when we built Stack Overflow, a Q&A website for programmers creating a shared Creative Commons knowledge base for the world. We did it democratically, because that’s the American way. We voted to rank questions and answers, and held elections for community moderators using ranked choice voting. We built a digital democracy – of the programmers, by the programmers, for the programmers. It worked.

With the guidance of my co-founder Joel Spolsky, I came to understand that the digital democracy of Stack Overflow was not enough. We must be brave enough to actively, openly share love with each other. That became the foundation for Discourse, a free, open source tool for constructive, empathetic community discussions that are also Creative Commons. We can disagree in those discussions because Discourse empowers communities to set boundaries the community agrees on, providing tools to democratically govern and strongly moderate by enforcing these boundaries. Digital democracy and empathy, for everyone.

In order for digital democracy to work, we need to see each other through our screens.

Stay Gold, America

We often behave online in ways we never would in the real world because we cannot see the person on the other side of the screen. But as our world becomes more digital, we must extend our kindness through that screen.

I’ve always felt Stack Overflow and Discourse are projects for the public good that happen to be corporations. I probably couldn’t have accomplished this in any other country, and I was rewarded handsomely for a combination of hard work and good luck. That’s what the American Dream promises us.

We built it, and people came. I earned millions of dollars. I thought that was the final part of the American Dream. But it wasn’t.

I recently attended a theater performance of The Outsiders at my son’s public high school. All I really knew was the famous “stay gold” line from the 1983 movie adaptation. But as I sat there in the audience among my neighbors, watching the complete story acted out in front of me by these teenagers, I slowly realized what staying gold actually meant: sharing the American Dream.

In the printed program, the director wrote:

This play is a reminder that strength lies not just in overcoming hardships but in staying true to ourselves and lifting up those around us.

We hope you feel the raw emotions, sense the camaraderie, and connect with the enduring themes of resilience, empathy, and unity. Whether you’ve read this story recently, long ago, or not at all, I hope you are able to find inspiration in the strength and passion of youth. Thank you for being part of this journey with us.

Stay gold.

I believe deeply in sharing The American Dream. It is the foundation of our country, the second paragraph in our Declaration of Independence, written by the founder of the public university I attended:

We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable Rights, that among these are Life, Liberty and the pursuit of Happiness.

But the American Dream is not always available to every American. Its meaning can be distorted. Jimi Hendrix captured this distortion so eloquently in his rendition of our national anthem.

We are still trying to live up to those ideals today. In November 2024, enough of us voted for people who interpret the dream in a way that I don’t understand.

Stay Gold, America

34% of adults in America did not exercise their right to vote. Why? Is it voter suppression, gerrymandering causing indifference, or people who felt their vote didn’t matter? The 7.6% that are ineligible to vote are mostly adults living in America who have not managed to attain citizenship, or people convicted of a felony. Whatever the reasons, 42% of adults living in America had no say in the 2024 election. The vote failed to represent everyone.

I think many of the Americans who did vote are telling us they no longer believe our government is effectively keeping America fair for everyone. Our status as the world’s leading democracy is in question. We should make it easier for more eligible Americans to vote, such as making election day a national holiday, universal mail in voting, and adopting ranked choice voting so all votes carry more weight. We should also strengthen institutions keeping democracy fair for everyone, such as state and local election boards, as well as the Federal Election Commission.

It was only after I attained the dream that I was able to fully see how many Americans have so very little. This much wealth starts to unintentionally distance my family from other Americans. I no longer bother to look at how much items cost, because I don’t have to. We don’t have to think about all these things that are challenging or unreachable for so many others. The more wealth you attain, the more unmistakably clear it becomes how unequal life is for so many of us.

Even with the wealth I have, I can’t imagine what it would feel like to be a billionaire. It is, for lack of a better word, unamerican.

In 2012, the top 1% of Americans held 24% of our country’s wealth. By 2021, the top 1% of Americans held 30%. So many have so little, while a tiny few have massive, wildly disproportionate wealth, which keeps growing. Now the global top 1% hold nearly twice as much wealth as the rest of the world combined.

I grew up poor in America, inspired by the promise of the American Dream that I could better myself and my family by building things that mattered:

Work is service, not gain. The object of work is life, not income. The reward of production is plenty, not private fortune. We should measure the prosperity of a nation not by the number of millionaires, but by the absence of poverty, the prevalence of health, the efficiency of the public schools, and the number of people who can and do read worthwhile books. Du Bois

Our version of capitalism delivered so much wealth to my family for my hard work in co-founding two successful companies. My partner and I gladly paid our full taxes, and we always planned to give most of our remaining wealth to charities when we pass, following the Warren Buffett Philanthropic Pledge:

More than 99% of my wealth will go to philanthropy during my lifetime or at death.

I admire Buffett, but even having only a tiny fraction of his $325 billion fortune, to me this pledge was incomplete. When would this wealth be transferred?

Last year he amended the pledge, giving all his wealth at death to a charitable trust run by his children, aged 71, 69, and 66, who do not make for natural charitable bedfellows. I am only holding back enough wealth for my children so they can afford college educations and buy a home. I am compelled to, because being a parent is the toughest job I’ve ever had, and I am concerned about their future.

November 5th raised the stakes. It is now time to allocate half the wealth I was so fortunate to be dealt within the next five years, not just for my own family, but for all my fellow Americans.

Our government seems to be slower and slower at delivering change due to the increased polarization of our two party system. The last meaningful constitutional amendment we’ve managed to pass in the last 60 years was the 26th amendment in 1971, lowering the voting age to 18 and giving more people a voice in our democracy.

Political polarization is at historically high levels and rising. In a two party system, this level of polarization is counterproductive and even dangerous. Do we all still believe in the same American Dream?

Stay Gold, America

I’ve always loved the ideals behind the American Dream, though we continually struggle to live up to them. They are worth fighting for, even if it means making “good trouble”. We must come together and believe in our shared American Dream so deeply that we can improve our democracy... but which dream?

The American Dream contains the path of hate, and the path of love. Throughout our history, one hand is always fighting the other. Which path are we choosing?

Our family pledges half our remaining wealth toward an American Dream founded on love.

Here are some starting points for longer term efforts:

  • We can support organizations making it easier for Americans to vote for a new Congress in two years and a new president in four years. My concern is damage to our democratic institutions may happen so quickly that our votes could matter even less within the coming years.
  • We could fund nonprofits that have a proven track record of protecting democratic institutions.
  • We could found a new organization loosely based on the original RAND Corporation, but modernized like Lever for Change. We can empower the best and brightest to determine a realistic, achievable path toward preserving the American Dream for everyone, working within the current system or outside it.
  • All states are shades of purple, not fully red or blue. We have more in common on specific policies than we realize. It would be very difficult to draw borders if we split. I know what divorce feels like, and we don’t want this. Let’s come together through our shared American Dream.
  • We can start with change in our local communities. Vote in your own city, county, and state elections. Support local independent journalism and media. Find a local organization doing work you admire, ask what they need, and help them meet those needs. Listen to the stories of fellow volunteers, listen to the stories of the people you’re serving – that is the heart of Democracy.

We’ve already completed the eight $1 million donations listed above to help those most immediately in need. Within the next five years, half of our family wealth will support longer term efforts. There is no single solution, so let’s work together. I will gladly advise and empower others working towards the same goal.

Stay Gold, America

Please join us in Sharing the American Dream:

  1. Support organizations you feel are effectively helping those most in need across America right now.
  2. Within the next five years, also contribute public dedications of time or funds towards longer term efforts to keep the American Dream fair and attainable for all our children.

Stay gold, America. 💛

(Edit: 3/9/25 – if you are curious what long term efforts we have chosen to support, please see my followup blog post Let's Talk About The American Dream, and stay tuned for our Cooper Union talk co-presented with Alexander Vindman on Thursday, March 20th at 7pm eastern time.)

(I could not have done this without the support of my partner Betsy Burton and the rest of my family. I'd also like to thank Steve McConnell, whose writing inspired me to start this blog in 2004. So many people from all walks of life generously shared their feedback to improve this post. We wrote it together. Thank you all.)

Cabernet

I en icke namngiven östeuropeisk stad under sent 1800-tal så tar allt sin början där Nadezhda som begraver sin nyligen bortgångna dotter Elizaveta Morozova, vi får under begravningen i princip välja hur Elizaveta eller Liza som hon för enkelhetens skull kallas ska bli ihågkommen i begravningstalet. Det visar sig snart att detta blir grunden för vilka egenskaper Liza kommer starta sitt nya odöda liv som vampyr med. Därefter vaknar hon upp i en kista i en mörk källare och förstås förvirrad så det sjunger om det. Jag var i ärlighetens namn heller inte helt med på noterna i början, men när hon smyger omkring i den mörka källaren och upptäcker att hon inte längre kan se sin spegelbild så ramlade den berömda polletten ner för mig. Jag gillar att bli överraskad och det har helt klart sina fördelar att starta upp spel helt utan någon kunskap om dem ibland.

Efter att sedan ha blivit utsläppt ur källaren av något oidentifierat väsen som i gengäld krävde en gentjänst som den för eller senare kommer att inkassera. så tar hon sina första stapplande steg och träffar ett gäng andra vampyrer som ger henne goda råd under sin första tid. Liza som är smart och välutbildad får också boende och en lärlingsplats hos Dr. Volkov som själv är vampyr och som av en händelse också var den som omvandlade henne från första början och hans motiv verkar åtminstone på förhand vara goda.
<bild>Som nybliven vampyr är världen förstås lite förvirrande, det är ditt jobb att på bästa sätt guida Liza genom detta.</bild>

En annan intressant aspekt är att många av de val man gör under spelets gång ger antingen Humanity eller Nihilism-poäng. Exempelvis ifall man hittar pengar som ligger framme någonstans så får man Humanity-poäng ifall man låter pengarna ligga kvar och Nihilism-poäng ifall man istället väljer att sno dem. Kort och gott så är det goda handlingar kontra onda handlingar det handlar om. Detta förekommer även i dialoger och frågan är ju om Liza som i grund och botten är oerhört godhjärtad kommer att klara av att vara det fortsatt eller om mörkret kommer att ta över. Det är helt och hållet upp till en själv som spelare att avgöra detta, själv har jag svårt att vara ond och väljer oftast den goda vägen, men i det här fallet har jag försökt balansera det lite och se hur utfallet i slutet blir. Men med det sagt vore det kul att spela igenom en gång till och se hur det slutar ifall jag väljer att vara enbart god eller ond.
<bild>Liza har en del förmågor till sitt förfogande, att förvandla sig till fladdermus är ett bra sätt att ta sig fram på.</bild>

Det är väldigt mycket dialog och det blir på så vis mycket rollspelande, då det i mångt och mycket handlar mycket om att bygga upp relationer och det är viktigt av flera anledningar. Dels så behöver Liza komma sina tilltänkta offer tillräckligt nära för att kunna förtrolla dem innan hon kan ta sig en slurk blod och leva vidare, men en fördjupad relation har också fler fördelar som i slutändan kan gynna henne. Ju bättre relationen desto troligare är det att de öppnar upp sig och avslöjar hemligheter eller så kanske Liza får något föremål som kan visa sig vara användbart. Alla dialogval som görs påverkar så det gäller att tänka efter vad som väljs då detta kan försämra eller förbättra relationen. Ju mer Liza lär känna någon desto mer får vi också veta om personen i fråga då deras biografi kontinuerligt uppdateras i menyn.

Cabernet som spelet fått sitt namn ifrån är inte någon Cabernet Sauvignon som en vinkännare vid en första anblick kanske skulle kunna tro utan det är vampyrernas eget kodord för blodet de säljer i barerna. Den är ett bra alternativ om man väljer att spela så snällt som möjligt, men det är dyrt och det är oftast mer värt att charma ett mänskligt offer och dricka dennes blod, även om det förstås har negativ påverkan på ens mänsklighet. Det finns också ställen som säljer Cabernet av sämre kvalitet, så det gäller att se upp om den plötsligt är lite billigare, det är mest troligt klokt att inte låta snålheten bedra visheten i de fallen. Det finns dock ytterligare ett alternativ ifall man varken vill bita människor eller köpa snordyr Cabernet och det är att helt enkelt ge sig ut mot skogen och leta upp till exempel en hare, men eftersom de inte har på långa vägar lika mycket blod som en fullvuxen människa så behöver man nypa flera stycken för att stilla hungern. Det säger sig antagligen självt att dricka någon annan människas blod försämrar relationen med denne, den kommer inte att komma ihåg det hela tack vare att den var förtrollad vid tillfället men undermedvetet så verkar de känna på sig att det är något skumt med en och det blir då en relation man kan behöva reparera.
<bild>Det finns väldigt mycket att göra i den lilla östeuropeiska staden, förvånansvärt mycket faktiskt.</bild>

Cabernet är otroligt atmosfäriskt. Det känns verkligen som att jag befinner mig i en östeuropeisk stad på 1800-talet. Att man hela tiden också i egenskap av vampyr endast kan vistas ute på kvällen och natten bidrar förstås också till den känslan. Det är mysigt, men samtidigt också lite kusligt att ströva runt på nätterna och utforska. Sedan inser jag att Liza är vampyr och det inte är värst mycket som faktiskt kan hota henne, förutom det mystiska väsen som släppte ut henne ur källaren när hon först vaknade upp i något anemiskt tillstånd. Det är absolut ingen stor stad vi får utforska och bo i här som nykläckt vampyr, men trots det finns det förvånansvärt mycket att göra. Det fullkomligt dräller av små sidouppdrag, såpass att jag inte riktigt hinner med alla. Det går till exempel att ta musiklektioner, fika med den bedårande granntanten Faina och leta efter hennes katt, sortera Dr Volkovs papper eller springa lite små ärenden till den lokala butiken åt redan nämnde doktorn. Inga stora saker egentligen, men det känns ändå som att allt är av betydelse i slutändan även om det kanske bara är jag som inbillar mig det.
<bild>Utöver att det är fantastiskt atmosfäriskt så är det också ett väldigt vackert spel som synes.</bild>

I sann rollspelsanda så kommer du även att uppgradera dina förmågor efter hand, för varje gång du levlar upp ett snäpp så får du nya skillpoints att spendera på fyra olika kategorier som är Music & Arts, Literature & Writing, Science & Logic och History & Politics. Det går också att få ytterligare skillpoints genom att exempelvis läsa böcker som berör något av de fyra ämnena. Alla dessa kommer att vara nyttiga på sina olika vis och har du tillräckligt av den ena kan du låsa upp ytterligare delar av konversationen och på så vis förbättra relationen, medans om du har för lite av något så blir utfallet tvärtom.

Det är inte direkt ett högt tempo i Cabernet utan det är fullt fokus på att berätta Lizas historia och det man gör mest av är att strosa runt och prata med folk. Det är som tidigare nämnt väldigt mycket dialog i och med detta, någon typ av combat är det inte heller direkt fråga om och det går knappast att räkna själva bitandet som det heller. Som tur är så är dialogen väldigt välskriven och även om inte alla röstskådespelare levererar fullt ut så gör verkligen manuset det. För utöver just den välskrivna dialogen så är det också en väldigt gripande och intressant story vi får här, det upphör aldrig att vara spännande att guida Liza genom hennes första tid som vampyr. Sidokaraktärerna är även de välskrivna och ofta väldigt sympatiska, vilket försvårar för mig då jag måste lära känna dem bra först innan jag kan förtrolla dem och därefter dricka deras blod. Det känns fel att bita någon som blivit en vän, men samtidigt handlar det också om Lizas överlevnad. Är det kris så får helt enkelt ens moraliska kompass stå åt sidan lite.
<bild>Dr. Volkov som Liza blir lärling hos är betydelsefull av många anledningar.</bild>

Jag kan inte riktigt förklara varför alla gånger, men vissa spel suger verkligen in en redan vid startskärmen innan jag ens hunnit komma igång. Jag visste på förhand ingenting om Cabernet men det kändes ändå redan direkt från första bildrutan att detta skulle bli något bra, den där berömda magkänslan har ofta rätt och Cabernet var inget undantag. Det satte tonen närmast omedelbart och det var väldigt svårt att lägga ifrån sig handkontrollen under de dryga 13 timmar det tog att spela igenom. Cabernet är en helt unik vampyrhistoria och det liknar verkligen inte något annat jag någonsin spelat. Party For Introverts har lite från ingenstans levererat kanske årets mest originella titel och har dessutom utfört det hela med bravur.

U.S. and Russian Negotiators Begin Ukraine Ceasefire Talks in Saudi Arabia

Kyiv and Moscow agreed in principle on Wednesday to a limited ceasefire but American negotiators are working to hammer out the details.

APTOPIX Russia Ukraine War

DUBAI, United Arab Emirates — U.S. negotiators worked to hammer out details of a proposed partial ceasefire in Ukraine on Monday, meeting with representatives from Russia a day after holding separate talks with the Ukrainian team. Each side has accused the other of undermining efforts to reach a pause in the 3-year-old war.

[time-brightcove not-tgx=”true”]

Kyiv and Moscow agreed in principle Wednesday to a limited ceasefire after U.S. President Donald Trump spoke with the countries’ leaders, but the parties have offered different views of what targets would be off-limits to attack.

While the White House said “energy and infrastructure” would be covered, the Kremlin declared that the agreement referred more narrowly to “energy infrastructure.” Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy has said he would also like to see railways and ports protected.

Exclusive: Zelensky on Trump, Putin, and the Endgame in Ukraine

Talks Monday are expected to address some of those differences, as well as a potential pause in attacks in the Black Sea to ensure the safety of commercial shipping.

U.S. and Russian representatives began meeting in the morning in the Saudi capital, Russia’s state Tass and RIA-Novosti news agencies reported. The U.S. and Ukrainian teams met on Sunday in Riyadh, and more contacts were expected, though it was not clear when.

Kremlin spokesman Dmitry Peskov said Friday the Russian military is fulfilling President Vladimir Putin’s order to halt attacks on energy facilities for 30 days.

Peskov accused Ukraine of derailing the partial ceasefire with an attack on a gas metering station in Sudzha in Russia’s Kursk region. Ukraine’s military General Staff rejected Moscow’s accusations and blamed the Russian military for shelling the station, a claim Peskov called “absurd.”

Meanwhile, Russian troops launched a new barrage of drones, including decoys, into Ukraine overnight into Monday, according to Ukraine’s air force, causing some damage and injuries.

Before the latest attack, Zelenskyy said in a televised statement Sunday evening that “since March 11, a proposal for an unconditional ceasefire has been on the table, and these attacks could have already stopped. But it is Russia that continues all this.”

He added that Ukraine’s partners — “the U.S., Europe, and others around the world” — should step up pressure on Russia “to stop this terror.”

Zelenskyy has emphasized that Ukraine is open to a full, 30-day ceasefire that Trump has proposed. But Putin has made a complete ceasefire conditional on a halt of arms supplies to Kyiv and a suspension of Ukraine’s military mobilization — demands rejected by Kyiv and its Western allies.

Speaking on “Fox News Sunday,” Trump’s special envoy Steve Witkoff said he expected “some real progress” at the talks in Saudi Arabia, and that a pause in hostilities between both countries in the Black Sea would “naturally gravitate into a full-on shooting ceasefire.”

Serhii Leshchenko, an adviser to the Ukrainian presidency, said the delegation remained in Riyadh on Monday and expected to meet again with the Americans.

China rules out supplying peacekeeping forces

Asked about reports speculating that China might send peacekeepers to Ukraine to enforce any future peace deal, Chinese Foreign Ministry spokesperson Guo Jiakun responded Monday with an unequivocal no.

“Let me stress that the report is completely false. China’s position on the Ukraine crisis is clear and consistent,” Guo said at a daily briefing.

China has provided Russia with trade earnings from oil and other natural resources, along with diplomatic backing, but has not given any weapons or sent any personnel. China is, however, on close terms with North Korea, which has sent troops to fight alongside the Russian army.

Ukrainian railways hit by cyberattack

A “massive targeted cyberattack” hit Ukrainian state railway operator Ukrzaliznytsia on Sunday, the company wrote on Telegram, adding that the restoration of its systems was ongoing as of Monday morning.

The company said the attack did not affect train movements or schedules, but that the online booking system was currently unavailable.

“The railway continues to operate despite physical attacks on the infrastructure, and even the most vile cyberattacks cannot stop it,” the company wrote.

Meanwhile, Ukraine’s Special Operations Forces claimed to have destroyed four military helicopters in Russia’s Belgorod region with the use of American-supplied HIMARS rocket systems.

The special forces published drone footage of what they said was the attack on their Telegram page on Monday.

The group wrote that the strikes had occurred at a concealed “jumping-off point” for Russian aircraft used in surprise attacks on Ukrainian forces.

Russian troops, meanwhile, fired 99 attack and decoy drones into Ukraine overnight Sunday, according to Ukraine’s air force, of which 57 were shot down and 36 were lost from radar.

In the Kyiv region, one man suffered injuries overnight as a Russian drone struck a residential area.

“The man has superficial shrapnel wounds to his abdomen, chest, thighs, and head,” the acting head of the Kyiv region, Mykola Kalashnyk, wrote on Telegram on Monday.

In the Kharkiv region, a Russian drone struck a residential building in the village of Velyka Babka, injuring a 25-year-old man and a pregnant woman. Both were hospitalized, regional head Oleh Syniehubov said on Telegram on Monday morning.

In Zaporizhzhia, Russian drones damaged several houses of local residents overnight with one elderly woman suffering light injuries, regional head Ivan Fedorov wrote on Telegram.

___

Novikov reported from Kyiv, Ukraine. Associated Press writer Christopher Bodeen in Beijing contributed to this report.

The Ninja Crispi Is Changing How I Make Party Dips

These three party dip recipes are baked and broiled, and I don't have to switch on the oven at all.

We may earn a commission from links on this page.

I’m no stranger to the crisping prowess of the air fryer. (Here are some of my favorite models.) The powerful convection heating mechanism reheats leftovers, blisters veggies, and roasts meats quickly and with a sizzling finish reminiscent of an actual deep fryer—sans the vat of oil. But after using the Ninja Crispi—an air fryer that comes apart for easy storage—my interest in crispy crusts has changed to something totally unexpected: dips.

Making dip in an air fryer is not normal. Dips have always been a stove top thing—you cook the ingredients in a pot or pan, then you pour it all into a casserole dish. Maybe at the end you move it to the oven for a broiled cheesy crust. But things have changed for me: Now I can make a heaping container of spicy buffalo chicken dip, broil it, serve it, and store the leftovers, all in the same vessel.

Why dip works in the Ninja Crispi

All this can be done because the Ninja Crispi is designed to come apart. The PowerPod (Ninja's name for the handheld convection engine) lifts on and off the cooking chamber. That container is made of clear tempered glass. It's pretty enough to be used as a serving dish, and small enough to fit in the fridge with your other containers. The Crispi cooking system comes with two containers (one large and one small), so you can still cook in one while you have something stored in the other. Plus, both containers come with lids. Here's my full Ninja Crispi review. 

Making dip in an air fryer might seem unhinged, but there are benefits to this style of cooking. It has the minimal clean-up of one-pot cooking, but it’s cooking from the top-down instead of the bottom-up. You cook ingredients directly in the air fryer container, stopping to lift off the Ninja Crispi PowerPod to stir when needed. When the necessary ingredients are cooked, simply mix in spices and the creamiest ingredients—sour cream, yogurt, or mayonnaise. Then top with cheese and put the PowerPod back on to melt it until browned and bubbly. Your air fryer has just become a quick, efficient broiler. No need to empty the dip into a new dish—simply serve it as-is.

Here are my favorite dips to make in the Crispi right now. 

Buffalo Chicken Dip Recipe

This dip is quick to make and almost too easy to eat. The right buffalo sauce is key, so make sure you love the one you’re using.

Buffalo chicken dip next to crisp breads.
Credit: Allie Chanthorn Reinmann

Ingredients:

  • 8 ounces butterflied chicken breast

  • ¼ teaspoon salt

  • Pinch MSG

  • ½ cup plain Greek yogurt

  • 2 ounces cream cheese

  • 2 to 4 tablespoons buffalo hot sauce (I use Hot Ones buffalo hot sauce)

  • ⅓ cup shredded cheddar, plus more for topping

  • 1 to 3 sliced scallion, white ends and greens separated

1. Lay the thinly sliced chicken breast onto the grate of the Ninja Crispi, sprinkle with salt and MSG. Cook the chicken on bake mode for 10 minutes, or until cooked through but not too browned.

Cooked chicken breast slices in the Ninja Crispi.
Credit: Allie Chanthorn Reinmann

2. Slide the grate out from under the chicken, and remove it. Shred the chicken with two forks directly in the Ninja Crispi container. 

3. Add the yogurt, cream cheese, two tablespoons of buffalo sauce, cheddar, and the white and light green parts of the scallion. Cook it for another five minutes on bake mode.

Cheese, yogurt, hot sauce, and chicken in the Ninja Crispi.
Credit: Allie Chanthorn Reinmann

4. The cheeses and yogurt should be super soft. Mix everything together thoroughly and taste to see if you want more hot sauce. Spread the dip out flat and top the dip with a little more shredded cheese. Cook it for another three to five minutes on bake mode. Sprinkle the green scallion slices over the top and serve. 

Buffalo chicken dip with a chip scooping a serving out.
Credit: Allie Chanthorn Reinmann

French Onion Dip Recipe

I never imagined being able to caramelize onions in an air fryer before, but it works in the Crispi. Don’t skip the MSG and Worcestershire sauce—they bring in the hearty umami boost that we all look for in French onion dip.

French onion dip next to a bowl of tortilla chips.
Credit: Allie Chanthorn Reinmann

Ingredients:

  • 2 medium onions (about 14 ounces), sliced

  • 2 teaspoons neutral oil

  • 1 tablespoon butter

  • ¼ teaspoon salt

  • 4 ounces full-fat sour cream

  • 3 ounces plain Greek yogurt

  • ¼ teaspoon onion powder

  • 1 teaspoon Worcestershire sauce

  • Pinch MSG

1. Spread out the onion slices into the small Ninja Crispi container. (Do not use the grate.) Drizzle the oil over the top along with the salt. Toss the onions a little to get them in contact with the oil, but you don’t have to be too precise about it. Break the butter up into chunks over the onions. 

Onion slices cooking in the Ninja Crispi container.
Credit: Allie Chanthorn Reinmann

2. Cook the onions for about 30 minutes on bake mode, stirring every three to five minutes. (Caramelizing onions takes time no matter how you do it.) Stir often. This step is important so the onions cook evenly. Some of the ends will still burn and that’s totally OK. It’s actually a good thing.

Caramelized onions in the Ninja Crispi container.
Credit: Allie Chanthorn Reinmann

3. Once the onions are softened and evenly browned, remove the PowerPod and let the caramelized onions cool for about 15 minutes. Stir in the sour cream, yogurt, onion powder, Worcestershire sauce, and MSG. Serve at room temperature or cover it with the Ninja Crispi lid and put it in the fridge until chilled.

Extra-Meaty Seven-Layer Dip Recipe

This dip is great for a party. If you're a guest, stop at Step 5, pack up the container with the NinjaCrispi lid, and throw the PowerPod in the car. Plug in the Pod and broil the cheese just before serving.

A chip dipping into a seven-layer dip.
Credit: Allie Chanthorn Reinmann

Ingredients:

  • 1 pound ground turkey (or other ground meat)

  • ½ teaspoon baking soda

  • ½ teaspoon salt

  • 1 packet taco seasoning (or any another spice mix of choice)

  • Sliced olives (I used jalepeño stuffed green olives)

  • ½ can refried beans

  • ½ cup sour cream (or plain greek yogurt)

  • 2 to 3 tablespoons salsa

  • Sliced green onions

  • ½ cup shredded cheddar

1. I sprinkle the baking soda over the surface of the ground turkey and, with a gloved hand, mix it into the meat. This will help brown the meat and keep it tender. 

2. Put the meat into the container of the Ninja Crispi without the grate. Note: In the picture I’m using the small container, but the dip almost didn’t fit by the end. I'm considering the large container for next time. 

On bake mode, cook the meat for 25 to 30 minutes, stirring and flipping the meat every five minutes or so. It'll look somewhat gross at first with the top browning and raw meat lurking underneath, just keep cooking it. The air fryer cooks from the top down, so flipping as you break up the meat morsels is the best way to cook it evenly. 

3. When the meat looks mostly browned and nearly finished cooking through, stir in the salt and seasoning packet. Finish cooking the meat completely. 

Seasoned ground turkey in the Ninja Crispi container.
Credit: Allie Chanthorn Reinmann

4. Stir some olives into the meat. Then top the meat with more olives. Spread the refried beans over the top of the meat. Layer the sour cream on top of that, followed by a thin layer of salsa, green onions, and top it all with shredded cheddar. If using the small container, gently press the dip down so it’s below the rim of the dish. You don’t want the cheese to touch the PowerPod. 

5. Cook the dip for another minute or two on the bake setting to melt the cheese, and serve with chips, crisp breads, or between two hamburger buns for a fancy sloppy joe. Why not?

'Salt, Sugar, MSG' Is a Great Cookbook for Mix-and-Match Meals

This book has over 85 recipes with countless combinations of pairing perfection.

We may earn a commission from links on this page.

Welcome to “Cookbook of the Week.” This is a series where I highlight cookbooks that are unique, easy to use, or just special to me. While finding a particular recipe online serves a quick purpose, flipping through a truly excellent cookbook has a magic all its own. 

I love cookbooks that combine comfort food with a smattering of unfamiliar recipes that make me think, “Ooh, I wonder what that's like.” This mingling of brand-new dishes with ones that stir a bit of nostalgia is usually a hit for me. This week, I chose Salt, Sugar, MSG to feature for my cookbook of the week. Not only does it tick those boxes above for this Asian-American kid, but this book is also a reliable resource for those dinners when you're in the mood for a little bit of everything.

About the book

Salt, Sugar, MSG is hot off the presses—it was published on March 18—and comes from chef Calvin Eng along with Phoebe Melnick. It may be Eng’s cookbook debut, but if you’ve ever tried his food at Win Son or Bonnie’s, you know that he is no flash-in-the-pan recipe developer. He’s been charming New Yorkers with interesting and bold flavors for some time—and there are many great examples of exactly that in Salt, Sugar, MSG

As you might guess from the title, this cookbook is not MSG-free. Quite the opposite actually: You’ll find MSG popping up here, there, and in unexpected places—kind of like how MSG and other glutamates naturally pop up in a lot of our food. Eng uses MSG like any other seasoning in this cookbook, because that’s exactly what it is: A cheap, easy, and harmless solution to boosting umami in your dishes, like Fuyu Cacio e Pepe Mein and MSG Caramel. 

Not only does the actual food benefit from the addition of monosodium glutamate, but I appreciate him using MSG in the title. It normalizes an ingredient and an entire community that once heavily suffered from the complete bullshit toxic myth of “Chinese restaurant syndrome.” Chef Eng has even teamed up with Ajinomoto to help dispel the myths surrounding MSG. If you’re just stretching your MSG wings, this cookbook offers plenty of opportunities for you to start getting your reps in.

A great cookbook for mix-and-match pairings

Throughout the book, in the headnotes and in chapter introductions, you’ll read anecdotes from Calvin Eng’s childhood and his current shopping habits in Chinatown. His stories about the smell of warm soy milk and shopping for vegetables reminded me of grocery shopping with my mom at our local Asian market in New Jersey. One of my favorite parts of that shopping trip was (and still is) the fresh bakery section.  

Everything in that area of the store had been freshly made that morning, and we’d pick up a little bit of everything. We’d grab congee, pork buns, soy milk, hot noodle dishes, vegetable stir fries, and armfuls of scallion pork floss buns. At home, my mom would unpack everything and we’d all snack and basically chow down on this kitchen table banquet. Salt, Sugar, MSG welcomes this mix-and-match style of eating. 

Many of the dishes in this book are satisfying as single snacks or parts of a greater meal. Somehow, they all seem like they’d pair well with each other. If you picked three recipes out of this book blindfolded, you’d likely have a well matched meal. To test that theory, I just did exactly that and here’s the menu I came up with: the Lemon Cola Chicken Wings, Perfect Pot of Steamed Rice, and Shrimp and Pork Wonton Soup. See? You need some vegetables? Same technique in the vegetable chapter—Hot Salad (romaine lettuce with a sweet and salty soy sauce dressing). Done.

While other cookbooks might give you a single recipe that includes the meat, veg, and carbs all together, Salt, Sugar, MSG gives you space to formulate the perfect meal for what you’re craving. This style of eating reflects how you might order at a dim sum restaurant or banquet hall—a plate of greens, a dish of steamed prawns or roast pork, steamed egg custard, and some rice. It’s actually a great cookbook for small appetites (just make a few plates for snacking) as well as for big family meals.  

The dish I made this week

A bitten hot dog scallion bun.
Credit: Allie Chanthorn Reinmann

I did my own version of mix and match for lunch this week with the Piggies in Scallion Milk Bread Blankets and Yeun Yeung (milk tea with coffee). I don’t much care for the average American hot dog on a bun, but dammit, if you change that bun to milk bread and add scallions, it’s a whole different ball game for me. 

The milk tea recipe, as simple as it is, was the first thing I decided on. It asks for orange pekoe tea, so I grabbed the Twinings Ceylon at my Shoprite and set up my boiling water, evaporated milk, and condensed milk. I was a little nervous that it would be too sweet (sometimes Thai iced tea overwhelms me) but it was perfectly creamy and sweet with a welcome bitter edge. I saved the rest for the morning so I could make the Bonus Recipe Yuen Yeung, which is just the addition of black coffee. 

The piggies were fantastic. I should have made all 12 like the recipe told me, but I turned the other half of the bread dough into a large milk bread loaf. (I was such a fool.) The milk bread recipe starts with a simple tangzhong (roux) which helps keep the bread dough soft and spongy. The sugar, egg, and butter enrich the dough and give the finished bun that perfect balance of richness along with the salt and umami from the hot dogs. Scallion hot dog buns and milk tea coffee—my new favorite lunch.

Where to buy it

Salt, Sugar, MSG is available as a hardcover, or as an e-book for a reasonable price. Since it’s brand new, you will definitely be seeing this one at the big box book shops and likely even at the local independent bookstores. Even if you don’t see it on their shelves, ask to see if they can order it to their location. 

Linda Cardellini Will Be Jason’s Murderous Mom in the Friday the 13th TV Show

Pamela

She's the first big name to board the long-delayed slasher prequel show Crystal Lake.Pamela

She's the first big name to board the long-delayed slasher prequel show Crystal Lake.

It's Not Just You, Apple Music Is Down

Apple itself confirmed the outage Tuesday afternoon.

If you wanted to play some tunes on your iPhone this afternoon, but found nothing would play, it's not just you: As of Tuesday afternoon ET, Apple Music is down.

Apple's System Status website currently confirms Apple Music's downtime. As of this piece, the site shows the following status for Apple Music:

Apple Music - Outage

Today, 2:26 PM - ongoing

Some users are affected

Users may be experiencing intermittent issues with this service.

All other Apple services, including the App Store, FaceTime, iMessage, and all iCloud services, are currently online.

I first saw the news thanks to 9to5Mac's Chance Miller. Both Miller and I are personally not experiencing any issues with Apple Music. In fact, as I write this piece, I'm streaming the same Lo-Fi Breeze playlist I've been playing all afternoon. I've tested it on both my iPhone and my Mac, making sure to stream music and not to play downloaded tracks, and I've encountered zero issues.

The service has definitely worked for me since 2:26 p.m., so it's not clear how widespread this Apple Music outage actually is. But if you are having trouble getting Apple Music to work this afternoon, know you aren't alone, and that it likely isn't something on your end. Apple will likely have a fix out as soon as possible for whatever is causing the outage; so, in the meantime, sit tight, and play some music on YouTube.

You Can Try Notepad’s New AI Summarizer in Windows 11 Now (If You Pay)

The Snipping Tool is also getting an upgrade.

Microsoft is adding new AI features to Notepad and Snipping Tool in Windows 11, but there's a catch: Some of these are locked behind a paywall. The company is rolling out an AI feature for Notepad that can summarize articles for you, while the Snipping Tool will let you draw shapes with ease. All of these updates are available via the Windows Insider program for those who want to try beta software to test new features before they're released to the general public.

Notepad's new AI feature

Following other upgrades in Windows 11, Notepad now lets testers quickly summarize text in the app. You can paste text in Notepad and use the Copilot menu to try the Summarize feature, or press Ctrl-M after selecting text, and the summary will appear in a popover. However, you may not be able to use the summarize feature, as you'll need a Microsoft 365 subscription and Copilot Pro AI credits to access it. Separately, PCWorld reports that Windows will lock all Notepad AI features behind the Microsoft 365 subscription.

With this same update, Microsoft said it's also introducing the ability to view recent files to Notepad. This is, in my opinion, a bare minimum feature for an app like Notepad, so it makes sense that Microsoft says it's a much-requested feature. If you're on the right Windows 11 beta, you can go to File > Recent in Notepad to access recently opened files. You can select the Clear list option in the same menu to remove recent files from this menu. You can try all these Notepad features in the app's 11.2501.29.0 version.

Snipping Tool gets better shape creation

An avocado's picture open in the Windows Snipping Tool app. An arrow points to the text below it, which is surrounded by a red rectangle. The text mentions the nutritional benefits of an avocado.
Credit: Microsoft

The Snipping Tool is Windows 11's built-in screenshot app, with a built-in tool for annotating these images. With the newest beta, it's now much easier to draw shapes on your screenshots. If you draw something that looks roughly like an arrow, Snipping Tool will automatically turn it into a straight line with a pointer at one end. While the app has always offered users the ability to draw various shapes on a screenshot, this new tool should save some time by eliminating the need to select the right shape. Simply start drawing the shape you need and Snipping Tool should take care of the rest. This update is available with Snipping Tool version 11.2502.18.0.

How to access the newest Windows 11 features

If you want to try these new features, you'll need to join the Windows Insider program. If you choose to do so, you'll be running unstable builds of Windows 11 on your PC, so be sure to take a full backup of your machine, and be ready for crashes, the occasional system freeze, and compatibility issues while using your computer. Go to the Microsoft website on your Windows 11 PC, and click the Register button to sign up for Windows Insider. Then, go to Settings > Windows Update > Windows Insider Program on your PC and follow the on-screen prompts to join the program. You need to be on the Dev or Canary channels of the Windows 11 Insider program to receive the updates mentioned in this article.

Dynasty Warriors: Origins

Jag ska börja med en personlig anekdot. År 2017, när jag började skriva här på Gamereactor, var det första uppdraget jag fick att recensera {Dragon Quest Heroes II}. En serie som jag var bekant med redan då, men i en typ av spel som jag inte hade provat tidigare: "musou". Sedan dess har jag recenserat varje titel i genren som dykt upp på redaktionen, och även om jag inte skulle säga att jag är en expert eller ett inbitet fan av genren, så tycker jag om den och uppskattar de (subtila) skillnaderna mellan ett spel och ett annat i samma stil utöver den konstnärliga utformningen.

<bild>Det är dags för mer av spelvärldens vildaste strider.</bild>

Kanske behöver någon av er en definition av ett "musou"-spel, och utöver den japanska översättningen "den enda" eller "ojämförlig" är det en extrem variant av hack and slash där en enda karaktär (hjälten) slåss mot horder av fiender (hundratals eller till och med tusentals) samtidigt som vederbörande möter andra hjältar i stora, episka strider. En premiss som Koei Tecmo och Omega Force utnyttjat och finjusterat i årtionden, med utgångspunkt i en särskild serie: Dynasty Warriors. Serien har återgett den episka Romance of the Three Kingdoms i flera konsolgenerationer, där varje iteration lagt till en ny detalj: hjältar, vapen, banor, förmågor... Men kärnan har förblivit densamma, både i den här och i de andra serierna. Och nu har teamet återvänt till ursprunget för att skapa vad de lovar är en ny början. {Dynasty Warriors: Origins} ser fantastiskt ut och sätter ett nytt tekniskt tak för en genre som redan har optimering som ett kännetecken. Men samtidigt behåller det några av de mest kritiserade och överflödiga punkterna, vilket innebär att det förblir kvar i den dolda nisch som är så svår att bryta sig ut ur utanför Japan.

Dynasty Warriors: Origins återvänder ännu en gång för att fördjupa oss i maktkamperna och de politiska intrigerna som berättas i romanen The Romance of the Three Kingdoms. Det är en historisk berättelse som sträcker sig mellan fakta och fiktion, och den skildrar Han-dynastins krampaktiga fall i Kina och uppkomsten av tre kungariken som kämpar om kontrollen över imperiet. Här tar vi kontroll över en namnlös krigare som förlorat sitt minne och tillfångatas i början av Yellow Turban-upproret. Därifrån kommer han att möta ett brett utbud av karaktärer och historiska figurer som han kämpar med, ibland som allierad och ibland som fiende, på enorma slagfält med realistisk estetik.

<bild>Grafiskt sett har serien aldrig sett bättre ut.</bild>

Till att börja med är Dynasty Warriors: Origins största prestation att ta stridskonceptet till en ny nivå. Det finns tusentals fiender på skärmen samtidigt, som alla slåss på ett organiserat och samordnat sätt. Hjältar på båda sidor ger order som fiendetrupperna följer i formation, vilket ger tyngd åt den massa soldater som tidigare bara var i vägen när man förflyttade sig från ett mål till ett annat på kartan. Det är inte något paradigmskifte, men nu finns det nog tillfällen då man överväger en "strategisk reträtt" i en annan riktning medan man letar efter en alternativ väg runt armén framför sig.

Det är fortfarande givande hack and slash hela vägen igenom, och nu får vi också några undersystem för strider mot unika fiender som gör dem mer engagerande. Specifika motattacker och Arts (färdigheter) varierar med var och en av de nio vapentyper som du låser upp i spelet. Och det bästa är att vi under striderna kan växla mellan dem efter behov från pausmenyn och utnyttja deras fördelar i varje given situation. Ett svärd fungerar till exempel bra i dueller eller mot enstaka fiender, men Pudao eller Double Halberds är mycket mer effektiva mot stora grupper. Och så finns det naturligtvis Musou-attackerna: laddade färdigheter som kan vända en strid om de sparas till rätt ögonblick. Visuellt är Dynasty Warriors: Origins felfritt i det här avseendet, och varje enskilt slag och specialrörelse är en fest för ögonen.

<bild>Fienderna väller fram i tusental.</bild>

Det är de stora striderna som sätter takten för spelets fem kapitel, men det finns också Skirmishes, små scenarier med enkla mål som dyker upp i all oändlighet på kartan. Dessa mindre scenarier är perfekta för att testa och uppgradera vapenstatistik och även för att förbättra dina färdigheter eller öva på specifika taktiker. Och så har vi det faktum att Origins faktiskt är betydligt längre än andra spel i sitt slag, upp till eller till och med över 100 timmar om du vill hinna med allt innehåll och alla olika slut. Personligen har jag alltid tyckt att berättelsen är det minst viktiga i den här typen av spel, så om du är ute efter en ren actionupplevelse kommer du förmodligen att vara nöjd med 25-30 timmar under den första genomspelningen.

Vilka är de största problemen med Dynasty Warriors: Origins då? Återigen, att hålla fast vid en berättelse som inte passar bra för den västerländska publiken, full av helt ospelbara mellansekvenser (du kan faktiskt hoppa över mellansekvenserna helt och hållet och det kommer vara lika roligt), och även ett speltempo som kan mätta dig på bara några timmar där du ser liten eller ingen utveckling i din spelstil. Du kan bokstavligen nå slutet med samma färdigheter som du får under de första tre timmarna av spelet, och genom att byta ut utrustning och vapen med nästa högre modell som du hittar i butiken eller i nästa match är hela systemet överflödigt och ganska onödigt. Det bästa sättet jag kan se för att njuta av det utan att ge upp, är att spela några stora strider per session varvat med fler skärmytslingar.

<bild>Om du inte gillade Dynasty Warriors innan kommer detta spel inte ändra på den saken.</bild>

Om du älskar musou-genren är det här en "måste ha"-titel för dig. Men om det är första gången du spelar den här typen av spel är det bra att veta att repetition och rutinstrider är en betydande del av det. I alla lägen kan jag åtminstone utlova att du kommer få känna dig som en unik hjälte.

My Favorite Amazon Deal of the Day: The Beats Studio Buds+

Great ANC, seamless integration with Apple, and a price tag under $100.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

Beats headphones have been a great alternative for Apple users ever since Apple acquired Beats back in 2014, but even if you're an Android user, the Beats' Studio Buds+ offer some good benefits, they are currently at a great price for earbuds with active noise cancellation (ANC): They are currently $99.95 (down from $169.95) on Amazon—their lowest price ever, according to price tracking tools.

The Beats Studio Buds + are similar to the typically cheaper Beats Studio Buds (which are actually the same price right now), but the Studio Buds+ offer an extra hour of battery life (total of nine hours), 12 more hours from the charging case (total of 36 hours), and, more importantly, better ANC, better microphone quality for calls, and better features for Android users—that's all according to PCMag's "excellent" review.

These earbuds with with Google Fast Pair, which seamlessly pairs the Beats Studio Buds+ to your phone (or any Chrome device linked to your Google account). Android users can also download the Beats app to customize tap functions on the earbuds, set ANC mode controls, enable a location-based function for finding a lost pair, and receive firmware updates.

The Studio Buds+ microphones are good at isolating your voice and blocking out environmental noise, and the ANC is among the best you can find in the sub-$100 price range. The IPX4 water-resistance rating make these great gym earbuds too.

If you're looking for a solid pair of earbuds with a great fit, incredible ANC for its price, crisp call quality, and a companion app for under $100, the Studio Buds + are your best option right now.

Amazon Crushes the Price of AirPods Pro, Now the Lowest Price We’ve Ever Seen

Airpods 2 Pro

Save 32% on the AirPods Pro 2 wireless earbuds with active noise cancellation.Airpods 2 Pro

Save 32% on the AirPods Pro 2 wireless earbuds with active noise cancellation.

Home theater hack: Connect a new soundbar to an old TV

Andor Season 2’s New Trailer Welcomes You to the Rebellion

Andor Season 2 Trailer

Andor paves the path to Rogue One, and the sacrifices to be made along the way, when it returns April 22.Andor Season 2 Trailer

Andor paves the path to Rogue One, and the sacrifices to be made along the way, when it returns April 22.

South Korean court reinstates impeached PM Han Duck-soo as acting leader

Many observers said Monday's ruling on Han Duck-soo doesn't signal much on the upcoming verdict on President Yoon Suk Yeol, as Han wasn't a key figure in Yoon's martial law imposition.South Korea

Many observers said Monday's ruling on Han Duck-soo doesn't signal much on the upcoming verdict on President Yoon Suk Yeol, as Han wasn't a key figure in Yoon's martial law imposition.

(Image credit: AP)

2025 Apple Watch Ultra to Support 5G and Satellite Texting

This year's upcoming Apple Watch Ultra 3 will feature satellite connectivity and a new 5G cellular modem, according to Bloomberg's Mark Gurman.


Apple first introduced satellite connectivity for off-grid texting with the iPhone 14, and the feature has been included in the iPhone 15 and iPhone 16, but no Apple Watch models so far.

Support for satellite messaging on the Apple Watch Ultra would allow users to send texts when out of range of cellular and Wi-Fi networks, similar to how it works on iPhone. Initially limited to emergency use, satellite texting expanded in iOS 18 to support messages to any contact.

Gurman says Apple aims to make this feature a key selling point for the third-generation Ultra, expected in September 2025. It also positions the device to better compete with brands like Garmin, which offer satellite-equipped gear for remote and rugged environments. Gurman first reported on the upcoming features last December.

Designed for adventurers, divers, and hikers, the Ultra will gain a new safety edge with off-grid communication capabilities. Satellite access remains free for now on supporting iPhones, which include two years of coverage. Apple is expected to offer the same for the Ultra.

Gurman also reports that Apple plans to move away from Intel cellular modems in future Watch models, shifting to MediaTek. MediaTek's chip supports 5G RedCap – a low-power, mid-speed version of 5G tailored for wearables. Current Apple Watch models still use 4G LTE, despite iPhones having adopted 5G years ago.

Related Roundup: Apple Watch Ultra 2
Related Forum: Apple Watch

This article, "2025 Apple Watch Ultra to Support 5G and Satellite Texting" first appeared on MacRumors.com

Discuss this article in our forums

This Refurbished Apple Watch Ultra (GPS + Cellular) Is $360 Right Now

This is one of the most rugged Apple Watches ever made at a lower price.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

This deal on the refurbished Apple Watch Ultra (GPS + Cellular) for $359.99 on Woot (for the next six days or until it sells out) is tempting—especially considering that it’s going for over $445 on Amazon. That’s a solid price cut, but the catch is, this is a refurbished unit. That means some level of wear and tear is expected, but it has been tested to be fully functional with at least 80% battery capacity, and Woot backs it with a two-year limited warranty. If you’re OK with a few cosmetic imperfections in exchange for savings, this might be worth grabbing—just note that it’s only available for shipping within the contiguous U.S. Prime members also get free shipping, while non-members will have to pay $6.

As for the Apple Watch Ultra itself, this thing is built tough. Designed for extreme conditions, its MIL-STD 810H certification means it can handle freezing temps, high altitudes, sandstorms, and general rough treatment. Apple says it’ll keep working between -4 and 130 degrees Fahrenheit, which is overkill for most people but great if you’re into extreme sports or outdoor adventures. The GPS + Cellular connectivity of this model is a big advantage, too, letting you take calls, stream music, or use maps even when you’re away from your phone—a huge plus for runners, hikers, and anyone who hates being tied to their iPhones. Also, its 1.9-inch OLED Retina screen is ridiculously bright at 2,000 nits, making it super easy to read in direct sunlight.

The Apple Watch Ultra runs on watchOS 9, packing features like heart rate zone data, sleep stage tracking, advanced running metrics, and more. It also includes Apple’s safety and health tools like car crash detection and overnight body temperature tracking. Battery life holds up well, lasting 55 to 57 hours with normal use, even with the always-on display enabled, notes this PCMag review.

If you want one of the most rugged Apple Watch ever made at a lower price (and don’t mind some cosmetic flaws), this Woot deal is worth considering before it sells out. But if you’d rather have a newer model without the Ultra’s bulk, the Series 10 ($359, down from $429) is the best iPhone-compatible smartwatch for most users, while the Watch SE ($249) is the best budget-friendly option, according to this PCMag "Best Smartwatches for 2025" roundup.

This Bang & Olufsen Waterproof Speaker Is 50% Off Right Now

A waterproof speaker with premium build quality and a bass-forward sound.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

Bang & Olufsen’s Beosound A1 (2nd Gen) is a speaker that packs a serious punch for its size. Normally priced at $299.99, it’s down to $139.99 on Woot for the next 13 days or until stock runs out—and if you have Amazon Prime, shipping is free. Non-Prime members will have to pay $6, but either way, it’s only available to the contiguous U.S. (no shipping to Alaska, Hawaii, or PO boxes).

PCMag gave this Bluetooth speaker an Editor’s Choice award when it launched in 2020, and it’s still a strong contender today.

At just 1.2 pounds, the Beosound A1 is not exactly light for its size, though it comes with a leather lanyard for easy carrying. With an IP67 rating that can handle dust, sand, and submersion, it's ready to accompany you on outdoor adventures. Setup is handled through the Bang & Olufsen app, which also enables its built-in Alexa—though you’ll need to link accounts first. It's Bluetooth 5.1-compatible with support for AAC and AptX Adaptive codecs, though it doesn’t have LDAC support for high-res listening. The battery life of the Beosound A1 is rated at 18 hours, but that’ll depend on your volume settings.

This little speaker gets loud, driven by a 3.5-inch woofer and a 0.4-inch tweeter, both powered by dedicated 30-watt Class D amps. The result is a deep bass (enough to shake a table but without the speaker itself moving around) that stays full even at moderate to high volumes. It’s a bass-heavy tuning, which makes sense given its size—though at max volume, the DSP kicks in to prevent distortion, thinning out the sound slightly, notes the PCMag review. Its frequency range of 55Hz-20kHz means you’ll get solid lows and clear highs, but don’t expect a perfectly balanced studio monitor sound. The app’s EQ adjustment isn’t the most intuitive, using a circular chart instead of sliders, but it offers some control over tuning.

If you’re looking for something newer with the latest Bluetooth tech (and one that's a little more budget-friendly), the Beats Pill is currently $99.99 (down from $149.95) and might be worth considering instead.

Wanderstop

Du axlar rollen som Alta - en tjej som slagit sig igenom livet och gått segrande från varje turnering och kamp hon ställts inför. Den starkaste av dem alla. Men när spelet tar vid, är det inte en segrande Alta vi möter. Nej, vi möter en Alta som plötsligt sett sig besegrad, trots att allt stod till hennes fördel. Hon skulle lätt ha vunnit den senaste turneringen, men mötte marken snabbare än hon hann säga "En garde". Med sitt livs största misslyckande i ryggen bestämmer hon sig för att leta upp en gammal mästare i hopp om att få hjälp att återvända till sina forna glansdagar. Men, det visar sig vara lättare sagt än gjort när kroppen sviker henne och hon finner sig i sällskapet av Boro och hans största kärlek här i livet - te. Under stränga order om att vila upp sig, börjar hon hjälpa Boro med sitt te-café tills att dagen kommer då hon känner sig stark nog att plocka upp sitt svärd och hitta mästaren. Med det börjar mysäventyret som heter {Wanderstop}.

<bild>Alta och Boro - spelets huvudkaraktärer.</bild>

Grunden är otroligt simpel. Du ska brygga te till caféets olika gäster och behöver använda dig av särskilda ingredienser för att tillgodose varje gästs behov och önskan. Behöver någon lite extra energi? Blanda i en frukt med koffein. Ska det smaka mint? Lägg in en frukt som smakar mint. Otroligt simpelt. I takt med att tiden går, blir beställningarna allt mer avancerade och du kommer behöva både det ena och det andra för att göra alla glada. Allt detta sköts genom att du odlar dina egna ingredienser, samlar in teblad och dylikt för att därefter brygga ditt valda te i en apparat som vid första anblick ser allt annat än lättskött ut. Men, som du snart kommer förstå - är Wanderstop allt annat än utmanande.

<bild>Att brygga te är betydligt lättare än det ser ut.</bild>

Det är tydligt från start att din tid hos Boro och hans café kommer att bli en lugn sådan. Till att börja med är kontrollen otroligt enkel. Även om tebryggandet vid första anblick ser avancerat ut, sköts det enkelt och smärtfritt. Du häller i vatten i en stor apparat, får det till att koka, lägger i smaksättning och häller upp i en kopp. Inte svårare än så. Du använder apparaten med hjälp av en stege och kan snabbt och enkelt förflytta dig mellan de olika delarna med hjälp av styrspaken.

I teet behöver du alltid någon form av smaksättning, oftast i form av en frukt, som du odlar själv i trädgården. Till ditt förfogande får du några frö som du kan kombinera på flera sätt för att skapa olika växthybrider. Beroende på hur man har planterat och kombinerat de olika fröna, kommer dessa hybrider att antingen generera fler frö eller olika frukter. För att kunna orientera sig i alla dessa olika kombinationer och hybrider får du till din räddning en fältguide som successivt fylls på med ny information genom hela äventyret. Fältguiden är din bästa vän från början till slut och gör det betydligt enklare att ta reda på vilken tesort gästerna vill ha samt andra funktioner som upptäcks allt eftersom.

<bild>Under spelets gång kommer du upptäcka flera olika varianter av växthybrider som varierar i form och färg.</bild>

Något jag gillar starkt är att du aldrig behöver känna dig stressad att påbörja eller avsluta något inom en viss tidsram. Det kokande vattnet fortsätter att koka, även om du måste hämta något du glömt. Gästerna stannar kvar och väntar tålmodigt, även om du skulle råka ge dem fel te. Precis som att Alta måste vila upp sig, är det tydligt att Wanderstop ämnar detsamma för dig. Det finns inga markörer, ingen tydlig progression som spelarnivå eller liknande för att markera din utveckling - utan du, likt Alta lämnas med den enkla ordern om att ta det lugnt. Som den te-älskande Boro fastställer:

"Sometimes there will simply be nothing to do. This is, in fact, the way of things."

Även om spelet utgår på att ordna te åt andra, är det fortsatt fokus på Alta och hennes motvilliga återhämtning. Hon vill inte behöva vila, hon vill komma iväg och hitta mästaren. Bli nummer ett igen. Men när kroppen säger ifrån, kan hon inte göra annat än att foga sig och försöka fördriva tiden med att vila. Vilket visar sig vara otroligt svårt för någon som aldrig har gett sig själv en ledig stund utan träning på flera år. Även om Alta till en början är en väldigt osympatisk och otrevlig person, så tyckte jag om att följa hennes personliga resa genom spelets gång och kände mig otroligt engagerad i att se vart det skulle sluta. Jag gillade även att du får möjligheten till att påverka hennes sätt att bemöta andra karaktärer genom olika dialogval och kunde på så visa välja att hålla vid hennes tråkiga beteende eller aktivt försöka förbättra det. Ytterligare en sak jag gillade var Altas röstskådespelare, som gjorde ett bra jobb med att porträttera hennes frustration och oförmåga att förstå sin situation. Däremot hade jag önskat att hon hade haft en röst genom all dialog och inte enbart under specifika ögonblick.

<bild>Karaktärerna är charmiga och minst sagt unika.</bild>

Annapurna Interactive har gjort ett fantastiskt arbete när det kommer till både miljö och den ackompanjerande musiken. Det är färgstarkt, vackert och främst av allt - mysigt. Även om det inte är ett stort område du befinner dig i, är det svårt att inte fascineras av alla smådetaljer, i allt från designen på te-apparaten, till caféet eller växthybridernas många olika färger och former. Många gånger fann jag mig själv med att bara fastna i ögonblicket av att vandra omkring, begrunda och göra de vardagliga sysslorna i spelet till tonerna av det vackra soundtracket. Även karaktärsdesignerna var en ren fröjd för ögat att bevittna och blir än mer fantastiskt när karaktärerna i fråga besitter både charm och personlighet för att kunna utmana Alta och hennes bitterhet.

<bild>Fältguiden: Din bästa kompis.</bild>

Som jag redan har betonat, så är Wanderstop inte ett utmanande spel. Det försöker inte heller ge sken för det, utan finns där för dig och stöttar om det behövs. Du har din ständiga följeslagare vid din sida, din fältguide, när du ska odla frukt och brygga te. Du har all tid i världen, inget bränns vid, kyls ner eller försvinner med tiden. Inga råvaror, frö eller annat tar slut, utan kommer tillbaka efterhand eller kan hittas gömda under lövhögar i området. Skulle du mot förmodan få svårt med att lösa de mer avancerade beställningarna, finns även "boken med alla svar", där du får explicita direktiv för vad som ska göras för att lyckas. Ingen svårtolkad ledtråd eller hint, utan verkligen en hjälpande hand framåt.

Även om jag numera gärna antar utmaningar när jag spelar olika typer av genrer, så kunde jag ändå uppskatta lugnet som blev av att sätta mig ner med Wanderstop. Däremot fanns det stunder, när det kändes för simpelt, för repetitivt, till den grad att det stundom blev tråkigt. Där hade jag önskat att det hade funnits någon större variation på det som görs, även om jag förstår anledningen till att man håller det enkelt. Men efter en jobbig arbetsdag, var det perfekt att mysa ihop sig i soffan och köra igång detta mysiga lilla äventyr som betonar vikten att inte gå vidare förrän man själv är redo för det.

<bild>Wanderstop är otroligt vackert.</bild>

För att summera fanns det mycket som jag fann både charmigt och underhållande med min tid hos Boro och hans te-café. Det är enkelt, kravlöst och perfekt om man behöver en stund för att bara varva ner i vardagsstressen. Karaktärsfokuset är engagerande och jag gillade de olika karaktärerna du stöter på under spelets gång. Miljöerna är vackra och detaljrika och jag gillar konceptet av att färgtemat förändras i takt med att Alta utvecklas.

Men hur mycket jag än gillar Wanderstop, så finns det vissa aspekter som dessvärre drar ner betyget. Även om syftet är att ge utrymme för att vila, varva ner och njuta av de små ögonblicken i livet, finns det stunder när det blir lite väl lugnt. Även om jag verkligen uppskattar spelets enkelhet, hade jag önskat att det fanns något mer innehåll, något mer djup än det som erbjöds. Du odlar växthybrider, brygger te, pratar med karaktärer och börjar om från noll varje gång Alta ställs inför nya vägskäl i sin personliga utveckling. Efter att ha gjort samma sak i över tretton timmar, blir det tyvärr lite väl monotont - även om man upptäcker nya hybrider, får allt svårare beställningar och hittar nya skatter runt om i trädgården. Men att göra det om och om igen, gör det svårt att hålla konceptet intressant i längden. Med det sagt, så vägs detta upp med karaktärerna och den genomgående charmen - för det är verkligen ett mysigt litet äventyr, perfekt för den som behöver varva ner och göra något avkopplande.

Är det ett spel för alla? Nej, det tror jag inte. Wanderstop är ett spel som inte utmanar dig i det traditionella seendet med nivåer, bossar eller poäng - utan väljer istället att utmana ditt sätt att se på spel och vad det ska ge dig. Allt behöver inte gå fort och på direkten, du behöver inte få bekräftelse på allt du gör och du behöver inte alltid ha ett uppdrag att genomföra. Ibland måste man helt enkelt bara slå sig ner i solskenet och dricka en kopp te och för min del, var det en god kopp te.

Google’s Latest Gemini Image Editor Can Remove Watermarks From Photos

The tool is currently exclusive to developers, but it's still causing a stir.

The speedy progress of AI development continues to dominate headlines, but the latest story to hit the news cycle is more bad press than good press: It turns out that Google's latest Gemini 2.0 Flash image editor is rather adept at automatically removing watermarks from images.

Google pushed out the experimental native image generation capabilities a few days ago, promoting its capabilities in terms of combining images and text, editing images through conversational prompts, and improving its "world understanding" to give users AI-generated pictures that are more realistic overall.

As TechCrunch reports, the newly upgraded tool was quickly put to one specific and rather nefarious use: Removing watermarks from proprietary images. You can find evidence of it on Reddit and X; while the watermark removal isn't perfect—the AI is only imagining the pixels that replace what's covered by the watermark, after all—it definitely leaves you with a usable image, one free of any copyright or authorship labels.

It isn't exactly ironic that an AI tool should wind up being so capable at circumventing basic copyright protections. Gemini and other generative AI models have been trained on vast amounts of copyrighted text, images, and video, often without permission or recompense—something the AI companies are reluctant to talk about, unless it's to argue that this qualifies as fair use.

Though the idea of using an AI trained on scraped copyrighted works to steal an image someone else owns is galling, there are a few caveats worth mentioning. For a start, these new Gemini tools are only available to developers for the time being, and are still labeled as experimental—no doubt Google is going to make tweaks before general users get their hands on them. It's also worth noting that other shady watermark removal tools are already all over the web, even if none of them is not quite as smart as this and other advanced AI-powered versions would likely be.

Still, it highlights the nefarious ways AI tools can be deployed, even as they're being relentlessly pushed out to businesses and consumers, and underlines the need for stringent guardrails. ChatGPT and Claude AI models are two that will refuse explicit requests to remove watermarks, and no doubt Google will add the same blocks to Gemini after all the negative coverage.

The limits of AI image editing

As noted above, the watermark removal capabilities of Gemini can currently only be accessed through developer-facing tools, including AI Studio and the Gemini API. However, I also wanted to give it a go using the latest models available through the Gemini Advanced tools available to anyone paying $20 a month.

I took screenshots of several copyrighted and watermarked images from Shutterstock (after first sifting through all the AI-generated results the site offered me), opened and resaved it in Photoshop (after dismissing all the pop-ups asking me to try Photoshop's latest AI tools), and then let Gemini get to work.

Rocket ship
Gemini gave me a pretty good approximation of the original image. Credit: Shutterstock / Gemini

Most of the time, Gemini refused to get involved with watermark removal at all—telling me it wasn't capable of editing images, or explaining that it's "essential to respect copyright laws"—but it was happy to produce variations on the originals, watermark-free, and based on its training on copyrighted material.

While these variations often weren't all that much like the originals, in one case it gave me a very close copy of a composite rocket ship photo, and in another it directed me to some watermark removal tools on the web—thanks, Gemini! Of course, you can also start from scratch and just describe a watermarked image you're hoping to emulate.

Forest cabin
ChatGPT didn't really understand the watermark removal assignment. Credit: Shutterstock / ChatGPT

ChatGPT, meanwhile, did accept requests to remove watermarks, but then produced something completely different (and rather odd). Image editing is already available to ChatGPT Plus subscribers, but as I've noted before, it's definitely not yet up to the level of a human Photoshop expert.

The debate over copyright, fair use, and AI safety guardrails will continue, even as upgrade after upgrade makes these AI tools more advanced (even if they're not particularly useful). One issue the likes of Google and OpenAI may need to start worrying about is where they'll get fresh training data for their models, once they put all the flesh-and-blood creatives out of business.

FTC eyes smart home makers over software updates

The Samsung Galaxy Buds 3 Are $99 Right Now

Get active noise cancelation with an open-ear design, protection against the elements, and live translation.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

You can think of the Galaxy Buds series as Android's version of the AirPods. The Samsung Galaxy Buds 3 are the open-ear version of the Galaxy Buds 3 Pro, both of which came out last summer. Right now, you can get the Galaxy Buds 3 for $99.99 (originally $179.99) directly from the Samsung website when choosing "no" under the Samsung trade-in credit. This is the lowest price these earbuds have been since their recent release, according to price-tracking tools.

The Galaxy Buds 3 are feature-heavy. They have ear-detection sensors, so they automatically pause and resume as you take them on and off. They have 360 audio, which is an immersive sound feature that is similar to a surround-sound effect. The IP57 rating means they can handle sustained streams of water well. If you have a Samsung phone, you'll get automatic pairing and switching from Samsung devices, but the coolest feature is the Galaxy AI-based translation, which can translate spoken words between two parties or videos from your phone.

Open earbuds are great for people who don't like sticking buds inside their ears and/or like to be aware of their surroundings even when listening to their media. The tradeoff is weaker bass and more sound bleeding. However, the audio quality on them are still impressive, and the ANC on them performs surprisingly well for ANC earbuds, according to PCMag's review.

For under $100, these are a great value for Android or Apple users, but if you're a Samsung user, you get a much better user experience and bang for your buck. But if you want better ANC and don't mind an in-ear design, get the Galaxy Buds 3 Pro for $209.99 (originally $249.99).

Like a Dragon: Pirate Yakuza in Hawaii

När Ryu ga Gotoku Studio utannonserade att de jobbade på en Like a Dragon-titel som ingen förväntar sig och som i princip skulle blåsa oss av stolen började spekulationerna. Onlinerollspel? Fighting? Mobilspel? Jag hoppades lite i hemlighet på ett Singstar: Like a Dragon så jag kunde vråla ut "Baka Mitai!!" i lägenheten. Resultatet var inget av detta.

<bild>Like a Dragon hissar seglen för piratäventyr.</bild>

Vad vi istället blir bjudna på är ett piratäventyr med den passande enögda yakuzan Goro Majima. Han har ju redan en ögonlapp, så varför inte? Det börjar med att han spolas upp på en yttepytteliten ö kallad Rich Island, inte tack vare dess rikedomar utan efter personen som först bosatte sig där. Därefter plockar RGG Studio en sida rakt ut ur "JRPG-guiden 1.0" och ger honom en minnesförlust. Han vet inte vem han är, vem någon annan är eller vad som har hänt. Detta är så klart ett klassiskt berättarverktyg för att kunna låsa upp minnen som annars bara hade kunnat sägas rakt ut av karaktären.

Delar av den icke så rika Rich-familjen bor kvar på ön, som är nära både Nele Island och Honolulu från {Like a Dragon: Infinite Wealth}, och det är fadern och sonen som vi introduceras till, vilka också kommer bli kompanjoner och en viktig del av berättelsen. Plus att vi får bekanta oss med en bäbistiger som lämpligt nog har döpts till Goro. Denna lilla bitglada parvel blir en sidekick och hjälper till i strider. Det går dessutom att utsmycka tigern med bland annat en pirathatt. Tio av tio i betyg! Tyvärr är berättelsen inte en av spelets starka sidor. Den är uppdelar i olika portioner där Rich-dramat är en, ta reda på sanningen vad Majima gjorde i området och vad detta har att göra med att det nu återigen händer grejer på Nele Island.

<bild>Majima har två stilar, pirat med två svärd och yakuza med sin kniv.</bild>

Det har gått sisådär ett halvår sedan slutet på Like a Dragon: Infinite Wealth och yakuza har flockats till ön där kultledaren Bryce Fairchild besegrades av Ichiban. Hans Palekana-medlemmar har dock inte lämnat ön, och det är inte bara för att de är väldigt hängivna till deras tro. Det finns en hemlighet där och den kopplas till vårt piratäventyr. Majima leker nämligen inte bara pirat, han blir en på riktigt. Efter att ha kommit över ett piratskepp väljer han att anamma rollen helt, för med minnesförlust finns det inget bättre att göra för tillfället. Detta leder till att han har två olika sorters fightingstilar, där utvecklarna valt att gå tillbaka till de klassiska actionstriderna från Yakuza-serien istället för de turbaserade striderna som följde med Ichibans inträde som huvudperson.

Han har kvar sin klassiska yakuzastil "Mad Dog" där han svingar sin kniv hejvilt och som är den snabbare stilen av de två. Men när hatten åker på, om du väljer att byta stil, har han istället två svärd, och senare en pickadoll och en gripkrok i "Sea Dog"-stilen. Dessa ger större rörelser som kan vara bättre när det är mer än en fiende. Kontrollmässigt är det precis vad du kommer ihåg från tidigare spel med snabba knapptryck för att bygga upp kombinationer och bara mata på med attacker tills motståndaren nog ångrar sina beslut. Medan jag nu föredrar stridssystemet som används i Like a Dragon-serien har jag inget emot att spinoffs ger oss denna typ.

<bild>Utsmycka ditt skepp...</bild>
<bild>... planera din besättning och slåss på hav och land.</bild>

Hade det inte varit för bytet av stridssystem hade jag nog kunnat tro att detta var tänkt som nedladdningsbart material till Infinite Wealth innan de gjorde det till en egen titel. Vi vet att {Like a Dragon Gaiden: The Man Who Erased His Name} var tänkt att DLC, men blev också ett eget spel. Pirate Yakuza in Hawaii hämtar nämligen väldigt mycket från just det spelet. Mycket av tiden spenderas på Honolulu, där hela kartan minus några inomhusmiljöer, finns med från Infinite Wealth. Mängder av karaktärer återkommer och Revolve Bar är en viktig del av berättelsen. Från ett berättarperspektiv är det så klart inte konstigt att karaktärer som Julie från Julie's Gearworks och mannen som fotar "weirdos" från bussen är kvar i stan sex månader senare, men det känns som att de klippt ut för mycket bara för att fylla spelets tid och storlek. De flesta minispelen finns också kvar.

<bild>Det går att ge din bäbistiger en pirathatt. Omedelbart 100 av 10 i betyg.</bild>

Där spelet skiner är underhållningsvärdet. Karaktärsutbudet, och deras personligheter, är som vanligt för den här serien utmärkt. Det finns så mycket att göra även utanför berättelsen att timmarna bara seglar förbi. Folk ska rekryteras till piratgänget, där vissa bara behöver besegras i strid medan andra kräver att en hel sidoberättelse klaras av. Dessa bemannar sedan skeppet där fyra hanterar kanonerna på vardera sida skeppet och två sköter maskingeväret. Ytterligare 15 kan väljas ut för att följa med på strider när du bordar ett annat skepp. Det känns verkligen som storskaliga piratslagsmål som kryddats med Yakuza-peppar. Något {Assassin's Creed IV: Black Flag} är det givetvis inte, men det är ändå underhållande. Du kan byta ut kanonerna som eldkastare eller laserkanoner och istället för ett maskingevär går det att bygga ett gevär som skjuter kokosnötter. Lägg därtill att skeppets utseende går att ändras från allt från rosa animetjejer som pryder sidan till en galjongsfigur i form av en massagestav till kamouflagemönstrade segel. Jag älskar att Like a Dragon/Yakuza-serien aldrig tar sig själva för seriöst.

<bild>Hela Honolulu från Infinite Wealth är tillbaka.</bild>

Skeppsstriderna är också en stor del av när berättelsen flyter in i Madlantis, en sorts Las Vegas för pirater, bovar, och annat pack. Givetvis inne i en grotta och fyllda med förstörda skepp som blivit till byggnader. Det här är hubben för diverse minispel som golf och baseboll, men också spelets coliseum. Här är det inte gladiatorer och sand, här är det skepp och vatten som gäller. Reglerna är enkla: Sänk motståndarskeppet eller bli hajmat. Undvik kanoner och fyra av dina egna. Det går också att släppa rodret och springa runt fritt på deck och skjuta raketgevär eller ta över en fallen kamrats kanon. Givetvis finns det en liten sidoberättelse där man ska jobba sig hela vägen upp till mästare.

När jag väl är ute på havet igen är spelområdet kanske inte så stort som jag hade önskat mig. Det är istället för ett stort hav uppdelat i mindre sektioner. Dessa består av fiendeskepp, fyrar som fungerar som säkra områden, och öar med skatter på. För vad vore ett piratäventyr utan skatter? Åk till en ö och besegra vilka fulingar som nu har bestämt sig för att bosätta sig där och få en skattkista i slutet. Vissa innehåller ringar, vilka ger olika egenskapsbuffar för Majima. Upp till tio ringar, ett för varje finger, går att använda. Har du tur kan du också hitta ett av fyra magiska, mörka musikintrument. När specialattacksmätaren fylls upp kan du spela på ett av dessa och havets varelser dyker upp för att attackera fienderna.

<bild>Magiska instrument som trollar fram mördarhajar är bra att ha.</bild>

{Like a Dragon: Pirate Yakuza in Hawaii} är varken Assassin's Creed IV: Black Flag, Skull & Bones, eller {Sea of Thieves}. Det är inte ens Sid Meier's Pirates. Och det försöker det inte ens vara. Detta är ett Like a Dragon/Yakuza-spel med mycket charm, rolig dialog, och en uppsjö av saker att göra. Det råkar dessutom också ha ett pirattema som bara bygger ut upplevelsen med nya saker som serien inte sett tidigare. Det är sådana här spinoffs som håller en spelserie vid liv medan vi väntar på nästa spel. Hade detta kunnat vara DLC istället? Utan tvekan. Men nu är det ett fristående spel istället, och ett väldigt underhållande sådant.

watchOS 11.4 Will Make Sure You Don't Miss Alarms

With the watchOS 11.4 update that's set to be released soon, Apple is making a small but useful change to the way that alarms work on the Apple Watch.


The update includes an option to allow the Wake Up alarm you set up for Sleep mode to break through when Silent Mode is activated on your watch, which means you'll be less likely to sleep through your alarm going off.

Right now, if you have Silent Mode turned on, your Apple Watch alarm will use haptic feedback vibrations to tap you on the wrist to wake you, but it won't make noise. Some people are able to easily sleep through the gentle tapping of the alarm, but a loud noise is harder to ignore.

The Break Through Silent Mode option can be found by going to the Sleep app on Apple Watch, tapping on Sounds & Haptics, and toggling on the setting. From there, wearing the Apple Watch to bed will cause the Apple Watch alarm to use both sound and haptic feedback to wake you up.

You can also turn on the Break Through Silent Mode option by opening up the Alarm app and tapping any active alarm you have set up.

watchOS 11.4 also includes support for Matter-compatible robot vacuum cleaners, and it solves an issue where face selection could become unresponsive when switching faces.

Apple provided developers with the watchOS 11.4 release candidate version today, and that represents the final version of watchOS 11.4 that will go out to the public should no additional issues be found. We're expecting watchOS 11.4 to launch in early April, as soon as next week.

Related Roundup: watchOS 11
Related Forum: Apple Watch

This article, "watchOS 11.4 Will Make Sure You Don't Miss Alarms" first appeared on MacRumors.com

Discuss this article in our forums

Morning news brief

Israel is considering a full-scale ground invasion of Gaza, Ukraine holds ceasefire talks with the U.S., Beijing's China Development Forum displays tensions with the U.S.

Israel is considering a full-scale ground invasion of Gaza, Ukraine holds ceasefire talks with the U.S., Beijing's China Development Forum displays tensions with the U.S.

The Best Ways to Prevent Countertop Appliances From Damaging Your Kitchen

We rely on our appliances to make life easier. But if you’re not careful about where you place countertop appliances they can damage your house in some surprising ways.

We may earn a commission from links on this page.

The kitchen tends to be the heart of the home—it’s where we gather to share meals, nibble on snacks, and talk about our day. It’s also a pretty dangerous place. Aside from open flames, slippery floors, and flammable gas that is literally pumped into our homes, the innocuous little appliances that crowd our countertops can also represent real dangers.

More than 150,000 people head to their local emergency room every year after an accident involving a household appliance of some sort. Small appliances might seem safe enough sitting on your kitchen counters, but they can be extremely dangerous if defective, misused, or placed in the wrong spot. Aside from the danger of hurting yourself, a misplaced countertop appliance can actually damage your home, as well. Here’s what you need to think about when you’re deciding where to place everything in your kitchen.

General rules to keep in mind

If you want your kitchen to be as safe as possible, there are a few basic safety rules that apply to any countertop appliance:

  • Keep stuff away from water. Don’t operate any electric appliances near sinks, pot-fillers, or any other sources of running water. This protects against electrical dangers and keeps the dangerous bacteria growing in your average sink from infiltrating your food.

  • Plug into ground-fault circuit interrupters (GFCIs). All your kitchen appliances should be plugged into GFCIs. Before 2023 only appliances located near water sources were required to be plugged into GFCIs, but the National Electrical Code was changed to include any kitchen appliance. These special outlets are designed to cut off to prevent electric shock, and using them reduces the chances that your countertop appliance will hurt you or damage your home.

  • Never use extension cords. Even if the cord is plugged into a GFCI outlet, it’s a bad idea. Many countertop appliances like air fryers or microwaves pull a lot of juice, and can melt most standard home-use extension cords, leading to serious fire danger.

  • Keep away from the stove. You shouldn’t place any countertop appliance near (or, lord help us, on) your stove. The heat and open flames can melt power cords, increasing the risk of a fire or other accident.

  • Keep away from the edge. If your countertop is crowded and something has to sit right on the outer edge, it’s time for a reorganization. Having any appliance right near the edge of the counter is just an invitation to disaster.

While these rules apply to any appliance, there are specific placement considerations for several countertop appliances.

Toasters and toaster ovens

The heating element in a toaster oven can reach 1,000 degrees Fahrenheit, and some toaster ovens can heat up to 600 degrees under specific settings. That’s pretty hot, and while even the cheapest toaster has some built-in safety features, placement matters. Never place a toaster or toaster oven on anything flammable, like a towel. If you’re concerned about your countertop being damaged from the heat (though most toasters and toaster ovens are designed to be placed safely on standard countertop materials, even wood), you can place it on a nonflammable surface like a silicone mat or even a piece of stone tile.

You should also never put anything on top of your toaster oven (or toaster). Yes, it’s taking up valuable counter space, but whatever you put on top could potentially be damaged from the heat, or even catch fire.

Coffee maker

You might think that your humble coffee maker is pretty safe, but it might be doing long-term damage to your kitchen cabinets and walls because of one by-product of the coffee-making process: Steam. That hot, moist stuff drifts up and if it regularly interacts with your cabinets, it can cause a lot of damage, warping and staining wood and discoloring other materials. Since the most affected area will be under the cabinets, you can cause a lot of damage before it’s easily noticeable.

Always place your coffee maker away from the upper cabinets when you use it, and make sure your kitchen always has robust ventilation, especially when using any heat- or moisture-producing appliances.

Pressure cookers

Aside from being a time bomb if misused, pressure cookers pose the same steam threat as coffee makers: As they work, they emit steam, and continuous exposure to that steam can damage your cabinetry and walls. You can try aiming the pressure valve away from the cabinets, and you can buy steam diverters that redirect the steam. But your best bet is to operate the pressure cooker away from your cabinets.

Air fryers

Air fryers are very popular, and just like the other appliances on this list, they can damage your walls or cabinets with superheated fumes. Aside from the damage that steam can do, they can also scorch walls and cabinets if placed too close or with insufficient ventilation, so always place them with plenty of space around them.

Air fryers also get pretty hot, so just like toaster ovens, you shouldn’t place them on top of towels or anything else that could conceivably catch fire.

Slow cookers

Slow cookers pose the same steam dangers as pressure cookers, but can be even more damaging because of the “slow” part. While occasional use of a pressure cooker or other steamy appliance probably won’t destroy a cabinet or stain a wall, occasional use of a slow cooker is more likely to because of the duration of operation.

It’s best to place your slow cooker away from the walls and cabinets, and never place it on or near anything flammable. And because of the duration of use, you should place your slow cooker on a metal trivet or heat-resistant mat to protect the surface underneath.

Lonely Mountains: Snow Riders

Jag vet inte exakt hur många timmar jag tillbringade med det rysligt beroendeframkallande Lonely Mountains: Downhill. Det emellanåt lömskt utmanande men lika ofta meditativt mysiga cykeläventyret som tog en genom allt från fridfulla naturområden till branta sluttningar kring en aktiv vulkan. Att putsa på tiderna och se exakt hur snabbt man kunde ta sig genom de varierande banorna var ett sant nöje, men spelet fungerade minst lika väl som ren avslappning efter en tung arbetsdag. Man liksom föll in i en form av zen medan man kryssade fram med sin cykel mellan stock och sten, till ljudet av porlande vatten, kvittrande fåglar och en frisk bris mellan träden.

Med det sagt är det kanske inte heller konstigt att spelets uppföljare Lonely Mountains: Snow Riders är något jag sett fram emot väldigt länge. En vidareutveckling av samma koncept tar oss med till snöklädda bergstoppar, isiga stigar och dramatiska bergslandskap. Av naturliga skäl har cykeln lämnats hemma i garaget och istället är det utförsåkning som står på menyn, ett snöigt äventyr med samma enkla mål som dess föregångare: att ta dig helskinnad från toppen av ett berg ner till botten.

<bild>Bästa svängen hökarängen!!!</bild>

Det hela är lika enkelt som det är briljant och precis som i Downhill är upplevelsen en otroligt tillfredsställande sådan, mycket tack vare de enkla och intuitiva kontrollerna samt den välbalanserade men utmanande svårighetsgraden som ständigt lockar till nya försök. Allt för att försöka överträffa tidigare prestationer. Precis som tidigare gäller det att passera igenom varje checkpoint på vägen, och missar man någon innebär det ett automatiskt misslyckande. Själva nöjet ligger i att hitta kortaste och snabbast möjliga väg mellan dessa punkter, och bergen döljer många hemligheter. Varav vissa endast går att nå med rätt utrustning.

Själva skidåkningen är som tidigare nämnt väldigt lättsmält och "rakt på sak". Du har några olika inställningsmöjligheter, allt för att anpassa kontrollerna efter vad du själv anser känns bäst och sen bär det ut i backen. Precis som i verkligheten böjer du dina knän för att öka hastigheten och det går även att göra lite trick i luften, likväl som att hoppa. Något som krävs för att ta sig över en del passager. Därtill går det även att göra några lite mer avancerade manövrar för att enklare ta de mer snäva svängarna och likväl blir du också med tiden snabbt medveten om att den lilla skidåkarens kroppshållning ofta är en direkt avgörande faktor för om din färd nerför berget blir en lyckad sådan eller inte. Ett litet snedskär kan innebära slutet för din annars så perfekta åktur och Lonely Mountains: Snow Riders är definitionen av "lätt att lära sig, men svårt att bemästra".

<bild>Tyngden på dalskidan!</bild>

De många olika passagerna ner gör varje åktur till en ren fröjd, och att upptäcka alla genvägar är en stor del av nöjet, med många direkt gastkramande hopp och marginaler så snäva att man håller andan. Men det bidrar till upplevelsen, spelet är lite av en ulv i fårakläder där både skicklighet och djärvhet spelar in. Men hur utmanande eller omöjligt det vissa gånger kan kännas, speciellt om man jagar efter de bästa måltiderna, så är spelet aldrig orättvist eller frustrerande. Balansen är perfekt avvägd och kontrollerna precis så förlåtande som de behöver vara.

Möjligheten att alltid återvända till senaste checkpoint gör dessutom att man aldrig förlorar tempo samt ges möjlighet att verkligen experimentera och pressa gränserna för vad som är möjligt. Så när man sen väl lyckas med en perfekt åktur i full fart, med snön och vinden vinande runt om sig, den känslan är magisk, ja rent av euforisk.

I skrivande stund finns där tre berg att ta sig an med varierande svårighetsgrad, fyllda med olika utmaningar och innehåll att fördjupa sig i. Något som med tiden lär utökas på samma vis som man gjort med Downhill, vilket fått flera expansioner och uppdateringar över tiden. Fyllt av härliga utmaningar att ge sig i kast med, om man mot förmodan hunnit tröttna på vad som erbjudits i spelets originalutförande. Skulle du dessutom tröttna på att leka runt i snön på egen hand så går det utmärkt att bjuda in vänner (och ovänner) för lite actionladdad multiplayer. Där man inte bara kan tävla om att sätta bästa möjliga tid utan också utmana varandra i regelrätta race nedför sluttningarna, något som verkligen får adrenalinet att gå i taket.

<bild>Man får inte va' dum, då kan man bli som Hedlund!</bild>

Lonely Mountains: Snow Riders är i sanning en riktig pärla och man har här lyckats med konststycket att ta ett redan fantastiskt koncept och göra det ännu bättre. De vintriga miljöerna är lika vackra som de är utmanande och den nya spelmekaniken gör att upplevelsen känns ny och fräsch. Spelet må kräva både skicklighet och tålamod, i varje fall om du verkligen vill försöka att låsa upp allt, men det belönar dig också därefter med både rysligt tillfredsställande gameplay, likväl som direkt hisnande vackra vyer. Kort och gott, för fans av det första spelet är Snow Riders ett solklart köp, ett absolut måste. Men det är likväl också en utmärkt inkörsport för äventyrslystna nykomlingar som vill pröva modet ute i det kalla, vackra landskapet. För med sin unika kombination av avslappnande estetik och nervkittlande utmaning så är Lonely Mountains: Snow Riders något som ingen bör missa.

The Blink Mini 2 Is at Its Lowest Price Right Now

An affordable indoor camera with Alexa compatibility.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

The Blink Mini 2 is currently $19.99 (down from $39.99)—the lowest price it’s ever hit, according to price tracking tools.

It’s a compact, no-fuss security camera with a wide 143-degree field of view, an improved sensor for better low-light performance, and a built-in LED spotlight for color night vision (the night vision works in color with the spotlight on and black and white otherwise). Unlike the original Mini, this one can detect people, pets, and packages—but only if you’re willing to pay for a Blink subscription ($3/month for one camera, $10 for unlimited). Without it, you still get live views, motion detection, and local storage with the Sync Module 2 ($49.99, sold separately), which lets you record footage on an SD card (supported up to 256GB) instead of paying for cloud storage. The camera works with Alexa and supports IFTTT for smart home integrations, but there’s no Google Assistant or Apple HomeKit support.

The Mini 2 is IP65-rated, according to this PCMag review, but if you’re thinking about using the Mini 2 outdoors, you’ll need the $9.99 Blink Weather Resistant Power Adapter to make it outdoor-ready—because the default power cable isn’t water-resistant. That extra cost is worth considering, especially if you’re comparing it to alternatives like the TP-Link Tapo C120, which is currently $24.99 (down from $39.99) and fully weatherproof out of the box. The Tapo C120 also captures 2K video instead of 1080p and includes free AI-powered alerts without a subscription. If sharper footage and free smart detection are must-haves, that extra $5 might be the better buy.

That said, the Blink Mini 2 still holds its own if you’re already in the Blink ecosystem or just want an affordable indoor camera with Alexa compatibility. Through the Blink Home Monitor app, you can fine-tune motion settings, control the spotlight, and adjust privacy features.

Black Friday deal: Protect your porch with a Nest Doorbell for 46% off

23andMe’s Former CEO Is Posting Through Its Bankruptcy Filing

Prince Daniel's Fellowship Entrepreneurial Journey To San Francisco, Ca

“Our foundation was the trust and respect of our customers, and they were always the guiding light on how we made decisions,” the company's former CEO said after years of eroding public trust.Prince Daniel's Fellowship Entrepreneurial Journey To San Francisco, Ca

“Our foundation was the trust and respect of our customers, and they were always the guiding light on how we made decisions,” the company's former CEO said after years of eroding public trust.

All the Ways Chickpea Liquid Can Replace Eggs in Dessert Recipes

You can save grocery money and still make your meringue cookies.

While I’ve known about the aquafaba (chickpea brining liquid) hack for a while, I’ve always thought of it more for folks with food allergies. Why would I, a happy egg eater, ever need to use it to replace eggs? Well, here we are. Egg prices don’t seem to be coming down anytime soon, and if you’re as reliant on the ovum as I am, you may be looking for ways to cut costs. While I’ll still be splurging on the real thing for perfect, jar-scrambled eggs, I’ll be using aquafaba for these other egg-related recipes.

Chickpea liquid gets its magical binding properties from the starches that leach out of the bean and into the brine. When cooked, the water evaporates and you’re left with the starches, salt, and traces of other ingredients bound together in a sticky sort of web. I boiled some straight-up chickpea liquid in a pan to see.

A thin sheet of liquid in a pan.
When the water evaporates, chickpea liquid leaves behind a net of starches and other ingredients. Credit: Allie Chanthorn Reinmann

Is it an egg? Decidedly not. While a thin sheet of cooked, slightly browned starch doesn’t look so impressive, it actually shows us what this simple liquid is capable of. Do note, however, that salt varies considerably in cans of chickpea liquid. When using it in baking, taste the aquafaba, and if it’s very salty, reduce the salt in the recipe by a quarter-teaspoon per two “eggs” in the recipe.

Use aquafaba in batters

Binding is a big part of why eggs go in cookie dough and cake batters, and luckily aquafaba can function in this way. What aquafaba doesn’t do naturally that eggs do, is puff. Even if you don’t whip an egg, it has some body to it after it cooks. Chickpea liquid doesn’t naturally have the same consistency, but this challenge is not impossible to overcome. Aquafaba whips up pretty easily and manages to hold that aeration. (More on that in a moment)

For batters where you don’t need to see much puff in your baked goods, like brownies, you can pour aquafaba straight into the batter. For one whole large egg, use three tablespoons of aquafaba. For one egg white, use two tablespoons of aquafaba. 

For batters and doughs where you’d like to see a little lift, whip the amount of aquafaba you’re using in a small bowl. Just whip it until its soft and foamy; stiff peaks aren’t necessary for this use. Then mix it into the dough as usual during the egg step. This bit of aeration will give your cookies a mounded shape and the average cake batter a smidge of lift. While it might be an annoying extra five to 10 minutes of your time, it’s worth it. 

Chocolate chip cookies on a tray.
Credit: Allie Chanthorn Reinmann

Use aquafaba for meringue

Typical meringue consists of only two major ingredients: egg whites and sugar. And frankly, it’s only meringue because the egg whites do all the heavy lifting. And yet, aquafaba can make it happen. Again, I’ve never been heavily reliant on this bean syrup, but it’s never let me down when I whip it up. 

Egg or otherwise, no meringue lasts very long unless you stabilize it in some manner. Always whip aquafaba with a small amount of cream of tartar to give you more time to work with the whipped meringue. For every cup of aquafaba, use a half-teaspoon of cream of tartar to help stabilize the structure. Whip the two together until the mixture becomes foamy on top, about three to five minutes, then add the sugar and whip it until the mixture has stiff peaks. Use this meringue to make meringue cookies, pavlovas, or fold it into other batters for maximum lift.

Use aquafaba for egg wash

Egg wash is one of the most understated baking techniques. Adding an egg wash can help seal together pies and pastries so they don’t explode, and it can add color and shine to the exterior of breads and countless other treats. While sour cream makes a good exterior egg wash, it doesn’t do much for binding. Aquafaba is here to help though. Simply brush the liquid onto the pastry or bread how you would normally do with eggs and get on with the recipe. You won’t taste any off flavors, but you might get a tickle of salt. 

PGA Tour 2K25

För elva år sedan, när EA Sports släppte Tiger Woods PGA Tour 15, dök det plötsligt upp ett ganska hardcore golfspel vid namn The Golf Club från den okända utvecklaren HB Studios. The Golf Club var en golfsimulator och det gällde verkligen att hitta sitt tålamod och sitt bästa golfspel om man ville lyckas. Sedan dess har HB Studios förfinat sina spel och sedan 2020 är det faktiskt de som står bakom de officiella PGA Tour-golfspelen tillsammans med 2K.

PGA Tour 2K25 bygger vidare på det fina PGA Tour 2K23 (dessa golfspel släpps vartannat år), som aldrig riktigt kom igång. PGA Tour 2K25 är en betydande förbättring jämfört med föregångaren och den här gången ingår tre stora officiella golfturneringar, nämligen The U.S. Open 2025 på Oakmont Country Club, den 153:e upplagan av The Open på Royal Portrush Golf Club och inte minst PGA Championship på Quail Hollow Club. Förutom dessa banor och turneringar finns det massor av andra turneringar och mer än 20 officiella golfbanor i PGA Tour 2K25.

<bild>Harmoniskt och genomarbetat, en golfspelares dröm.</bild>

Den förmodligen största nyheten i PGA Tour 2K25 är den nya EvoSwing-mekaniken tillsammans med Perfect Swing-alternativet, som jag kommer tillbaka till alldeles strax. EvoSwing kan låta som ett fint buzzword, men det är faktiskt ett nytt och mer exakt sätt att slå på. Om du väljer svingmetoden där du först drar en pinne bakåt och sedan snabbt skjuter den framåt för att efterlikna en golfsväng (du kan också välja 3-klick), har du nu punkter i både din bakåtsving och din framsving som du kan sikta på. Det låter banalt, men det fungerar riktigt bra och hjälper till att göra dina slag mer exakta.

Samtidigt kan du ställa in mer än 20 olika parametrar för att anpassa dina slag så att svårighetsgraden blir precis som du vill ha den. Du kan till exempel använda dig av svårighetsgraden Perfect Swing, som gör det ännu enklare att slå genom att till exempel låta golfbollens visuella bana genom luften ta hänsyn till marken, vinden och mycket mer - och om du föredrar att ta hänsyn till dessa själv kan du naturligtvis stänga av dem. Det finns så många inställningar som gynnar både nybörjare och riktiga golfentusiaster - och Perfect Swing bidrar till att göra PGA Tour till ett mycket mer tillgängligt golfspel än någonsin tidigare.

<bild>Presentationen är verkligen toppklass.</bild>

När du startar spelet börjar du med att skapa din golfare i en mycket detaljerad karaktärs-editor och under spelets gång får du tillgång till kläder, skor, utrustning och tillbehör från 30 tillverkare som Nike, Puma, Adidas, Ecco, TaylorMade, Skechers, Under Armour och Tiger Woods eget nya sportmärke Sun Day Red. Ens spelare kan uppgraderas genom hela spelet med olika attribut och förmågor - och utvecklingen av karaktären, men också med utrustningen och klubbhuspasset (vi återkommer till det om en stund), sker oavsett om man spelar i karriärdelen, spelar ett minispel, övar på sina slag eller bygger en bana i den inbyggda banskaparen.

PGA Tour 2K25 innehåller också ett antal professionella golfspelare, bland annat legenden Tiger Woods, men också Max Homa, Matt Fitzpatrick och ett antal kvinnliga spelare med Brooke Henderson, Lydia Ko och Rose Zhang i spetsen. Fokus är dock mycket mer spelarcentrerat här, så du kan faktiskt inte spela med någon av de professionella spelarna, bara mot dem.

Kärnan i PGA Tour 2K25 är MyCareer, en omfattande karriärdel som spänner över flera evenemang, ofta utspridda över flera rundor på PGA Tour. I denna del måste du, förutom att göra bra ifrån dig på golfbanor över hela världen, skapa din egen karriär och ta hand om alla dina åtaganden utanför banan. Det är viktigt att ha rätt profil på sociala medier för att få så många följare som möjligt, du bör ställa upp på intervjuer för att glädja pressen och dina fans, och du kan skriva artiklar för golftidningar för att visa professionalism. Naturligtvis måste du också ta hand om sponsorerna och delta i deras evenemang och, som nämnts, måste du ständigt arbeta för att bli den största spelaren på PGA Tour och vinna den eftertraktade trofén.

<bild>Det finns oerhört goda inställningsmöjligheter och ett stort djup.</bild>

PGA Tour 2K25 är ett utmärkt sätt att lägga ner många timmar, för förutom den omfattande MyCareer kan du delta i dagliga och veckovisa online-evenemang, spela olika typer av golf med upp till tre vänner, från Stroke Play och Skins till Four Ball och det underhållande 2v2-läget Scramble. Både online och lokalt kan du spela Topgolf, som är ett slags minispel mot andra där precision är det viktigaste, du kan delta i detaljerade träningspass för att förbättra delar av ditt spel och som tidigare nämnts kan du skapa dina egna banor som kan modelleras in i minsta detalj, ända ner till var varje träd eller bänk ska placeras.

Vi har tidigare sett flera exempel på att 2K-sportspel kan vara fulla av mikrotransaktioner. Det skulle vara att gå för långt att säga att PGA Tour 2K25 är "packat med mikroköp", men vi släpper det inte helt. I var och en av spelets fem schemalagda säsonger (som varar tolv veckor) kommer det finnas ett Clubhouse Pass. Med ett Clubhouse Pass kan du låsa upp nya kläder, nya golfbollar, diverse annan utrustning och kanske viktigast av allt, XP Boosts. Som tidigare nämnts sker din utveckling i alla delar av spelet, så ju mer du spelar, desto mer låser du upp av de 100 nivåer som utgör ett Clubhouse Pass. Det finns dock vissa saker som är låsta bakom ett Clubhouse Pass Premium. Du kan köpa ett för dryga hundralappen, vilket ger dig tillgång till alla saker du låser upp under spelets gång. Du kan välja att ignorera Clubhouse Pass Premium helt, vilket innebär att du måste jobba lite extra för att nå de XP som Premium-medlemmar kan boosta sig till via Clubhouse Pass Premium och det finns en del utrustning, främst kosmetisk, som du inte verkar kunna få tag på.

<bild>Det bästa golfspelet på mycket länge.</bild>

Visuellt är PGA Tour 2K25 ganska snyggt, men inget speciellt. Banorna är välgjorda, menyerna som man tillbringar mycket tid i är lättanvända och dessutom ganska fräscha, medan det finns lite av en uncanny valley över vissa av spelarnas ansikten. Det visuella är utan tvekan acceptabelt utan att vara imponerande. Ljudspåret är bra och som man kan förvänta sig av ett golfspel, och jag tycker faktiskt att kommentatorerna gör ett hyfsat jobb. Ibland känner man dock att det de säger inte riktigt matchar det som händer på banan, och ibland motsäger de varandra lite.

PGA Tour 2K25 är ett riktigt gediget golfspel, med många timmars speltid, massor av innehåll och inte minst en konfigurerbar svårighetsgrad som gör att nästan alla kan vara med - både nybörjare och inbitna golfentusiaster. Det enorma MyCareer, som är spelets mittpunkt, kommer att ta många timmar i anspråk - men återigen är spelet så konfigurerbart att du faktiskt kan ställa in hela den här delen så att den "respekterar din tid", som HB Studios tidigare uttryckt det.

PGA Tour 2K25 är en fantastisk utveckling av PGA Tour 2K23 och är det bästa golfspelet undertecknad har spelat på mycket länge. Om du, som vi, inte är rädd för att ta på dig den fula golfdräkten och ett gott uppförande, då bör du definitivt ta en titt på PGA Tour 2K25.

<video>

The Seven Vegetables You Should Always Grow From Seeds (and Why)

Save money, energy, and get week after week of crops instead of one big harvest.

It's so tempting to buy starts—I get it. It feels great to look out over the garden, and finally see something in the beds, bringing color back to the landscape. But before you buy, you should seriously consider growing the following vegetables from seed. It might mean waiting a little longer for your crops, but your yields will likely be better. 

Carrots

Carrot seeds are small and cheap. You can pick up a pack of seeds at the grocery for a few dollars and it will yield far more carrots than a few six-packs of carrot starts. That’s $14 for starts vs. $3 for a packet of seeds. Not to mention: When you buy carrot starts, each cell holds a ton of individual carrot seedlings. You can’t simply plunk a whole cell of starts into the ground. You have to carefully separate them, and then plant each seedling in the ground, with space around it. It takes forever.

If you grow from seed, you simply draw a line in the dirt using a yard tool, sprinkle seeds down the line, and lightly cover with dirt. Water, or let the rain do the work for you. You’ll have to thin the seeds, sure, but it's a much easier endeavor. 

Beets and radishes

Beets and radishes both suffer from the same crowded-seedling problem as carrots, but there are two additional reasons to seed these yourself.

First, beet and radish seeds are a lot bigger and easier to handle than carrots. So it's quite easy to ensure you’re planting one beet or radish every few inches, and neither has to be buried deep—you can push a seed into the ground with your finger. This means you won’t have to thin them later, and both beets and radishes germinate easily.

Second, you don’t want 50 radishes or beets to be ready for harvest at the same time—as every seedling from a six-pack will be. You want 10 or 15. By planting several seeds weekly, you’ll have radishes or beets that are ready for harvest week after week.

Corn

Corn has insufferably shallow roots and is annoying tall. When you transplant corn, it inevitably does not develop strong enough roots to hold itself upright, and will need some additional support. Which is silly, because corn is a huge seed, and has incredibly high germination rates. Even better, you plant it late in the season, so you’re unlikely to miss the timing.

Plus, most nurseries only carry standard sweet yellow corn. With seeds you get access to more interesting varieties like Glass Gem or popping corn.

Beans

Beans, like corn, don’t develop very deep roots, and those roots need to support either a big bushy plant or a tall, climbing vine. It’s almost always better to plant from seed for that reason, so the seed has the opportunity to genuinely root itself in place.

Like corn, you can access so many wild and wonderful bean seeds, while your nursery will offer a much smaller variety. In fact, you can try growing almost any bean you buy in the store and really like. Some bean purveyors like Rancho Gordo encourage it, allowing you to sign up to test-grow their beans. For a shipping fee, they’ll send you seed beans every year.

Cucumbers

For years I purchased cucumber starts, to get a jump on the season. And then my cucumbers did nothing for the first few weeks, which was always disappointing. Meanwhile, I noticed that the cucumbers that naturally grew from whatever seeds were left from last year grew prolifically. This is because cucumbers hate their roots being disturbed. When you transplant them, they go into shock for a few weeks, and stall. They’ll recover, but in those few weeks, you could have grown the starts from seed. 

Lettuce

If you want to eat lettuce all summer long, you want to be planting it all summer long. With lettuce seeds being as abundant and cheap as they are, it’s far more efficient to grow them yourself. Lettuce is easy to germinate, and sprinkling in some seeds every week starting in spring just makes sense. Let the rain do the hard work. Lettuce is great to grow in blocks in your garden, or grow it between other plants.

This Samsung Soundbar and Subwoofer Combo Is at Its Lowest Price Ever

It was already a great value for the money—and now it's $800 less.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

Soundbars are the best way to take your home theater audio to the next level, especially if you complain about actors mumbling their lines. When it comes to high-end soundbars, there are a couple that beat out the competition, starting with the Sonos Arc (which is at its lowest price right now) for best overall sound—but the Samsung HW-Q900C is only marginally inferior to the Sonos, and you get a subwoofer as well for essentially the same price. The 7.1.2ch Samsung HW-Q900C soundbar and subwoofer combo are $565.68 (originally $1,399.00) right now, the lowest price it has ever been, according to price tracking tools.

The acoustics of the Samsung HW-Q900C won't reach the quality of the Sonos Arc, but it will get pretty close for significantly less money. It also includes more features and it's more adaptable. If you have multiple systems you want to hook up to your surround sound system, like gaming consoles or a Blu-Ray player, you'll make good use of the HDMI-switching feature to transition seamlessly between devices without the need to get down and dirty with the cables.

The HW-Q900C is also highly adaptable, with four sound settings: standard, surround (gives a more soundstage presence), adaptive (adjusts on the fly based on what you're watching), and Game Pro (adjusts the volume for gaming).

If you ever want to expand to a 9.1.4-channel system down the road, you'd just need to get the two rear satellite speakers, the SWA-9500S, and you'd have a top-of-the-line complete surround-sound system for under $900. However, if you have the money for it now, it's better to get the 11.1.4-channel HW-Q990C for $979 right away, which comes with better satellite speakers. Getting the same system set up from Sonos would run you much more money for not that much of an upgrade, but if money isn't an issue, then the Sonos surround system is the best you can get.

This Utility Makes Installing Mac Apps From the Internet a Lot Faster

Automate the process of mounting DMGs, installing apps, and deleting the disk image.

I'm always looking for Mac apps that speed up repetitive tasks, and Rapidmg is my latest find. It's a neat macOS utility that speeds up the app install process for many programs outside the Mac App Store. While you can download and install apps via Homebrew for the fastest possible experience, plenty of apps are unavailable for install via the package manager. Instead, they're available for download via your favorite developers' websites, where you can download a DMG (Disk Image) file to install the app. Rapidmg automates the process of installing apps from DMG files and executes a bunch of actions that will save you a fair bit of time.

What's the deal with DMG files?

The Mac's DMG format is similar to the ISO format on Windows, which can be used to mount virtual volumes, clone entire discs, and much more. It's a common way to distribute Mac apps online. To you, opening a DMG file appears as if you're launching the app itself, because it uses the app's icon and name. Once you open a DMG file, you'll see a small window containing the app's icon, which you drag into the Applications folder on your Mac. The DMG format allows developers the ability to customize the size and background of this window, creating some unique install layouts. 

This Aymeric on Software blog post does a great job documenting the history of the DMG file, in case you want to learn more about it.

How Rapidmg speeds up the install workflow

The settings page in Rapidmg.
Credit: Pranay Parab

Once you open a DMG file, it'll be mounted as a volume, and you'll see the installation pop-up. You drag the app's icon to the Application folder to complete the installation. This installs the app, but you still have two more things to do. You need to unmount the volume (right-click it on the desktop and click Eject), and delete the unwanted DMG file, which serves no purposes after an app is installed. Rapidmg can automate this entire process for you. 

Once Rapidmg opens a DMG file, it'll automatically move the app to your Mac's Applications folder, unmount the volume, and delete the DMG file (if you want it to). To use it, install Rapidmg, and then right-click any DMG file. Select Get Info and under Open with:, select Rapidmg. You may click Change All to make Rapidmg the default app for opening DMG files.

With this done, just double-click any DMG file and Rapidmg will handle the rest for you. To streamline the process, launch Rapidmg, then click the gear icon in the top-right corner to configure it. Select the drop-down menu next to After Expanding, and choose Delete the disk image to get rid of the install file.

That's all there is to it! Rapidmg is a free download via the Mac App Store and you can use it for free for one week. After that, you can pay $1 to unlock the app forever.

As always, you should be cautious when you download Mac apps from unknown developers. While macOS has security protections to keep you from launching suspicious apps, you should still only download apps from reputed developers to avoid accidentally installing malware. Using Rapidmg is safe and it doesn't make you more vulnerable to security threats, but keep your guard up when downloading any apps from the internet.

What's New on Hulu in April 2025

The series finale of "The Handmaid's Tale" and a new reality competition show.

Hulu's lineup of original content is lighter in April than in previous months but includes the sixth and final season of The Handmaid's Tale (April 8), the dystopian drama based originally on Margaret Atwood's novel but that has long since evolved into a world of its own. According to the Hulu synopsis, June (Elisabeth Moss), Luke, and Moira make up the resistance to bring down Gilead. A sequel series, The Testaments, also based on an Atwood novel of the same name, is in development for release after The Handmaid's Tale ends.

Hulu has a new original reality competition show launching in April to take on Peacock's hit series The Traitors. On Got to Get Out (April 11), 20 contestants are racing against time to steal $1 million from each other and escape without getting caught. The show is hosted by Simi Liu and includes reality stars like Spencer Pratt, Cynthia Bailey, and Val Chmerkovskiy.

April also brings season two of Hulu original series No Man's Land (April 16) about the Syrian war and a new standup special from Jessica Kirson (I'm the Man, April 25).

Here’s everything else coming to (and leaving) Hulu in April.

What’s coming to Hulu in April 2025

Arriving April 1

  • Arrival (2016)

  • Arrival En Espanol (2016)

  • The Best Exotic Marigold Hotel (2012)

  • Black Swan (2010)

  • Boys on the Side (1995)

  • Concussion (2015)

  • Concussion En Espanol (2015)

  • Copycat (1995)

  • Enough Said (2013)

  • The Equalizer (2014)

  • The Equalizer En Espanol (2014)

  • Gifted (2017)

  • The Good Thief (2003)

  • Gone Girl (2014)

  • Gulliver's Travels (2010)

  • The History of the World Part I (1981)

  • I Heart Huckabees (2004)

  • Interstellar (2014)

  • Interstellar En Espanol (2014)

  • Jumanji (1995)

  • Jumanji En Espanol (1995)

  • Jurassic Park (1993)

  • Jurassic Park III (2001)

  • The Karate Kid (1984)

  • The Karate Kid En Espanol (1984)

  • The Karate Kid Part II (1986)

  • The Karate Kid: Part II En Espanol (1986)

  • The Karate Kid Part III (1989)

  • The Karate Kid Part III En Espanol (1989)

  • Little Man (2006)

  • Little Man En Espanol (2006)

  • The Lost World: Jurassic Park (1997)

  • Made in America (1993)

  • Me, Myself and Irene (2000)

  • Mrs. Doubtfire (1993)

  • Oddity

  • Red Sparrow (2018)

  • The Revenant (2015)

  • Runaway Jury (2003)

  • Sexy Beast (2001)

  • Shark Tale (2004)

  • The Spy Who Dumped Me (2018)

  • Superbad (2007)

  • Superbad En Espanol (2007)

  • Tombstone (1993)

  • True Story (2015)

  • 21 Jump Street (2012)

  • 22 Jump Street (2014)

  • Wall Street (1987)

  • Wall Street: Money Never Sleeps (2010)

  • War of the Worlds (2005)

  • Widows (2018)

  • Wild (2014)

  • The Wolf of Wall Street (2013)

  • The Wolf Of Wall Street En Espanol (2013)

  • Year One (2009)

  • You Will Meet A Tall Dark Stranger (2010)

Arriving April 2

  • Beyblade X: Complete Season 1B

Arriving April 3

  • Oklahoma City Bombing: One Day in America: Complete Limited Series

Arriving April 4

  • FX's Dying for Sex: Complete Limited Series

  • Fire Force: Season 3 Premiere (Subbed)

  • Classified (2024)

  • The Darjeeling Limited (2007)

  • Fantastic Mr. Fox (2009)

  • The Life Aquatic With Steve Zissou (2004)

  • The Royal Tenenbaums (2001)

  • Rushmore (1999)

Arriving April 5

  • American Monster: Complete Season 3

  • Bering Sea Gold: Complete Season 3

  • Diners, Drive-Ins, and Dives: Complete Seasons 1-2

  • I Love A Mama's Boy: Complete Season 2

  • The World According to Allee Willis (2024)

Arriving April 6

  • Witch Watch: Series Premiere (Subbed & Dubbed)

Arriving April 8

  • The Handmaid's Tale: Sixth & Final Season Premiere

  • Small Things Like These (2024)

Arriving April 9

  • Angels & Demons (2009)

  • The Da Vinci Code (2006)

Arriving April 10

  • Court Cam: Complete Season 7

  • Houses of Horror: Secrets of College Greek Life: Complete Season 1

  • Ca$h (2010)

  • Hesher (2010)

  • Niko: Beyond the Northern Lights (2024)

  • Red Dog (2011)

  • So Undercover (2012)

  • Spun (2002)

Arriving April 11

  • Got to Get Out: Series Premiere

  • Garfield (2004)

  • Garfield: A Tail Of Two Kitties (2006)

  • Magpie (2024)

Arriving April 12

  • Fixer Upper: Complete Season 5

  • MythBusters: Complete Season 5

  • The Family Chantel: Complete Season 4

Arriving April 15

  • Lake George (2024)

Arriving April 16

  • No Man's Land: Complete Season 2

  • Synduality Noir: Complete Season 1 (Dubbed)

  • The Curious Case of Natalia Grace: Complete Season 3

Arriving April 17

  • The Stolen Girl: Series Premiere

  • Bible Secrets Revealed: Complete Season 1

  • Gangland Chronicles: Complete Season 1

  • Leah Remini: Scientology and the Aftermath: Complete Seasons 1 and 2

  • Martin Short: Complete Season 1

  • The Girl Who Wasn't Dead (2024)

Arriving April 18

  • The Order (2024)

Arriving April 19

  • Breaking Amish: Complete Season 4

  • Disappeared: Complete Season 6

  • Gypsy Sisters: Complete Season 3

  • Moonshiners: Complete Season 13

Arriving April 21

  • Secrets of the Penguins: Complete Limited Series

  • No Hard Feelings (2023)

  • No Hard Feelings En Espanol (2023)

Arriving April 22

  • In a Violent Nature (2024)

Arriving April 24

  • Airline Wars: Complete Season 1

  • Customer Wars: Complete Season 4

  • Tell Me How I Died: Complete Season 1

  • Tiny House World: Complete Season 1

  • Husband, Father, Killer: The Alyssa Pladl Story

Arriving April 25

  • Jessica Kirson: I'm the Man: Special Premiere

  • Azrael (2024)

Arriving April 26

  • Chopped: Complete Season 60

  • Four Weddings: Complete Season 9

  • House Hunters Renovation: Complete Season 16

  • Jessica Chambers: An ID Murder Mystery: Complete Season 1

Arriving April 29

  • Ernest Cole: Lost and Found (2024)

What’s leaving Hulu in April 2025

Leaving April 6

  • Agnes (2021)

Leaving April 13

  • She Will (2021)

Leaving April 16

  • Toni Morrison: The Pieces I Am (2019)

Leaving April 20

  • Totally Under Control (2020)

Leaving April 24

  • The Good Neighbor (2022)

Leaving April 27

  • Resurrection (2022)

Leaving April 30

  • After Everything (2018)

  • Code Name Banshee (2022)

  • Stars Fell Again (2023)

Should You Upgrade to iOS 18.1 with Apple Intelligence? A Deep Dive into Apple’s Latest Innovation

The release of iOS 18.1 with Apple Intelligence marks another milestone in Apple’s mission to provide more intuitive, secure, and personalized user experiences. Touted as one of the most advanced updates to date, this version introduces several AI-powered features and enhanced security measures. But is iOS 18.1 ready for mainstream adoption, or should you holdContinue reading "Should You Upgrade to iOS 18.1 with Apple Intelligence? A Deep Dive into Apple’s Latest Innovation"

The release of iOS 18.1 with Apple Intelligence marks another milestone in Apple’s mission to provide more intuitive, secure, and personalized user experiences. Touted as one of the most advanced updates to date, this version introduces several AI-powered features and enhanced security measures. But is iOS 18.1 ready for mainstream adoption, or should you hold off? Below, we’ll explore what this upgrade offers and whether it’s worth the switch.

iOS 18.1 and Apple Intelligence: Who Can Access It?

Apple’s iOS 18.1 update is compatible with any iPhone that supports iOS 18, starting with the iPhone XS and later models. However, Apple Intelligence—the most talked-about feature—is exclusive to a limited selection of newer devices: the iPhone 15 Pro, iPhone 15 Pro Max, iPhone 16, iPhone 16 Plus, iPhone 16 Pro, and iPhone 16 Pro Max.

To install iOS 18.1, simply navigate to Settings > General > Software Update on your device. Make sure you have adequate battery life or are plugged into a power source, as the download and installation process may take some time.

Unpacking Apple Intelligence: A Step Toward Smarter Devices

Apple Intelligence brings powerful, AI-driven improvements to several core functions. Here’s a look at the standout features:

  1. Enhanced Text Suggestions and Personalization Apple Intelligence elevates your texting experience by analyzing the context and tone of your conversations, learning your personal vocabulary and phrasing over time. With natural language processing at its core, it suggests words and phrases that feel more intuitive and tailored to your style. This goes beyond basic predictive text, aiming to make every interaction smoother and more personalized.
  2. AI-Powered Photography Tools iOS 18.1 includes groundbreaking photography tools that make editing photos effortless. A notable example is the ability to remove unwanted objects from photos—perfect for eliminating photobombers with a simple tap. Powered by Apple’s AI-driven image analysis, this tool seamlessly erases objects without sacrificing quality, enabling professional-grade edits without third-party applications.
  3. Call Recording and Transcription One of the most anticipated features in iOS 18.1 is native call recording with real-time transcription. With privacy in mind, the system announces to all parties that the call is being recorded, ensuring transparency. This feature is especially useful for professionals needing to reference past conversations or anyone wanting an accurate record without the hassle of third-party recording apps.

Security Enhancements: Protecting Users in a Complex Digital Landscape

Apple has also doubled down on security in iOS 18.1, addressing vulnerabilities and enhancing protections against potential exploits.

  1. WebKit Security Fixes Apple’s WebKit, the browser engine that powers Safari and other mobile applications, has been a target for potential exploits. iOS 18.1 mitigates these risks by patching known vulnerabilities, reducing the chances of unauthorized access through WebKit-dependent applications and reinforcing security for all internet activity on your device.
  2. Kernel Exploits Apple has reinforced iOS’s kernel—the system’s core—to protect against known vulnerabilities. Kernel patches in iOS 18.1 prevent unauthorized access to core system functions, offering peace of mind for users concerned about privacy and data integrity.

User Reactions to iOS 18.1: Mixed Reviews on Apple Intelligence

As with any major update, user experiences with iOS 18.1 vary widely. Here’s a closer look at the most common points of feedback.

  1. The Apple Intelligence Waitlist Accessing Apple Intelligence isn’t instant; users must join a waitlist, with wait times ranging from a few minutes to several hours. Apple’s servers face high demand due to the Private Cloud Compute required to run Apple Intelligence. While the waitlist is manageable, some users are frustrated by the delay, especially early adopters eager to test the new features.
  2. Battery Drain Issues A recurring complaint with iOS updates is battery drain, and iOS 18.1 is no exception. Users report accelerated battery depletion, particularly when actively using Apple Intelligence. This is likely due to the initial indexing of files and other setup processes associated with new updates. However, reports suggest that the drain is more pronounced with Apple Intelligence-enabled features, which may require further optimization in future updates.
  3. Bugs and Glitches iOS 18.1 has its share of bugs, including occasional app freezes, minor connectivity issues, and rare instances of unexpected resets. While these issues are not widespread, they could affect daily usability. Apple is likely to release incremental updates to resolve these issues in the coming weeks, which may improve stability for hesitant users.

Performance on Older Devices: A Smooth Experience with Some Limitations

While Apple Intelligence is limited to newer iPhone models, iOS 18.1 still performs well on older devices. Users with iPhones as early as the XS report smooth performance without the sluggishness sometimes associated with major updates. However, the absence of Apple Intelligence features might make the update feel less substantial on these models.

Apple Intelligence vs. Google Assistant and Siri: A New Era of AI

The integration of Apple Intelligence in iOS raises comparisons to Google Assistant and Siri. Unlike Google Assistant, which acts as a centralized AI hub, Apple Intelligence integrates into specific iOS functions, enhancing text messaging, image editing, and other core functionalities without needing an overarching AI interface. This approach offers a more seamless, privacy-centric experience compared to Google’s AI, which may collect more user data to drive its functionality.

By focusing on intuitive, context-aware assistance rather than an omnipresent voice assistant, Apple Intelligence feels like a background enhancement rather than a standalone feature. Meanwhile, Siri continues to handle voice-based commands, while Apple Intelligence focuses on refining text suggestions and visual elements—creating a blend of discreet, context-sensitive AI.

Should You Upgrade? The Verdict on iOS 18.1

If you have a device that supports Apple Intelligence, upgrading to iOS 18.1 is an opportunity to access new, AI-enhanced features that could transform your daily interactions. Here are the main considerations:

  • Security Improvements: With iOS 18.1’s added security measures, users benefit from the latest patches addressing potential vulnerabilities, including those in WebKit and the iOS kernel. This is particularly valuable for anyone concerned with mobile security and online privacy.
  • Call Recording and Transcription: iOS 18.1 offers built-in call recording with transcription—a game-changer for professionals and casual users alike who need a reliable and transparent recording solution.
  • Apple Intelligence: For those with iPhone 15 or 16 series devices, the AI-driven improvements to texting, photography, and other core functionalities add a new layer of personalization and convenience.

However, if your device doesn’t support Apple Intelligence, the update may feel less impactful. In addition, those wary of potential battery issues or minor glitches might consider waiting until Apple releases further refinements in subsequent patches.

Software Outsourcing and Mobile Application Trends in Apple’s AI Push

This leap in iOS’s capabilities reflects broader trends in software outsourcing and the development of mobile applications. Apple’s new AI features highlight the growing demand for smarter, more integrated mobile applications that adapt to user behavior and enhance security. Outsourcing software development has played a significant role in meeting this demand, allowing companies to leverage specialized talent for advanced applications that might not be feasible in-house.

In an increasingly digital world, companies are recognizing that software outsourcing enables the creation of mobile applications with AI capabilities, such as natural language processing, image analysis, and voice recognition, at a faster rate and often at a lower cost than in-house development. The Apple Intelligence update is a powerful example of this trend, showcasing how tailored AI functionalities are reshaping mobile applications to become more personalized and responsive.

Final Thoughts: A Strategic Move Toward the Future

iOS 18.1 with Apple Intelligence marks a meaningful step forward in Apple’s ongoing commitment to user-centric design, privacy, and AI integration. By embedding intelligent capabilities directly into iOS’s core functions, Apple not only enriches the user experience but also sets a standard for other tech companies to follow.

For users with compatible devices, this update offers a compelling blend of personalization, productivity, and security. Yet, as with any major update, the decision to upgrade should consider your device’s compatibility and any personal reservations about potential bugs or battery drain.

In summary, iOS 18.1 with Apple Intelligence is a sophisticated update that balances innovation with practicality, security, and privacy. Whether you’re an early adopter or a cautious upgrader, Apple’s latest release reflects an era where mobile applications and software outsourcing converge to deliver smarter, safer, and more personalized experiences to users worldwide.

Ukraine holds ceasefire talks with U.S. officials

Ukrainian met with US officials in Saudi Arabia on Sunday to discuss a possible ceasefire, a day before Russia's representatives do the same

Ukrainian met with US officials in Saudi Arabia on Sunday to discuss a possible ceasefire, a day before Russia's representatives do the same

Making useful gestures and swipes on macOS with BetterTouchTool

Creating useful gestures on macOS with BetterTouchTool

Supercharging your Mac with Better Touch Tool

Photo by Rohit Rao on Unsplash

Use Finder frequently?

Tap with 4 fingers (anywhere) to bring it up instantly.

Want to close the current tab?

Swipe down with 3 fingers.

Want to open a frequently used app?

Double click the bottom right command key

As of late I’ve been thinking about how I could speed up my workflow — both in terms of working faster and working more efficiently. We spend so much time on our Macs, yet we spend little energy thinking about how we can cut down on friction during use.

I’ll skip over the simple stuff like using Evernote, reaching Inbox Zero and using a proper task management app. Those are well known and pretty well documented.

I’m talking about creating custom keyboard commands and gestures.

And before you stop reading and start rolling your eyes, let me promise you that this is not a waste of time.

Note that I have no financial interest in pushing you to use this app. It’s just something that I’ve been playing with for a long time. I don’t know the developer personally, but from his blog it looks like he works on it solo and full time!

Better Touch Tool allows you to map custom key commands and gestures to an action of your choice.

Using the app is dead simple.

1. Specify the Trackpad Gesture / Keyboard Command

There’s a whole list of available options in the app.

For example, you can specify a Four Finger Tap to open a specific app.

2. Enter the desired outcome

For example, CMD + T opens a new tab in most apps.

3. Specify if the shortcut is Global or App-Specific

For example, you want your gestures to work only in Safari, not in Finder.

That’s it! You can find the app here.


Making useful gestures and swipes on macOS with BetterTouchTool was originally published in blog.shawjj on Medium, where people are continuing the conversation by highlighting and responding to this story.

AirPods Max With Lightning vs. USB-C Buyer's Guide: All Differences Compared

Apple just announced a notable firmware update for the AirPods Max with USB-C as part of iOS 18.4, so how does the new model now compare to the original Lightning version of ‌AirPods Max‌?


In late 2020, Apple announced the ‌AirPods Max‌, a whole new AirPods variant with an over-ear design. In September 2024, the company refreshed the ‌AirPods Max‌'s selection of color options and swapped the Lightning port for USB-C.

There were no other differences between the devices, but the USB-C version did not support wired audio input. This meant that you could not connect the headphones to in-flight entertainment systems, games consoles, or other devices, or benefit from the enhanced audio and reduced latency that comes with a wired connection. iOS 18.4 restores this functionality to the ‌AirPods Max‌ with USB-C and Apple is now selling a USB-C to 3.5mm audio cable.

However, the firmware update also brings some additional features to the ‌AirPods Max‌ with USB-C that the Lightning version will not gain. Back in 2021, Apple said that when a 24-bit, 48 kHz Apple Music lossless track is played from an iPhone into the ‌‌AirPods Max‌‌ using a Lightning cable and a Lightning-to-3.5mm dongle, the audio is converted to analog and then re-digitized to 24-bit, 48 kHz. The re-digitization is not an identical match to the source and Apple was not able to say that it is true lossless audio, but it is better than Bluetooth.

Now, Apple is confidently touting that the ‌AirPods Max‌ with USB-C support "24-bit, 48 kHz lossless audio" via a USB-C to USB-C cable. This makes for a clear point of difference between the ‌AirPods Max‌ with Lightning and ‌AirPods Max‌ with USB-C.

In addition, Apple seems to be making a distinction between the implicit reduced latency audio offered by the Lightning version and "ultra-low" latency audio on the USB-C version. Following the recent announcement, all of the differences between the ‌AirPods Max‌ with Lightning and ‌AirPods Max‌ with USB-C are as follows:






































‌AirPods Max‌ (Lightning) ‌AirPods Max‌ (USB-C)
Lightning port USB-C port
Enhanced audio via Lightning to 3.5mm audio cable "24-bit, 48 kHz lossless audio" via USB-C to USB-C cable
Lossless Personalized Spatial Audio via USB-C to USB-C cable
Reduced latency audio via Lightning to 3.5mm audio cable "Ultra-low" latency audio via USB-C to USB-C cable or USB-C to 3.5mm audio cable
Create and mix audio in Personalized Spatial Audio with head tracking via USB-C to USB-C cable
Available in Silver, Space Gray, Sky Blue, Pink, and Green Available in Starlight, Midnight, Blue, Purple, and Orange
Released December 2020 Released September 2024
Now discontinued $549



The original ‌AirPods Max‌ with Lightning are still widely available through third-party retailers and often at significantly lower prices than the $549 USB-C model. For many people, especially those looking for premium over-ear headphones without the steep cost, the Lightning version remains a good choice. They offer the same design, exceptional build quality, active noise cancellation, Transparency mode, and Spatial Audio support as the newer model. If you primarily use ‌AirPods Max‌ wirelessly for music, videos, or casual listening, and have no interest in wired lossless audio or creator-focused features, the Lightning version offers much of the same experience at a better value.

On the other hand, the USB-C ‌AirPods Max‌ are now the clear choice for audiophiles, creators, or anyone who wants the best possible wired audio quality and future-facing functionality. Thanks to iOS 18.4, the USB-C model can deliver 24-bit, 48 kHz lossless audio when used with a USB-C to USB-C cable, a capability the Lightning version can't match. It also unlocks unique features like Lossless Personalized Spatial Audio and the ability to create or mix content with Spatial Audio and head tracking—something that will appeal to musicians, producers, or advanced users working in Apple's ecosystem.

AirPods frequently see hefty discounts on Amazon and other third-party retailers, so stepping up to the USB-C version may be more worth it if you can take advantage of one of those deals. Both sets of ‌AirPods Max‌ often see solid discounts, so it is always worth seeking the best price using our Deals roundup.
Related Roundup: AirPods Max
Buyer's Guide: AirPods Max (Buy Now)
Related Forum: AirPods

This article, "AirPods Max With Lightning vs. USB-C Buyer's Guide: All Differences Compared" first appeared on MacRumors.com

Discuss this article in our forums

My Favorite Amazon Deal of the Day: The Google Pixel 9 Pro

The latest flagship Pixel phone drops $250 and comes full of AI features, a long battery life, and Google's promise of support for many years to come.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

The Pixel 9 Pro is the latest and most premium model in the Pixel lineup, and right now, the unlocked 128GB Google Pixel 9 Pro is discounted to $749 (originally $999). That's the lowest price it has ever been on Amazon, according to price-tracking tools. The 256GB version is also at a record-low price of $799 (originally $1,099), doubling your storage for $50.

The Pixel 9 Pro is the middle-of-the-pack option, sandwiched between the cheaper Pixel 9 and the Pixel 9 Pro Fold. The Pixel 9 Pro comes with 16GB of RAM, starts with 128GB of memory storage, a maximum 120 HZ refresh rate, and the Android 14 operating system. As Lifehacker's associate tech editor Michelle Ehrhardt explained in her review of the Pixel 9 Pro, the phone's hardware is the best Google has made so far, but its AI features still have hiccups. However, AI features will keep improving over time; the most important thing to get right is the hardware.

The battery life can last around 18 hours and 40 minutes, according to Michelle's review (she watched YouTube videos the entire time). The main camera has a 50MP shooter, a 48MP ultra-wide camera with a 123-degree field of view, and a 48MP telephoto camera with a 30x Super Res Zoom.

If you have the Pixel 8 Pro, you might not notice a huge upgrade in this version. However, if you're upgrading from an older version or doing a switch from a non-Pixel phone, the 9 Pro has a lot to love. One of my favorite things about Pixel phones is the ongoing support for many years. My Pixel 6A still gets all of the updates and tons of AI features that make the phone feel fresh many years later, with the latest ones dropping last month. With the Pixel 9 Pro, you'll be getting a quality phone with software updates for a while (as long as seven years).

'Find My Device' for Android Now Lets You Track People

Keep track of your friends and family (with their permission).

The Find My Device app for Android is getting an update: The new Find My Device app is now split up into two tabs, one for Devices, and one for People. With it, you can easily coordinate meet-ups with friends or check that your kids have safely arrived home.

You'll find the app preinstalled on Pixels, and it's a free download for other Android devices. It's also available on the web, but there's no iPhone app. Despite that, you can still keep tabs on the real time locations of your contacts if they have iPhones—more on that in a moment.

Find My Device
The new People tab in Find My Device. Credit: Lifehacker

This is the same Find My Device tool that received a pretty major upgrade last year. While it's existed in some form for a long time, showing you Android phones and other gadgets on a map if they were ever lost and stolen, the new and improved version added a bunch of features to make it more useful.

Whereas before you would need your phone to be on and connected to wifi to be able to find it, the 2024 improvements mean you can now enlist the help of all the other millions of Android gadgets out there to (securely and anonymously) track down missing devices (Apple's Find My Network works in the same way).

Google Maps
The same location sharing list is available in Google Maps. Credit: Lifehacker

There's also now support for third-party Bluetooth trackers, and recent Pixels can even be located when they're powered off. Phones and tablets you track down with the app can be made to play a sound to help you find them, plus you have the option to lock them or even wipe them remotely to keep your data safe.

All those upgrades were already in place, and now people finding is the latest one to arrive: Contacts who trust you can let you see where they are on a map, and you can opt to share your own location with them in return. If you're thinking that sounds a lot like the functionality that was already built into Google Maps, that's because it is—it's just that now you've got another screen to access it from.

Use Find My Device to find people

Open Find My Device on your phone and you'll see the People tab has a little Beta label next to it, indicating that this feature is a work in progress. There's also a sticker on the map, showing you that the location sharing feature is powered by Google Maps, even though you're accessing it through Find My Device.

If you've already set up sharing through Google Maps, you'll see your contacts listed and their current locations shown on the map. Tap the + (plus) button to share your location with someone new: The default option is to share your whereabouts for an hour, but you can tap this to change it to Today only, Until you turn this off, and Custom duration.

Find My Device
You can choose how long you save your location for. Credit: Lifehacker

You can then pick a contact from the panel below, or generate a link to send to someone in an app of your choice. They'll be able to see the location of your phone for the time you've specified, as well as the battery level of the device, and they'll get the opportunity to share their location in return—though they don't have to.

This is functionality that's been in Google Maps for some time: If you've never used it, you can find it in the Google Maps app by tapping your profile picture (top right) then Location sharing. As it works through Google Maps, contacts with iPhones can be added as well, and see your location—as long as they've got Google Maps installed.

Find My Device
You can share your location with anyone who uses Google Maps. Credit: Lifehacker

Back in Find My Device, tap on any contact in your list to see where they are on the map. The next screen enables you to get directions to their current location (via Google Maps, of course), and to stop sharing your location with them. Tap the three dots next to a name to hide them from the map, if you only want to check up on them occasionally.

Head to Find My Device on the web, and you get the same Devices and People tabs, though you can't add new contacts in the web app. You're always in control when it comes to who can see where you are and for how long, and given the tight integration with Android, you might find it preferable to location sharing tools in apps such as WhatsApp.

Microsoft Uninstalled Copilot From Your PC, but Now It’s Back

Copilot should be on its way back now, but do you even want it?

Microsoft's latest Patch Tuesday update is an important one, patching 57 security vulnerabilities (including seven zero-day flaws). It's an update I'd encourage all Windows users to install as soon as possible, especially as those zero-day vulnerabilities pose a serious security risk to anyone using a PC.

As it happens, the update came with an extra patch that Microsoft didn't initially disclose, or, for that matter, intend: removing Copilot from Windows.

Copilot disappeared in the latest Windows update

Some users, after installing KB5053598 (Windows 11) or KB5053606 (Windows 10) on their PCs, noticed the update not only unpinned Copilot from the taskbar, but uninstalled the Copilot app as well. Microsoft didn't disclose why this issue was present in the latest Windows updates, but said it hasn't seen the bug in the Microsoft 365 Copilot app, the version of Copilot directly integrated into Microsoft's office suite.

Since then, however, Microsoft says it has solved the issue altogether. The support documents for both Windows 11 and Windows 10 read: "This issue has been fixed, and the affected devices are being returned to their original state. You can also reinstall the app from the Microsoft Store and pin it to the taskbar."

Whatever Microsoft patched on their end should bring back Copilot on your PC. However, as stated above, you can reinstall the app from the Microsoft Store and pin it back to your taskbar yourself if you don't see it right away. (This was also the workaround advice Microsoft offered while working on a fix over the past week.)

However, it's possible you don't want to reinstall Copilot. After all, there are a number of users out there who are searching for ways to disable Copilot, and there are even tools out there that help you remove it from Windows. Perhaps Microsoft actually did you a favor here. There is an irony to the situation, that the company pushing its AI tools so hard—whether you want them or not—just removed them on your behalf as part of a software patch.

That's not to say Copilot is useless: There are a number of potential benefits the AI tool offers Windows users (and, now, even Mac users). But if you haven't found any benefits to these tools in your work or personal life in the two-and-a-half years since ChatGPT launched this generative AI revolution, you might be content with Microsoft's inadvertent decision to remove its flagship assistant.

Scientists Find Giant Organic Molecules on Mars as Old as Life on Earth

A view from the Perseverance rover.

The longest organic molecules yet found on Mars are very similar to those produced by life on Earth.A view from the Perseverance rover.

The longest organic molecules yet found on Mars are very similar to those produced by life on Earth.

Fragpunk

Kinesiska spelmonoliten Netease uppfinner inte hjulet, de stjäl det istället. När grundplanen för ultrasuccén Marvel Rivals ritades upp var intentionerna tydliga från första stund. Ta de bästa delarna från Overwatch och gör ett spel av det. Noll originalitet, noll eget tänk - Vilket precis som i fallet med Forza Motorsport (skamlöst Gran Turismo-plagiat initialt), Diddy Kong Racing (Mario Kart) samt Bayonetta (Devil May Cry) skulle visa sig vara helt rätt tänkt. Med nysläppta gratisshootern Fragpunk har Netease (via studion Bad Guitar Games) gjort det igen. Grundplanen är lika simpel som den är finurlig. Stjäl Hero-aspekten, spelmekaniken, upplägget och delar av den övergripande designen från Valorant, kombinera rubbet med Hearthstone - Voila! Fragpunk i ett nötskal. Men är det bra då?
<bild>Det finns en kortförmåga som gör att du börjar lägga ägg mitt på spelplanen som sen hjälper dig och ditt lag att tåla mer skott från motståndarlaget.</bild>
Det korta svaret är; Ja! Fragpunk är inte fullt lika lyckat som Marvel Rivals men nog är det ett trevligt actionspel, alltid. Till att börja med har Bad Guitar fokuserat på rätt saker gällande den övergripande spelbarheten och hur vapnen känns. Det finns lite Apex Legends här, lite Call of Duty: Modern Warfare III och en rejäl portion Valorant. jag trivs i springtempot, jag gillar känslan i snudd-på samtliga vapen och det finns en mer tillfredsställande känsla i att såväl pressa in avtryckaren som att träffa med sina kulor här än i exempelvis Apex Legends. Utvecklarna har bevisligen letat efter inspiration på rätt ställen (som sagt) och byggt gunplay som dräller av precision och exakthet vilket är trevligt att se, inte minst med tanke på hur geggigt och godtyckligt det känns att spela Call of Duty idag, med de enorma differenser mellan TTK och TTD som just nu existerar.

I Fragpunk heter hjältarna "Lancers" och i karaktärsgalleriet hittar vi en hel drös riktigt urflippade typer såväl som mer standardaktiga Valorant-plagiat. Det finns bland annat en gosse här som ränner runt med vad som ser ut som en Guitar Hero-gitarr som skjuter blixtar och en svävande magiker med manbun som kan klättra på väggarna. Det finns för egen del gott om figurer här som är värda att testa, som känns egensinniga om ändå inte superoriginella och variationen mellan karaktärsdesign och specialattacker och hur de ska användas för att vara effektiv på slagfältet, är väldigt god. Fragzone är dessutom inte särskilt balanserat vilket på något outgrundligt vis bara visat sig vara positivt. Axon är spelets vassaste karaktär med ganska rejäl marginal och Broker hamnar på en andraplats om du frågar mig, och det gör verkligen inget. Det är väl snarare så att jag kan känna att bristen på balans mellan olika Lancers skapar ett kaos i matcherna som känns gammaldags och urflippat. Vilket jag gillar. Det blir lite samma grej som i Marvel Rivals där Moon Knight och Spider-Man dominerat lobbys sedan starten, och i grunden inte gör spelet sämre för det.
<bild>Spelmekaniken känns som en mix mellan Halo, Apex och Valorant.</bild>
När det gäller kortspelsaspekten av Fragpunk är jag också imponerad och belåten. Jag är verkligen ingen spelare som slår mig ned med Gwent, Balatro eller Hearthstone om jag har en stund över och var därmed på förhand skeptisk till att Fragpunk skulle vara ett spel för mig. Men det är det ju, jag gillar det och jag gillar den originella touch som korten och kortens förmågor erbjuder. Utvecklarna hemma hos Bad Guitar har precis som i fallet med karaktärsbalansen tillåtet sig själva att balla ur rätt ordentligt med förmågorna i spelets Shard Cards och det uppskattas, mycket. Ett kort gör fiendernas huvuden jättestora och därmed superenkla att träffa medan ett annat gör att du kan lägga ägg (värpa, alltså) vilket ger dig mer hälsa. Det finns även ett kort som gör att du kan spontanslänga honugsmeloner på motståndarlaget som då halkar (!) på melongegget och kan bli knäppta i skallen av ditt lags prickskytt. På samma sätt som det finns 100+ mer "seriösa" kort och förmågor.
<bild>Designen är färgstark och lyckad men menyerna behöver förenklas.</bild>
Designen är bra, också. Det finns delar av Apex även här, delar av Fortnite, delar av Valorant men också massor av originalitet och jag är svag för den ultrakulörta, tecknade grejen som utvecklarna här bjuder på. Karaktärsdesignen är lyckad och allt från de skrikiga kontrastfärgerna till de rastrerade bildeffekterna när någon blir skjuten anser jag vara väldigt lyckade. Hade Sonys multimiljardfiasko Concord sett ut såhär och haft det här speltempot hade det mest troligt överlevt, om jag ska ge mig på att gnugga spåkulan.

Så... Vad är dåligt då? Menyerna behöver arbetas om då de är geggigt svåra att navigera runt i och saknar överskådlighet. Med tanke på att det finns hela 169 olika Shard Cards känns det som om det saknas lite taktiskt och strategiskt djup i Fragpunks lagspelsupplägg vilket Bad Guitar skulle behöva fila på. Jag har stött på en del strul med nätkoden också som skulle behöva finslipas men överlag har jag haft roligt med denna färggranna actionbagatell. För jag tror att det är så det här spelet måste ses. Som en rolig bagatell och ett avbräck mot mer seriösa alternativ i genren. Där har Netease med Marvel Rivals samt Fragpunk hittat ett eget spår som åtminstone för egen del är lätt att tycka om.

Elevating Maxivision’s Brand through Strategic Digital Campaigns

Objective: Strengthen brand identity, increase engagement, and establish Maxivision as a thought leader in eye care through creative digital campaigns. The Challenge Maxivision, a leading eye care provider, wanted to transform its digital presence and build a stronger emotional connection with its audience. However, traditional healthcare marketing often leans towards clinical and factual messaging, which…

The post Elevating Maxivision’s Brand through Strategic Digital Campaigns appeared first on Pixel Studios.

Objective: Strengthen brand identity, increase engagement, and establish Maxivision as a thought leader in eye care through creative digital campaigns.

The Challenge

Maxivision, a leading eye care provider, wanted to transform its digital presence and build a stronger emotional connection with its audience. However, traditional healthcare marketing often leans towards clinical and factual messaging, which can feel impersonal. The challenge was to create engaging, impactful, and relatable content that would:

The creative team at Pixel Studios crafted a strategic content plan that merged storytelling, influencer collaborations, topical creativity, and educational insights, helping Maxivision become more than just an eye hospital—it became a trusted voice in eye care.

Strategic Campaigns & Execution

1. Leveraging MS Dhoni’s Influence: The Power of Trust & Reach

Objective:

MS Dhoni is synonymous with trust, reliability, and excellence—values that align with Maxivision’s commitment to eye care. The goal was to leverage Dhoni’s massive fan base to increase brand awareness and engagement. 

What We Did:

We created visually engaging social media posts featuring Dhoni, associating him with sharp vision and clarity—two essential aspects of eye health. We did moment marketing with using visuals from IPL to communicate on the brand’s promises. All designed content encouraged users to engage through likes, shares, and comments, ensuring organic reach. We used Dhoni’s credibility to reinforce Maxivision’s reputation as a trusted eye care provider.

Results:

Conclusion

Through a blend of celebrity influence, educational storytelling, engaging hooks, and cultural relevance, Pixel Studios successfully transformed Maxivision’s digital presence into an engaging, interactive, and highly recognized brand.

This wasn’t just about eye care—it was about creating connections, building trust, and inspiring action. Our strategic campaigns elevated brand engagement, increased inquiries, and positioned Maxivision as the leader in vision care marketing.

Pixel Studios made it possible—proving that with the right mix of strategy, storytelling, and creativity, even healthcare marketing can become a memorable brand experience.

Lets discuss ideas to propel your brand online

(or)

The post Elevating Maxivision’s Brand through Strategic Digital Campaigns appeared first on Pixel Studios.

Atomfall

War, war never changes.. var det någon som sa, men det stämmer ju inte riktigt. Det tar sig olika uttryck däremot där fasorna är den gemensamma nämnaren. Rebellion har under årens lopp gjort sig kända inte minst för {Aliens vs Predator} i olika tappningar - men har på senare år framförallt fokuserat på {Sniper Elite}.

I {Atomfall} tar den brittiska spelutvecklaren avstamp från en faktisk kärnkraftsolycka som ägde rum i hemlandet England, här serverad i en alternativ tidslinje som för tankarna till {Fallout} och Stalker i flera avseenden. Ett actionspel sett ur förstapersonsperspektiv med inslag av karaktärsuppbyggnad där du formar din karaktär med val av egenskaper och en spelstil som passar dig, samtidigt som du måste överleva i en spelvärld där olika falanger och grupperingar etablerats, vissa tillmötesgående, några mer hemlighetsfulla - andra direkt fientliga. Vilka du väljer att interagera med är upp till dig och du uppmanas utforska och ta reda på vad som egentligen hände när reaktorn kollapsade.

<bild>Nej, det är inte ett Dr. Who-spel, men visst finns viss inspiration.</bild>

Spelet tar sin början fem år efter den stora Windscaleolyckan som inträffade 1957 i norra England där en enorm karantänzon nu har etablerats i anslutning till det militära kärnkraftverket som drabbades av härdsmälta. Inom zonen tillåts ingen ta sig varken in eller ut. När spelet börjar vaknar du upp i en övergiven och fallfärdig bunker och vet varken vem du är eller hur du kom dit.

En skadad forskare i skyddsdräkt hasar sig in genom dörröppningen. Jag erbjuder honom hjälp då det är det enda rimliga att göra när man vaknar och möts av någon som är påtagligt skadad. Forskaren är stressad och undrar var hans kollega befinner sig - själv vet jag inte ens vad jag heter men tar givetvis fasta på vad forskaren har att berätta. Jag får i samma stund olika dialogval, jag erbjuder att hjälpa honom, men avbryts där han poängterar att jag ska lyssna på honom - han uppmanar mig att fly och att jag ska ta mig till "The Interchange" som tycks vara någon form av hemlig installation, kanske en sluss och utväg i sammanhanget? Den här platsen tycks ligga någonstans i karantänzonen och det är tydligt att jag bör göra mitt yttersta för att ta mig dit.

För att kunna ta mig ut ur bunkern jag nyss vaknat upp i behöver jag ett nyckelkort som forskaren besitter, nyckelkortet får jag av forskaren förutsatt att jag plåstrar om honom. Med tanke på att han är fallfärdig och på god väg att förblöda lyssnar jag och gör som han säger. Jag tilldelas ett recept som låter mig tillverka bandage vilket agerar som tutorial vid framställande av föremål - varpå han hoppas att jag kan hjälpa honom att inte förlora medvetandet. Vid nästa dialogval ställs jag inför ett moraliskt dilemma - ska jag hjälpa honom utan vetskap om vad som egentligen händer? Eller ska jag istället förhandla med honom om nyckelkortet som är min biljett härifrån - han är ju trots allt skadad och blöder kraftigt, något att betrakta som en fördel i sammanhanget? Som spelare ställs man hela tiden inför val som får konsekvenser, stora som små.

<bild>Det finns oerhört mycket att utforska på egen hand. Spelet försöker inte styra dig.</bild>

Godhjärtad som jag är väljer jag att hjälpa honom och samlar ihop både trasor och alkohol och skapar ett förband utan att ifrågasätta honom. Han tackar för omvårdnaden men konstaterar att jag endast "fördröjer det oundvikliga" och att det finns en chans att han kan komma att "förändras" väldigt snart. Jag får mitt nyckelkort som utlovat och han lämnar mig med orden att "sanningen måste komma fram och att hemligheten vilar under kärnkraftverket", vetenskapsmannen ber mig på nytt att söka efter "The Interchange", ett för mig oklart begrepp i det här stadiet men jag tar honom på orden. Jag lämnar vetenskapsmannen - vars öde förblir oklart för stunden - och därefter även bunkern.

Ett engelskt och pittoreskt landskap målas upp framför mig med gröna fält, massiva bergsmassiv och ett blått iögonfallande skimmer som stiger mot skyn i fjärran som skvallrar om något som inte tillhör det typiskt brittiska vädret. Mitt i fältet står en röd telefonkiosk lite längre fram och ringer, jag lyfter på luren varpå rösten på andra sidan proklamerar "Oberon.. Oberon måste dö..". Det är mystik från första stund insvept i en känsla av konspiration där ingenting är självklart eller nödvändigtvis vad det utger sig för att vara. Vem var egentligen rösten på andra sidan telefonluren? Vad hände med reaktorn, både innan - under - och efter katastrofen? Spelet erbjuder dig små ledtrådar som du uppmanas följa eller hitta själv för egen maskin, inte minst för att de skapar förståelse kring händelserna och spelvärlden där Atomfall utspelar sig - men också för att styra spelaren framåt i berättelsen eller skicka dig på alternativa vägar med hemligheter att upptäcka. Spelet förgrenar sig så småningom till att bli en öppen värld med fyra större sammanlänkade områden, däribland Wyndham Village med sina pubar och en angränsande hamn och Casterfell Woods med mer ockulta inslag och tät kuslig skog. Den inledande sektionen består framförallt av berg, stenbrott, gruvor och bunkrar.

<bild>Världen är stor, innehållsrik och mystisk till tusen.</bild>

Spelvärlden är lortig, rostig, hemmasnickrad och mestadels underbar - förutsatt att du uppskattar miljöer där halvdant ihopspikade fyrtumsbrädor utgör bron över bäcken eller improviserade skjul där man enligt traditionell byggnadssed använt sig av stålbalkar som slungats iväg efter att reaktorn detonerade. Kraschade helikoptrar, plundrade hus, övergivna hamnar och båtskjul. Det lilla övergivna rucklet vid sidan av vägen som mest troligt inkvarterade en glad och tillfreds kärnfamilj är idag ett minne blott där de blottade skeletten trängs om utrymmet i kompostlådan på bakgården.

Jag springer tidigt på en gitarrspelande man i ett fallfärdigt hus som efter några väl valda dialogval kan dra sig till minnes om att ha hört talas om "The Interchange", som enligt sägnen är en plats som ska finnas någonstans i området. Jag lyckas övertala mannen om detaljer för området och delges information om en militärbunker som kan tänkas innehålla information om händelserna som utspelats men även potentiella förnödenheter jag behöver på min resa. Koordinater jag anser är rimliga att följa baserat på varningarna om faror och hot som tycks lura där jag minst anar. Farorna på den engelska landsbygden kommer i många olika former och skepnader, mänskliga såväl som muterade. Banditer, religiösa kultister, svärmar av kråkor på fälten, fladdermöss i gruvorna eller stim av blodiglar i vattendragen som alla vill suga musten ur mig. För att inte tala om de döda fåren som ligger utmed vägarna som kan explodera i ett moln av giftiga sporer.

Jag beger mig mot den hemliga bunkern efter att ha nålat fast destinationen på min karta, jag hinner däremot inte ta särskilt många steg innan jag passerar ett imponerande vattenfall insprängt i berget. Nyfikenheten tar över och jag går närmare, vilket givetvis visar sig vara helt rätt beslut, bakom vattenfallet döljer sig en grotta med hemligheter. Det finns alltid något att upptäcka i miljöerna förutsatt att man uppskattar utforskning och har ett öga för detaljer, vill du få ut mesta möjliga av upplevelsen gör du bäst i att utforska och se dig om. Att följa stigen mot nästa mål och undvika förgreningarna är ju upp till var och en - men inte sällan är det på just de alternativa vägarna som många av spelets många intressanta karaktärer och hemligheter dyker upp. Spelet uppmuntrar dig att utforska och du belönas av att göra det. Möten med karaktärer eller fiender ger dig nya ledtrådar i spelet, både kring spelets större mysterium men även många mindre som bidrar till att bygga ut universumet och stämningen för spelaren.

<bild>Du kommer att träffa flera personer längs resans gång. Vänner... och fiender.</bild>

Atomfall har nämligen inget regelrätt och traditionellt uppdragssystem. Men det är ju 2025, tänker du, då har man väl någon att hålla i handen och en tydlig markör åt vilket håll man ska gå? Här invänder Rebellion, delvis, vilket är friskt vågat i dagens spelklimat - när du lämnat den inledande sekvensen med den döende forskaren och tryggheten är det till stor del upp till dig att upptäcka världen och vart du styr dina steg härnäst och vem ska du ska lita på. Med det sagt undviker jag att gå in mer i detalj på vad som händer senare i spelet, då spelupplevelsen i allra högsta grad kommer se väldigt olika ut med tanke på hur spelet är uppbyggt.

Via en flik i en av spelets menyer som heter "Investigation" samlas ledtrådar och information, nyckelord och fragment om vart du bör gå härnäst. Dina senaste fynd ger dig en fingervisning om vart du kan tänkas hitta nya svar på frågorna som ställs. Platser och koordinater som nämnts via dialog eller handskrivna lappar du plockat upp, detaljer kring karaktärer som leder dig framåt. Därmed ej sagt att det inte finns en traditionell berättelse i grunden - det finns naturligtvis, men du gör bäst i att känna till faktumet att det inte är en blinkande grön markör på kartan som för dig framåt under spelets gång och spelupplevelsen kommer variera i stor grad för olika spelare.

Information och detaljer får du nämligen hela tiden längs vägen - vilket fungerar väldigt bra även om det kan upplevas förvirrande till en början. Du behöver dock inte oroa dig över att du någonsin går vilse eller känner dig strandad - det finns alltid rykten och ledtrådar du kan följa och de får snart sällskap av nya platser och rykten att ta i beaktning, vilket du givetvis skall göra, då det successivt öppnar upp spelet och tar dig i olika riktningar.

Väl framme i bunkern som mannen med gitarr berättade om inser jag att jag gör bäst i att smyga, då en typ av fiender som kallas för "Ferals" gömmer sig utmed väggarna och reagerar när jag kommer för nära. Spelet nyttjar ett system för uthållighet som här kallas för hjärtrytm - även kallat stamina i många andra spel - där allt från utdelade slag med närstridsvapen eller ihållande sprint nyttjar mätaren, en hög hjärtrytm gör dig även mindre effektiv när du smyger dig nära fienden, men får även vapensiktet att svaja om pulsen är för hög och ansträngd. Jag kryper närmare monstret och svingar mitt cricket-rack jag nyligen hittat - som gör högre skada, men är långsammare än min enhandsyxa - och klappar till den glödande zombien i omgångar men tar skada och infekteras på kuppen. Min anteckningsbok uppdateras med detaljer i bakgrunden kring mötet med den infekterade fienden, i anteckningen framgår att röster i huvudet uppmanar mig att "förena mig med infektionen" och att jag "bör lyssna till rösten". Små inslag som för helheten skapar djup och engagemang för berättelsen och ekosystemet i sin helhet.

Inom upplägget troget kan man utsättas för flera negativa statusförändringar såsom att börja blöda, brinna, utsättas för radioaktivitet eller elektrisk ström. Parametrar som får din livmätare att sina - eller din hjärtrytm att skena vilket påverkar din förmåga och uthållighet i strid. Du kan givetvis även åsamka fienderna samma handikapp beroende på din spelstil och val av vapen - eller om du hittat eller tillverkat någon av spelets alla förbrukningsvaror som skänker en temporär effekt som lämpar sig i strid.

<bild>Level-systemet känns nyskapande.</bild>

I din ryggsäck som består av ett begränsat utrymme har du plats för maximalt fyra tvåhandsvapen och tolv mindre föremål, men hur du väljer att använda utrymmet väljer du själv. Reguljära vapen och granater (eller brandbomber, kastknivar med mera) kan tilldelas en genväg på styrkorset för kvick växling om situationen kräver det. Helande föremål eller temporära stridsrelaterade effekter appliceras och används direkt från ryggsäcken. Här kan du även tillverka helande föremål, förutsatt att du har receptet som krävs och ingredienserna för tillverkning. Att samla på sig skrot, vapen, krut, alkohol och trasor krävs naturligtvis om du vill överleva i England utöver den obligatoriska koppen te som återställer din hälsa, då allt du kan tänkas komma över har ett syfte. Med handelsresande karaktärer på landsbygden och i samhällen kan du utöva byteshandel, där spelet använder sig av en vågskål på skärmen för att avgöra vad ditt byte är värt kontra det du vill byta till dig. Det finns ingen valuta i spelet, annat än föremålen du samlat på dig som du sedan använder till att antingen skapa föremål eller byta mot något annat.

Utmed vägen kommer du dessutom komma i kontakt med ett lufttrycksbaserat tubsystem som agerar utökat lager där du kan lämpa av dina överflödiga och ihopsamlade tillgångar och allsköns bråte du plockat på dig som du sedan kan få tillgång till via ett nätverk som breder ut sig till andra platser på spelkartan. Att samla på sig förnödenheter och komponenter hör den här genren till. Dina vapen kan också uppgraderas i olika nivåer vilket sker i en undermeny när du än önskar, högre nivåer av uppgradering kräver fler och mer avancerade fynd som du inte hittar överallt, men för att kunna uppgradera din revolver eller hagelbrakare från rostig odugling till skinande nyskick ställer spelet även krav på grundförståelse för hur du ska gå tillväga som tillåter dig göra uppgraderingarna. Recept krävs om du ska kunna tillverka eller uppgradera på egen hand, dessa ritningar kan du hitta i miljöerna under spelets gång eller byta till dig när du når en trygg hamn i form av ett lite mer civiliserat samhälle.

<bild>Det är skönt att inte slussas fram av en stressande markör.</bild>

Ett färdighetssystem är givetvis också tillgängligt här som är indelat i fyra kategorier: Ranged Combat, Melee Combat, Survival och Conditioning. Det kanske låter sparsmakat, men jag finner det lagom inom ramarna för vad spelet är, nämligen överlevnad i en karg värld där du försöker anpassa både dig själv och dina vapen efter förutsättningarna. Det är inte ett speltekniskt djupt och traditionellt rollspel där du belönas med färdighetspoäng (XP) eller går upp i nivå och fördelar dina poäng över en trädkrona av olika inriktningar, så fungerar det inte här.
"Training Stimulants" agerar färdighetspoäng i spelet, vilket utgörs av föremål du antingen hittar i övergivna byggnader, som belöning efter utförda sysslor eller om du har tur när du med hjälp av din metalldetektor sveper över marken och lyckas hitta en nedgrävd gömma.
Dessa poäng läggs till i en pool, därefter investerar du poängen i någon av de fyra kategorierna du vill satsa på med ökande krav på fler poäng ju djupare inom kategorin du vill gå. Hushållning och balansgång är alltså A och O även på det här området.

Vill du bli bättre på att förhandla vid vågskålen där byteshandeln står i centrum? Ja då investerar du i någon av underkategorierna under Survival, att kunna desarmera försåtsmineringar och erhålla komponenter på kuppen är en annan underkategori inom samma flik. Under Conditioning kan du exempelvis stärka din hjärtrytm eller öka maxtaket för din hälsomätare. Ranged Combat respektive Melee Combat tror jag talar för sig själva och vad de erbjuder för respektive inriktning, de är dock icke att förglömma i helheten om du vill kunna prestera i såväl eldstrider som närstrider.

<bild>Bitvis läckert, men det märks att det inte är någon AAA-titel.</bild>

Till ditt förfogande har du givetvis vapen såsom pistoler, gevär och automatkarbiner som krävs för överlevnad. Ammunitionen till dem kommer däremot inte överflöd. Pilbågen är både tyst och dödlig och ett effektivt vapen om du vill smyga dig in i anläggningen som patrulleras av sminkade psykopater iförda björnskinnsmössa som minerat entrén. Att smyga sig på en intet ont anande vakt bakifrån är ett effektivt sätt att sätta dem ur spel. Valmöjligheterna i hur du tacklar spelets fiender är många. Vissa fiender kapitulerar och räcker upp händerna när du riktar ditt vapen mot dem om de anser sig vara i underläge, andra kan rygga tillbaka i chock och förvåning när ett skott avlossas som de inte var beredda på. Däremot är inte den artificiella intelligensen felfri, då fiender i vissa fall helt ignorerat mig.

Det är en smärre dystopi som råder i spelet. Atomfall drar inspiration från brittisk 60-tals scifi såsom Dr Who och blandar det med brittisk folktro och mysticism. Propaganda-affischer pryder betongväggarna, robotar som härstammar från den forna regeringen som går under namnet B.A.R.D. och användes vid konstruktionen av de mer hemliga forskningsanläggningarna patrullerar på gatorna.

Spelmekaniskt förs tankarna till titlar såsom {Stalker} och {Atomic Heart}. Det är mer action än taktiskt rollspelande även om du alltid har dialogval med olika ingångsvinklar där du kan vara tillmötesgående och hjälpsam, burdus eller aggressiv, alternativt diplomatiskt inställd med krav om förhandling - vilket får konversationen att ta olika riktningar. Du kommer på din resa bland annat stöta på ett militärt förband kallat Protocol med en hårdför kapten vid namn Grant Sims - ledare och egenutnämnd auktoritet i karantänzonen - men även en mystisk botaniker i de djupa skogarna tillsammans med religiösa druider som föraktar teknologi.

<bild>Atomfall ingår med ditt Game Pass-abonnemang.</bild>

Spelet är byggt på den egenutvecklade motorn Asura, vilket är samma motor som användes senast i {Sniper Elite: Resistance}. Samma motor användes även i det tre år äldre spelet i samma serie. Det här är något som syns och är ett av spelets mer framträdande svagheter. Inomhusmiljöer är betydligt mer detaljerade där framförallt skuggor och ljussättning används på ett annat sätt än i de större utomhusmiljöerna som stundtals är både lågupplösta och livlösa. Bilduppdateringen är stabil och ligger på 60 bildrutor per sekund. Faktumet att spelet lanseras till Xbox One och Playstation 4 skvallrar om viss resurshantering inför utvecklingen av Atomfall, vilket är olyckligt i sammanhanget då man hade kunnat dra nytta av de extra hästkrafterna i framförallt Playstation 5 och Xbox Series X.

Äventyret fortlöper på ett sätt där ingenting serveras på silverfat. Strukturen i sig kan upplevas förvirrande till en början - men det är heller inte meningen att du ska ha kontroll över situationen eller kännedom om vad som pågår i kulisserna. Det här är givetvis ett medvetet val från utvecklaren. Varje vägval är ett nätverk av sammankopplade historier och händelser som leder dig djupare i berättelsen där dina val får konsekvenser som påverkar spelet i sin helhet, det finns flera olika slut att upptäcka vilket bidrar till högt omspelningsvärde. Det är en intressant vinkel i spelet, som i mångt och mycket handlar om utforskande utan handledning och skapar i förlängningen närvaro, men med höga krav på spelarens fokus. Det är upp till dig att nysta upp hemligheterna där allt inte nödvändigtvis är vad det verkar.

<bild>Den artificiella intelligensen kunde ha varit bättre.</bild>

Rebellion har i och med Atomfall gjort ett sorts uppror mot sig själva vilket jag uppskattar även om jag stundtals känt mig överväldigad av alla ledtrådar jag ombeds följa upp. Det är familjärt på många sätt men med ett annorlunda grepp för att föra dig och historien framåt, men det här är inte nödvändigtvis något som kommer uppskattas av alla som istället vill ha en mer tydlig och strukturerad upplevelse. Spelets tempo och aktiviteter väljer du i högsta grad själv och hur du väljer att ta dig vidare. Atomfall är totalt sett en frisk fläkt från utvecklaren som de senaste tio åren varit direkt synonym med krypskytte där kulorna färdats i slowmotion. Med självförtroendet spelutvecklaren visar här hoppas jag att man tar ut svängarna även framledes och inte enbart satsar på andra världskriget med ena ögat stängt.

Bird flu detected in a sheep in England for first time

There is no evidence of an increased risk to the U.K.'s livestock, but officials urge vigilance.

The United Kingdom has detected bird flu in a sheep for the first time, the government announced today.

The case, found in a sheep in Yorkshire after repeated milk tests, was identified “following routine surveillance” of livestock on a premises where avian influenza had been confirmed in captive birds, the Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs, and the Animal and Plant Health Agency said.

No further infection with the virus was detected in the remaining flock and there is no evidence to suggest an increased risk to the nation’s livestock population, they added. But U.K. Chief Veterinary Officer Christine Middlemiss urged livestock keepers to “remain vigilant.”

The government said it introduced livestock surveillance of infected premises because of the outbreak of avian influenza in dairy cows in the United States. 

America has been grappling with a devastating bird flu outbreak that has wiped out more than 166 million birds since 2022, spread to dairy cattle in 17 states and led to soaring egg prices.

Earlier this month, the United Nations Food and Agriculture Organization warned the rapidly expanding H5N1 outbreak was “unprecedented” and leading to “serious impacts” on food production, rural jobs, local economies and prices for consumers.

U.S. Health Secretary Robert F. Kennedy Jr. has suggested letting the avian flu virus spread through farms to “find and identify” birds that are immune to it — an idea that has drawn criticism that this would increase the risk of it evolving to be dangerous to humans.

European Union health authorities recently warned that bird flu has been detected in domestic cats and wild carnivores in Europe for the first time since spring 2024 — a sign that the virus continues to spill over into mammals.

Scientists and researchers have grown increasingly concerned over bird flu’s cross-species transmission and its adaptive nature, which could lead to possible human spillover and pose a pandemic threat.

What People Are Getting Wrong This Week: Secret Tunnels Under Gene Hackman's House

Is there a subterranean mystery related to Gene Hackman, of all people?

A recent YouTube video from channel The Ultimate Discovery makes some claims that might surprise fans of actor Gene Hackman. According to the video, FBI agents searching Hackman's home following his death discovered a "hidden passageway concealed behind the library wall" that led to a "vast, eerie underground warehouse" containing documents, antiques, old photographs, and parts of unidentifiable machines. The walls were covered in runes and symbols that seem to be of ancient origin and could not be translated. Not only that, the bunker connects to larger network of tunnels, "similar to the catacombs of Paris."

It's a pretty good story (if you can swallow the premise that actor Gene Hackman is a character in a Lovecraft novel) but It's not true. (I liked Gene Hackman in The Quick and the Dead, but he wasn't that cool.) At least, there's no reason to think it's true. The FBI has not issued a statement about the tunnels, nor have local authorities, and the Ultimate Discovery YouTube channel makes it clear it isn't telling the truth in its channel description, which reads:

"Content on The Ultimate Discovery is for entertainment only... our information may not always be correct, up-to-date or complete. Always consult experts and do your own research."

But almost a million people have viewed the video, despite the disclaimer and how farfetched the story is on its face. Claims about Hackman's secret tunnels are being repeated on TikTok videos, in X posts, and basically everywhere else. Judging by the comments, people believe it, too. The b-roll footage (that's either generated by AI or from unrelated incidents) helps, but any conspiracy theory that involves secret tunnels is bound to get people worked up.

What is it about tunnels?

Cave paintings from over 40,000 years ago suggest our ancestors used caverns as religious sites. During the Roman Empire, followers of Mithra dug tunnels specifically for elaborate rites, then swore oaths to not reveal what went on underground. There are around 170 miles of corpse-filled tunnels under Paris and a large portion of it has not been explored. So people have always thought something strange was going on under their feet. And they often aren't wrong. Modern cities are built atop elaborate, mysterious networks of utility tunnels, transportation tunnels, and more, and you generally can't visit them. While you could go down to the city hall and request civic planning documents that describe the sub-basements and sewers under your town, it's easier to just fill in the blanks with whatever you'd like. Hence the prominence of tunnels in modern conspiracy theories.

D.U.M.B's: Deep Underground Military Bases

Underground spaces are a key aspect of "Pizzagate" conspiracies, lizard people conspiracies, Fourth Reich conspiracies, and more, whether it's non-existent basements below Italian restaurants in D.C., the claim that children were freed from Mammoth Cave in Kentucky by the National Park Service, or, now, the supposed tunnels beneath Gene Hackman's house.

It's not stated outright in the video, but if you're of a conspiratorial mindset, you probably see the Gene Hackman tunnels as connected to our nation's D.U.M.Bs—Deep Underground Military Bases. The existence of a large, interconnected network of military bases under the United States is a common belief among conspiracy theorists. There are various ideas as to their purpose, but among the most widely accepted is that the Deep State uses DUMBs to transport and traffic children, and Hollywood people like Gene Hackman help in some way. Everyone wants that adrenochrome.

But the most lasting conspiracy theories often have a germ of truth to them, and there really are underground military complexes in the U.S. Take, for example, The Cheyenne Mountain Complex, which was built under 2,000 feet of granite in Colorado in 1957. It was once the home of NORAD, as seen in War Games, but now it's a United States Space Force installation. Cheyenne Mountain isn't exactly secret, though: Before 9/11, they gave public tours, and if you know someone who works there, you can supposedly still visit.

A very D.U.M.B. idea

Reality and conspiracy theories differ as to the purpose and extent of underground military installations. Reality says there's a few of them, and they were built mainly so that the government could continue to function after a nuclear war (and probably as a Cold War show of strength.) Conspiracy theorists imagine a huge, interconnected network of underground bases that allow coast-to-coast hidden transportation of stolen children and/or lizard people. But the point of Cheyenne Mountain's design is that it's not connected to anything else. Cheyenne Mountain is built to be self-sufficient.

Like most conspiracy theories, asking a few basic questions dispels the myth. Like: Why would the United States spend the time, money, and effort to build secret bases underground when we already have secret military bases that are above ground? It's way easier and cheaper to put up some fences and post some guards in the desert—which is what we actually do. Wouldn't a military jet, a train, or some trucks be a better way of transporting alien bodies or whatever? Again, this is how we already transport secrets.

Gene Hackman—seriously?

As for why conspiracy theorists would focus on Gene Hackman of all people, your guess is as good as mine. Usually the entertainment industry figures featured in conspiracy theories are particularly outspoken politically and highly visible, like George Clooney or Tom Hanks. Hackman was a lukewarm Hollywood liberal at best (He hated Nixon but supported Reagan) and he hadn't starred in a movie since 2004, so he's a strange target. Maybe the initial uncertainty about how he died was enough to suggest a mysterious hidden world. But as always, reality is way more boring than the imaginations of conspiracy theorists: Hackman was 95 years old when he died of a heart attack, and there was nothing under his house more mysterious than a basement rec room.

My Favorite Amazon Deal of the Day: This Merach Rowing Machine

This portable rowing machine is down to its lowest price ever.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

A rowing machine can be a great workout option for people looking to target multiple major muscle groups at once (legs, back, core, and arms) while getting their cardio going at the same time.

If you're looking for a rowing machine that's light, portable, and quiet, the Q1S Merach is worth checking out. Right now, Merach's Magnetic Rowing Machine is on sale for $179.99 (originally $299.99), a 40% discount. This is the machine's lowest price ever, according to price-checking tools.

As I said in my review, this machine is practical, silent, and affordable even before the current discount. I really like the ability to prop it up against the wall and keep it from taking up too much space in my dining room. The machine is also silent enough that I can get workouts done while watching TV and without annoying my partner.

The Merach app is a great companion for the rowing machine, with different workouts, tracking metrics, optional classes, and other paid options to unlock. The screen itself is disappointing, but you can very easily use your phone's screen and prop it in front of you to get a much better idea of what you're doing.

Where this machine might fall short for some people is in its size. I'm 5'7", and I feel that the handlebars sit very low to the ground and don't come out far enough at the start of the drive, giving me that cramped, small rowboat feel. To get any tension on my arms at the beginning of the stroke, I have to lean back—which isn't good form. If you're just trying to get a workout in, though, it likely won't bother you.

Bridging the Gap Between Search and Healthcare Services

ICCG India, a leading healthcare provider, had a robust offline reputation but struggled to gain traction in search engine rankings. Despite offering specialized treatments and expert physicians, their website lacked visibility for critical services, impacting patient acquisition. The challenge was clear: search users were not finding the right pages, and the website wasn’t optimized to…

The post Bridging the Gap Between Search and Healthcare Services appeared first on Pixel Studios.

ICCG India, a leading healthcare provider, had a robust offline reputation but struggled to gain traction in search engine rankings. Despite offering specialized treatments and expert physicians, their website lacked visibility for critical services, impacting patient acquisition.

The challenge was clear: search users were not finding the right pages, and the website wasn’t optimized to convert visitors into patients. Without strategic content, strong internal linking, and a focused keyword strategy, ICCG India was losing out on high-intent search traffic that could drive appointments and consultations.

Our SEO team at Pixel Studios identified key gaps and formulated a comprehensive SEO strategy to bridge these issues—optimizing content, technical SEO, doctor profiles, and user experience to elevate ICCG India’s digital presence.

SEO Challenges Identified

Before implementing changes, we conducted a detailed audit that highlighted the following issues:

1. Content Gaps: Missing High-Intent Pages

2. Keyword Misalignment: Traffic Without Conversions

3. User Experience Issues: High Bounce Rates & Poor Navigation

Our SEO Strategy & Actions Taken

To address these challenges, we implemented a multi-faceted SEO strategy focusing on content, technical SEO, local SEO, and user engagement.

1. Content and Keyword Strategy: Aligning with Search Intent

A deep dive into keyword research helped us identify keyword clusters that aligned with what patients were actively searching for. This insight was used to:

Develop Dedicated Service & Treatment Pages:

Optimize Doctor Profiles for Search Visibility:

By structuring the website around patient search behavior, we improved organic discoverability and engagement, leading to higher intent-driven traffic.

2. Technical SEO Enhancements: Strengthening Website Performance

Technical SEO was a key component in improving search rankings and user experience.

Implemented Physician Schema Markup:

Enhanced Website Speed & Performance:

💡 Results:

Before Optimization: Mobile – 2 (Very Poor) , Desktop – 19 (Poor)
After WP Rocket Implementation: Mobile – 67 (Good), Desktop – 96 (Excellent)

This reduced page abandonment rates, improved user engagement, and signaled strong technical health to search engines, leading to improved SEO performance.

3. Doctor Profile Optimization: Ranking for High-Value Keywords

ICCG India’s doctors were highly skilled, but their online visibility didn’t reflect that. We transformed doctor profiles into highly optimized landing pages, ensuring they ranked for doctor-related keywords.

Focused on Local SEO for Higher Visibility:

Added Compelling CTAs to Convert Visitors into Patients:

This resulted in increased visibility, more organic traffic, and higher patient inquiries.

4. Internal Linking & CTA Optimization: Improving User Navigation & Conversions

To ensure a seamless user journey, we enhanced internal linking across the website and placed strategic CTAs to guide visitors to relevant actions.

Strengthened Internal Linking:

Placed High-Converting CTAs Across Key Pages:

This helped reduce bounce rates, increase engagement, and drive more patient conversions through organic traffic.

SEO Success & Key Results

The SEO strategy delivered remarkable growth, positioning ICCG India as a strong competitor in the healthcare digital space.

📈 Traffic Growth & Engagement:

Monthly Sessions Increased from 329 to 4,385 → A massive 1,232% growth in organic traffic.

Returning Users Increased → Showing sustained engagement and brand trust.

🔎 Keyword Rankings:

Organic Ranking Keywords Increased from 253 to 1,100 → A 335% growth in keyword rankings.

Doctor-Related Keywords Ranking Well → Significantly improving physician visibility.

Keyword Type Keyword Ranking Position
Doctor-Oriented Keywords Best surgical oncologist in Chennai 4th Position
Oncologist in Chennai 7th Position
Lung cancer specialist in Chennai 8th Position
Oncology specialist in Chennai 9th Position
Treatment-Oriented Keywords Prostate cancer treatment in Chennai 4th Position
Bone cancer treatment in Chennai 4th Position
Cancer treatment in Chennai 5th Position
Lung cancer treatment in Chennai 8th Position

Service & Treatment Pages Ranking for Location-Based Searches → Driving highly targeted local traffic.

Website Performance Improvements:

📉 Before Speed Optimization: Mobile – 2, Desktop – 19
📈 After WP Rocket Implementation: Mobile – 67, Desktop – 92

Faster page load times led to higher engagement, lower bounce rates, and better SEO performance.

From Low Visibility to Market Leadership in Healthcare SEO

With a strategic SEO roadmap, content optimization, and technical enhancements, ICCG India successfully transformed its digital presence, becoming a highly visible and competitive player in online healthcare searches. 

By addressing content gaps, improving user experience, and implementing technical SEO best practices, we positioned ICCG India as a trusted, high-ranking healthcare provider. 

At Pixel Studios, we specialize in SEO for healthcare brands, ensuring they attract the right audience, drive more inquiries, and convert more patients. 

ICCG India now ranks higher, attracts more engaged visitors, and converts traffic into real patients—proving the power of a well-executed SEO strategy.

Lets discuss ideas to propel your brand online

(or)

The post Bridging the Gap Between Search and Healthcare Services appeared first on Pixel Studios.

Samsung One UI 7's ‘Automatic Verification’ Promises to Solve CAPTCHAs for You

Remove one of the annoyances of web browsing...maybe.

Filling out CAPTCHAs to prove you're a human is one of the regular annoyances of the internet—but maybe it doesn't need to be. A new feature in the latest version of One UI 7 for Samsung devices promises to solve CAPTCHAs (or Completely Automated Public Turing tests, to name them in full), but it's not yet clear how effective it will be.

Why sites use CAPTCHAs

CAPTCHAs pop up on numerous websites, often when you're trying to log in, and their purpose is to prove you're not a bot. The idea is that websites don't want to be overwhelmed with bot spam or come under attack from a swarm of bots, and CAPTCHAs are one way to prevent those problems.

The challenge that you're met with is typically something that's relatively straightforward for a person to do, but tricky for a web bot. You may have to identify a group of misshapen letters that are put on top of a distracting background, or you might have to click all the pictures in a grid that have motorcycles in them.

While it is necessary to put up defenses against bots, these CAPTCHAs can be a frustrating hurdle for users to get over, and they can often take up a minute or two to complete in full. What's more, some versions of these bot checkers also look at your behavior and actions in the browser to determine whether or not you're human—which isn't great from a privacy point of view.

With all that in mind, Samsung is aiming to make your life online a little easier with a new feature called Automatic Verification, which essentially solves CAPTCHAs for you. As spotted by SammyGuru, it's available in the latest version of the Samsung Internet browser on One UI 7, so you can try it now on Galaxy S25 phones, and it's coming soon to older devices.

How to turn on Automatic Verification

Samsung Internet
Enabling the Automatic Verification feature. Credit: Lifehacker

Open up Samsung Internet on your phone, then tap the menu button (three horizontal lines, bottom right) and Settings. Choose Privacy dashboard, then Smart anti-tracking, and you'll get to the Automatic Verification toggle switch—if it's not already enabled, you can turn it on here.

The feature "prevents websites from using data collected during the user authentication process to track your activities" according to the notes accompanying the latest app update. "You can use Automatic Verification to skip the CAPTCHA step on websites."

There are a few caveats to keep in mind. First, this is a feature that's restricted to the Samsung Internet browser, so you can't use it with other web browsers you might have installed on your device. Also, websites have to support the feature, Samsung says—it's not clear what that means, but it sounds like it won't work with every CAPTCHA you come across.

Does Automatic Verification work?

I tested the feature out on several websites, including the demos available at NopeCHA, and they all appeared as normal—it didn't appear that Automatic Verification made any difference. This could be a case of a feature that's great in theory but which doesn't actually work when put to the test. Alternately, it might be too soon to expect results, as Samsung has only just introduced the feature, so it's perhaps no surprise that it's not playing nicely with every website yet.

If Automatic Verification is eventually supported more widely across the most popular websites, it could be another reason to stick to Samsung's built-in mobile browser. At this point, that's a big if.

TechHive’s next chapter: Smart home & cord-cutting coverage moves to PCWorld

How to get rid of hum and other noises from your audio, video systems

Watch Out for Free Online File Converters That Are Actually Malware

That free tool may have costly consequences.

Converting a .pdf to a .docx and back again may seem like a quick and easy thing you can do online for free—but that doesn't mean it's safe. A new notice from the FBI Denver Field Office warns that some online document converters are also loading malware onto unsuspecting users' computers, giving bad actors access to your device and your data.

The tools may also scrape files submitted for conversion for sensitive information, such as Social Security numbers, birthdates, email addresses, passwords or tokens to bypass multi-factor authentication, banking information, and cryptocurrency seed phrases and wallet addresses.

How to spot malicious file converters

This scheme may be easy to miss, as the malicious file converters will do what they advertise, such as converting a .docx to a .pdf or joining multiple files into one. However, the file you download may contain hidden ransomware, adware, or riskware that exposes your computer to attackers. You may also be prompted to download a conversion tool (that is actually malware) to your device or install a malicious browser extension.

According to a Malwarebytes Labs report on the scam, the following domains have been found to contain malware:

  • Imageconvertors[.]com (Phishing)

  • convertitoremp3[.]it (Riskware)

  • convertisseurs-pdf[.]com (Riskware)

  • convertscloud[.]com (Phishing)

  • convertix-api[.]xyz (Trojan)

  • convertallfiles[.]com (Adware)

  • freejpgtopdfconverter[.]com (Riskware)

  • primeconvertapp[.]com (Riskware)

  • 9convert[.]com (Riskware)

  • Convertpro[.]org (Riskware)

While these are known scams, that doesn't mean there aren't other free, malware-containing file converters out there waiting to infect your device. The best thing you can do is avoid these tools entirely and utilize trusted software instead. But if you suspect you've been exposed, start by taking basic steps to secure your identity, including changing passwords using a clean, trusted device, and running an anti-malware program to catch any threats.

How to convert files safely

When you need to quickly convert from one document type to another, you may be tempted to google "free file converter" and click on whatever comes up—but don't.

Instead, start with the software or applications you have that can open the file, and check if you can export or save it in a different format (look under File > Export or File > Save As). Microsoft Office and many PDF editors have this functionality, or you can use Adobe's free tools to convert to and from a PDF, as well as a handful of other document converters available for free.

Remember that when you convert files, you may lose some formatting in the process.

The Darkest Files

Året är 1956 och trots att det andra världskrigets förödelse ledde mot sitt slut elva år tidigare, när Adolf Hitlers Tyskland besegrades, så finns det fortfarande spår av den nazism och ondska han spred över Europa kvar i det dolda. Många av de mord och brott som begicks då av nazister ogiltigförklarades eller på andra vis gömdes undan och en del nazister som dock hade dömts blev istället frisläppa på felaktiga grunder när Hitler kom till makten. I ett land, i ett Europa, och i en värld som slickade sina sår efter ett förödande krig fanns det fortfarande mycket som behövde göras och det är här som {The Darkest Files} tar vid.

<bild>Utsikten utanför kontoret är en vacker sådan.</bild>

Vår huvudkaraktär är 30-åriga Esther Katz och hon har precis fått ett nytt jobb som åklagare när spelet tar sin början, med uppdraget att försöka lösa två av just dessa ouppklarade mord, i en jakt på att hjälpa vittnen och anhöriga att få rättvisa. För att ha en chans att lyckas med detta kommer du få flera verktyg till ditt förfogande som att förhöra misstänkta för att bygga ett åtal som sedan kommer att hålla i rätten. Det är absolut inte ett enkelt uppdrag att tvingas stå emot den nazism som fortfarande finns kvar i landet, särskilt som kvinna i en mansdominerad bransch.

Vårt första mord att lösa är en man vars död under andra världskriget förklarades av nazismens Tyskland som nödvändig då han anklagades ha rivit ner en flagga med svastika på och istället ersatt det med en vit flagga med viljan att utkräva fred. Ord står ord men vad vi vet är att hans fru var där när han bortfördes från deras hem av nazistiska soldater och när vi förhör henne ger hon en helt annan version av historien. Hon förklarar istället att den som gjorde denna handlingen var deras son men då sonen inte var hemma, och föräldrarna inte ville ge till känna var sonen håller sig till, blev hennes man istället bortförd och fängslad utan grunder och så småningom mördad i den cell han hölls fången i. De soldater som bar ansvaret för det här blev inte ens ifrågasatta av den styrande nazistiska handen och detta är bara ett av så oerhört många liknande fall som aldrig någonsin blev rättvist uppklarade under det fasansfulla kriget.

<bild>Att förhöra vittnen och misstänkta är riktigt spännande men däremot är det alldeles för ofta som spelet smälter samman till en blågrönaktig ton där inget sticker ut vilket förtar lite av inlevelsen emellanåt.</bild>

{The Darkest Files} är baserat på två riktiga mord utspridda över var sin akt, men däremot är det enbart vår huvudkaraktär Esther Katz vars namn är äkta medan övriga karaktärers namn har ändrats till spelets version av händelserna. Vi får genom Esthers ögon bevittna en väldigt mörk och noga utvald handling som direkt griper tag och vägrar släppa det greppet genom åtminstone hela den första akten av två under de runt sju timmar det tog att ta sig igenom hela spelet. Esthers röstskådespel är lyckligtvis dessutom riktigt bra, och sättet som hon interagerar och reagerar på olika föremål runt omkring den arbetsplats i Berlin där hon jobbar, påminner om hur Max Caulfield interagerar med världen omkring sig i {Life is Strange}.

Eftersom det kontor där du jobbar är där du kommer tillbringa 99% av tiden i {The Darkest Files} är det såklart oerhört viktigt att det är en intressant plats att vara på och det har lyckligtvis utvecklarna definitivt lyckats förmedla. Du känner dig verkligen uppmanad som spelare att ta din tid med spelet, och lyckligtvis är röstskådespelet från övriga karaktärer i spelet också förhållandevis bra, minus vår chef som försöker låta så där skitnödigt tuff att det bara blir komiskt och inte riktigt går att ta på allvar. Att interagera med dina övriga kollegor är dessutom också en viktig del av spelet där sekreteraren Paula är en personlig favorit.

<bild>Röstskådespelet är för det mesta väldigt bra men inte från Esthers chef Fritz Bauer som mestadels försöker låta skitnödigt tuff vilket är svårt att ta på allvar ibland.</bild>

Utvecklarna Paintbucket Games självutgivna spel har dessutom för det mesta en väldigt säregen och unik grafikstil men ganska ofta kan det se alldeles för blågrönaktigt ut där inget, inte ens den du exempelvis skall förhöra är i fokus, vilket gör att personen smälter samman med omgivningen vilket tyvärr förtar lite av utseendet. Vad som dock aldrig förtar i den första akten är själva mordmysteriet och de verktyg utvecklarna har gett dig på att lösa det. Ett väldigt bra exempel på det är när du förhör samtliga av de tre soldater som skall ha varit ansvariga för bortförandet och mordet på den man vi skall försöka lösa. Det är ditt uppdrag som åklagare att förhöra dem en och en och upptäcka om och hur deras historier skiljer sig från varandra, och i så fall pressa hårdare för att komma närmare svaret, på vem eller vilka som bär det riktiga ansvaret för mordet.

När du sedan tycker dig ha svaret är det upp till dig att pussla ihop bitarna ett och ett via ett minispel som sedan kommer att tas med in i rätten där du måste kunna stå upp för den utredning du kommit fram till. Som tur är, eller snarare otur som det skulle visa sig för min del, så höll de första två soldaterna helt och hållet med varandra efter förhör om händelserna kring mordet. Dem ansåg att det var den tredje soldaten jag ännu inte förhört, som hade skjutit och mördat mannen som hölls inlåst mot deras vilja, och när det då var dags för hans tur att förhöras pressade jag honom hårt på detta. Han var nervös, ändrade sin historia flera gånger, och förde fram sin oskyldighet på ett osammanhängande vis som gjorde att jag kände mig glasklar i mitt åklagararbete och var redo att bygga ihop mordets olika faser och presentera det inför rätten.

<bild>Att pussla ihop ordningen på förloppet under mordet så som du anser att det inträffat är en trevlig implementering och viktig att ta med och presentera i rätten.</bild>

Trots att {The Darkest Files} är utvecklat av en väldigt liten indieutvecklare med en stram budget är det väldigt komplext och mörkt, inte enbart i sitt tema, men också i hur Paintbucket Games knyter ihop säcken i slutskedet av de båda akterna. Det här avslutas i båda akterna när man är i rätten och även om vårt jobb som åklagare är att vara hård kommer man också själv att grillas lika hårt. Särskilt om du inte är väl förberedd. Har du inte kommit fram till rätt slutsats så kommer det att märkas extremt fort och då faller allt samman som ett korthus framför dina ögon. Just här måste jag därför erkänna mig besegrad av utvecklarna och göra någon slags fotnot i livet om att aldrig söka karriär som åklagare framöver.

Inför rätten presenterar du mordets fem olika faser så som du anser att det utspelat sig på och lägger fram dina bevis för att styrka dessa baserade på dokument och förhör som du har gjort. Mycket av min ståndpunkt byggde som redan nämndes på att två av soldaternas historier helt överensstämde med varandra och båda dessa skyllde på den tredje vars historia ändrades flera gånger. Klappat och klart är det här, var då min känsla, framförallt när jag passerar igenom de tre första faserna i rätten med bevis utan motanklagelser. Men det är när vi når den fjärde som verkligheten kommer ikapp. Den tredje mannen och soldatens advokat för fram en motsats mot mitt fall och påstående, och utan att gå in i detaljer på hans motanklagelser på grund av spoilers, så märker jag snabbt hur fel ute jag har varit och hur uppfriskande svårt och komplext spelet faktiskt är. Med svansen mellan benen märker jag hur fallet sakta men säkert faller samman och det är just här som den största styrkan men också den största svagheten ligger i {The Darkest Files}.

<bild>{The Darkest Files} är uppfriskande svårt men tyvärr har ett misslyckande i rätten ingen påverkan på resten av spelet.</bild>

Det är en enorm styrka så till vida att du kan avsluta den första akten efter rättegången och även om du inte lyckades så är det inte game over. Det gjorde mig hoppfull om att den andra akten och nästa mordfall eventuellt skulle påverkas och vara ännu svårare då jag inte lyckades med det första mordet. Men nej, både Esther och hennes kollegor behandlar situationen som om du klarade det första mordfallet oavsett vad vilket var en besvikelse, och sedan nämns ingenting av det någonsin igen genom resten av spelet. Det kanske är för mycket att begära den här nivån av en indiestudio, men samtidigt så hade åtminstone en liten variation här varit önskvärt i ett spel som i slutändan enbart är sju timmar långt. Det är kanske inte hela världen men det hade definitivt skapat en större anledning att vilja spela om, vad som i slutändan enbart är två mordfall som finns till ditt förfogande. Tyvärr är besvikelsen ännu större när det visar sig att den andra akten och mordfallet nästan är identiskt med det första. Både sett till upplägg, tema, och slutsats. Lyckligtvis gick det bättre i rätten den andra gången men det var definitivt en sömnig och upprepande andra halva av spelet som kunde ha skippats eller helt och hållet gjorts om. Samtidigt finns det fortfarande så mycket att uppskatta om man enbart ser till den första halvan.

{The Darkest Files} är i slutändan något jag ändå rekommenderar. Spel som utspelar sig under andra världskriget är inget nytt men något som utspelar sig strax efter dess slut och har som premiss att lösa mord som åklagare är däremot något mer unikt. Framförallt från en självutgivande liten indieutvecklare som skall ha applåder för hur man tacklat detta tema och berättat det på. Det är mörkt, det är spännande, och samtidigt svårt vilket uppskattas något enormt. Åtminstone under den första akten, som är skäl nog att spela igenom för att uppleva något nytt, och jag är väldigt förväntansfull på vad Paintbucket Games kommer utveckla härnäst.

What is DevOps? And How are organizations transitioning to DevOps?

DevOps is a new catalyst that is rapidly spreading through the entire tech industry. Over time it has gained much popularity and everyone has their own interpretation of it. It emerged a couple of after agile programming practices, and nowadays people are attempting to figure out the relevance of enterprise DevOps. Before we move onContinue reading "What is DevOps? And How are organizations transitioning to DevOps?"

DevOps is a new catalyst that is rapidly spreading through the entire tech industry. Over time it has gained much popularity and everyone has their own interpretation of it. It emerged a couple of after agile programming practices, and nowadays people are attempting to figure out the relevance of enterprise DevOps. Before we move on to that, we first need to understand DevOps, its culture, and some other aspects.

What is Devops S3Corp
Source: internet

A Major Division in the Industry

There are lots of kinds of divides in the tech industry. DevOps concepts solve this one in particular. Therefore, to understand and fully appreciate DevOps we first need to target this dispute. Within any software company, there’s for ages been a divide between the development and operations teams.

Development teams are responsible for creating feature-rich, seamless integrations that have varying requirements with each new customer. They’re responsible for changing user requirements, maintenance, and continuous development activities. The takeover at the start of the SDLC development cycle.

On the other hand, Operation teams are primarily responsible for system stability and accessibility. They can be found in towards the finish of the method where handover of a software release is given. Their responsibility is reviewing implementations by the development teams and ensuring the system is obtainable and stable, and recommend changes if necessary.

To break the silos between Dev and Ops DevOps requires a few leaps, enabling better collaboration and performance.

What Is DevOps?

The agile admin defines DevOps as,

DevOps may be the practice of operations and development engineers participating together in the whole service lifecycle, from design through the development process to production support.

The term “Dev” is an umbrella term for not only developers, but any person within the development of the product. So, this could include QA engineers, SR engineers, and other disciplines as well. Essentially, the “dev” team would be the makers of the product.

Secondly, the term “Ops” covers all operations staff including systems engineers, system administrators, release engineers, network engineers, and all other relevant disciplines. The “Ops” team is responsible for the product after its development is complete.

To conclude, operations engineers need to adopt the same methods adopted by developers and vice versa. DevOps extends Agile principles beyond just the development stage. Rather it extends it within the boundary of development and onto the whole process up till delivery.

Is Enterprise DevOps Any Good?

Considering that the advent of DevOps, SMBs (Small Medium-sized Business’s) are most widely used in its approaches and tools. A report suggests that the rounded 70 percent of SMBs are actually adopting DevOps.

To tell the truth, most of the tools and approaches in DevOps are functional in SMBs because of the size of the teams and the simplicity of the operations. Whenever the question on the applicability of Enterprise DevOps has risen it is met with mixed answers. Realistically, for Enterprises, a shift from their traditional solutions to DevOps will be a lot harder than SMBs.

Enterprises have big teams, operational complexity, departmental regulations, and internal and external constraints. Atop these problems, the need for Enterprises to adopt DevOps is quite real. Competitors are constantly shifting while undergoing changes within their teams, plans, and software management. They’ve to deal with these constraints, and that is why for Enterprise DevOps to be functional, a couple of factors should be kept in mind.

Value Confidence Among All Departments

When Enterprise DevOps is introduced across the organization it leaves room for a lot of confusion. People are used to just how things were. While this change is aimed to introduce innovative approaches, it might due to concern for many. It may introduce unnecessary risks due to sudden change and affect customer relationships with the organization.

Preplanning things before problems arise can assist in preventing them. To produce this shift comfortably, the organization should value overall consistency and security for new and existing software for the very start. Additionally, even although the system is transitioning, quality and constancy standards should still function as the same. This maintains the confidence of the employees and the prevailing customers in the organization.

Don’t Replace What Works

An enterprise takes years of effort to construct a name for itself, and be as functional because it is. Enterprise DevOps Applications would bring greater benefits but that does not mean that successful practices should be replaced. When shifting to Enterprise DevOps it can be very tempting to alter everything new and upcoming, but it is not necessarily the very best practice.

Introducing the mandatory changes and keeping tried and tested approaches is the best possible method of the shift properly. Instead of starting fresh, the focus should be directed towards building on what’s already working. It leaves very little room for uncalculated risks and may be incredibly efficient. The corporation won’t need certainly to undergo trial methods for each approach again, thus maximizing efficiency and profit metrics through this approach.

Elimination of Operational Inefficiencies

While DevOps targets introducing a flow of changes organization wise some operations can become inefficient. Eliminating such operations that restrict DevOps objective makes it easier for teams over the organizations to generally meet demands and deliver results. The collaboration of the development and operation teams is essential for identifying these issues. Not merely these, elimination requires the collaboration of every part involved including vendors to departments allow a fruitful transition to DevOps.

Consider Hiring a Few Designated DevOps Engineers

There’s a misconception among people that the DevOps Engineer is an ordinary developer writes code and can also be responsible for the task of a System Engineer. But that is not how it works! An effective DevOps Engineer works together developers and the IT staff to oversee the code releases. They are either of both: A developer who gets enthusiastic about deployment and network operations or A sysadmin writing scripts and code and who moved into the development side.

Either way, a DevOps Engineer understands the Software Development Lifecycle and has the outright comprehension of various automation tools for developing digital pipelines (CI/ CD pipelines). For an effective and long-lasting transition, you will need to hire more than one DevOps Engineers. Enterprise DevOps needs effective management and a specialist may do a much better job than employees who have just been introduced to the approach. You can also choose to invest in your employees and keep these things trained specifically in DevOps.

Emphasize Security

It’s no surprise that with the added pressure of deadlines, limited collaboration between teams, and the newly introduced transition security isn’t given its due importance. Consequently, organizations don’t have the full time or the resources to emphasize the significance of security within their systems and development approaches amongst their development and operation teams.

But to properly transition to DevOps you will need to concentrate on security because it is completely different than IT Ops. Based on DigiCert’s Inviting Security into DevOps Survey, 98 percent of organizations are integrating security teams into their DevOps procedures. Organizations need to introduce new software tools as well along with predefined security configurations as security directly affects the efficiency of software development and customer experience.

Track Progress

Organizations need to introduce metrics that track the progress of the new approaches they have taken on. The organization-wide introduction of these metrics streamlines operations while the teams move towards the completion of software projects. Tracking the task process of every project creates further reference material for further use in case the need arises.

These resources can behave as typical for the employees who will then improve them as certain requirements change. It’s about making the system more efficient. Every change accommodates previously ignored facets of these standards.

Conclusion

Many organizations have successfully transitioned to Enterprise DevOps. Their case studies serve as proof it is applicable in Enterprises as well, not just SMBs. Obviously, change does not happen overnight, that is an enterprise we’re talking about. You’ll need to remember that organizations that successfully transitioned took anywhere from one to two years. While contemplating your personal transition, you will need to keep this time frame and a collection budget in mind.

This change is necessary now, a report suggests that 81 percent of enterprises have already shifted to DevOps. It’s necessary that organizations stay competitive while meeting customer requirements and deadlines. Following these steps and having a proper strategy when your transition will make it easier for the organization to adopt Enterprise DevOps.

Source: Dzone

iPhone 17 Pro Launching Later This Year With These 10 New Features

While the iPhone 17 Pro and iPhone 17 Pro Max are not expected to launch until September, there are already plenty of rumors about the devices.

iPhone 17 Pro's alleged design via Front Page Tech

Below, we recap key changes rumored for the iPhone 17 Pro models as of March 2025:

Bookmark our iPhone 17 Pro roundup to stay up to date with more rumors.
Related Roundup: iPhone 17 Pro

This article, "iPhone 17 Pro Launching Later This Year With These 10 New Features" first appeared on MacRumors.com

Discuss this article in our forums

My Favorite Amazon Deal of the Day: The Google Pixel Tablet

The Pixel Tablet is a hybrid tablet and smart display, currently down to Black Friday prices after a $120 discount.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

The Pixel Tablet didn't do too well for Google when it came out in 2023, costing more than the entry-level iPad but not offering a better experience. But with its current price of $279 (originally $399) for the 128GB storage and 8GB RAM version, it's matching its lowest Black Friday price, according to price tracking tools. This makes the tablet perhaps what it should've been in the beginning, a very well-priced Android tablet-smart display hybrid.

The ideal user for the Pixel Tablet is a person who wants a mid-range Android tablet that can also use a smart display for widgets or display photos when not in use. The smart display is meant to be used with the speaker dock, which you can get right now for $399 (originally $499). It charges the tablet, works as a stand, and packs a powerful sound.

The 11-inch display has 2,560 by 1,600 pixels with a 60Hz refresh rate and a pixel density of 267ppi. It can also get bright with 500 nits of peak brightness, giving the best screen and video quality on any of the Pixel tablets or smart displays.

Either version you get will come with 8GB of RAM, which for a tablet is acceptable. You can choose how much internal storage to get, starting with 128GB. As far as battery, PCMag found during their review the tablet reached five hours and 25 minutes at full brightness playing HD videos. The front and rear cameras are the same: Both capture 8MP pictures, have an 84-degree field of view, and record 1080p video at 30fps.

The Pixel Tablet is a tablet first and a smart display second. Google optimized many popular apps to work well on it as a tablet. Like most Pixel devices, Google says it will provide a minimum of five years of security updates and the base.

Six Ways to Prevent a Contractor From Damaging Your House During a Renovation

Home renovations are bound to cause dings, dents, and scratches if you don't take a few precautions first.

We may earn a commission from links on this page.

Home renovations are expensive—and exciting. It’s never cheap to rip out the old and install the brand-new, but a quality renovation can turn your house into a dream home, or at least solve some nagging problems that have bothered you for years. While not every renovation project gives you the results you’re looking for, there’s no doubt that putting some work into your home usually results in a happier, more valuable place to live.

But renovation projects aren’t “set it and forget it.” You’ve hired people to come into your private space with tools and materials, to rip out old stuff (that sometimes doesn’t want to be ripped out and puts up quite a fight), and generally make an enormous mess of the place. Hiring reputable contractors will protect you from the worst-case scenarios in most renovations, but any time tools and big, heavy materials are involved there’s a chance of damage. If your contractors smash up the place, your homeowners insurance may cover the costs, but it’s best if you avoid the damage in the first place. Here are some straightforward precautions to take to protect your home during a renovation.

Sequester the renovation zones

If you’re only renovating part of your home, your first step should be encapsulating the area with plastic sheeting. This doesn’t have to be a complicated process:

  • Apply painter’s tape around the doorway or opening that leads to the area where the renovation will occur.

  • Cut a sheet of plastic sheeting so that it fits over the doorway or opening with margins of an inch or more all around.

  • Tape the plastic into place with duct tape, making sure to adhere it to the painter’s tape so you don’t damage the walls or floors.

  • Apply a tarp zipper to the plastic barrier, then slice it open to create an opening for you and your contractors to pass through.

This will help contain dust and debris, preventing damage to your furniture or HVAC systems.

Turn off the HVAC

If your home has central heating and cooling, you should take some precautions to ensure that it isn’t affected by dust and debris, which can clog the filters and damage the unit itself:

  • Cover vents. Use magnetic vent covers or tape down more plastic to completely cover vents within the work zone.

  • Turn the system off. When mudding drywall or painting, some contractors want to run your HVAC system to assist with drying, but don’t let them. In fact, turn the HVAC system off (in just the affected zone, if you can) to ensure it isn’t sucking up heavy construction dust all day long. If your contractors want to speed up the drying or setting process they can bring in portable heaters or dehumidifiers to do the job without risking your home’s infrastructure.

Protect important surfaces from damage

Now that dust isn't going to coat your entire home in a fine layer, it's important to protect various parts of your home from scratches, dings, and dents.

Doors

Doors are easy targets for damage during a renovation. Contractors carrying large, bulky items can smash into them, and tools can easily scrape and dent as they’re carried around a space. Adding some snap-on door jamb protectors and removing or covering the door with builder’s paper will protect it from these kinds of accidents.

Tubs and sinks

If your workers will be anywhere near your kitchen and bathroom fixtures, you’ll want to protect them from dirt and dust as well as scratches and other damage. You can plug drains with some rags or tape them up, then cover the sinks and bathtubs with heavy-duty cardboard (or invest in an adjustable tub protector or temporary, peelable tub film). This way, when your contractor drops their hammer on your brand-new tub, you’ll be able to just shrug it off.

Flooring

Floors take a beating during any sort of construction. Dirt and grit can act like sandpaper on the finish, and there are endless opportunities for scrapes and scratches. Depending on the work being done, you might get away with a simple drop cloth or carpet film, but if the work is more involved, you should consider something a little tougher to protect your hardwood, tile, or laminate flooring. Floor surface protection sheets are relatively easy to install, and are very effective at protecting against damage from even the most careless contractors, and neoprene runners are a solid option for easier, more temporary protection because they can be rolled out and rolled up quickly. You could also use

To protect your stairs, an easy and effective solution is a no-slip drop cloth like this that will stay in place, even on stairs.

Countertops

In kitchens and bathrooms, contractors usually can’t resist seeing countertops as extra workspace, a place to drop tools, store materials, and otherwise abuse. Covering your countertops with a dropcloth or protective film can spare them dust, dirt, and greasy spills, but won’t protect them from chips and gouges. Covering them with the same board material you use on the floors can give you that extra layer of protection that ensures you still have countertops when the work is done.

The Road Not Taken is Guaranteed Minimum Income

The dream is incomplete until we share it with our fellow Americans.The Road Not Taken is Guaranteed Minimum Income

The following is drawn from a speech I delivered today at Cooper Union's Great Hall in New York City, where I joined Lieutenant Colonel Alexander Vindman to discuss the future of the American Dream:

What is the American Dream?

In 1931, at the height of the Great Depression, James Truslow Adams first defined the American Dream as

“[...] a land in which life should be better and richer and fuller for everyone, with opportunity for each according to ability or achievement. [...] not a dream of motor cars and high wages merely, but a dream of social order in which [everyone] shall be able to attain to the fullest stature of which they are innately capable, and be recognized by others for what they are, regardless of the fortuitous circumstances of birth or position”

I wanted to know what these words meant to us today. I needed to know what parts of the American Dream we all still had in common. I had to make some sense of what was happening to our country. I’ve been writing on my blog since 2004, and on November 7th, I started writing the most difficult piece I have ever written.

I asked so many Americans to tell me what the American Dream personally meant to them, and I wrote it all down.

Later in November, I attended a theater performance of The Outsiders at my son’s public high school - an adaptation of the 1967 novel by S.E. Hinton. All I really knew was the famous “stay gold” line from the 1983 movie. But as I sat there in the audience among my neighbors, watching the complete story acted out in front of me by these teenagers, I slowly realized what "stay gold" meant: sharing the American Dream.

The Road Not Taken is Guaranteed Minimum Income

We cannot merely attain the Dream. The dream is incomplete until we share it with our fellow Americans. That act of sharing is the final realization of everything the dream stands for.

Thanks to S.E. Hinton, I finally had a name for my essay, “Stay Gold, America.” I published it on January 7th, with a Pledge to Share the American Dream.

In the first part of the Pledge, the short term, our family made eight 1 million dollar donations to the following nonprofit groups: Team Rubicon, Children’s Hunger Fund, PEN America, The Trevor Project, NAACP Legal Defense and Educational Fund, First Generation Investors, Global Refuge, and Planned Parenthood.

Beyond that, we made many additional one million dollar donations to reinforce our technical infrastructure in America – Wikipedia, The Internet Archive, The Common Crawl Foundation, Let’s Encrypt, pioneering independent internet journalism, and several other crucial open source software infrastructure projects that power much of the world today.

I encourage every American to contribute soon, however you can, to organizations you feel are effectively helping those most currently in need.

But short term fixes are not enough.

The Pledge To Share The American Dream requires a much more ambitious second act – deeper, long term changes that will take decades. Over the next five years, my family pledges half our remaining wealth to plant a seed toward foundational long term efforts ensuring that all Americans continue to have the same fair access to the American Dream.

Let me tell you about my own path to the American Dream. It was rocky. My parents were born into deep poverty in Mercer County, West Virginia, and Beaufort County, North Carolina. Our family eventually clawed our way to the bottom of the middle class in Virginia.

I won’t dwell on it, but every family has their own problems. We did not remain middle class for long. But through all this, my parents got the most important thing right: they loved me openly and unconditionally. That is everything. It’s the only reason I am standing here in front of you today.

With my family’s support, I managed to achieve a solid public education in Chesterfield County, Virginia, and had the incredible privilege of an affordable state education at the University of Virginia. This is a college uniquely rooted in the beliefs of one of the most prominent Founding Fathers, Thomas Jefferson. He was a living paradox. A man of profound ideals and yet flawed – trapped in the values of his time and place.

Still, he wrote “Life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness” at the top of the Declaration of Independence. These words were, and still are, revolutionary. They define our fundamental shared American values, although we have not always lived up to them. The American Dream isn’t about us succeeding, alone, by ourselves, but about connecting with each other and succeeding together as Americans.

I’ve been concerned about wealth concentration in America ever since I watched a 2012 video by politizane illustrating just how extreme wealth concentration already was.

I had no idea how close we were to the American Gilded Age from the late 1800s. This period was given a name in the 1920s by historians referencing Mark Twain’s 1873 novel, The Gilded Age, A Tale of Today.

The Road Not Taken is Guaranteed Minimum Income

During this time, labor strikes often turned violent, with the Homestead Strike of 1892 resulting in deadly confrontations between workers and Pinkerton guards hired by factory owners. Rapid industrialization created hazardous working conditions in factories, mines, and railroads, where thousands died due to insufficient safety regulations and employers who prioritized profit over worker welfare.

In January 2025, while I was still writing “Stay Gold, America”, we entered the period of greatest wealth concentration in the entirety of American history. As of 2021, the top 1% of households controlled 32% of all wealth, while the bottom 50% only have 2.6%. It's difficult to find more recent data, but wealth concentration has only intensified in the last four years.

We can no longer say “Gilded Age”.

We must now say “The First Gilded Age”.

Today, in our second Gilded Age, more and more people find their path to the American Dream blocked. When Americans face unaffordable education, lack of accessible healthcare, or lack affordable housing, they aren't just disadvantaged – they're trapped, often burdened by massive debt. They have no stable foundation to build their lives. They watch desperately, working as hard as they can, while life simply passes them by, without even the freedom to choose their own lives.

They don't have time to build a career. They don't have time to learn, to improve. They don't get to start a business. They can’t choose where their kids will grow up, or whether to have children at all, because they can’t afford to. Here in the land of opportunity, the pursuit of happiness has become an endless task for too many.

The Road Not Taken is Guaranteed Minimum Income

We are denying people any real chance of achieving the dream that we promised them – that we promised the entire world – when we founded this nation. It is such a profound betrayal of everything we ever dreamed about. Without a stable foundation to build a life on, our fellow Americans cannot even pursue the American Dream, much less achieve it.

I ask you this: as an American, what is the purpose of a dream left unshared with so many for so long? What’s happening to our dream? Are we really willing to let go of our values so easily? We’re Americans. We fight for our values, the values embodied in our dream, the ones we founded this country on.

Why aren’t we sharing the American Dream?

Why aren’t we giving everyone a fair chance at Life, Liberty, and the Pursuit of Happiness by providing them the fundamentals they need to get there?

The Dream worked for me, decades ago, and I deeply believe that the American Dream can still work for everyone – if we ensure every American has the same fair chance we did. The American Dream was never about a few people being extraordinarily wealthy. It’s about everyone having an equal chance to succeed and pursue their dreams – their own happiness. It belongs to them. I think we owe them at least that. I think we owe ourselves at least that.

What can we do about this? There are no easy answers. I can’t even pretend to have the answer, because there isn’t any one answer to give. Nothing worth doing is ever that simple. But I can tell you this: all the studies and all the data I’ve looked at have strongly pointed to one foundational thing we can do here in America over the next five years.

Natalie Foster, co-founder of the Economic Security Project, makes a powerful case for the idea that, with all this concentrated wealth, we can offer a Guaranteed Minimum Income in the poorest areas of this country – the areas of most need, where money goes the farthest – to unlock vast amounts of untapped American potential.

The Road Not Taken is Guaranteed Minimum Income

This isn’t a new idea. We’ve been doing this a while now in different forms, but we never called it Guaranteed Minimum Income.

In 1797, Thomas Paine proposed a retirement pension funded by estate taxes. It didn’t go anywhere, but it planted a seed. Much later we implemented the Social Security Act in 1935 . The economic chaos of the Great Depression coupled with the inability of private philanthropy to provide economic security inspired Franklin Roosevelt’s New Deal government programs. The most popular and effective program to emerge from this era was Social Security, providing a guaranteed income for retirees. Before Social Security, half of seniors lived in poverty. Today only 10% of seniors live in poverty.

In his 1967 book Where Do We Go From Here: Chaos or Community, Martin Luther King Jr made the moral case for a form of UBI, Universal Basic Income. King believed that economic insecurity was at the root of all inequality. He stated that a guaranteed income — direct cash disbursements — was the simplest and best way to fight poverty.

The Road Not Taken is Guaranteed Minimum Income

In 1972, Congress established the Supplemental Security Income (SSI) program, providing direct cash assistance to low-income elderly, blind, and disabled individuals with little or no income. This cash can be used for food, housing, and medical expenses, the essentials for financial stability. As of January, 2025, over 7.3 million people receive SSI benefits.

In 1975, Congress passed the Tax Reduction Act, establishing the Earned Income Tax Credit. This tax credit benefits working-class parents with children, encouraging work by increasing the income of low-income workers. In 2023, it lifted about 6.4 million people out of poverty, including 3.4 million children. According to the Census Bureau, it is the second most effective anti-poverty tool after Social Security.

In 2019, directly inspired by King, mayor Michael Tubbs – at age 26, one of the youngest mayors in American history – launched the $3 million Stockton Economic Empowerment Demonstration. It provided 125 residents with $500 per month in unconditional cash payments for two years. The program found that recipients experienced improved financial stability, increased full-time employment, and enhanced well-being.

The Road Not Taken is Guaranteed Minimum Income
Michael Tubbs, Former Mayor of Stockton

In my “Stay Gold, America” blog post, I referenced the Robert Frost "Stay Gold" poem and S.E. Hinton's famous famous novel The Outsiders, urging us to retain our youthful ideals as we grow older. Ideals embodied in the American Dream.

Which brings us to another Robert Frost poem, the Road Not Taken. Our proposal to ensure access to the American Dream is to follow the path less travelled by: Guaranteed Minimum Income. GMI is a simpler, more practical, more scalable plan to directly address the root of economic insecurity with minimum bureaucracy.

We are partnering with GiveDirectly, who oversaw the most GMI studies in the United States, and OpenResearch, who just completed the largest, most detailed GMI study ever conducted in this country in 2023. We are working together to launch a new Guaranteed Minimum Income initiative in rural American communities.

Network effects within communities explain why equality of opportunity is so effective, and why a shared American Dream is the most powerful dream of all. The potential of the American Dream becomes vastly greater as more people have access to it, because they share it.

The Road Not Taken is Guaranteed Minimum Income
Source: GiveDirectly

They share it with their families, their friends, and their neighbors. The groundbreaking, massive 2023 OpenResearch UBI study data showed that when you give money to the poorest among us, they consistently go out of their way to share that money with others in desperate need.

The power of opportunity is not in what it can do for one person, but how it connects and strengthens bonds between people. When you empower a couple, you allow them to build a family. When you empower families, you allow them to build a community. When you guarantee fundamentals, you're providing a foundation for those connections to grow and thrive. This is the incredible power and value of community. That is what we are investing in – each other.

A system where there are no guarantees creates conflict. It creates inequality. A massive concentration of wealth in so few hands weakens connections between us and prevents new ones. America began as a place of connection. Millions of us came together to build this nation, not individually, but together. Equality is connection, and connection is more valuable than any product any company will ever sell you.

You may ask, why focus on rural communities? There are consistently higher poverty rates in rural counties, with fewer job opportunities, lower wages, and worse access to healthcare and education. It’s not a new problem, either — places like Appalachia, the Mississippi Delta, and American Indian reservations have been stuck in poverty for decades, with some counties like Oglala Lakota, SD (55.8%) and McDowell, WV (37.6%) hitting extreme levels. Meanwhile, urban counties rarely see numbers that high. The data from the US Census and USDA Economic Research Service make it clear: if you’re poor in America, being rural makes it even harder to escape.

Rural areas offer smaller populations, which is helpful because we need to start small with lots of tightly controlled studies that we can carefully scale and improve on for larger areas. We hope to build a large body of scientific data showing that GMI really does improve the lives, and the communities, of our fellow Americans.

The Road Not Taken is Guaranteed Minimum Income

The initial plan is to target a few counties that I have a personal connection to, and are still currently in poverty, decades later:

  • My father was born in Mercer County, West Virginia, where the collapse of coal mining left good people struggling to survive. Their living and their way of life is now all but gone, and good jobs are hard to find.
  • My mother’s birthplace, Beaufort County, North Carolina, has been hit just as hard, with farming and factory jobs disappearing and families left wondering what’s next.
  • Our third county is yet to be decided, but will be a community also facing the same systemic, generational obstacles to economic stability and achieving the American Dream.

We will work with existing local groups to coordinate GMI studies where community members choose to enroll. We will conduct outreach and and provide mentorship to these opt-in study participants. It will be teamwork between Americans.

We hope Veterans will play a crucial role in our effort. We plan to work with local communities and veteran-serving organizations to engage veterans to support and execute our GMI programs – the same veterans who served our country with distinction, returning home with exceptional leadership skills and a deep commitment to their communities. Their involvement ensures these programs reflect core American values of self-reliance and community service to fellow Americans.

We'll also partner with established community organizations — churches, civic groups, community colleges, local businesses. These partnerships help integrate our GMI studies with existing support systems, rather than creating new ones.

GiveDirectly and OpenResearch will build on their existing body of work, gathering extensive data from these refined studies. We'll measure employment, entrepreneurship, education, health, and community engagement. We'll conduct regular interviews with participants to understand their experience. How is this working for you? How can we make it better? You tell us. How can we make it better together?

Economic security isn't only about individual well-being – it's the bedrock of democracy. When people aren't constantly worried about feeding themselves, feeding their family, having decent healthcare, having a place to live… we have given them room to breathe. We have given them freedom. The freedom to raise their children, the freedom to start businesses, the freedom to choose where they work, the freedom to volunteer... the freedom to vote.

This isn’t about ideology or government. It’s about us, as Americans, working together to invest in our future – possibly the greatest unlocking of human potential in our entire history. I do not say these things lightly. I’ve seen it work. I’ve looked at all the existing study data. A little bit of money is incredibly transformational for people in poverty – the people who need it the most – the people who cannot live up to their potential because they’re so busy simply trying to survive. Imagine what they could do if we gave them just a little breathing room.

GMI is a long term investment in the future of what America should be, the way we wrote it down in the Declaration of Independence, perhaps incompletely – but our democracy was always meant to be malleable, to change, to adapt, and improve.

The Road Not Taken is Guaranteed Minimum Income

I’d like to conclude by mentioning Aaron Swartz. He was a precocious teenage programmer much like myself. Aaron helped develop RSS web feeds, co-founded Reddit, and worked with Creative Commons to create flexible copyright licenses for the common good. He used technology to make information universally accessible to everyone.

Aaron created a system to download public domain court documents from PACER, a government database that charged fees for accessing what he believed should be freely available public information. A few years later, while visiting MIT under their open campus policy and as a research fellow at Harvard, he used MIT's network to download millions of academic articles from JSTOR, another fee-charging online academic journal repository, intending to make this knowledge freely accessible. Since taxpayers had funded much of this research, why shouldn’t that knowledge be freely available to everyone?

What Aaron saw as an act of academic freedom and information equality, authorities viewed as a crime—he was arrested in January 2011 and charged with multiple felonies for what many considered to be nothing more than accessing knowledge that should have been freely available to the public in the first place.

Despite JSTOR declining to pursue charges and MIT eventually calling for leniency, federal prosecutors aggressively pursued felony charges against Aaron with up to 35 years in prison. Facing overwhelming legal pressure and the prospect of being labeled a felon, Aaron took his own life at 26. This sparked widespread criticism of prosecutorial overreach and prompted discussions about open access to information. Deservedly so. Eight days later, in this very hall, there was a standing room only memorial service praising Aaron for his commitment to the public good.

Aaron pursued what was right for we, the people. He chose to build the public good despite knowing there would be risks. He chose to be an activist. I think we should all choose to be activists, to be brave, to stand up for our defining American principles.

There are two things I ask of you today.

  • Visit https://www.givedirectly.org/rural-us where we'll be documenting our journey and findings from the initial three GMI rural county studies. Let’s find out together how guaranteed minimum income can transform American lives.
  • Talk about Guaranteed Minimum Income in your communities. Meet with your state and local officials. Share the existing study data. Share outcomes. Ask them about conducting GMI studies like ours in your area. We tell ourselves stories about why some people succeed and others don't. Challenge those stories. Economic security is not charity. It is an investment in vast untapped American potential in the poorest areas of this country.

My family is committing 50 million dollars to this endeavor, but imagine if we had even more to share. Imagine how much more we could do, if we build this together, starting today. Decades from now, people will look back and wonder why it took us so long to share our dream of a better, richer, and fuller life with our fellow Americans.

I hope you join us on this grand experiment to share our American Dream. I believe everyone deserves a fair chance at what was promised when we founded this nation: Life, Liberty, and the pursuit of The American Dream.

Further Reading

Historical Works

  • Martin Luther King Jr.Where Do We Go From Here: Chaos or Community? (1967)
  • Thomas PaineAgrarian Justice (1797)
  • Mark Twain & Charles Dudley WarnerThe Gilded Age: A Tale of Today (1873)

Modern Books on Economic Justice and Basic Income

  • Rutger BregmanUtopia for Realists: How We Can Build the Ideal World (2014)
  • Annie LowreyGive People Money: How a Universal Basic Income Would End Poverty, Revolutionize Work, and Remake the World (2018)
  • Andrew YangThe War on Normal People: The Truth About America’s Disappearing Jobs and Why Universal Basic Income Is Our Future (2018)
  • Guy StandingBasic Income: And How We Can Make It Happen (2017)
  • Samuel MoynNot Enough: Human Rights in an Unequal World (2018)

Wealth Inequality and Labor History

  • Joseph E. StiglitzThe Price of Inequality: How Today's Divided Society Endangers Our Future (2012)
  • Matthew DesmondPoverty, by America (2023)
  • Barbara EhrenreichNickel and Dimed: On (Not) Getting By in America (2001)
  • Thomas PikettyCapital in the Twenty-First Century (2013)
  • Jason HickelThe Divide: A Brief Guide to Global Inequality and Its Solutions (2017)

Guaranteed Minimum Income & Economic Studies

  • Natalie FosterThe Guarantee: Inside the Fight for America's Next Economy (2024)
  • Michael TubbsThe Deeper the Roots: A Memoir of Hope and Home (2021)
Michael Tubbs
Upsetting the Setup: Creating a California for All
The Road Not Taken is Guaranteed Minimum Income

Plex’s overhauled app promotes libraries, ditches the hamburgers

Google Assistant Just Lost Seven More Features

The slow retirement of Google Assistant continues as Gemini prepares to take over.

It's been clear for some time that the Gemini AI app would be replacing Google Assistant, once it had learned all the necessary tricks and been granted all the required hooks into other apps. Now, Google is in the process of actively dismantling the features available in Google Assistant ahead of its retirement.

As per Google's official support document (as spotted by 9to5Google), seven more Google Assistant features have recently been pulled across Android devices and Nest smart speakers and displays. These deactivated features add to a bunch of other capabilities that were taken away last year.

On smart displays, you can no longer use your voice and Google Assistant to favorite, share, or ask where and when your photos were taken, or to access photo frame settings. You'll now need to delve into Google Photos or the options panel on your smart display to get at this information.

Google Nest Hub Max
Google Assistant remains integral to Google's smart speakers and displays. Credit: Google

Another Google Assistant capability that's going away across devices is interpreter mode, where you can have a conversation translated in real time. It's still available in the Google Translate app, though you can't yet do this with Gemini.

When it comes to Google Assistant Routines, you can no longer get birthday reminders as part of a Routine. Google is also taking away daily updates and Family Bell announcements from Google Assistant, pointing users towards Routines instead. And finally, Google Assistant is being pulled from car accessories that work via Bluetooth or an AUX plug.

Google says this is all part of "prioritizing the experiences you love and investing in the underlying technology to make them even better" while retiring "underutilized features"—but considering we just received an official announcement that Google Assistant is going to be replaced by Gemini on phones before the end of 2025, there's not going to be much investing in the older AI app from this point on.

Google Gemini
Google Gemini is the new default on Pixel phones. Credit: Google

As long as your phone meets the minimum requirements of 2GB of RAM and Android 10 or later, Google Assistant will be switched off in the coming months, and you'll be pointed toward Google Gemini instead (which has already replaced Google Assistant on newer phones such as the Google Pixel 9).

Google also says new Gemini-powered experiences are coming to other devices, including smart speakers and TVs, in the "next few months." The switchover on these other gadgets may take longer, but it'll happen eventually—and it probably makes sense to start using Gemini as much as possible, where you can.

There's still a lot of maintenance work for Google to do here: Routines, for example, let you group a bunch of actions with a single Google Assistant voice command, and there's no sign yet of the functionality appearing in Gemini. However, I wouldn't be surprised to see more Google Assistant features deactivated in the coming months.

Vietnam’s IT Sector: Key Industries to Watch

As Vietnam transitions from a low-tech manufacturing base to a more service-driven economy, its information technology (IT) sector is rapidly emerging as a strong player in the global market. With the IT industry receiving significant interest from both domestic enterprises and international technology vendors, Vietnam is now seen as a formidable competitor in IT servicesContinue reading "Vietnam’s IT Sector: Key Industries to Watch"

As Vietnam transitions from a low-tech manufacturing base to a more service-driven economy, its information technology (IT) sector is rapidly emerging as a strong player in the global market. With the IT industry receiving significant interest from both domestic enterprises and international technology vendors, Vietnam is now seen as a formidable competitor in IT services alongside nations like China and India. This shift has been driven by the rise of Industry 4.0, with Vietnam embracing advanced technology and digitization across sectors. For investors seeking high-growth opportunities in Southeast Asia, Vietnam’s IT sector offers a compelling case.

In this article, we explore the five IT sub-sectors currently driving growth in Vietnam and examine the government’s supportive measures that continue to fuel expansion.

1. Fintech

Vietnam’s fintech market has seen exponential growth, driven by the country’s burgeoning middle class, rising internet penetration, and youthful population. By 2020, this sector was projected to generate $7.8 billion in revenue. With over 120 companies in this space, Vietnam’s fintech industry spans services from digital payments to wealth management and blockchain.

The digital payments segment dominates the fintech landscape, with apps like MoMo, Moca, and ZaloPay gaining wide popularity. These mobile payment platforms are addressing the unbanked and underbanked populations, offering an accessible, cashless alternative in a country where cash has traditionally been the dominant transaction method. Peer-to-peer lending (P2P) is also on the rise, with Tima, Growth Wealth, and Trust Circle leading the market, providing accessible credit options outside traditional banks.

Blockchain and cryptocurrency represent the third rapidly expanding segment within fintech. Companies such as TomoChain and Kyber Network have emerged as key players, capitalizing on blockchain’s potential for faster, more secure transactions. The government’s openness to blockchain was underscored when Vietnam hosted its first international blockchain conference in 2018, positioning itself as a pioneer in Southeast Asia’s blockchain ecosystem.

2. Artificial Intelligence

Artificial Intelligence (AI) in Vietnam, though still developing, has demonstrated strong potential across diverse applications. AI technologies are increasingly integrated into sectors such as human resources, education, healthcare, agriculture, transport, and e-commerce.

The conglomerate FPT Corporation exemplifies AI adoption, using smart traffic systems in Ho Chi Minh City to manage urban congestion. Viettel Group, another major Vietnamese company, applies AI to endoscopic procedures, enhancing healthcare services. Viettel also utilizes AI to combat cybersecurity threats, highlighting the technology’s importance in both public and private sectors.

Government support has further boosted AI’s prospects. With Resolution No. 50-NQ-TW, Vietnam has committed to raising the proportion of high-tech businesses to 50% by 2025. This policy seeks to attract foreign direct investment (FDI) in advanced technology and Industry 4.0 applications, promising continued growth for AI.

3. E-commerce

Vietnam’s e-commerce industry is poised to be Southeast Asia’s third-largest market by 2025, following Indonesia and Thailand. E-commerce activity is particularly robust in Hanoi and Ho Chi Minh City, with these cities contributing 70% of total national sales. This leaves room for growth in rural markets, which, thanks to strong internet connectivity, are ripe for e-commerce penetration.

Vietnamese platforms such as Shopee, Sendo, and Tiki compete with international giants like Lazada, attracting a broad consumer base across age groups. Social media platforms, notably Facebook and Instagram, have become informal marketplaces where small businesses and individual sellers reach customers directly.

Despite this growth, challenges persist, especially around logistics costs and customer trust. Over the past four years, the sector attracted over $1 billion in investment, underscoring investor confidence despite these obstacles.

4. Software Outsourcing

Vietnam’s software outsourcing industry has gained a strong foothold, emerging as a cost-effective alternative to outsourcing powerhouses like China and India. In 2018, Vietnam’s software industry generated $8.8 billion in revenue, driven by high demand for outsourced software development services from international firms.

The Vietnamese government actively supports this industry through policies that encourage the establishment of high-tech parks and provide incentives for outsourcing companies. Da Nang, for example, has become a prominent software outsourcing hub, especially for Japanese businesses seeking affordable, high-quality solutions.

To expand Vietnam’s position as a global outsourcing destination, further development is required in English proficiency and scalable infrastructure. However, with government-backed initiatives and a young, tech-savvy workforce, Vietnam is well-positioned to grow in this area.

5. Education Technology

Vietnam’s education technology (Edtech) sector attracted $55 million in investment in 2018, as private and public sectors alike recognized the potential of tech-driven learning solutions. With a large K-12 population and a strong cultural emphasis on education, the Edtech industry has ample room for growth.

Vietnamese startup Everest Education exemplifies success in this sector, receiving a $4 million investment from a Hong Kong-based firm. Companies like Violen.vn, Hocmai.vn, and Topical are leveraging technology to offer personalized, interactive learning experiences to students across the country.

Foreign investors from countries including Japan, Singapore, and South Korea are increasingly interested in Vietnam’s Edtech potential, seeing opportunities to capitalize on both domestic demand and a receptive market for innovative education solutions.

Government Initiatives and Incentives for IT Growth

Vietnam’s government has played a proactive role in fostering IT industry growth through a series of incentives and supportive policies. The country offers IT companies corporate income tax (CIT) exemptions for up to four years, followed by a 50% tax reduction for an additional nine years, and then a 10% CIT rate for 15 years—significantly lower than the standard 20% rate. Similar incentives apply to companies involved in computer programming, which also benefit from a 0% value-added tax rate on their services.

Additionally, Resolution No. 41/NQ-CP provides a 50% reduction in personal income tax for workers in the IT sector, attracting talent and incentivizing foreign professionals to work in Vietnam. High-tech parks are being developed in cities like Da Nang and Ho Chi Minh City, with land rent exemptions and streamlined administrative procedures, making them attractive hubs for IT companies. The government’s goal to integrate Vietnam into the ASEAN Smart City Network further reinforces its commitment to digital transformation.

Building a Skilled IT Workforce

Vietnam is steadily working to address the talent gap in the IT sector, with universities now producing over 25,000 technical graduates annually. The government’s ambitious target to develop one million IT workers by 2020 reflects its commitment to fostering a highly skilled workforce capable of sustaining long-term growth in the sector. This influx of trained professionals, combined with increasing English proficiency, addresses one of the key challenges previously faced by foreign firms operating in Vietnam.

Despite these positive developments, challenges remain. Retaining local talent, improving English proficiency to meet international standards, and developing large-scale IT outsourcing capabilities are critical to Vietnam’s continued success in this field. However, with both the public and private sectors actively investing in skills training and technology adoption, Vietnam’s IT workforce is poised for improvement.

Conclusion

Vietnam’s IT sector is on an upward trajectory, driven by substantial government support, a dynamic workforce, and rapidly growing sub-sectors such as fintech, AI, e-commerce, software outsourcing, and Edtech. By embracing Industry 4.0 and establishing itself as a member of the ASEAN Smart City Network, Vietnam is positioned as a key player in Southeast Asia’s digital economy.

For investors and technology firms seeking competitive markets with high growth potential, Vietnam offers a compelling proposition. With continued investment, regulatory support, and a commitment to skill-building, Vietnam’s IT sector is set to expand further, making it a key industry to watch in the coming years.

Source: http://techblog.s3corp.com.vn/?p=2289

What is this?

I’ve set up this blog with a few purposes in mind:

1. Explore useful tips about the Apple ecosystem

I’m learning new things about macOS everyday and I think many, many people will benefit greatly if they take some time to fully learn what their machine is capable of.

I’m looking to learn and experiment, so most of what I’ll be writing about requires some basic knowledge of Terminal.

2. Give discerning readers useful and insightful guidance about tech

Our devices are incredibly capable. They’ve helped me become a more efficient, lean and productive person. Anyone has the potential to learn something useful here.

3. Test out the Medium Custom Domain platform and explore how SEO works for a small blog

This domain has been in hibernation for quite some time. Back then, a Medium Custom Domain was possible. I’ve revived this site as a side project to learn about SEO and the role of a small blog in the vast interspace of the web.

I don’t get many views here, and there’s miniscule organic reach. If you’re one of the few people that has found this small spot in the far reaches of the internet, congratulations.

2020 Update

My side blog somehow manages to garner 3000 views/month organically from Google. Wow.


What is this? was originally published in blog.shawjj on Medium, where people are continuing the conversation by highlighting and responding to this story.

Accolade Sports Collection

Är det något som äldre sportspel brukar ha, som inte de nyare har, är det charm och spelglädje. Tyvärr bjuder inte något av spelen i Accolade Sports Collection på detta. Detta är en samling på fem spel, en MS-DOS-titel och fyra Sega Mega Drive-spel från den första halvan av 90-talet. Accolade har gjort en hel del sportspel genom åren och därför är det något av en besvikelse att samlingen är så pass liten. Det finns inget spel från Jack Nicklaus-serien, ett spel som revolutionerade golfspelen med sitt treklickssystem. Något som fortfarande används i genren. Här saknas också Test Drive-serien, amerikanska fotbollsspelet 4th & Inches, och andra. Vad vi får är istället två spel i Hardball!-serien, vilket känns lite onödigt, "OS-spelen" Summer Challenge och Winter Challenge samt basketspelet Hoops Shut Up and Jam. Inget av spelen har åldrats något vidare. Spelkontrollen är oftast brutal och denna tidsperiod är knappast känd för att ha en bra ljudbild.

<bild>Go sports!</bild>

Det äldsta spelet på listan är basebollspelet HardBall!, vilket så klart gör det ett passande spel på denna lista då det blev en succé. Det såldes över en halv miljon exemplar. Först lanserat till Commodore 64 år 1985, men denna samlings version är uppdaterade Mega Drive-porten från 1991. Så åtminstone något mer polerat. Det går inte att säga om uppföjaren, Hardball II (som skippade utropstecknet). Här är det istället MS-DOS från 1990, på två disketter, som gäller. Är du ett fan av massor av pixlar är det här något för dig. Ljudet är nästintill obefintligt och kontrollen så primitiv den går att vara. Men, den har anpassats för nutida kontroller, vilket uppskattat. Varje spel ger också en möjlighet att ändra kontrollens layout, så det är inte helt förvirrande. Här är det istället originalet, som är en nyare version än uppföljaren, som är det bättre spelet. Det är snyggare, snabbare, och helt enkelt roligare. Kameran kunde ha behövt lite arbete dock. Ibland händer det att spelare hamnar utanför bild när jag skulle jaga ikapp en boll. Överlag är det ett helt okej spel. Frågan här är varför de valde att inkludera uppföljaren, i en sämre och äldre version än originalet. Jag hade gärna bytt ut det mot något annat.

<bild>Bilduppdateringen i skidåkningen hackar som en gammal diabildsprojektor.</bild>

Därefter kommer Winter Challenge och Summer Challenge från 1992 respektive 1993. Igen, okej spel, men med sina brister. Det är givetvis OS-baserat, men det finns ingen licens, vilket är varför de heter The Games. Det är två nästan identiska spel i utseende och uppbyggnad, förutom att det ena så klart innehåller vintersporter och det andra sommarsporter. Medan det finns en bra mängd sporter att välja mellan går det inte riktigt att njuta av dem då spelen går så långsamt framåt. De kan hacka något rejält i vissa sporter och vid något tillfälle stannade skidbacken att rulla på, medan åkaren fortfarande kunde styras, men fast på samma plats. Det är väl i och för sig smällar man får ta när det handlar om över 30 år gamla spel i sin ursprungliga form. När det kommer till de olika sporterna finns väl i princip alla man kan räkna med från OS, minus breakdance från förra året så klart.

<bild>Hoops Shut Up And Jam är samlingens bästa spel.</bild>

Till slut har vi samlingens bästa spel, vilket är Hoops Shut Up And Jam. Det är möjligt att du känner igen spelet från dess ursprungliga namn Barkley Shut Up And Jam. Men när utvecklarna förlorade licensen till Charles Barkley bytte de ut honom mot den påhittade Joe Hoops. Samma omslag, samma titelskärm, men med personen utbytt. Det är klassisk arkadbasket i två-mot-två, men NBA Jam är helt överlägset Shut Up And Jam trots att det släpptes året innan. Du får välja en spelare bland en uppsättning av coola namn som Gunner, Wildman, och T Bone, vilka alla har olika attributer. Para ihop dig med en annan med ett häftigt namn och försök spöa två andra. Spelkontrollen här har bra respons och basketen är snabb, men det känns ändå frustrerande. Medspelaren kan vara både den bästa någonsin och den dummaste. Antingen skjuter den en trea från mittlinjen eller passar hela planen bakåt när den är helt själv på väg mot korgen. Det är helt klart det spel som flyter på bäst av dessa fem och det jag skulle rekommendera.

<bild>Tyvärr är det här ingen vidare bra samling.</bild>

Accolade Sports Collection är en konstig samling. Det är alldeles för få spel, där åtminstone ett (Hardball II, som har en sämre och äldre version än original-Hardball) är helt onödigt och där det hade kunnat inkluderats många fler. Inget av spelen har åldrats speciellt bra och spelkontroller känns för det mesta uråldrig. Det är lätt att se tillbaka på retro med nostalgi och spelen kanske var roligare då, men det betyder inte att alla spel är det. QUByte, som ligger bakom samlingen, har åtminstone inkluderat några saker för att förbättra upplevelsen i form av rewinds, möjligheten att byta plats på knapparna, och olika val av skärmstorlekar. Men till slut är det här en samling som hör hemma i dåtiden. Nutiden har gått vidare.

K-Pop Group NewJeans Announces Hiatus Amid Legal Battle With Label

During a show that was meant to launch their independent rebrand as NJZ, the group told fans they need to take a break amid an ongoing dispute with their management.

K-pop group NewJeans at ComplexCon in Hong Kong on March 23, 2025

It was supposed to be a “re-debut” show. The popular K-pop group known as NewJeans had planned a comeback under the new name “NJZ” to mark a new direction following months of contract dispute with their management company ADOR, a subsidiary of industry juggernaut HYBE.

But the sold-out headliner performance at ComplexCon in Hong Kong on Sunday instead ended with a goodbye—at least for now.

[time-brightcove not-tgx=”true”]

In an on-stage announcement, the band’s members told the crowd of over 11,000 that they had “decided to pause all our activities.” The hiatus comes just days after a Seoul court sided with ADOR, granting an injunction to bar the group from activities, including new releases and international performances, independent of the label.

“It is really hard for us to say this, but this might be our last performance for a little while,” said band member Hanni, reading aloud a message that she and bandmates Danielle, Hyein, Haerin, and Minji are going on hiatus “out of respect” for the court ruling issued on March 21. “It’s just us taking a step back to pause, take a breath and gather our hearts and ourselves before moving forward,” Hanni read, though it remains unclear what lies ahead for the embattled music group.

The five members left their label abruptly in November last year, amid allegations of workplace harassment and discrimination. Last month, they announced they’d taken on the new name—NJZ—but the injunction filed by ADOR and granted by the Seoul Central District Court appears to have put plans for their new direction on ice.

Their label, however, did not agree to the hiatus—saying in a statement shared with TIME on Monday that it “regret[s] the members’ decision to proceed with a performance under a name other than NewJeans, despite the court order, and their unilateral announcement of a suspension of activities.” The label added it was “fully committed” to supporting the group and that it hopes “to meet with the artists as soon as possible to discuss the path forward.”

“As we have stated before, regardless of any financial matters, we can no longer remain with a management that has disrespected our identities and undermined our achievements,” the group said in a statement posted on social media after the injunction was granted. The group currently faces a legal battle with ADOR over the legitimacy of their unilateral contract termination. The first hearing is set for April 3.

Read More: Why K-Pop Group NewJeans—or NJZ—Is Brazenly Taking On an Industry Giant

A representative for the group told TIME last week that the group planned to use the name NJZ at ComplexCon, while ADOR said in a statement before the concert that it approved of the performance only under the name NewJeans.

Signage at ComplexCon that displayed other bands’ names displayed no name during the group’s performance, according to CNN, while the group didn’t perform any of their NewJeans back catalog during the show, instead performing a series of covers as well as their new unreleased single “Pit Stop” that was supposed to be their NJZ debut. Some of the members also wore outfits bearing NJZ branding, and NJZ-branded merchandise was available for sale, according to CNN.

“No matter what our name is, no matter what kind of tough time we’ve been through, I feel like to be able to share a moment like this with everyone, is what we live for,” Danielle told the crowd, according to CNN.

K-pop group NewJeans at ComplexCon in Hong Kong on March 23, 2025

After their performance, the five girls stood together on stage, visibly nervous, to share their message about taking a break in both Korean and English. “It wasn’t an easy decision,” read Hanni, “but we believe this is something we need to do at this moment.”

Danielle added that the group had “so many fun plans” for their fans—whom they call “Bunnies”—but that their legal challenges had affected those plans. “It feels too hard to keep going at this pace, and as strong as we are trying to stay, it has honestly taken a bit of mental and emotional toll on us.”

“Honestly, we’ve known from the start that this journey wasn’t going to be easy, and even though we accept the court’s ruling and this whole process, we had to speak up to protect the values that we believe in, and that was a choice that we don’t regret at all,” Danielle added. “We surely believe that standing up for our dignity, our rights and everything we just deeply care about is something we had to do, and that belief will not change.”

She made clear, however, that the group has no plans to give up. “We will keep pushing forward no matter what. … We promise, no matter what the circumstances, we will meet again soon.”

The Seven Deadly Sins of Spring Cleaning

Don't make a mess of your efforts to tidy up.

It's spring again: The time of renewal, rebirth, and cleaning your damn house. I mean really cleaning—not just picking up a little, but moving the couch, wiping the blades of the ceiling fan, and getting behind the fridge. Spring cleaning.

If you’re putting effort into it, you can make both the returning Messiah and the Easter Bunny proud, but you'll need to avoid these common spring cleaning mistakes.

Doing all the heavy lifting yourself

I’m putting this one first because moving the furniture is what separates spring cleaning from regular cleaning. That said, a spotless home is not worth screwing up your back. Like anything else, there’s technique to moving furniture: keep heavy objects close to your body, don’t bend at the waist, lift with your legs. Remember to breathe. Improper technique leads to injury. For a deeper dive on injury-free furniture moving, check out our guide—but the best advice, is “if you think it’s too heavy, get some help.”

Mixing cleaning products

Personally, I can’t understand people who prefer to clean with vinegar, lemon juice, or other wimpy options. It’s not really clean to me unless dangerous chemicals are involved. But dangerous chemicals demand respect: cleaners like ammonia, bleach, and oven cleaners are probably going to be caustic, poisonous, fume-releasing, and otherwise capable of killing you, your pets, or your loved ones if used (or mixed) incorrectly. So read the warning labels carefully, actually follow their guidelines, and have the number of poison control on hand.

Trying to do it all at once (or without a plan)

Honor your moment of sudden motivation, but instead of an “I’m cleaning everything right now” vibe, use your energy to plan first. Break your spring clean into smaller, manageable tasks, or you’ll end the day with all the furniture moved and everything in disarray. Spring cleaning is a project, and like any project, it will come out better if you make a realistic plan. For the specifics, start with taking the advice of professional housekeepers.

Cleaning before decluttering

When I’m cleaning, there’s little worse than spending all day scrubbing, only to have my place still look cluttered. Too much crap around makes me feel like my whole life is disorganized, so I use deep cleaning days as “getting rid of things” days, too. If I haven’t used it since the last time I cleaned, I seriously consider a trip to the local thrift store. Lifehacker's decluttering queen Lindsey Ellefson has many more tips to get you started.

Forgetting the mattress (and garbage cans)

Even if it isn’t stained and smelly, your mattress is probably disgusting. You spend eight hours a night there sweating, drooling, and shedding dead skin cells. You probably let your dog up there, too. It’s a hassle, but there are a lot of ways to clean a mattress. Don’t forget the inside of your garbage cans either. And the inside of your refrigerator. And your remote controls. I could go on all day—you're probably forgetting a lot of places you should be cleaning.

Not having the right cleaning supplies

You don’t need a ton of gear to deep clean, but you can’t clean your house with a single old rag either. A basic surface cleaning kit should include all-purpose cleaning liquid, window cleaning liquid, cloth (microfiber, if possible), a scrub-brush, and a hand duster. You also need a mop and bucket, a broom, more garbage bags than usual, and a vacuum with attachments. Optional are things like ivory polish, guitar wax, and other specialized-to-you cleaning supplies.

Want a clear rundown of what you need to take on this annual task and keep your home clean all year long? Here's a guide.

Relying on a moment of inspiration

I always mean to clean my house. I have the best intentions, but then there’s something to watch on TV or I decide to get some empanadas, and before I realize it, the day is over. But if I’ve invited people over, I’m going to clean, because I don’t want other people to see how I live. Perhaps you can relate. If you’re having motivation problems, nothing solves them like fear of other people judging you. So throw a springtime party. If your house really sparkles, all your friends will silently feel shame for their own slovenliness, and that’s a win-win.

WWE 2K25

WWE 2K25 är så proppat med innehåll att det är svårt att ta in. Det finns över 300 karaktärer, mest i WWE 2K-historien, och alla spellägen har blivit större än tidigare. Dessutom har ett helt nytt spelläge i The Island lagts till. Men det här med kvantitet över kvalitet är en farlig väg att vandra, något som sensationen NWO skulle lära sig runt millennieskiftet. En idé som börjar som något väldigt underhållande (Scott Hall, Kevin Nash, och Hulk Hogan) blir lätt förstört om man fortsätter att proppa den med mer saker (NWO hade totalt 36 medlemmar). Men är det något som den senaste titeln i serien lider av?

<bild>Mycket av årets spel handlar om Roman Reigns.</bild>

Som Daniel Bryan uttryckte det under en tidsperiod när han spelade ond: "No! No! No!". Faktum är att spelet är fyllt med fler godsaker än en promo från CM Punk. Med ett stort undantag: Det nya The Island-läget. Så det är väl ett bra ställe att börja med tanke på att detta ska vara spelets stora dragplåster. Utvecklarna valde att inte inkludera detta i PC-versionen av någon anledning, men det finns där till Playstation 5 och Xbox Series X/S. The Island är saxat direkt från NBA 2K-serien med deras The City. Det vill säga en onlinehubb som oftast snarare känns som ett köpcenter med butiker var jag än vänder mig. Kort summerat blir du inbjuden till denna ö av Roman Reigns där berättelseanledningen är att det är en typ av tävling där vinnaren kommer få ett kontrakt med WWE. Du kan sedan springa runt i detta område och spela matcher mot andra spelare, följa den undermåliga berättelsen eller.... köpa saker! Din skapade karaktär kan förbättra sina förmågor, och köpa nya kläder, för virtuell valuta. Denna kan tjänas in genom att spela matcher, men givetvis ges bara en väldigt liten summa. Dessutom känns det som en väldigt nedgraderad version av NBA:s dito. Ingen av konversationerna har röstinspelade dialoger och har bara text till stillbilder. Dessutom finns det ingen karta, så om jag behöver prata med någon för berättelsen måste jag springa runt och leta i denna "öppna värld". De olika delarna på kartan, som Undertakers kyrkogård eller Asukas neonarkad, är dock väldigt bra designade. Summa summarum är att detta är ett helt onödigt spelläge som är en stor cash grab och extremt mycket pay-to-win.

<bild>Det finns nu en möjlighet att använda en 360 graders fri kamera under entréer.</bild>

Något annat som brukar kopplas till pay-to-win i sportspel är Ultimate Team-lägen. Och för några år sedan lades WWE 2K-versionen, kallad MyFaction, till. Första året skakade jag bara på huvudet åt detta. Det fanns inga onlinestrider och allt var offlineinriktat, trots betalning för kortpaket för att göra ditt lag starkare. År för år har de försökt lägga till saker för att förbättra upplevelsen och nu känns det som ett läge som lika gärna kunde finnas i andra sportspel. Det finns rankade och orankade strider online och offline finns det ett gäng valmöjligheter. Det känns visserligen fortfarande som att pengar krävs för att kunna ha nån chans online, men det går absolut att spela det utan att spendera.

Spelläget jag alltid brukar starta med är Showcase, vilket låter oss spela igenom matcher från historien. Tidigare har vi fått spela igenom karriärerna hos bland annat Rey Mysterio och John Cena (där vi fick spela som alla hans motståndare) och gå igenom 40 år av Wrestlemania. Det här året, som är inriktat på Roman Reigns, får vi spela igenom de, inom wrestlingen, otroligt framgångsrika Samoaöarna. Där ingår förutom Reigns bland andra The Rock, the Usos, the Wild Samoans, Nia Jax, och High Chief Peter Maivia. Det är verkligen imponerande hur dessa familjer dominerat wrestlingen under en sån lång tid. Varje match introduceras fantastiskt berättat av Paul Heyman. Varje match är uppbyggd med olika utmaningar baserat på de riktiga matcherna, som att slå tre tunga slag, attackera någon utanför ringen eller annat. På plussidan är kommentatorerna tillbaka under matcherna och de har lyckats med något jag inte trodde var möjligt, nämligen att ha dem på en nivå så mina öron inte blöder av hur dåligt det är. På minussidan är att de tagit bort filmsekvenser från de riktiga matcherna medan du spelar. Tidigare har det sömlöst gått från in-game till riktiga bilder. Till exempel, om du kastade ut nån ur ringen som utmaning började karaktären flyga över repen för att gå över till film från den riktiga matchen på precis samma ställe. Jag vet inte varför detta togs bort.

<bild>Små tekniska problem kvarstår, som att titelbälten svävar över karaktärerna.</bild>

Nytt för i år är att det finns tidsbegränsade utmaningar, som att göra en specifik attack inom en minut. Om du vinner matchen och klarar alla utmaningar låser du upp karaktärer, titlar, arenor, och annat du kan använda i andra spellägen. Ett av dessa är sandlådeläget Universe Mode. Detta har fått några små förbättringar, så som att kunna ha dina pay-per-views (eller premium live events som de nu kallar det) över flera dagar à la verklighetens Wrestlemania. En annan är att promos är tillbaka där det nu går att välja olika svarsalternativ för olika grenar på promoträdet.

Som sagt, innehåll finns det gott om för jag har fortfarande två spellägen att nämna: MyGM och MyRise. Det förstnämnda var något som spelare frågat efter sedan WWE Smackdown Vs Raw 2008. Det återkom i WWE 2K22, men var något av en besvikelse med hur lite innehåll det hade. Tre år senare är de på rätt väg. Äntligen finns det möjlighet för online co-op. Du och tre vänner (eller ovänner) kan spela mot varandra för att försöka boka de bästa showerna. Boka matcher, försök håll brottarna glada, och få mer fans än de andra. Detta år är nog det året som jag haft roligast med detta, även om det bara är mot datorstyrda motståndare, sedan just Smackdown Vs Raw-serien. MyRise å sin sida är spelets berättelseläge och i år har de två olika berättelserna beroende på om du spelar som kvinna eller man slagits ihop och båda könen, och dina skapade karaktärer, ingår nu i samma berättelse där ett mystiskt gäng försöker ta över företaget genom att skada dess stjärnor. Upp till dig att se till att de goda vinner. CM Punk, som återvände förra året som DLC, har en stor roll, och som en av de bästa promosnubbarna i wrestling är det alltid ett välkommet tillskott.

<bild>The Island är årets dragplåster. Det är en kopia på The City från NBA 2K och allt handlar om att spendera pengar.</bild>

Men alla dessa lägen hade blivit bortglömda om matcherna inte är roliga att spela. Då är det tur att själva fighterna är helt fantastiska. Inne i ringen finns det så mycket underhållning att hämta. Den nya fokusering på giganter, väldigt stora, karaktärer är välkommet. Andre the Giant, Yokozuna, Nia Jax och liknande börjar matcherna med en extra hälsomätare. En sköld, i princip. Många attacker fungerar inte heller på denna och att springa in i denna bjässe med en mindre person är som att springa rakt in i en tegelvägg. Det är du som kommer dratta på ändan, inte den massiva motståndaren. Till slut nöts denna vägg ner och de kan skadas också på vanliga sätt. Det kan verka lite för kraftfullt, men som motvikt kan dessa karaktärer bland annat inte göra de mer gymnastiska sakerna, som att dyka från toppen av ringhörnan. Detta tillsammans med några nya matchtyper, som Underground där ringen inte har några rep och Bloodline Match, där det är en-mot-en, men där tre lagkamrater kan ropas in för hjälp gör att det känns som framsteg har gjorts. Kanske den största förbättringen av alla i årets version är möjligheten att använda en fri kamera när brottarna går ner för rampen under deras introducering. Spelar du många matcher med samma karaktär kan det kännas lite repetitivt, men nu kan du snurra kameran 360 grader runt karaktären eller zooma ut och in. Detta ger helt nya vinklar vi annars inte ser. Något vi inte heller brukar se, speciellt inte i dagens WWE är intergender-matcher, det vill säga matcher mellan män och kvinnor. Detta finns dock tillagt i årets version, om du vill sparka Dominik Mysterios rumpa som Rhea Ripley.

Tyvärr dras spelet med några små problem som jag börjar tvivla på att de någonsin kommer fixa. Titelbälten svävar fortfarande nån decimeter över axeln när de bär på bältet där och är som en ring en bit ut från midjan om bältet istället är där. Hårfysiken kan verkligen vara skrattretande där det går igenom kläder eller kroppen. Och saker som ringrepen eller vapen kan fastna på karaktärerna. Detta är saker som serien haft som problem under många år. Generellt ser spelet dock väldigt bra ut, där vissa personer fått bättre modeller i spelet än andra, och ljudbilden är inget att klaga på.

<bild>I ringen är spelet väldigt, väldigt bra.</bild>

2K har verkligen ryckt upp sig från fiaskot som var WWE 2K20. Jag har knappt återhämtat mig än, fem år senare. Det var så katastrofalt att de inte ens släppte något spel året efter. Från återkomsten med WWE 2K22 har de år efter år förbättrat serien och WWE 2K25 är troligtvis det bästa spelet i seriens historia. Matcherna är lika fenomenala som AJ Styles och alla spellägen har fått någon typ av uppdatering. Det helt onödiga tillägget The Island som är en sämre The City-kopia från NBA 2K, och som är mer ett köpcenter med lite wrestling än tvärtom, drar tyvärr ner helhetsintrycket.

Kingdom Come: Deliverance II

Warhorse Studios gjorde något få hade förutspått när de utvecklade {Kingdom Come: Deliverance}. De lyckades med bedriften att skapa ett rollspel helt utan magi och monster. Istället fick vi besöka Böhmen under 1400-talet och uppleva medeltiden på ett sätt få andra spel lyckats med. Tack vare Cryengine, satellitdata och mängder med efterforskning av utvecklarna fick vi en fantastiskt vacker återskapning av denna del av världen. Uppföljaren träder i samma fotspår som sin föregångare och vi får återigen följa Henry, en före detta smed som vill bli riddare. Han lever i en tid av tumult då den tidigare kungen Wenzel IV blivit fängslad av hans halvbror Sigismund av Ungern, som försöker ta tronen i det Tysk-romerska riket.

Tvåan tar vid strax efter att föregångaren slutar. Det sker inga stora hopp i tiden och vi får återigen bekanta oss med smeden Henry från föregångaren. Han vill fortfarande hitta sina föräldrars mördare och återfå sin fars förlorade svärd. Radzig Kobyla som tagit Henry under sina vingar skickar iväg honom och Sir Hans Capon på ett nytt uppdrag. De ska mäkla fred och skaffa fler allierade för att stå emot Sigismunds krigståg och förhoppningsvis rädda den fängslade kungen Wenzel IV. Även om konversationerna tar upp sådant som skett tidigare mellan dessa två vapenbröder, finns det en bra sammanfattning du kan titta på om du inte spelat originalet förut.

<bild>Vänskapsbandet mellan Henry och Sir Hans är en höjdpunkt under äventyrets gång.</bild>
<bild>Oavsett om du är ute på landet eller i en by tornar fästningarna upp sig på horisonten.</bild>

När du startar uppföljaren och rider med Sir Hans Capon till ert nya uppdrag är du en väl bepansrad riddare. Du har en redig häst med sadel, dekorationer och är en kraftfull krigare. Precis som du förmodligen misstänker måste utvecklarna ta ifrån dig alla leksaker på något vis. Ert kompani av soldater råkar ut för ett bakhåll och du måste rädda Sir Hans Capon och fly. Under flykten blir du av med alla dina tillhörigheter, din vovve och din häst. Detta är en klassisk metod för att du ska få återupptäcka världen på nytt. Din karaktär skadas också under bakhållet vilket leder dig till att behöva träna upp din karaktär igen. Detta sker på samma premisser andra rollspel och actionspel har gjort genom åren.

Nollställandet av din karaktär låter dig upptäcka världen och tillåter utvecklarna att göra dig sårbar igen. Det är fortfarande svårt att slåss mot flera fiender ensam och även med rustning är striderna oförlåtande. Även om striderna är bättre än i föregångaren finns det en klumpighet i systemet. Ibland vill inte karaktären göra som du vill och även om du borde ha träffat fienden kan du missa ändå. Över tid blir detta stridssystem bättre på grund av att din karaktär blir starkare. Jag är av den åsikten att det är ett förbättrat spelmässigt system i förhållande till sin föregångare. Du låser lättare på fiender och det är smidigare att kombinera attacker än förut. Även att slåss från sadeln känns mycket bättre och det är rätt skoj att använda pikar och långa vapen för att hantera fiender. Hästarna är följsamma och går att uppgradera med både utrustning och förmågor.

<bild>Vyerna är spektaktulära.</bild>
<bild>Tröttnar du på att utforska går det att spela ett roande tärningspsel i varenda taverna.</bild>

Även om svärdet fortfarande besitter flest förmågor att lära sig, är andra vapen som pikar, stridshammare, stridsklubbor, pilbågar, armborstar och även tidiga skjutvapen riktigt trevliga att använda sig av. De har alla sina unika kombinationsattacker och kan användas i olika situationer. Precis som i föregångaren kan du lära dig fler kombos och tekniker av mästare ute i världen. Med hjälp av bälten kan du bära upp till fyra vapen samtidigt. När du kommit till den punkten kan du tackla alla situationer du kan tänkas möta i strid. Alla vapen kräver träning för att bli bra med. Det räcker inte att bara träna upp siffror på din karaktär. Du behöver även träna att använda vapnen själv vilket för tankarna till ett fighting-spel. Det gäller dock att inte sänka sin gard, jag har vid flera tillfällen blivit utsatt för bakhåll och blivit sönderslagen av fiender med stridsklubbor.

Att vara en hederlig riddare är inte det enda sättet du kan föra krig på. Du kan också smyga i ett ganska roande smygsystem. Du kan öppna lås och smeta giftiga oljor på dina vapen. Vill du skaffa dig ett ännu större övertag kan du förgifta mat och dryck för att bättre hantera stora grupper av fiender. Är inte detta din stil kan du också via dialog prata dig ur många situationer. Jag gillar att lösa situationer diplomatiskt i spel och har haft ganska roligt med dialogsystemet. Systemet är simpelt och bygger på att du har mycket poäng i relevanta kategorier. I nästan alla viktiga dialoger kan du välja fler än ett specialsvar. Vissa triggar strider, andra fredliga lösningar och några ett sorts mellanting. Det gäller därför att förstå situationen och vad ditt svar kan leda till även om det är ett unikt svar.

<bild>Menyerna är snyggt designade och påminner om en medeltida kyrkobok.</bild>
<bild>Kartan är bra och du kan enkelt färdas snabbt från plats till plats. Risken finns dock att du råkar ut för bakhåll och olika händelser.</bild>

Du kan också delta i sidoaktiviteter som tärningsspel, alkemi och smida dina egna vapen. Alkemin fungerar bättre än någonsin tack vare att du kan duka upp ingredienserna och alltid ha instruktionerna nära till hands. Du måste såklart hitta recepten och ingredienserna själv, men jag rekommenderar dig att bemästra detta. Det beror på att sparsystemet kräver schnaps för att spara om du inte har tillgång till en säng eller väljer att avsluta spelet. Du kan med lätthet skapa denna alkohol via alkemi. Tyvärr tycker jag inte att detta är ett bra system, utan det borde gå att spara manuellt när man själv önskar. Jag hade samma kritik gentemot föregångaren. Det är ett ytterst märkligt designbeslut, som skapar mer frustration än det är värt. Oavsett om du behöver spara inför ett svårt uppdrag eller tackla en klurig situation. Att smida vapen är en nyhet och passar Henry perfekt. Det är ett roande system som tar lite tid att bemästra, men fungerar ypperligt på grund av att det lyfter fram protagonistens bakgrund som smed. Precis som med alkemin är det enkelt att göra och ger dig användbara föremål i själva spelet.

Jag vill däremot ge en eloge till uppdragsdesignen. Den är betydligt mer varierad denna gång och oavsett längd är uppdragen intressanta. Det är sällan du springer ärenden utan att bli belönad med intressanta narrativ eller en bra belöning. Att köpa saker eller reparera i detta spel är kostsamt vilket skapar ett behov av att utföra sidouppdrag. Du kan självklart utveckla dina färdigheter så att du kan använda speciella kit för att laga allt du äger, men du kommer inledningsvis att behöva pengar. Det kan handla om att lösa ett mordmysterium, jaga tjuvjägare eller råna en liten by. Flera av stickspåren har oväntade twister och det resulterar ofta i att du aldrig riktigt har grepp om vad som ska hända. Några sidouppdrag har även ytterligare uppdrag som du kan utföra om du klarat av de föregående uppdragen. Under äventyrets gång har jag spenderat mycket tid med att enbart klara av sidouppdrag istället för huvuduppdragen.

<bild>Du kan tidigt i spelet få hjälp av din hund. Den går att klappa och kan hjälpa dig under äventyret genom att spåra folk och delta i strider.</bild>
<bild>Samhällena varierar från små byar till stora städer.</bild>

Strider, smygande, uppdrag och dialog är inte allt spelet erbjuder. I denna titel är världen en egen karaktär. Det märks att Warhorse Studios tagit i från tårna för att skapa levande samhällen med mängder av intressanta karaktärer. Nästan alla personer går att prata med och har ett eget namn. Byarna känns levande med karaktärer som pratar med varandra och utför dagliga sysslor. Jag får ofta {The Elder Scrolls IV: Oblivion} vibbar av detta. Ibland fungerar systemet lite mindre bra och konversationerna blir stela. I andra sammanhang tillför det ett djup i själva världen och kan leda dig till skatter av olika slag. Dialogerna med Henry påverkas också av ditt rykte och detta kan leda till roande situationer. När du går fram till en handlare av något slag kan han be dig dra åt skogen och sedan tacka Jesus för att du köpt en vara. Det finns en charmig klumpighet i dialogsystemet, men det skadar inte upplevelsen.

Med tanke på hur stor världen är i uppföljaren är jag imponerad över hur bra allt fungerar. I denna titel har du två stora världar med sina egna områden, byar och en större stad. Efter ungefär halva äventyret kommer du att få chansen att besöka den stora staden Kutná Hora (ja den heter så). Vid besöket av staden blev jag ruskigt imponerad över hur pass levande de lyckats få den att kännas. I jämförelse med Rattay och Sassau från föregångaren är de små byar i jämförelse med denna koloss. Den är full av liv och många uppdrag sker i denna stad och omkringliggande områden. Det finns även ett tunnelsystem under staden på grund av gruvbrytningen i denna region. Vilket underlättar om du gillar att stjäla och smyga.

<bild>Vapen och rustningar blir blodiga, smutsiga och leriga av strider. Du kan och bör tvätta bort detta regelbundet. Det kan nämligen påverka ditt rykte och hur folk bemöter dig.</bild>
<bild>Regn och åska dånar i bakgrunden på ett fantastiskt sätt. Åskan får en att känna sig liten i denna värld.</bild>

Det är inte bara städerna och byarna som imponerar utan även skogarna, fälten och naturen. Där föregångaren saknade lite i ljud och djurliv är det betydligt bättre i uppföljaren. Myrstackar, fågelkvitter, smådjur och insekter gör att naturen är mer trovärdig. Även inslag som fjärilar och andra insekter levandegör omgivningarna. Jag är fortsatt imponerad över hur bra utvecklarna är på att skapa tät vegetation på marknivå i skogsområden. Allt från svampar, uppstickande rötter, mossa, småvegetation och annat gör att skogarna känns verkliga. De är inte riktigt lika tomma som i föregångarna utan du kan hitta allt från jaktmarker, tjuvjägare, banditer och gömda skatter. Tyvärr dras vissa aspekter av världen med lite lågupplösta texturer.

Det märks att detta inte är en exklusiv PC-titel. Jag tror att det kan komma en uppdatering efter lanseringen med lite fler högupplösta texturer. Samtidigt är detta en krävande titel på grund av Cryengine och hur mycket processorkraft du behöver. Det kan vara viktigt att känna till att du behöver en bra processor för att kunna höja inställningarna på dator. Å andra sidan har jag nästan noll problem med denna titel. Till skillnad från den mer ofärdiga och buggiga föregångaren på en teknisk nivå, har jag enbart stött på ett fåtal problem. Ett exempel på detta är texturer som du fastna i, jag har vid flera tillfällen ramlat genom stenar. Det är vanligare i den första världen än i den andra, speciellt i det mer bergiga och steniga områdena. Du kan tack och lov färdas automatiskt ut ur situationen via kartan. Det finns även lite enstaka ljus-och ljudproblem. Musiken kan fastna i stridsläget och vissa ljud i naturen spelas inte upp korrekt.

<bild>Kristendomen innehar en viktig roll i samhällena Henry rör sig genom. Religionen utforskas även i berättelsen och du kan bege dig ut på pilgrimsfärd för att förbättra ditt rykte.</bild>
<bild>Mörkret är ständigt närvarande och du behöver en fackla för att se något. I städerna och byarna är det lag att bära någon form av ljuskälla annars kan du bli gripen av vakterna.</bild>

Jag har tyvärr inte haft möjligheten att testa produkten på ett svagare system eller på konsol. Det innebär att dessa problem inte nödvändigtvis existerar på andra format. Helhetsmässigt har detta varit fullt spelbart från start till slut utan större problem på mitt system. Jag har klockat runt 80-timmar och kan säkert få ut ytterligare en 20-40 timmar för att göra allt. Med tanke på hur bra {Kingdom Come: Deliverance II} ser ut och även låter, kan jag inte annat än tycka att Warhorse Studios lärt sig av sin föregångares problem. Detta är ett bättre spel på exakt alla punkter.

Oavsett om du är ny eller har spelat originalet är detta ett välgjort rollspel. Det omformulerar inte hur genren ska fungera, men lyckas ändå skapa en engagerande och intressant upplevelse. Berättelsen bjuder på många intressanta karaktärer och uppdrag att utföra. Visuellt kan det mäta sig med moderna spel och bjuder på en realistisk design. Allt i spelet är byggt för att efterlikna verkligheten och det är få spel som gör det lika bra. Trots några lågupplösta texturer är det svårt att inte försvinna in i denna värld. Med utmanande strider, minispel, varierade uppdrag och grymt upplägg är det en solklar rekommendation och en bra start på det nya året. Är det ett rollspel du bör spela under 2025 så är det utan tvivel Kingdom Come: Deliverance II

<bild>Ansikten är både smutsiga och detaljerade på ett trovärdigt sätt. Cryengine kan med rätt utvecklare fortfarande leverera bra grafik.</bild>
<bild>Världen i Kingdom Come: Deliverance II är som gjord för att utforskas. Varje scen går att fotografera och det är svårt att inte uppslukas av allt arbete Warhorse Studios lagt ner på sitt alster.</bild>

Eight Questions No One Thinks to Ask Before Buying a House

Before making one of the biggest financial commitments of your life, dig a little deeper.

Buying a house is a stressful, expensive project—something most people understand. That's why they do their diligence. The research the property and the area, they hire a home inspector, they pay a lot of money for title insurance, and they ask questions. Lots and lots of questions.

Most of those questions are common sense, concerning the history of the house, the age and condition of the roof or the HVAC system, and the neighborhood. But there are some not-so-common questions that are also worth asking. These eight questions might seem a bit random, but they can alert you to big problems before you sign your life away.

Was the home ever used as a business?

A lot of people use their homes for their livelihood. If that means a home office for telecommuting, it’s nothing to worry about. But if the previous owner ran any kind of physical business out of the house, you need to know, because it could impact your enjoyment of the property in a few ways:

  • Old customers might show up unannounced, unaware that the house has been sold, as happened to this unhappy new homeowner. This could potentially include folks who are upset with their experience with the business, or to whom the business owes money.

  • Shipments, bills, and other deliveries or correspondence might continue to arrive, forcing you to deal with someone else’s business—especially if the previous owner demands that you forward materials and mail to them.

Has the house ever been hit by a car?

This might seem like a crazy question to ask, but if the house you’re considering buying is located at an intersection, at the bottom of a hill, or around a blind corner, it's worth asking if it’s been hit by cars—and if so, how often. Homes being hit by cars isn’t common, but if the house has been hit once, there’s a good chance the conditions that caused the accident still exist, and it could be hit again.

For example, this house in San Jose has been hit 23 times in 50 years. This house in Ohio has been hit three times (plus one near-miss). And this house in North Carolina was hit by cars six times over the course of a decade. The worst time to find out that a nearby highway exit ramp or dangerous curve slings cars into your home on a regular basis is after you’ve bought it.

What exactly will I own?

Most of the time you can safely assume that what you see in and around the house will be yours once the checks clear and the deed is transferred. That usually includes the outdoor spaces, like a backyard, the appliances, and, say, the finished basement. But you should never assume, because sometimes what you see is not at all what you get.

This couple in Washington and bought a house only to discover that the back yard—starting at their back steps—was actually a separate lot. They only learned this when the lot was put up for auction, and they found themselves desperately trying to buy their own backyard. And if you want the appliances in the kitchen or laundry room, you should make sure their inclusion is specified in the contract, or you might be in for a few extra expenses when you move in to find the fridge missing.

There’s even a story about a seller who literally removed an entire finished basement from the house, leveraging the fact that below-grade areas are usually not considered part of the living space. You might not need to worry about the basement in your dream home, but it underscores the wisdom of making sure you know everything that is included in the sale.

Do all the outlets work?

Older homes often don’t have enough power outlets. They were often designed and constructed in a different era, when people didn’t have TVs in their bedrooms or a dozen gadgets charging at all times. One of the easiest upgrades people put into older homes is additional outlets, often as part of an overall upgrade to the electrical wiring.

But an unscrupulous homeowner might add nonfunctional outlets to give the appearance of such an upgrade, leaving it to you to actually connect them. Or, maybe the house has old wiring that only looks like it was upgraded and modernized. Either way, asking if the outlets all actually work—or, better yet, testing them with a volt meter yourself—is a good idea.

Is it considered historic?

If you’re buying an older home, it’s often a good idea to ask if it’s located in a historic district or designated a historic building, and if there are any restrictions that come along with that designation. Homes that are considered historic in some way often come with limitations to the kind of renovations you can do without explicit approval, and may come with extra expenses or responsibilities.

You’d assume something like that would be disclosed before the sale, and it usually is if it’s the house itself that has officially been deemed historic. But if you move into an area considered historic, you might be subject to rules regarding how you can alter or update a home that haven't been previously disclosed to you, just like this unlucky homeowner. If your new house has old charm, it’s worth asking, or checking directly with the local government.

Why exactly was the basement renovated?

If you’re touring a house that obviously hasn’t had a major renovation in a while, you might be okay as long as the bones are good and you have a vision (and a budget) for renovations. But if you head down to the basement and discover a brand-new, just-finished renovation it’s time to ask one question: Was there a flood? While many homeowners tackle their home renovations in stages, if only the below-grade areas of the house that have been updated, it’s time to worry about significant water damage that’s been erased or hidden. If the basement flooded once, it will likely flood again—so you need to know why it was singled out for a rehab.

Is there a buried tank on the premises?

Old houses sometimes have ancient oil tanks buried underground. If a house had oil heat in the past, burying the tank hid it from view—no one wants an ugly, rusting tank sitting in their backyard. And if the tank was properly decommissioned—drained, filled with foam, and capped—it’s nothing to worry (at least until you decide to dig up the yard).

But if the tank wasn’t decommissioned, it could be a huge problem. If it leaks, your health could be impacted, and if the leak spreads and poisons your neighbors’ property, you’ll be liable. And removing a tank can be expensive—around $10,000 if you’ve got an environmental disaster on your hands. Best to ask about it before you assume that responsibility.

How are those trees doing?

Trees are terrific, and offer a lot of benefits to a property. But trees can become a real hazard if they’re not cared for properly—they can fall and damage the house, become a home for insects and rodents that infiltrate the house, and can cause conflict between you and your neighbors. Taking care of trees can be expensive, so many homeowners prefer to just enjoy the shade and assume that nature will take care of itself.

It pays to ask about the trees on your potential property—how often were they pruned and trimmed? Has an arborist inspected the trees for diseases, infestations, or damage? If the trees are old and haven’t been properly cared for, you might be buying a lot of work and problems instead of a beautiful, shady yard.

The Thing: Remastered

När vi pratar remasters av gamla spel så är det få inom branschen som kan mäta sig med Nightdive Studios kaliber. Vilka i sanning har lyckats att göra ett namn för sig just genom sin förmåga att pumpa nytt liv in i äldre titlar, och på den fronten representerar The Thing Remastered ännu en fjäder i hatten för gänget. Ett spel som, för de oinvigda, fungerar som en direkt uppföljare till John Carpenters kultförklarade skräckfilm från 1982. Ett spel som, på tiden det begav sig, hyllades av många kritiker och inte minst spelare. Så häng med när vi återigen besöker den isande skräcken i Antarktis.

Det mest uppenbara och det som omgående slår en är så klart spelets visuella presentation, och precis som många gånger tidigare har Nightdive knappast legat på latsidan här. För spelet stödjer både 4K-upplösning samt en bilduppdateringen upp till 144 fps, något som omvandlar den tidigare lite suddiga upplevelsen till en oväntat kristallklar sådan. Nightdive har även haft den goda smaken att implementera både kantutjämning och pixelbaserad belysning, vilket lyfter miljöerna rejält och gör upplevelsen än mer omslutande än någonsin tidigare.

Balansen är smakfullt väl avvägd och The Thing Remastered är både troget originalet men samtidigt tillräckligt fräscht och krispigt för att kunna tilltala även en modern publik, och inte bara nostalgiska stofiler likt undertecknad.

<bild>"Kör ni ut till Antarktis?"</bild>

Men det är självfallet inte bara de visuella delarna som kärleksfullt lyfts upp till en mer samtida standard, nej även ljudet och dess mixning har dammats av och berikats. Allt från de ylande antarktiska vindarna till de groteska lätena från The Thing och dess många olika iterationer är nu kristallklara och bidrar mer än någonsin till spelets unika stämning. Känslan av fara och utsatthet är påtaglig och förstärks av den effektiva mixningen, precis som tidigare är musiken även den bidragande under de ögonblick den gör sig påmind. För likväl som i filmen är det något som används förhållandevis sparsamt.

När det kommer till gameplay så är, föga förvånande, allt från originalspelet representerat här. Inget har klippts eller på något vis censurerats eller anpassats till att passa ett modernt narrativ. Skräcken är, tack och lov, intakt och precis som tidigare ges du här chans att uppleva spelets mest unika och väl ihågkomna mekanik där rädsla och förtroende spelar in i hur du interagerar med resterande medlemmar av det räddningsteam som anländer till antarktis. En skillnad mot tidigare, och en väldigt positiv sådan, är spelets tidigare skriptade så kallade "burst outs". Dessa är tack och lov helt bortplockade då de tidigare kunde leda till att ej infekterade NPC-er plötsligt omvandlades helt utan förvarning. Dess exklusion gör att upplevelsen känns långt mer rättvis och gör att karaktärer nu endast kan bli infekterade genom direkt kontakt med The Thing, som sig bör.

<bild>Blog och gegg i överflöd!</bild>

Spelets story förblir dock oförändrad och precis som tidigare, utan att spoliera något, så är det din uppgift i rollen som Blake att uppdaga och dokumentera händelserna på Outpost 31. Tillsammans med ditt team från U.S. Special Forces så tvingas du kämpa, inte bara mot den frusna ödemarken och det obarmhärtiga klimatet, utan också med den utomjordiska livsform som vi blev väl bekanta med i John Carpenters originalfilm.

Kort och gott, för fans av filmen så är The Thing Remastered inte bara en nostalgitripp av rang utan också ett kärleksbrev av rang till dess förlaga. Både manus och gameplay är än idag strålande och knyter snyggt vid där filmen slutade, utan att ta sig några extravaganta friheter. Det känns naturligt och intressant. Därtill har Nightdive gjort ett direkt mästerligt arbete med att skänka denna klassiker nytt liv och ge fans, nya som gamla, en chans att uppleva skräcken på Outpost 31 ännu en gång. Fast med moderna bekvämligheter. The Thing Remastered är rakt igenom strålande och bjuder på lika delar kalla kårar som intensiva strider.

Sniper Elite: Resistance

Det finns såklart gott om spelare som verkligen älskar den här följetongen för vad den är, och inget mer. Som vi alla vet finns det ofta ett stort värde i att saker är som de alltid varit, särskilt i dagens spelvärld där allt är utbytbart och ofta lite väl flyktigt. Med det sagt börjar det här konceptet kännas både en liten smula tunt och en aning enformigt, om du frågar mig.

Året är 1944 (ännu en gång). Spelaren axlar i Resistance rollen som den brittiske prickskytten Harry Hawker som får i uppdrag att knäppa en himla massa vrålande nazister och stoppa uppdrag "Wunderwaffe" (och nej, det är ingen Wünderbaum-doft) som är ett motdrag mot de allierades inplanerade dagen D-invasion. Den moderna världens välstånd står på spel och allt hopp läggs i Harrys mycket kapabla händer. Skjut för brinnande livet. Rädda världen undan Adolf och hans mordiska kumpaner.

Sniper Elite: Resistance består av två enorma, open world-baserade jätteuppdrag som Harry måste genomföra och de är båda väldigt väl designade, något som Rebellion blivit skickliga på såklart efter alla spelen i denna framgångsrika spelserie. Du kommer att färdas genom en sönderbombad fransk by, ett stort hotell som Nazisterna omvandlat till deras högkvarter, ett Nazist-slott, nazzarnas obehagliga underjord-labb, bunkrar och en fransk vingård som kryllar av Hitlers hejdukar.

Spelet följer samma öppna design som Sniper Elite 5 och, precis som Hitman, kan du välja att slutföra uppdrag på många olika sätt. Du kan låta ditt prickskyttegevär tala, men du kan också välja att vara smygande och låta din tystade pistol vara ditt primära vapen. Du kan till och med bli rent personlig och smyga dig på fienden och mörda dem med din kniv. Eller kanske en kombination av alla tre - det är helt upp till spelaren och som alltid fungerar det ganska bra. Uppdragen utvecklas längs vägen, med olika delmål som dyker upp när du samlar in underrättelser eller lyssnar på tyska soldater som pratar med varandra.

Vid sidan av det övergripande målet för ett givet uppdrag kan du välja att gå efter till exempel en högt uppsatt medlem av SS som finns någonstans på kartan och du kan leta efter olika hemligstämplade dokument, filer från motståndet eller personliga brev från några av karaktärerna som uppdraget handlar om. Om du vill hitta allt och spelar på en av de högre svårighetsnivåerna kan vissa av uppdragen ta uppåt tre timmar att slutföra. Den mest underhållande delen är fortfarande att sitta högst upp i ett kyrktorn under täcket av den högljudda ringningen av kyrkklockor och plocka bort den ena fienden efter den andra. Ditt prickskyttegevär är precis lika effektivt som det någonsin varit och beroende på vilken svårighetsgrad du spelar på måste du ta hänsyn till vind och väder och hur ditt mål rör sig (du måste skjuta något före målet för att träffa det) , och du måste också tänka på att din kula kommer att förlora höjd på väg mot målet.

<bild>Grafiken ser ut att härstamma från förra konsolgenerationen.</bild>

Ett lyckat dödande över flera hundra meter belönas som alltid med den välbekanta och brutala killcamen. Här följer du din projektil i slow motion genom luften och när den träffar fienden ser du hur den krossar lårbenen, en ryggrad, eller skalle och hur de inre organen slits isär, beroende på var du träffar. Och nu undrar du säkert om du fortfarande kan skjuta nazister i testiklarna; och ja, du kan. Så där har du det. Kampanjen kan spelas antingen ensam eller sida vid sida med en vän i co-op. Utöver kampanjen finns det olika flerspelarlägen som {Team Match} (två lag med upp till åtta spelare), {Squad Match} (fyra lag med upp till fyra spelare) och det utmärkta spelläget {No Cross} är tillbaka. {No Cross} är en sorts {Team Deathmatch} där lagen separeras av en bit ingenmansland som ingen kan korsa, så fokus ligger enbart på att döda varandra på avstånd utan att oroa sig för att bli överkörda av att närma sig fiender.

<bild>Banorna är enorma och det öppna upplägget fungerar klockrent.</bild>

Du kan också invadera andra spelares kampanjer som den fruktade krypskytten Jäger och göra det svårare för den andra spelaren att slutföra kampanjuppdraget. Survival är ett slags hordläge och i de nya Propaganda Challenges, som låses upp genom att hitta propagandaaffischer under kampanjen, får du spela som medlemmar i Resistance i ett antal utmaningar. Sammantaget är flerspelardelen av {Sniper Elite: Resistance} ganska trevlig och underhållande i mindre portioner, men det finns inga större förbättringar jämfört med de tidigare spelen - och för mig är {Sniper Elite} en enskild spelare, eller co-op, spel, men det är bra att de relativt många flerspelarlägena finns för den som vill lägga tid på dem.

Eftersom {Sniper Elite: Resistance} är så nära modellerad till de tidigare spelen, finns några av dessa spelens svagheter fortfarande i Resistance. Detta är mest uppenbart kring artificiell intelligens. Fiendens förmåga att se spelaren kan variera från obefintlig till nästan övermänsklig, och det senare är särskilt frustrerande. Ibland verkar det som om fienden kan se genom väggar och att de har syn skarp som en kungsörn, eftersom de kan se dig från de konstigaste vinklarna och över mycket långa avstånd. Andra gånger kan de kliva ovanpå liket av en av sina kompisar utan att inse det, så AI:n är väldigt ojämn och det påverkar spelet. Speciellt i stealth-spel, där mycket av erfarenheten är knuten till hur fiender reagerar och hur du kan manipulera dem, är AI:n väldigt viktig och Sniper Elite har fortfarande inte riktigt fattat den delen rätt.

<bild>Prickskyttemekaniken är vid det här laget riktigt bra.</bild>

Tekniskt sett är grafiken lite gammal (simpel), eftersom ljus, skuggor och ytor inte är i paritet med de snyggaste spelen 2025, men den enkla visuella kvaliteten vägs lyckligtvis upp av riktigt bra design och några mycket, som nämndes i början, väldesignade och stora nivåer. Det finns dock vissa problem med att ytor inte alltid laddas tillräckligt snabbt, du kan ibland gå genom väggar, NPC:er går genom varandra, du kan fastna i din omgivning och fiender kan falla genom världen när de dödas. Detta bör dock fixas i en patch strax före release, har Rebellion lovat oss. Så, hur sammanfattar du det här spelet? {Sniper Elite: Resistance} känns mycket som de tidigare spelen - och det är inte nödvändigtvis ett problem. Jag är säker på att det kommer att slå an hos den nu stora och lojala skaran fans som Sniper Elite-serien har - och jag är en av dem. Resistance har justerats här och där, men jag hoppas att Rebellion snart kommer att renovera och förnya saker och ting. Den artificiella intelligens som har plågat serien så länge jag kan minnas är en av delarna som skulle behöva omarbetas inför framtida delar.
<bild>Kill Cam förblir en av de bästa delarna med denna spelserie.</bild>

{Sniper Elite: Resistance} är inte ett spel för alla, utan i allra högsta grad ett spel för fans av serien. Du behöver mängder av tålamod och viljan att sitta i flera minuter och granska din omgivning genom din kikare, upptäcka fiender och planera en fungerande, hållbar stridsplan. Det finns gott om möjligheter att bli en riktig prickskytt genom att justera svårighetsgraden, speciellt på de högre svårighetsnivåerna kräver det både finess och kreativitet för att överleva, och det är jättebra att du har möjlighet att vara så kreativ i att genomföra de olika uppdragen. Fiendernas artificiella intelligens är dock fortfarande ett problem som kan förstöra upplevelsen på vissa ställen. Som sagt, det är fortfarande konstigt tillfredsställande att träffa ditt mål på hundratals meters avstånd och den coola och lite groteska kill-cam gör det ännu roligare. {Sniper Elite: Resistance} är precis vad du förväntar dig att ett Sniper Elite-spel ska vara.

Careless People Made Me Like Sheryl Sandberg

Photo: Drew Angerer

The entertaining tell-all crafts Meta's COO into a Devil Wears Prada-like villain you can't help but love.Photo: Drew Angerer

The entertaining tell-all crafts Meta's COO into a Devil Wears Prada-like villain you can't help but love.

‘Amateur hour’: Washington aghast at Trump administration’s war plan group chat

One Democratic congressional aide called it an “operational security nightmare.”

Members of Congress and national security staffers were stunned Monday by a bombshell report that top Trump administration officials — including the vice president and Defense secretary — discussed war plans in a Signal group chat.

“Only one word for this: FUBAR,” Rep. Pat Ryan (D-N.Y.), an Army veteran who sits on the Armed Services Committee wrote on X. “If House Republicans won’t hold a hearing on how this happened IMMEDIATELY, I’ll do it my damn self.”

‘I was defending the dignity of Ukraine’: Zelenskyy addresses bust-up with Trump and Vance

Ukrainian leader lifts the lid on the Oval Office meeting that sparked a diplomatic uproar.

KYIV — Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy said he was defending Ukraine’s honor when he argued with both U.S. President Donald Trump and Vice President JD Vance in a disastrous Oval Office meeting last month.

“Why did the Ukrainians defend themselves at the start of this war? It was because of dignity,” Zelenskyy said in a recent interview with Time magazine, published Monday, in response to a question that noted his approval ratings had surged after the meeting.

“We do not consider ourselves some kind of superpower,” Zelenskyy said. On the contrary, Ukrainians “are very emotional, and when it comes to our sense of dignity, freedom, democracy, our people rise up and unite.”

American support for Ukraine has been in question since the Jan. 20 inauguration as Trump has frequently made clear his disdain for Kyiv’s leadership — a stance the Oval Office meeting brought into sharp focus. “In that moment there was the sense of not being allies, or not taking the position of an ally,” Zelenskyy said. “In that conversation, I was defending the dignity of Ukraine.”

Zelenskyy’s visit to the White House became a historic diplomatic flop, as the high-stakes summit saw Trump and Vance lecture Zelenskyy for “not being grateful enough” for U.S. support, “not having strong cards” and “gambling with World War III.”  

In the meeting, Zelenskyy responded that he had not come to play cards — and said Putin’s diplomacy alone would not end the war. “I signed the deal with him in 2019 … But after that, he broke this ceasefire. He killed our people and he didn’t exchange prisoners. We signed the exchange of prisoners, but he didn’t do it. What kind of diplomacy, JD [Vance], are you speaking about?” Zelenskyy said.

Trump later admitted the spat had been a tactic to pressure Ukraine to “do the right thing” by agreeing to a ceasefire. “You got to see a little glimpse at the Oval Office, but I think they are doing the right thing now, and we are trying to get the peace agreement done. We want to get a ceasefire and then a peace agreement,” Trump said.

After the catastrophic meeting, the U.S. cut aid and intelligence to Ukraine until Kyiv agreed to an unconditional 30-day ceasefire with Russia during talks in Saudi Arabia on March 11.

American support for Ukraine has been in question since the Jan. 20 inauguration of Donald Trump. | Chip Somodevilla/Getty Images

Zelenskyy has since called the fateful White House meeting “regrettable” and has refused to publicly criticize Trump. During the Time interview he asked the reporter to “leave that to history,” hoping to turn the page and move on.

Russia, meanwhile, has continued to pummel Ukraine daily with missiles and drones — even as Russian President Vladimir Putin pays lip service to Trump over the concept of a ceasefire.

Black Friday: Snag these glorious Govee string lights for 41% off

You Can Finally Change Your Default Feed on Threads

You can't delete the For You feed, but you can now set a different one as your default.

It finally happened: Threads officially allows you to choose a default feed to see when you open the app, whether that be "Following" or a custom feed you've created yourself. This means that when you open Threads, you'll be able to view posts from the accounts you chose to follow, instead of seeing what the algorithm wants you to. Meta has been testing this feature for a few months, and is now rolling it out to everyone—in addition to a few other new features. 

How to change Threads' default feed to Following

The process of changing your default feed is straightforward. Follow these steps:

  1. Open the Threads app on your phone and go to the Home tab. 

  2. You'll see all your feeds in different tabs at the top of the screen, just below the Threads logo. Tap and hold any of these feeds and select Edit Feeds

  3. This will reveal all your feeds in a list. Hold any feed here and drag it up or down to reorder the list. The first one in the list will automatically become your new default feed. 

Feel free to set it to Following or any custom feed you've created. Note that this feature is being rolled out slowly, so it may take a while before you see it on your phone.

Other updates to Threads

With the same update, Threads has added a few more useful features to the app. My personal favorite is the new video player, which finally has basic playback controls and a progress bar that you can easily access. There's a new play/pause button in between the rewind and forward buttons. You can use those buttons to skip back or forward by 10 seconds at a time. The progress bar appears below each video and it's big enough to scrub through videos. It's a great change: Without these features, watching videos on Threads often felt like watching looping gifs.

You can also limit replies and quotes of your posts. When you compose a new post in Threads, tap the Anyone can reply & quote button, located to the left of the Post button. This lets you limit replies and quoting to your followers, mentioned accounts, or accounts you follow. 

Separately, Meta is testing the ability to add up to 10 topics to your Threads profile. Tapping these topics leads you to conversations around those subjects, similar to how hashtags work on other social media platforms. When you compose a new post in Threads, you may see a button that lets you add a trending topic to the post. If you use it, your post could reach a larger audience than usual.

An Architecture-Driven Approach to Application Modernization

Enterprise applications have grown to a point where many of them are more complex and slow to respond, and market expectations have risen exponentially in the meantime. Nowadays, customers want responsive and robust applications that have greater agility. This became a concern for many of the businesses as the application began to hinder growth andContinue reading "An Architecture-Driven Approach to Application Modernization"

Enterprise applications have grown to a point where many of them are more complex and slow to respond, and market expectations have risen exponentially in the meantime. Nowadays, customers want responsive and robust applications that have greater agility. This became a concern for many of the businesses as the application began to hinder growth and development. The solution is to migrate all the applications to the cloud and re-evaluate those application’s potential. This is where most enterprises started migrating and started digitally transforming their application to stay relevant in the market. The old application’s modernization is not something trivial to organizations and requires a lot of hard work to get it done right. The journey could be simplified into three objectives: enterprise objective, current state, and the architecture of the application. 

Enterprises have many applications that can be modernized; it’s a journey and not a one time process. Businesses can make wiser decisions based on the application archetype, and we explored different paths to the modernization of the UI application archetype.

Author Bio:

Name: Himanshu Singh

Himanshu Singh is a Marketing consultant at Rapidops. He is a technology enthusiast and well versed in software development. He is also interested in domains like machine learning and data science. In his spare time, he enjoys guitar, badminton, and photography.

My Favorite Amazon Deal of the Day: The Garmin Forerunner 55

This budget-friendly Garmin watch is packed with features and is down to a record-low price.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

Ever since I retired my G-Shock in 2015, I’ve been using fitness smartwatches, and some way or another, they’ve all been Garmins—some were passed down from family members and others were gifts. If you’ve never owned a Garmin watch and want to try one out, the best budget Garmin for runners is down to its lowest price ever, according to price tracking tools. You can get the Garmin Forerunner 55 for $149.99 (originally $199.99).

As Senior Health Editor Beth Skwarecki said in her intensive search for the best fitness watches for runners, the Garmin Forerunner 55 is the best budget choice you can make, especially at this new record-low price. You get some features that have historically only been found in the premium versions, like the Respiration Rate Tracker feature, which tracks your breathing rate. The battery life is up to two weeks when it’s in standby mode and 20 hours when using GPS tracking.

You can use the Daily Suggested Workouts to suggest how to train to reach your running goals. If you like to run on tracks, you can choose which lane you’re in with Track Mode, which gives you exact pacing for much better accuracy, snapping your times at 100 meter intervals. Based on those numbers, you can also see the Race Predictor, which tells you how you’d fare in a marathon and other race lengths using your VO2 max and other metrics. There's also Recovery Hours which suggests how long you should wait until you do another intense workout.

TikTok Has a New Security Checkup Dashboard

Follow step-by-step guidance to lock things down.

Social media apps aren't exactly known for their privacy and security features, but TikTok users are getting a little bit of help with a built-in tool to monitor their account security and keep their information safe. The new Security Checkup dashboard shows you where your TikTok security is lacking with step-by-step guidance to update your settings.

How to use TikTok's Security Checkup

To get to your security dashboard on TikTok, go to your profile and tap Settings and privacy > Security and permissions. Security Checkup will show you which settings have been completed and which need attention, with guidance on how to update each:

  • Adding an email and/or phone number for account recovery

  • Enabling two-step verification

  • Creating a passkey with device-based authentication like Face ID or Touch Unlock

  • Checking which devices are logged into your account (and removing any that are unauthorized or aren't in use)

TikTok will also flag "unusual account behavior" and log it in your Security Checkup for you to review.

TikTok isn't the only social media platform with this kind of security feature. Meta, for example, has a Security Checkup on Instagram that guides users through improving their password strength, enabling two-factor authentication, and adding account recovery information. You can find this in your profile settings (tap the three vertical lines) and go to Accounts Center > Password and Security > Security Checkup to select the account you want to evaluate.

Google has a similar dashboard that shows you where you are signed in with your Google account, apps and services you've connected, recent security activity, sign-in and recovery settings, and recommendations for improving your account security.

The Financial Perks (and Downsides) of Marriage

Love is priceless; but marriage comes with receipts.

Marriage: The sacred union of two hearts, two souls, and, less romantically, two tax returns. While poets and romantics wax lyrical about eternal love, accountants and financial advisors see matrimony through a different lens. After all, marriage is a significant economic transaction with its own balance sheet. Let's take a cold, calculating look at the institution that promises "for richer or poorer"—and find out which one you're more likely to experience.

The financial pros of marriage

For the most part, there are plenty of ways in which "I do" means "we save."

Tax benefits (sometimes)

For some couples, marriage delivers an immediate return on investment through the "marriage bonus." Couples with disparate incomes often find themselves in a lower tax bracket together than they would be separately. However, the IRS doesn't send wedding gifts—this benefit typically favors traditional arrangements where one spouse significantly out-earns the other.

Check out this calculator from the Tax Policy Center to see how much federal income tax two people might pay if they were to marry. It compares the taxes a married couple would pay filing a joint return with what they would pay if they were not married and each filed as single or head of household.

Healthcare savings

Nothing says romance like discounted health insurance premiums. Many employers offer family coverage that costs less than two individual plans. Plus, you'll only need to meet one family deductible instead of two individual ones when you both get sick from the same wedding buffet.

Economies of scale

Married or not, two can live almost as cheaply as one—especially when it comes to housing, utilities, and streaming subscriptions. Why maintain two half-empty refrigerators when you can maintain one completely full one? The shared-expense model makes everyday living more efficient, assuming you can agree on a thermostat setting.

Social security advantages

Marriage offers a built-in retirement safety net. Surviving spouses can claim their deceased partner's Social Security benefits if they exceed their own. It's the government's way of saying, "Sorry for your loss—here's some money."

The financial cons of marriage

When "I do" becomes "I'm due...to pay." Hey, not all of my wordplay is perfect, OK?

The marriage penalty

This is the flip side of the marriage bonus. Some dual-income couples with similar earnings find themselves paying more in taxes together than separately—the infamous "marriage penalty." Nothing strengthens a relationship like realizing you're paying thousands more annually for the privilege of filing jointly. Here's that calculator again.

Shared debts

When you marry someone, you don't just get their charming quirks—you might get their debt too. While premarital debt typically remains separate, any debt accumulated during the marriage can become shared responsibility, depending on your state's laws. Their student loan debt remains theirs, but their impulsive decision to finance a luxury boat "for weekend getaways" becomes your shared financial burden.

Before you assume you’re on the hook for a debt, it’s usually worth it to take a breath and dig into whether you’re actually responsible.

Divorce as a financial risk

Approximately 40-50% of marriages end in divorce—a statistic that financial planners can't ignore. The average divorce costs between $15,000 and $30,000 in legal fees alone, not counting the financial aftermath of dividing assets, potential alimony, and the cost of establishing two separate households. No wedding DJ ever announces, "And now, let's factor in the statistical probability of spending $20,000 to undo this entire event!"

Benefit complications

Some income-based government benefits may decrease or disappear entirely when household income is calculated jointly. Marriage can inadvertently disqualify individuals from financial aid, assistance programs, or income-based repayment plans for student loans.

Tips to protect yourself financially

You'll hear people say, "Sign a pre-nup," but what exactly does that entail? And what else can you do to protect your finances in your marriage?

The prenuptial agreement conversation

Nothing says "romance" like discussing how to divide assets in case of divorce before you've even cut the wedding cake. Despite its unromantic reputation, a prenuptial agreement provides clarity and protection for both parties. Think of it as insurance—you don't buy home insurance because you expect your house to burn down, but because you recognize it could.

Prioritize financial transparency

Before marriage, schedule a judgment-free financial disclosure session. Reveal credit scores, debt loads, assets, spending habits, and financial goals. Finding out your spouse has $60,000 in credit card debt during your honeymoon makes those "for richer or poorer" vows feel a bit more literal than intended.

Establish a financial framework

Decide early how you'll handle money: Will you merge everything, keep separate accounts, or create a hybrid system? Determine who pays for what, how savings will be allocated, and how major purchases will be decided. This prevents the "I thought you were paying the electric bill" conversation in the dark.

Create an exit strategy for your accounts

Consider maintaining some financial independence, like a personal emergency fund or credit card in your own name. This isn't about planning for divorce—it's about maintaining financial identity and credit history, which becomes crucial if you face unexpected circumstances like a spouse's death or incapacitation.

The bottom line

Marriage represents many things: a romantic milestone, a legal contract, and—whether we like to admit it or not—a financial partnership with significant economic implications. While love may be the reason you marry, money will likely be something you discuss daily for the rest of your lives together.

The good news? Financial compatibility doesn't require identical views on money—just open communication, mutual respect, and occasionally, the willingness to compromise on whether a $7 daily latte habit constitutes "essential spending."

After all, as the old saying goes: Love may be blind, but marriage is a long-term investment strategy with variable returns and significant tax implications.

These Beats Fit Pro Earbuds Are at Their Lowest Price Ever

This is a good deal for ANC earbuds that won’t pop out during workouts.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

The Beats Fit Pro are a solid choice for anyone who wants Apple’s seamless connectivity without shelling out for AirPods Pro. Right now, Woot is offering them for just $109.99 (down from $159.99), marking their lowest price ever, according to price trackers. This deal runs for the next six days or until stock runs out. Prime members get free shipping, while others pay $6. One catch—Woot only ships within the contiguous U.S.

Fit is the focus, here. The built-in earfins keep the earbuds secure without the need for extra attachments. The sound leans toward Beats’ signature style—deep bass, crisp highs, and a slightly recessed midrange. Noise cancellation does an above-average job with lower frequencies but struggles a bit with sharper sounds (like clinking dishes in a café), according to this PCMag review.

Apple users get the most out of these earbuds, with their H1 chip making pairing seamless, along with access to features like Find My tracking, Spatial Audio with head tracking, Adaptive EQ, hands-free Siri, and automatic switching between Apple devices. Android users can still use the Beats app for features like the Ear Tip Fit Test (to get the best seal), firmware updates, and listening mode controls, but they miss out on Spatial Audio, Find My, and hands-free Siri.

The IPX4 rating of the Fit Pro is less impressive for workout-ready earbuds—they’ll handle sweat and light rain, but they’re not exactly built for heavy downpours, and the case isn’t water-resistant. That’s a bit of a letdown for fitness buds. These earbuds support Bluetooth 5.0 and AAC/SBC codecs, but not AptX. That might not be a dealbreaker unless you’re really picky about audio quality. As for battery life, you get six to seven hours per charge (depending on ANC use), with up to 23 extra hours in the case.

Overall, the Beats Fit Pro packs in a lot for the price, especially if you’re in the Apple ecosystem. But if you want something even more fitness-focused, the new Powerbeats Pro 2 promises heart rate monitoring during workouts.

This Highly Rated 65-Inch 4K QLED TV Is Less Than $500 Right Now

At this price, the U6N is hard to beat for everyday streaming and casual gaming.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

Hisense 65U6N, a PCMag Editor's Choice winner (that also made it into Lifehacker's "Best 65-inch TVs to Buy in 2025" roundup in the budget category) is currently on sale for $498, down from its regular $734 price tag. This 65-inch 4K QLED TV uses a mini-LED backlight system to deliver solid contrast and color accuracy—something you’d expect from pricier models. It supports Dolby Vision, HDR10, and HLG—meaning whatever you stream will look sharp and vibrant.

That said, it’s a 60Hz panel, so motion won’t be as smooth as on higher-end 120Hz or 144Hz models. Gamers might also want to think twice—while it does support VRR (variable refresh rate), it lacks AMD FreeSync and Nvidia G-Sync, which could be a dealbreaker for serious competitive gaming. But at an input lag of just 3.6 milliseconds, casual gaming is still solid, according to this PCMag review.

Hisense went with Google TV for the software, which is a win if you like a clean interface and easy access to all major streaming apps like Netflix, Disney+, HBO Max, and Apple TV. Plus, hands-free Google Assistant support means you can control your 65U6N and compatible smart home devices just by talking. Apple users will appreciate its AirPlay 2 support, making it easy to stream directly from an iPhone or Mac. Android users, of course, get Google Cast. One notable omission is that this TV only has an ATSC 1.0 tuner, meaning it won’t support over-the-air 4K broadcasts with ATSC 3.0. However, if that’s not a dealbreaker, its smart features still make it a strong pick.

The remote feels surprisingly premium, with a brushed-metallic plastic design and a shiny navigation pad. Dedicated buttons for Netflix, Prime Video, and YouTube make it easy to jump into your favorite apps, and the built-in mic means you don’t have to shout across the room to give voice commands. Connectivity-wise, you get four HDMI ports (one with eARC), two USB ports, an Ethernet port, an optical audio output, and multiple 3.5mm jacks. It also comes with sturdy metal legs for tabletop placement or VESA compatibility if you want to mount it. If you’re after a step up, the Hisense 65U7N ($698, down from $998) offers a brighter display, 144Hz refresh rate, and ATSC 3.0 tuner; but at this price, the 65U6N is hard to beat for everyday streaming and casual gaming.

While Waiting

Under tiden jag skriver den här recensionen så står While Waiting på i bakgrunden. Det som gör detta spel väldigt annorlunda är att du klarar av nivåerna genom att bara låta det vara. Det är, som titeln antyder, genom att vänta som nivå för nivå klaras av. Detta gör While Waiting på många vis helt olikt saker jag spelat tidigare. Det börjar från det tidigaste skedet; du väntar på att födas. Här står du i kö. Och väntar. Sedan följer då livets alla händelser i rad. Alltid kring något man väntar på. Varje scen är bara några minuter lång och du kan styra din karaktär runt, integrera med lite objekt och det finns en lista över små "achievements" man kan klara av. Detta gör att det finns något att göra, medan man väntar...

Det finns en väldigt originell designtanke här. I allt ifrån hur det ser ut, till den klassiska musiken som pryder bilderna och så självfallet i hela stillsamheten. Lite som en visuell novell utan all text, som en walking simulator fast bara i stillbilder. Spelet följer den anonyma karaktären genom hela livet. När han väntar på bussen, väntar på att en lektion ska ta slut, väntar på att få mat. Det presenteras som små målningar från en sådan där bok där man fyller i färger själv. Allting är inte ifyllt, det mesta är bara tomma siluetter förutom det ska man kan integrera med.
<bild>I en del scener kan man göra lite smålustiga saker.</bild>
Det är just genom att undersöka de små miljöerna som man bockar av sakerna på listan. Det ges bara en kort ledtråd så får man helt enkelt gå runt och vidröra allt som går att petas på. Om man är en sådan som gillar att klara av allt sådant här får man dock köra en andra genomspelning, då ett av kritierierna är att inte "göra någonting". Det går dock helt fint att bara låta konsolen stå på i så fall och låta nivåerna gå en efter en.

While Waiting är väldigt svårt att bedöma kring ren underhållning. Det startar även med några varnande ord om att det går ut på att vänta och kan bli stundtals tråkigt. Det är väl också någonstans i just det som jag känner mig rätt kluven kring hela upplevelsen. Det är ganska trivsamt att se livet långsamt ske, och idén att följa en karaktär hela vägen från födsel och vidare genom livet är unikt. De olika scenerna är fina, men ja, det händer ju liksom inte så mycket. Jag tror att man hade behövt bryta av hela konceptet med något som varierar det. Risken är väl samtidigt att själva visionen tappas då. Men när jag får chansen att spela Snake på en TV eller sortera böcker som i Tetris, så känns det ändå som att dessa små pussel och interaktiviteten bryter av tristessen.
<bild>Det blir mycket vänta i kö. Väldigt mycket.</bild>
För, det krävs en hel del tålamod. Speciellt om man då väljer att engagera sig aktivt i det. Om man bara låter det rulla i bakgrunden och kikar på bilderna och lyssnar på musiken så blir det ganska trivsamt att följa hela karaktärens liv. Men det är samtidigt väldigt segt och som sagt, helt befriat på variation gällande spelmekaniker. Med hundra nivåer hinner det verkligen gå genom alla tänkbara scenarion i ett liv. Det sker dock lite snabba hopp, framförallt mellan barndomen till tonåring och några scener känns mest som kopior på varandra. Visst att man står i kö en hel del i verkliga livet men här hade man kunnat ta bort en tredjedel av alla dessa scener och det hade ändå funnits väldigt många av dem.

Dryga tredjedelen in ska man vänta på vid ett övergångsställe. Scenen är åtminstone väldigt kort, men det blir väldigt mycket av denna typ av rätt ointressanta sådana. Som att varje detalj ska avhandlas för att öka på speltiden. Jag tycker också att den klassiska musiken inte alltid matchar scenerna. Det är som att man satt lite väl ivriga pianoslingor till saker för att stressa upp dem. Det blir dessutom rätt tjatig musik snarare än att ha ett matchande och originellt soundtrack.

Jag vill gärna ge en eloge till den otroligt kreativa grundtanken. Det är ett väldigt originellt koncept med fin visuell stil. Så helt bortkastad tid känns det ändå inte riktigt som. Men i slutändan är det tyvärr för min del en övervägande känsla av tristess snarare än att det är underhållande.

A fascinating peek behind Apple’s HomePod ad

The magic trick that doesn’t involve CGI

You might have seen Apple’s ad for the HomePod (above). While it is longer than usual, I think it’s worth a watch. The premise is simple. It’s visually stunning. It almost feels like magic, until you realise very little CGI is used, if at all. The behind the scenes runs 7 minutes and goes through the whole process, from casting the actress to the mechanism behind the moving props.

Do take a look at the full behind the scenes footage on AdWeek.


A fascinating peek behind Apple’s HomePod ad was originally published in blog.shawjj on Medium, where people are continuing the conversation by highlighting and responding to this story.

What 'Homeopathy' Actually Is (and Why It's Utter Nonsense)

Homeopathic "medicines" are 18th-century magic water. They bear no relation to holistic, herbal, or home remedies.

This post is part of our Home Remedy Handbook, a tour of the landscape of home remedies from the iffy to the doctor-approved. Read more here.

Thanks to a loophole in the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act of 1938, some of the “drugs” you can buy at pharmacies are actually nothing but magic water. I am, I promise, not exaggerating. I don’t mean supplements, which are legal because they are considered to be not drugs. And I don’t mean foods that make iffy or overblown health claims (nothing as boring as that). I mean that you can walk into a pharmacy and pay seven dollars of legal tender for a “natural” kids cold & cough remedy and walk away with a bottle of mostly water—or at least what is hopefully mostly water.

That bottle may bear a Drug Facts label and a seemingly factual statement that it “temporarily relieves symptoms of common cold in children.” And it does not contain any medicine. That’s because it isn’t formulated with modern medications, nor with medicinal quantities of herbs that are believed to have healing properties. Homeopathic drugs are just water (with or without alcohol or sugar) that have been imbued with the magical vibrations of substances that, if used straight, would make your symptoms worse.

My friends: Homeopathy is not only nonsense—it is some of the wildest nonsense you will read about today.

What the hell is homeopathy, really?

Let’s step back in our time machine to 1796. A German physician, Samuel Hahnemann, was disappointed with the state of medicine at the time. This was the age of bloodletting, when doctors responded to illnesses by trying to balance the body’s “humors.” The treatments of the time often did more harm than good, so Hahnemann wasn’t necessarily wrong for wanting to find other ways of doctoring. But his alternative didn’t work, either.

Remember, this is well before anybody knew that germs could cause illness, or that operating rooms should be clean, or that vitamins existed, or what made herbal medicines work (when they did). Clinical trials, as we know them, were not a standard tool of science or medicine.

So, one day, Hahnemann ate some cinchona bark. This is the tree bark from South America that is now recognized as one of the first modern pharmaceuticals. It’s where we get quinine, the “tonic” in tonic water. We now know that a chemical found in the bark can kill the parasite that causes malaria. In the understanding of the time, though, all anybody knew was that taking this bark would cure your recurring fever.

Hahnemann did not have malaria. He reportedly took notes on the symptoms he experienced from mildly overdosing on cinchona, which included weakness, trembling, and fever, among others. These sounded to him like the symptoms of malaria itself, and this observation led him to the “law of similars” that forms the basis for homeopathic medicine.

According to this so-called law, the way you treat an illness is to find a substance that causes the same symptoms of that illness in healthy people. So how is that not making the sick person’s illness worse? Well, the (incorrect) theory goes: You separate the substance from the healing properties of that substance. You put the healing properties into water. Then you have magic water.

How homeopathy is supposed to work

First, you find a substance that can produce the same symptoms as the condition you are trying to treat. For example, coffee can give you jitters and sleeplessness, so a homeopathic medicine made from coffee is supposed to be an appropriate treatment for a hyperactive child, or a person with insomnia. Onion makes your eyes water and your nose run, so onion extract is used in homeopathic remedies with the intention of stopping your eyes from watering and your nose from running.

Onion is actually one of the ingredients you may find in homeopathic children’s cold medicines—“Allium cepa 6X HPUS” means that a preparation made from onions was diluted in water at a ratio of 1:10. Then a small amount of that preparation was diluted at a 1:10 ratio, and so on, a total of six times. The result, if I have done my math right, is an onion-to-water ratio of one to one million.

To be clear, we are not just diluting the onion water. We are “succusing” the water, or shaking it in a particular way, to transfer the memory of the onion into the water.

Homeopaths—who, yes, exist today—are convinced that water does indeed have memory, and to them, the only question remaining is how to convince real scientists that this must be true.

Since the water remembers the onion, homeopaths don’t need to worry whether or not there is any onion in the finished cold medicine—although the preparation is statistically likely to include a good bit of it. The dilution is only 6X. Homeopaths consider this number of dilutions to make a weak or mild medicine; to get the extra-strength stuff, you would need to dilute it more.

This is no secret. The American Association of Homeopathic Pharmacists is happy to tell you that homeopathic preparations often contain none of their supposed active ingredient. In their FAQ, they answer the question “Can I take an overdose or too much of a homeopathic medicine?” by saying:

"Because of the extremely small amount of highly diluted active ingredients, you need not worry about suffering an overdose by taking more homeopathic medicine than the recommended dosage. In dilutions above 8X or 4C, any toxic properties of the original substance have disappeared; the medicine is safe and sold over-the-counter (OTC)."

And yes, that means “over-the-counter” as in something you can buy at your neighborhood pharmacy or your favorite big-box store. Look next to the regular cold medicines and pain relievers, and you’ll find homeopathic products from brands like Hyland’s and Boiron.

Homeopathic "remedies" can be dangerous

Homeopaths love to point out that the dilution keeps their products safe. But many homeopathic medicines are not diluted to extremes. We have already seen that there are products that are less diluted, like the 6X ingredients in our example. If that were something more toxic than onion, we might worry.

And then there are products sold as “homeopathic” even though they contain a substantial amount of the active ingredient. I’ve seen arnica gel, for example, that is offered at a “1X” dilution. Sambucol sells elderberry products to treat colds where some are supplements (containing substantial amounts of elderberry) and others are homeopathic (containing little to no elderberry).

You can tell the difference if you know how to read a Supplement Facts label versus a homeopathic Drug Facts label, but the fronts of the packages both seem to claim the same benefits. The law of similars would seem to dictate that these two products cannot possibly treat the same condition; in homeopathy world, if homeopathic elderberry cures a cold, then non-homeopathic elderberry would give you cold symptoms. But there is no FDA regulation requiring your marketing strategy to stick to a single theory of medicine.

It really isn't fair for critics of homeopathy to say that these medicines are “just” water, since they are often not. And by the same token, it does not follow that homeopathic medicines are “safe” because they are diluted.

In fact, products labeled as homeopathic have allegedly killed people. In 2016, the FDA investigated a brand of homeopathic teething tablets that was linked to the deaths of 10 infants and another 400 reports of adverse events like seizures. One of the ingredients was belladonna, or deadly nightshade. The FDA’s lab testing found that the tablets contained significant amounts of belladonna, often more than stated on the label, and warned people not to buy them. The company issued a recall in 2017, just like it had in 2010 when the same damn thing happened.

Or to take another example, homeopathic nasal gels and nasal swabs contained enough zinc to cause people to permanently lose their sense of smell. The FDA issued warning letters, saying that even though the product is labeled as homeopathic, it does include zinc and the FDA is not aware of any trials showing zinc in the nose to be safe and effective. The dilution in that case was 2X, meaning the products had 0.1% zinc.

Well, it’s sort of not. But the FDA also isn’t trying very hard to stop it.

Homeopathic “drugs” got a carveout in the 1938 law that defined what, exactly, the FDA exists to regulate. Over the years, the FDA has struggled with the fact that drugs are defined as either drugs that work or remedies that were grandfathered in for being homeopathic.

Homeopathic medicines aren’t tested with clinical trials. They rely on “provings,” in which the raw ingredients are given to healthy volunteers and their symptoms documented. According to homeopathic theory, no clinical trials are needed. And this isn’t just a loophole for over-the-counter drugs: There exist schools of homeopathy and private-practice homeopaths who will customize remedies to your particular temperament. (Remember, homeopathy is all about matching symptoms to symptoms; the cause of the illness, homeopaths will tell you, is irrelevant.)

Over the years, the FDA has slowly come to terms with the fact that drugs are required to be safe and effective, and homeopathic drugs are not. I think my favorite moment—perhaps my favorite government document of all time—is when the Federal Trade Commission sent the FDA a spicy letter pointing out that it is, in fact, illegal for companies to lie about their products.

The FDA finally decided in 2022 that they can, in fact, boot products off the market for being unsafe or ineffective. But instead of a blanket declaration that homeopathic products were thenceforth illegal, the agency stated that it would “focus its enforcement authorities” on products that seem to be particularly dangerous. Which means that a lot of this nonsense is still on store shelves and will stay there probably forever.

How to avoid buying homeopathic products by accident

First of all, beware the stuff that seems too good to be true. For example, a lot of real medications that are appropriate for adults and older children aren’t OK for babies or toddlers. (Cough medicine, for example, is not for children under the age of four.) So homeopathy companies have pounced on this market because they know you want to buy some kind of cough medicine for your baby. And since most people don’t know what homeopathy is, you’ll probably look the box over and figure it must be legit.

So here’s how to read the label: First, see if it’s a Drug Facts label or not. (Some of the products you’ll find in the drugstore are supplements, which may or may not be useful in some way. But supplements are not medicine.) Next, if it’s a Drug Facts label, look for these signs:

  • Dilutions listed with a number and letter, like 6X or 20C

  • The acronym HPUS next to an ingredient, which refers to the Homeopathic Pharmacopeia of the United States (a government-recognized giant database of bullshit)

  • Ingredients with (usually) two-word Latin names, like “natrum muriaticum” (that one is sea salt)

Some homeopathic products will include a disclaimer like “Claims based on traditional homeopathic practice, not accepted medical evidence.”

A lot hides behind that Latin, by the way. Sometimes ingredients are plant extracts or chemical elements, and sometimes they are common items like onions or salt. In other cases, they are eye-of-newt caliber preparations, like the “Hepar Sulph Calc” in one cold medicine that is the inner layer of oyster shells, ground finely and cooked with sulfur. That’s a special recipe from Hahnemann himself.

And to leave you with just one more “what the hell” moment for today, I’ll tell you about oscillococcinum, a homeopathic product you can commonly pick up at any neighborhood pharmacy. The ingredient is often listed as Anas barbariae, which is meant to refer to the Muscovy duck. (The Muscovy duck is now known by the scientific name Cairina moschata, so this isn’t even its scientific name, just a Latinized version of the common name.)

Anyway, the reason this is sold to treat “flu-like symptoms” is because of a breathtakingly fantastical hypothesis, long disproven, about the cause of the flu. Today we know that influenza is caused by the influenza virus. But in 1920, viruses had yet to be discovered. Bacteria were known, though, so scientists were constantly looking through microscopes at blood and tissue samples from sick people, hoping to find the germ that would explain everything. As McGill University’s Office of Science and Society tells it:

[Dr. Joseph] Roy naturally took a great interest in the flu and sought to solve its mysterious cause by examining the blood of victims under the microscope. He described seeing tiny microbes that darted or “oscillated” quickly back and forth. He named these “oscillococci” and claimed that they were also to be found in the blood of patients suffering from diseases as diverse as cancer, tuberculosis and gonorrhea. This “universal germ” as he called it, was responsible for many illnesses! If these oscillococci were causing the symptoms of disease, Roy concluded, then a homeopathic solution of the same should be curative.

Yep, a vibrating microbe that causes all illness. Make a homeopathic preparation of that, and Bob’s your uncle! Now, how do you make a homeopathic preparation of that? Well, Roy thought he had found the same vibrating microbes in duck livers. (To this day, nobody knows what he actually saw. There are no vibrating microbes in duck livers—you can go look.) So you make a preparation from duck organs, dilute the heck out of it, infuse the resulting water into sugar pills, and sell those pills for $29.99 at Target. (A real price I just confirmed. God, I wish I were making this up.)

You know what actually works for cases of flu that are mild enough to treat at home? Fluids. Rest. Maybe a little saline to flush out the mucus in your nose. You know: home remedies.

Civilization VII

Sid Meier är lite av en husgud hemma hos mig. Det beror primärt på att jag under min hela min uppväxt varit förtrollad av Firaxis storslagna Civilization-serie. Därför är det med glädje jag tog mig an den sjunde och senaste iterationen. En tumregel jag lärt mig inför varje nytt Civilization är att de blir helt magiska upplevelser med alla sina respektive expansioner på plats och när det gäller det här sjunde spelet, kommer det absolut att krävas en hel del expansioner för att bygga ut det och förbättra till en nivå som är rimlig och respektabel för en sån fantasisk spelserie som Civ är. För trots att det här spelet förvisso bjuder på nyheter för serien och förbättrade inslag gentemot sina föregångare, står det klart att sjuan hade mått bra av mer puts och optimering samt ett lite annat fokus. Civilization VII är en besvikelse, rätt och slätt.

Precis som i föregångarna väljer du en ledare och en civilisation. Valet av ledare är frikopplat din civilisation och detta är en stor nyhet för serien. Borta är glansdagarna när du kunde välja att spela som Tyskland från stenåldern till modern tid. I det nya systemet finns det mer historiskt korrekta nationer att välja mellan under varje epok. Även om det blir historiskt felaktigt att leda Kina som Napoleon passar valet av civilisationer varje tidsperiod bättre än tidigare. Att kunna spela som tre olika civilisationer under tre epoker medför nya byggnader, arkitektur, musik, soldater och bonusar. Det bidrar till att hålla varje match lite fräschare och erbjuda spelaren fler verktyg under speltidens gång. Det tar tid att vänja sig vid, men jag tycker att konceptet fungerar bättre än det gjorde i rivalen Humankind, som också provade detta koncept.

<bild>Dessa laddningskärmar ser inte bra ut.</bild>
<bild>Ledarna är många och jag har inga större problem med utbudet.</bild>

Det intressanta med att ledarna är att de precis som i rollspel når nya nivåer genom spelande. Du låser då upp nya förmågor att starta varje ny match med. Vissa bonusar är extremt kraftfulla och kan påverka spelets gång. I nuläget krävs det ett hundratal timmar att nå maxnivån med ett fåtal ledare. Det innebär att du behöver spendera mycket tid om du vill låsa upp alla bonusar. Company of Heroes 2 valde ett liknande koncept för att sälja ledare med bonusar som mikrotransaktioner. Jag hoppas att detta inte är vägen Civilization VII kommer att anamma. Jag ser få andra orsaker till att implementera detta system hos ledare, annat än för att skapa ett system för mikrotransaktioner. Samtidigt kanske vissa spelare uppskattar att ha något utanför sina kampanjer att låsa upp.

Tyvärr är jag redigt besviken på möjligheten att skräddarsy mina spelsessioner. Det finns en handfull världar att välja mellan, och storleken är begränsad till medelstora och små. Jag älskar gigantiska nivåer och att ha mängder med datormotståndare aktiva på samma gång. Det är tyvärr inte möjligt ännu. Det finns heller inga realistiska kartor utan de ser ganska märkliga ut. Däremot är grafiken ett ordentligt kliv upp för serien och världen ser fantastisk ut. Även om de olika världarna inte tillhör seriens bäst designade, är de vackra att titta på. Tack vare fin grafik, snygga animationer och grym ljuddesign är det seriens mest imponerande titel visuellt och audiovisuellt. Precis som i föregångarna är även musiken en triumf. Svepande melodier, folkmusik och episka orkestrar bidrar till att skapa en toppenfin upplevelse på ljudsidan.

<bild>Mellansekvenserna för undren är alltid lika imponerande att beskåda.</bild>

Även om grafiken och ljudet är bra fungerar inte allt på den spelmässiga fronten. En av de mest tydliga problemen uppenbarar sig efter att du sett de märkligt opolerade och billiga laddningsbilderna. Är det något som bidrar till många problem med sjuan så är det användargränssnittet. Trots att det visuellt ser bra ut saknar det information och är rörigt att hitta rätt information i. Det är svårt att få fram den viktigaste informationen utan att lusläsa och memorera vad du gjorde i en annan tidsperiod. Det tar också tid att hitta vilka byggnader som finns i varje distrikt.

En så enkel sak som att tydligt visa vilka dina fiender är förmedlas inte på något tydligt sätt. En potentiell lösning kan vara en nyans av rött för fiender vid ikonerna. Detta har aldrig varit ett problem i serien tidigare. Jag förstår därför inte hur man gör ett sämre jobb med uppföljaren på denna punkt. För byggnader i städerna hade enkla färginslag kunnat lyfta ut speciella byggnader utan att skada grunddesignen. På grund av titelns genre och behovet av denna information är detta ett problem jag inte kan bortse från. Då har jag inte ens nämnt problemen med ett svårläst teknologiträd, avsaknaden av att kunna köa teknologier, dra och släppa metoder för att enklare prioritera byggnader i bygglistan. Det är märkliga problem jag ser med sjuan tidigare titlar inte besvärats av.

<bild>Diplomatin är snabbare än i sexan och mindre frustrerande.</bild>

Jag vill dock betona att jag gillar städerna och systemet för dessa i denna uppföljare. Precis som i tidigare titlar har du en gräns av städer du kan bygga. Vid sidan av din första stad börjar alla andra som byar och du kan med hjälp av pengar uppgradera dessa till stora städer. Det leder till att allt du gör blir en investering. Din huvudstad blir inte en fotnot under spelets gång utan förblir en av dina viktigaste tillgångar. Borta är arbetarna och allt du behöver sköta görs genom staden. Den blir ditt nav och att bygga distrikt, utöka gränserna eller att skapa förbättringar görs med ett enkelt knapptryck. Det är därför synd att användargränssnittet är extra risigt i stadsvyn och du får leta efter viktig information.

Strömlinjeformandet av städerna har fört med sig många förbättringar. Förlusten av arbetarna är en sådan. Att städerna nu direkt sköter deras arbetsuppgifter är till det bättre för både flytet och tempot. Jag kan sakna arbetarna som ändå varit en stapel sedan trean. Detta var en bra uppgradering från tvåan där bosättarna skötte detta arbete. I sjuan är alla förbättringar av hexagoner delegerad till städerna. När din stad växer kan du välja en hexagon att förbättra vilket också utökar ditt territorium. Av sentimentala skäl saknar jag arbetarna, men utifrån tempo och spelbarhet är detta en smart och enkel förbättring. Jag tror inte att det kommer att gå att återvända till de gamla systemet.

<bild>Generalerna har uppgraderingar som hjälper dina styrkor att kriga bättre.</bild>
<bild>Encyklopedin har alltid varit en höjdpunkt. Det har varit en komplett databas för varje titel den funnits med i. I sjuan är den inte riktigt lika polerad och behöver utökas och uppdateras.</bild>

Det jag gillar mest med denna uppföljare är epokerna. När en ny tidsperiod stundar utsätts du för en kris. Ditt mål är att överleva och komma ut ur krisen starkare. Den nya civilisationen som överlever bygger sedan ovanpå resterna av den gamla. Valet är ditt vilken som ska efterträda din gamla och du får även föra över några bonusar från den föregående epoken. Det är snyggt, intressant och välgjort. Det stora minuset i nuläget är variationen på kriserna och hur lågbudget mellansekvenserna är i förhållande till det visuella i spelet. Det ska kännas storslaget och episkt att gå in i en ny era. Tyvärr gör även Firaxis samma sak som resten av konkurrenterna i genren och förlitar sig på trista 2D-bilder. Det är en märklig kontrast att mellansekvenserna känns så lågbudget när resten av spelet sätter en sådan högbudgetprägel på grafik och ljud.

En annan nyhet är hur diplomatin och resurserna sköts i denna uppföljare. Borta är kraven på att sälja enstaka resurser eller teknologier till datormotspelarna. Nu använder du en ny valuta som du får över tid. Den kan spenderas på att skapa politiska avtal med andra civilisationer. Om du vill att forskningen ska gå snabbare kan du begära att ni slår era kloka huvuden ihop för att teknologier ska låsas upp snabbare. Detta innebär att politiken numera handlar om hur mycket poäng du har. Med mer av valutan kan du signera fler avtal och få mer diplomati att ske. Även om jag varken tycker att det är sämre eller bättre i nuläget så slipper du vansinniga handelsförslag från datormotståndarna.

<bild>Resurserna spelar inte alls samma roll längre för handel. Denna gång ger de mest bonusar till dina städer och trupper.</bild>

Striderna är förmodligen den biten av strategispelet som sett störst ansiktslyft till det bättre. Det är tack vare fokuset på generaler. Du kan nu med ett enkelt knapptryck stoppa in en drös av enheter i generalen och forma arméer. De kan sedan vandra runt på kartan och när strid annalkas kan du slunga ut dina trupper på hexagoner intill din general. Det möjliggör lite jonglerande av trupper på ett sätt som påminner om de mobila styrkorna i fyran och trean. Utan att erbjuda samma problem som enskilda rutor fyllda med hundratals soldater gjorde. Det hindrar samma blockader av rörelse vi kunde se i femman och sexan. Jag gillar också hur din armé kan uppgraderas via din general och bli en mäktig styrka. Jag älskar också hur båtar kan segla in i floder och anfalla städer längre in på land än någonsin tidigare. Krigsaspekten i sjuan är en höjdpunkt och sätter en bra standard för serien.

Även datormotståndarna har betydligt lättare att hantera de nya systemen. Det märks då jag tycker att den gör smartare drag än tidigare. De slåss något bättre än i sexan trots brister i sin hantering av generaler. Det finns fortfarande problem och datorn är inte immun mot att fatta tveksamma strategiska och taktiska beslut. Däremot vill jag påstå att det är en förbättring. Precis som i föregångarna har du flera svårighetsgrader och de erbjuder olika utmaningar. Spelar du på Deity som är den högsta kan du räkna med att datorn producerar mer än dig av exakt allt. Det beror på att de får skyhöga bonusarna på denna svårighetsgrad. Jag upplevde att de mellansvåra datormotståndarna gav mig en lagom utmaning. Om Firaxis kan putsa på AI-modellen samtidigt som de introducerar nya spelmässiga inslag kan det resultera i seriens bästa AI under lång tid framöver.

<bild>Det är enkelt att förbättra städerna i uppföljaren.</bild>

Allt är dock inte en fröjd och en uppgradering. Jag upptäckte ganska snabbt att spelet har svårt att bibehålla sin prestanda under den industriella revolutionen. När du anländer till slutet av din kampanj kan spelet börja sakta ner och lagga. Ibland är det så illa att allt börjar röra sig saktare och animationerna hackar. I mina tester blev det tydligt att det påverkas kraftigt av hur många AI eller spelare som är på kartan samtidigt i den moderna eran. Förhoppningsvis är det något optimering kan fixa över tid. Samtidigt gör det mig lite orolig över att större kartor med fler motståndare, kan komma att dröja länge innan det implementeras i basspelet.

Problematiken med Civilization VII är inte att allt är dåligt. Det finns flera bra spelmässiga system för att förnya serien. Samtidigt har jag svårt att vara helt nöjd trots välgjord grafik och musik. Det beror på mängden slarvigt implementerad konst, mindre användbart användargränssnitt och brist på vissa former av innehåll. Inte ens den annars fantastiska encyklopedin som tidigare hållit hög standard är längre komplett. Det saknas förklaringar för olika spelmässiga inslag och den känns framstressad. Tekniska problem bidrar till att sänka intrycken ytterligare på grund av hur dålig prestandan kan bli i den sista av de tre tidsperioderna. Kanske hade denna titel behövt några månader till av utveckling innan den varit helt redo för sin lansering. När en så pass rutinerad och erfaren utvecklare gör dessa felsteg är det mest märkligt.

<bild>Världen är inbjudande att utforska.</bild>

Jag är både glad och besviken på samma gång över Civilization VII. Historiskt är det expansionerna som slipat basspelen till diamanter genom att fördjupa spelmässiga system och lägga till nytt innehåll. Jag har dessvärre aldrig spelat ett basspel i denna serie, som behöver detta mer än Civilization VII. En fjärdedel av innehållet känns slarvigt implementerat, den andra fjärdedelen är trasig och fungerar inte, den tredje fjärdedelen är lysande och den fjärde fjärdedelen av paketet visar på enorm potential. Även om den mest genomarbetade kärnan är bra och flera av det nya inslagen är underhållande, finns det för många problem för att jag ska kunna rekommendera titeln i sitt nuvarande skick. Det är smärtsamt att komma till den insikten då detta är en av mina favoritserier inom strategigenren. I nuläget är det bättre att vänta på uppdateringar och expansioner.

<bild>Naturkatastrofer är tillbaka och kan vara förödande för din civilisation. Jag valde att utmana ödet genom att bygga en stad intill en aktiv vulkan.</bild>

'LikeTones' Is a Guitar Tuner With No Ads or Upsells

Tune up without getting bogged down.

I've been trying to get back into playing guitar and I've noticed one thing: Both the App Store and Google Play are replete with guitar-tuning apps that are full of either upsells or advertisements. Isn't there any application that helps tune your guitar without bothering you?

It turns out, there is. LikeTones, a music-education company, offers a guitar tuner for Android and iPhone that's both free to use and free of ads and upsells. You can open this application, play a string on your guitar, and start tuning. The application automatically detects which string you're trying to play and tells you whether to tune up or down.

If you'd rather not use this automated tuning, or find that it doesn't quite work, you can tap a string to tune it specifically. This also plays the note from your phone's speakers, giving you an idea of how the string should sound.

Because not every guitar is the same, this application offers support for six, seven, eight, and 12 string guitars in the settings. There's also support for various alternative tunings. You can also configure the reference frequency, if you want—this is useful if you need to tune to a piano or other instrument that isn't quite standard.

Two screenshots. The first shows the tutorial whne you open the application. The second shows the menu offering different kinds of guitars and alternative tuning schemes
Credit: Justin Pot

It's a well-thought-out application, and the best I could manage to dig up in my capacity as an amateur guitarist and professional app recommender. It even has a built-in metronome.

There are other solid options out there. Jon's Tuner for iPhone also works quite well, and is clean, but doesn't offer the same flexibility in terms of alternative tuning schemes. The Android version of Jon's Tuner, which I found reference to online, seems to be missing from Google Play. There is a solid Android alternative, though: Tunerly, which is completely open source. This app offers a simple user interface and settings, allowing you to choose specific tuning schemes.

For most people, though, LikeTone Guitar Tuner is currently the best option. It works on both Android and iPhone, it's clean, it works well, and it stays out of your way. Try it if you're even a little unhappy with your current guitar tuning application.

OpenAI o3-mini vs DeepSeek R1: A Battle of Brains in the AI Arena

When DeepSeek launched its R1, it made quite a splash in the AI world. Not to be outdone, OpenAI soon fired back with the o3-mini, like that one friend who sees your new gadget and immediately gets an upgrade. Curious about which one truly holds the crown? The R&D team at Pixel Studios decided to…

The post OpenAI o3-mini vs DeepSeek R1: A Battle of Brains in the AI Arena appeared first on Pixel Studios.

When DeepSeek launched its R1, it made quite a splash in the AI world. Not to be outdone, OpenAI soon fired back with the o3-mini, like that one friend who sees your new gadget and immediately gets an upgrade. Curious about which one truly holds the crown? The R&D team at Pixel Studios decided to roll up their sleeves, put both platforms to the test, and bring you this no-fluff, hands-on comparison.

Performance: Speed Meets Depth

Imagine you’re in a race. OpenAI‘s o3-mini is like a sports car—fast, sleek, and efficient. It zips through logical problems, coding tasks, and data analysis with ease. Need quick answers for your math homework or a coding bug fixed in record time? o3-mini’s got your back.

Now picture DeepSeek’s R1 as an all-terrain SUV—not as fast, but boy, can it handle the tough stuff. It shines when things get complicated, like solving multi-step math problems or unraveling logic puzzles. Think of it as the friend who doesn’t answer quickly in trivia but nails the final round with a mind-blowing fact.

Usability: Plug-and-Play vs. Customizable Power

If you like things simple, o3-mini is your new best friend. Just log in to ChatGPT, start typing, and voilà—AI magic at your fingertips. You can even tweak its reasoning settings if you’re feeling fancy, but it’s user-friendly right out of the box.

DeepSeek‘s R1, on the other hand, is like assembling IKEA furniture. It’s open-source, which means you can download it, run it locally, and customize it to your heart’s content. But be warned: you’ll need some tech know-how. If you enjoy coding, tinkering, or just feeling like a hacker in a movie, R1 might be your vibe.

Cost: Accessibility vs. Hidden Expenses

OpenAI made o3-mini available to everyone, with some limits for free users and unlimited access for Pro subscribers. It’s like having a free coffee card but needing to pay for the good stuff after a few cups.

DeepSeek’s R1 is technically free—kind of like finding a free puppy. Sure, it’s adorable and costs nothing upfront, but you’ll spend a lot on food, toys, and vet bills. In R1’s case, the “toys” are high-powered computers needed to run it smoothly.

The Verdict: Which One Wins?

Choosing between o3-mini and R1 is like picking between pizza and burgers—it depends on your mood:

At the end of the day, there’s no clear winner—just the right tool for the right job. Whether you’re zooming ahead with o3-mini or exploring the AI wilderness with R1, both models are brilliant in their own way.

Brought to You by Pixel Studios

This comparison is the result of hands-on testing by the R&D team at Pixel Studios, where we geek out over tech so you don’t have to. Whether it’s exploring the latest in AI or breaking down complex tools, we’re here to simplify tech and keep you ahead of the curve.

Lets discuss ideas to propel your brand online

(or)

The post OpenAI o3-mini vs DeepSeek R1: A Battle of Brains in the AI Arena appeared first on Pixel Studios.

Seven Home Improvement Projects to Complete Before You Move Into Your New Home

The best time to complete these home improvement projects is right now, before you move in.

When you buy a new home, it’s natural to get excited about wanting to move in and settle in as quickly as possible, putting off potential renovations—even the ones that will make you happier in the space—and other home projects until later. And sure, some renovations, like kitchen remodels or additions, require a lot of planning and are best scheduled when your bank account and stress levels have recovered from the home-buying process.

That said, there are some home projects that are best tackled right away—because they come with a lot of disruption, take a long time to pay off on the investment, or both.

Planting trees

If your property has outdoor space but no trees, the time to plant some is right away. Trees offer a lot of benefits—they beautify the property, provide shade that helps keep your house cool in the warmer months, and add serious value to your house.

But trees take decades to mature—20 to 30 years on average, thought some species will mature in just a few years. Depending on where you live and the variety of tree, waiting to plant might mean that the people who get to enjoy your lush, leafy outdoor space (and the added value it brings) will be the folks who buy the house from you.

Refinishing the floors

If your new house has old floors, don’t wait to refinish or replace them. The ideal time to sand, stain, and seal hardwood, tear out worn old planks, or remove ancient carpet is before you have all your furniture in place and you’ve transplanted your busy schedule to the new house. Even if you’re willing to move everything out of some rooms (or an entire floor), the dust and noise of refinishing flooring will probably drive you to move out for a few days or weeks. If you know you’ll need to redo those floors eventually, rip off the bandage and get it done before you move in. Then you can arrange your furniture with the knowledge that you won’t have to move it any time soon.

If you’re not going to replace or refinish old flooring, you should at least have a deep clean done before you move, especially if we’re talking about carpeting. Carpets trap dust, dirt, mold spores, and a host of other stuff—and this can all be deep down in the pile, so even a carpet that looks clean might not be. The easiest time to have the floors in your home cleaned is before you and your family are living on it.

Removing popcorn ceilings

If your home has popcorn ceilings you probably know you’re going to get rid of them eventually. There are two compelling reasons to do so right away, before you move in. One, removing popcorn ceilings is a dust nightmare, so getting the work done before your furniture, clothes, and everything else you own can be coated in a layer of grime will be the better option.

Two, you might need to worry about asbestos, depending on when your home was built and when those ceilings were installed. You’re well advised to test for it before scraping those ceilings off. If asbestos is present, the removal and remediation will be more complex, and you will have to vacate the house while it’s being done.

Painting your home's interior

Painting the interior of your home before you move in is one of the smartest home improvement projects you can do. First of all, a coat of paint will make even a new build home feel fresh and inviting. And painting the walls and ceilings of your house will be a lot easier when you don’t have to move or cover a ton of furniture, window treatments, or possessions.

Changing locks and codes

This is one project a lot of homeowners overlook—but it’s crucial: Change (or rekey) the locks and any security codes associated with the house. Homeowners tend to hand out keys to their home over the years—to contractors, neighbors, house cleaners, even dog walkers. And they’re not always great about remembering to collect them, so it’s possible a lot of people have keys to your house when you move in, or the codes to the alarm system you inherited. The time to change those keys and codes is before you move in and get caught up in everyday life and forget to do it.

And, yes, you should have the locks changed even if the house is a new build. The builder probably has master keys to those locks or a record of the alarm system codes, and you don’t want to rely on their discretion or competence when it comes to your security.

Replacing the windows

Replacement windows are expensive, so it’s no wonder people tend to put this project off. If the windows in your house are in decent shape (even if they’re old) delaying their replacement feels like money in your pocket.

But old windows, even if they’re functional, are going to be an eyesore, and they’re not going to be very effective in terms of soundproofing, nor are they very energy efficient. Delaying this project will doom you to years of drafts, water leaks, and being able to hear every car that drives past the house all too clearly. If you’d prefer more peace and quiet and lower utility bills, bite the bullet and replace those windows right away.

Air sealing

“Air sealing” a house is a process of identifying and eliminating gaps and openings that let your climate-controlled air escape and let the outdoor cold, heat, and/or humidity in. If your house is porous and lacks proper insulation, you’ll constantly lose the battle to keep its interior comfortable—and you’ll pay a lot for a losing cause, too.

Sealing up a house is a process of identifying air leaks (a process you can do yourself), then caulking and otherwise plugging up the gaps you identify. While you’re at it, take a look at the insulation in your attic, crawl space, or basement and consider having it upgraded (or added, if it’s missing) to make the house as snug as possible. Getting this done is a lot easier before you’ve moved in, and getting it done as soon as possible reduces the time you’ll be overpaying to heat or cool the place.

Turn Spring Cleaning Into All-Year Cleaning With These Techniques

Spring cleaning is a great way to kickstart better cleaning habits year-round.

With all this talk about spring cleaning, you could be forgiven if you focused on, well, just cleaning in the spring. But the real beauty of spring cleaning is that it can be a jumping-off point for a clean year. Yes, you can put in extra effort right now, restocking and upgrading your cleaning supplies and doing all those intense annual tasks, but if you don't keep up with your tidying all year round, you'll be stuck doing another exhausting round next spring. Use this as a starting point for a big year of your cleanest home ever.

First, commit to a cleaning schedule

While you're undertaking spring cleaning this year, keep track of what tasks you enjoy (or just hate less than the others), what takes the most time, and when you feel most motivated. You're going to want to know all of that as you set out to create a manageable and personalized schedule for the rest of the year.

There are a lot of ways you can structure your schedule, but what's most important here is finding a time that really works for you, whether it's the morning, afternoon, or evening. It will depend on your existing schedule of work and responsibilities, plus when you feel most motivated and how you choose to approach cleaning.

I recommend only cleaning in 15-minute chunks each day to keep the whole endeavor manageable and stop it from getting overwhelming, but you can divide those up however you like. Micro-cleaning and -decluttering are a great option, as they ask you to pick a small space every day (think: a cabinet or a tabletop, not a whole room or even a whole closet) and focus on that. Over time, cleaning every small space will result in a cleaner home, but there will still be times you need to call in the big guns and tackle a large project, like a kid's room or a kitchen that's seen better days. Block out a day every month to do a whole-house tidying.

Otherwise, really stick to your scheduled 15 minutes every day. If you're finding that, after a few weeks, the time you selected doesn't work, switch it up. It's better to make some adjustments early on than to fall behind because you're determined to stick with something that's not working.

Pick cleaning approaches that work for you

Once you get a handle on the times you commit to cleaning, you need to figure out what you're going to do and how you're going to do it. The micro-cleaning approach of picking a small space every day works well, but you still need a plan for what you're doing to that micro-space.

There are a few techniques out there that lend themselves to long-term home maintenance more than others, like 365 Less Things and the "calendar" method. Both of those are centered on decluttering, but can be modified for general cleaning tasks, too. With 365 Less Things, you commit to throwing away or donating one piece of clutter every day; with the calendar approach, you toss or donate one thing on the first of the month, two things on the second, and so on until you are up to 30 things on the 30th and 31 on the 31st. These are great for decluttering and habit-building, so use them as intended at first, but feel free to switch it up. Instead of getting rid of six things on the sixth, think of something you could clean six of, like the six upholstered chairs around your dining table or the six mirrors on the upstairs landing.

Here is a list of my favorite decluttering techniques and here are my favorite cleaning techniques. There are a ton out there, from books by cleaning gurus to methods discovered and disseminated by regular people on social media, and trying them out during your scheduled cleaning time can keep you engaged and help you find the approach that works best for your home.

Adjust as necessary

Like I said, you should be keeping track of how this goes. You don't have to keep hyper-detailed data, but it's helpful to make note of what's working and what isn't. Changing the time you typically clean, trying a new technique, or playing around with the rewards system you want to use for yourself are all fine and even good. It takes a long time to build a habit and sink into a quality routine, but the goal should be to use spring cleaning as an opportunity to see how great your home can look and spend the next 11 months keeping it that way.

One thing that is pretty helpful here, at least for me, is calling in reinforcements. I don't mean a professional cleaner—although I have found that hiring one every month or two is super helpful, as they notice spots that need attention that you may overlook, plus I counterintuitively clean extra well before one comes out of fear of being embarrassed. I mean using an app. There are a handful of apps out there that can help you build the perfect cleaning schedule, keep tabs on what's been tended to and what hasn't, and even send you push notifications reminding you when a certain area needs your attention. Apps, cleaning pros' books, and CleanTok influencers' posts can all help guide you, motivate you, inspire you, and altogether push you toward getting better at keeping up with your cleaning.

Then again, you can read, watch, and log in to as much as you want, but none of it matters unless you get after it in real life, so start building your schedule, download my checklists, and prepare for spring, summer, fall, and winter cleaning now.

Apple Seeds macOS Sequoia 15.4 Release Candidate With Mail Categorization

Apple today provided developers with the release candidate version of an upcoming macOS Sequoia 15.4 update for testing purposes. The new beta is available a week after Apple released the fourth beta.


Registered developers can opt-in to the ‌macOS Sequoia‌ beta through the Software Update section of the System Settings app. An Apple ID associated with an Apple Developer account is required to get the beta.

‌macOS Sequoia‌ 15.4 brings Mail Categorization to the Mac for the first time, reorganizing the Mail app into dedicated categories like transactions, updates, promotions, and primary, a category that surfaces the most important emails first. The update brings a range of new emoji characters to the Mac.

For Apple News+ subscribers, there is a dedicated News+ Food section with recipes, articles about restaurants, and other related content. There's a new Sketch style in Image Playground, the option to create Memory Movies in the Photos app, and Apple Intelligence is expanding to new languages.

Apple plans to release ‌macOS Sequoia‌ 15.4 in early April, and the RC represents the finalized version of the software that will be launched to the public as long as no issues are found.

Related Roundup: macOS Sequoia
Related Forum: macOS Sequoia

This article, "Apple Seeds macOS Sequoia 15.4 Release Candidate With Mail Categorization" first appeared on MacRumors.com

Discuss this article in our forums

Snag a new Peacock subscription for just $20 for an entire year

You Can Get Lifetime Access to Microsoft Office 2024 for Just $160 Right Now

Until March 30, you can get the entire Office suite at a huge discount.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

If you’re tired of subscription-based software but still need Microsoft Office, this lifetime license for Office 2024 (Home & Business for Mac or PC) might be worth considering. It's currently on sale for $159.97 on StackSocial until March 30 (down from $249.99) and is a one-time purchase that gives you access to Word, Excel, PowerPoint, Outlook, and OneNote without the recurring fees of Microsoft 365. After buying, the license ties to your Microsoft account, not a specific device, so you can reinstall it if you switch computers. The catch is that this version won’t get future upgrades, meaning once Microsoft moves on to the next version, you’ll still be stuck with this one. Of course, that might not be an issue if you just need core productivity tools without chasing every new feature.

This Office 2024 edition is faster and has some notable improvements over Office 2021, particularly in Excel, where handling large datasets is noticeably smoother. PowerPoint’s got some solid upgrades, too, including the ability to record presentations with live camera feeds—useful for remote work or online courses. The newer Outlook offers better search functionality and an updated accessibility checker to flag emails that may not be easily readable for everyone. Microsoft also gave the whole suite a Fluent Design facelift, making everything look more polished and consistent across its apps. Unlike Microsoft 365, this version works entirely offline, which is a plus for users who don’t want cloud dependency.

There are also some AI-powered features baked into this 2024 version. Word’s Smart Compose can predict and suggest text, making writing faster, while Excel’s AI Data Insights can analyze trends and recommend visualizations for your spreadsheets. PowerPoint has improved storytelling tools to make presentations more engaging with smoother transitions and built-in media support. And if you need real-time collaboration, Office 2024 does allow co-authoring within Word, Excel, and PowerPoint. However, it’s not as seamless as the cloud-based version of Microsoft 365. Also, no Microsoft Teams subscription is included, so if that’s part of your workflow, you’ll need to factor that in. This deal makes sense if you want a no-subscription Office suite that works offline. But if you’re after continuous updates and deep cloud integration, Microsoft 365 might still be the better choice.

Greenland PM decries ‘very aggressive’ US posture ahead of Usha Vance, Mike Waltz visit

Greenlandic and Danish politicians fume over trip by top allies of U.S. President Donald Trump.

U.S. President Donald Trump is ramping up pressure on Greenland in his bid to seize it, according to the Arctic island’s outgoing prime minister.

Múte B. Egede said Sunday that the “very aggressive” American posture toward Greenland is “so serious that the level cannot be raised any further,” in comments to local newspaper Sermitsiaq.

He was referring to an upcoming trip by Usha Vance, the second lady of the U.S and wife of Vice President JD Vance, who will land in Nuuk this Thursday, alongside U.S. National Security Adviser Mike Waltz and Energy Secretary Chris Wright.

“We are now at a level where this cannot in any way be characterized as a harmless visit from a politician’s wife. What is the national security adviser doing in Greenland? The only purpose is to demonstrate power over us, and the message is clear,” Egede said, adding that the “diplomatic attempt in dialogue has gone in vain.”

Egede also stressed in a post on Facebook that there will be no meetings with the Greenlandic government — and that these can only take place after the new administration has been formed.

On Sunday, two American military planes landed in Nuuk. A spokesperson from the U.S. consulate told Sermitsiaq the jets arrived to provide logistical support for the upcoming visit. Meanwhile, Danish police sent extra forces to Greenland.

Egede also called on international allies to step up their support for the self-ruling Danish territory.

“The fact that our other allies in the international community seem to be hiding in a corner, almost whispering that they support us, has no effect. And if they don’t speak out loudly against how the USA treats Greenland, the situation will escalate day by day,” he said.

Greenland’s likely new prime minister, Jens-Frederik Nielsen, who won an election earlier this month, urged Greenlanders “not to panic” and focus on forming of the new government.

“The visit, which is said to be ‘private,’ is pure charm offensive, and if we allow ourselves to be influenced by it, for example by rushing to form a new coalition, we may become even more vulnerable to pressure … so let’s cool our nerves, ” he told Sermitsiaq.

Trump has repeatedly threatened to take over Greenland, which he said the U.S. needs for “national security purposes,” and has refused to rule out using military or economic coercion to do so. Earlier this month, Trump said he will take it “one way or another.”

Danish Prime Minister Mette Frederiksen said Denmark takes the Vance-Waltz visit “very seriously.”

“The visit from the United States cannot be seen in isolation from the public statements that have been made,” said Frederiksen.

Anders Vistisen, a Danish hard-right MEP who sits in the European Parliament with The Patriots group, did not mince his words.

“Their visit is as provocative as it is gratuitous. Coming just before the local elections, it’s also an interference in our democratic process. Mrs Vance and Mr Waltz are, of course, welcome as tourists and visitors to our beautiful Greenland but not as an advance scouting party for a future interference or occupation by the United States,” he said.

“Greenland belongs to and with the Kingdom of Denmark. They should sling their hook elsewhere,” he added.

The Rise of Zero-Click Content: Optimizing for 2025’s Search Trends

Have you ever asked Google a pointed question—like “How does AI help in content creation?”—and instantly received a well-structured answer, complete with key insights and suggested links? This is the power of Google Gemini’s Generative AI, which delivers direct responses tailored to user queries.  These AI-generated results remove the need to click on any website…

The post The Rise of Zero-Click Content: Optimizing for 2025’s Search Trends appeared first on Pixel Studios.

Have you ever asked Google a pointed question—like “How does AI help in content creation?”—and instantly received a well-structured answer, complete with key insights and suggested links? This is the power of Google Gemini’s Generative AI, which delivers direct responses tailored to user queries. 

These AI-generated results remove the need to click on any website because they provide exactly what users are looking for upfront. This phenomenon is known as a zero-click search—where users get their answers without needing to explore beyond the search engine results page (SERP). But is this a good or bad development? More importantly, what does it mean for websites and SEO strategies? 

Let’s dive into how businesses can optimize for zero-click searches, explore different types of zero-click results, and uncover ways to make the most of this inevitable shift in search behavior.

Understanding Zero-Click Searches

A zero-click search happens when search engines provide direct answers within the search results page, eliminating the need for users to click on a website link. These answers typically appear in: 

With Google prioritizing user experience and speed, over 50% of all searches now end in zero clicks. The question is: how can businesses benefit from this trend rather than suffer from lost traffic?

Are Zero-Click Searches Good or Bad?

While zero-click searches provide convenience for users, they can pose a challenge for websites relying on organic traffic. Here’s a balanced take: 

The Good:

The Bad:

Since zero-click searches are here to stay, it’s essential to adapt and optimize rather than resist the change.

How to Optimize Your Website for Zero-Click Searches

1. Target Featured Snippets (Position Zero)

Featured snippets appear at the top of SERPs and provide users with direct answers. To capture these spots, businesses must provide clear and concise answers that address common search queries. Structuring content properly plays a crucial role in getting featured.

2. Leverage People Also Ask (PAA) Boxes

Google’s People Also Ask (PAA) section offers related questions that users frequently search for. Ranking in these boxes increases visibility and drives brand authority.

3. Maximize Google My Business (GMB) for Local SEO

For local businesses, Google My Business (GMB) is a crucial element of zero-click SEO. When properly optimized, GMB listings provide vital information directly in SERPs without requiring users to visit a website. 

4. Enhance Visibility with Rich Media Content

Google increasingly prioritizes multimedia content, such as images, videos, and interactive elements. Incorporating these enhances SERP visibility and engagement.

5. Optimize for Voice Search

With the growth of voice assistants like Alexa, Siri, and Google Assistant, optimizing for voice search is crucial. Voice searches often use natural language and are phrased as questions.

6. Publish Original Research and Thought Leadership

Creating high-quality, original content helps businesses gain visibility in zero-click searches and build industry authority. Research-based content is more likely to be cited and featured in Google’s AI-generated summaries.

Making the Best Use of Zero-Click Content

Instead of focusing solely on driving clicks, businesses must shift towards building brand presence and authority within search results. Here’s how: 

The Role of an SEO Agency in the Zero-Click Era

As search engines evolve, zero-click content is no longer just an emerging trend—it’s the future of SEO. Rather than resisting change, businesses must embrace structured content, AI-driven optimization, and user-first strategies

By leveraging zero-click content strategies, brands can stay ahead in search visibility, build trust with their audience, and make an impact—even without a click. 

At Pixel Studios, we specialize in AI-driven SEO strategies tailored for zero-click search dominance. Whether you’re looking to optimize for Google Gemini, improve local SEO, or enhance content for featured snippets, we’ve got you covered. 

Contact us today to future-proof your SEO strategy and maintain brand visibility in 2025 and beyond!

Lets discuss ideas to propel your brand online

(or)

The post The Rise of Zero-Click Content: Optimizing for 2025’s Search Trends appeared first on Pixel Studios.

What's New on Max in April 2025

New seasons of 'The Last of Us' and 'Hacks,' plus A24's 'Babygirl.'

Max's April slate includes anticipated new seasons of several original series. First up is the fourth installment of Max Original comedy Hacks starring Jean Smart as an aging comedian and Hannah Einbinder as her young writer trying to get their late night show up and running. Two episodes will premiere on April 10, with additional episodes dropping weekly until the season finale on May 29.

Next is the sophomore season of HBO Original post-apocalyptic drama The Last of Us (April 13), based on the video game franchise of the same name. This season picks up five years after the events of the season one—Pedro Pascal and Bella Ramsey will return as Joel and Ellie, with Kaitlyn Dever appearing as Abby. New episodes of the Primetime Emmy-winning show will be released weekly, also streaming in American Sign Language (ASL).

On the film side, Max will be streaming A24's Y2K (April 4), a disaster comedy set on New Year's Eve 1999, and Babygirl (April 25), the thriller starring Nicole Kidman as a CEO having an affair with her intern (played by Harris Dickinson).

Max subscribers will also get a variety of live sports, including NHL and NBA regular season and playoff games as well as early season MLB matchups.

Here's everything else coming to Max in April.

What’s coming to Max in April 2025

Available April 1

  • A Kind of Murder (2016)

  • A Stolen Life (1946)

  • Aftersun (2022)

  • All I See Is You (2017)

  • Alvin and the Chipmunks: Chipwrecked (2011)

  • April in Paris (1952)

  • Bad Santa (2003)

  • Bad Santa 2 (2016)

  • Black Death (2010)

  • Brittany Murphy: An ID Mystery (ID)

  • Chopped After Hours, Seasons 1-3 (Food Network)

  • Chopped Junior, Food Network, Seasons 6 & 7 (Food Network)

  • Chopped Next Gen, Season 1 (Food Network)

  • Deception (1946)

  • Doubling Down with the Derricos, Seasons 1-3 (TLC)

  • Drinking Buddies (2013)

  • Edge of the City (1957)

  • Expedition Unknown, Season 1 (Discovery)

  • Friday (1995)

  • Friday After Next (2002)

  • Gold Rush: Parker’s Trail, Season 2 (Discovery)

  • House Hunters Ho Ho Home, Season 1 (HGTV)

  • House Hunters Renovation, Season 10 (HGTV)

  • I'll See You in My Dreams (1952)

  • In This Our Life (1942)

  • It's Love I'm After (1937)

  • Jezebel (1938)

  • Jimmy the Gent (1934)

  • Juarez (1939)

  • June Bride (1948)

  • Kid Galahad (1937)

  • Land of the Lost (2009)

  • Little Men (2016)

  • Logan (2017)

  • Lucky Me (1954)

  • Lullaby of Broadway (1951)

  • Marked Woman (1937)

  • Moonshiners: American Spirit (Discovery)

  • Moonshiners: Master Distiller, Season 3 (Discovery)

  • Moonshiners: Whiskey Business, Season 1 (Discovery)

  • Mr. Nobody (2011)

  • Mr. Nobody: Extended Director's Cut (2011)

  • Mr. Skeffington (1944)

  • My Big Fat Fabulous Life, Seasons 6 - 9 (TLC)

  • My Dream is Yours (1949)

  • My Golden Days (2016)

  • Naked and Afraid, Season 14 (Discovery)

  • Next Friday (2000)

  • Nobody Walks (2012)

  • Now, Voyager (1942)

  • Old Acquaintance (1943)

  • On Moonlight Bay (1951)

  • Panama Hattie (1942)

  • Parachute Jumper (1933)

  • Payment on Demand (1951)

  • Portrait of a Lady on Fire (2019)

  • Romance on the High Seas (1948)

  • Satan Met a Lady (1936)

  • Severance (2007)

  • Sixteen Candles (1984)

  • Special Agent (1935)

  • Stampede (1949)

  • Station West (1948)

  • Storm Warning (1951)

  • Suspicion (1941)

  • Tea for Two (1950)

  • That Certain Woman (1937)

  • The Biggest Little Farm (2019)

  • The Double (2014)

  • The Old Maid (1939)

  • The Prince (2014)

  • The Private Lives of Elizabeth and Essex (1939)

  • The Star (1952)

  • The Terminator (1984)

  • The Tree of Life (2011)

  • The West Point Story (1950)

  • The Wild North (1952)

  • The Working Man (1933)

  • Three on a Match (1932)

  • Winter Meeting (1948)

  • Young Man with a Horn (1950)

Available April 2

  • Bateau Mouche: Sinking Justice, Season 1 (discovery+)

  • Ride of Your Life with Courtney Hansen, Season 2 (discovery+)

Available April 3

  • Fix My Frankenhouse, Season 2 (HGTV)

  • HOP, Season 1C (Max Original)

Available April 4

  • Y2K (A24)

Available April 5

  • HGTV Smart Home 2025 (HGTV)

Available April 6

  • Iyanu, Season 1A (Cartoon Network)

  • Lazarus, Season 1 (Adult Swim)

Available April 7

  • 2073 (2024)

  • Barney's World, Season 1C

Available April 8

  • 90 Day Diaries, Season 6 (TLC)

Available April 9

  • All Access PD: Grand Rapids, Season 1 (ID)

Available April 10

  • Gremlins: The Wild Batch, Season 2B (Max Original)

  • Hacks, Season 4 (Max Original)

Available April 13

  • The Last of Us, Season 2 (HBO Original)

Available April 15

  • Rock The Block, Season 6 (HGTV)

Available April 16

  • 100 Day Dream Home, Season 6 (HGTV)

  • Fist Fight (2017)

Available April 17

  • Cookie Monster's Bake Sale: Block Party (Max Original)

  • Ghost Adventures, Season 29 (Discovery)

Available April 18

  • Lu & The Bally Bunch, Season 1B (Cartoon Network)

Available April 19

  • Bugs Bunny Builders, Season 2D (Cartoon Network)

  • Impractical Jokers, Season 11B (truTV)

  • Outback Opal Hunters, Season 7 (Discovery)

  • Sal Vulcano: Terrified

Available April 20

  • The Rehearsal, Season 2 (HBO Original)

Available April 21

  • Yellowstone Wardens, Season 6 (Animal Planet)

Available April 22

  • Love It or List It, Season 20 (HGTV)

  • Planet Earth III, Season 3 (discovery +)

Available April 24

  • Life of the Party (2018)

Available April 25

  • Babygirl (A24)

Available April 28

  • 24 in 24: Last Chef Standing, Season 2 (Food Network)

  • Evil Lives Here: The Killer Speaks, Season 2 (ID)

  • Filthy Fortunes, Season 1 (Discovery)

Available April 29

  • Contraband: Seized at the Border, Season 6 (Discovery)

Available April 30

  • Castle Impossible, Season 1 (HGTV)

  • Polyfamily, Season 1 (TLC)

  • Twitter: Breaking the Bird, Season 1 (CNN)

Eternal Strands

<video>
När man betraktar storspelsmodellen utifrån är det lätt att förstå varför erfarna producenter, designers och skapare tröttnar på pressen, arbetsvillkoren och förväntningarna och startar egna studios. Det är en trend som vuxit avsevärt de senaste åren, och om du tycker att Dragon Age: The Veilguard inte nådde upp till de klassiska spelen i serien, så kanske du vet att Mike Laidlaw, som var creative director och lead designer på de tre första spelen, lämnade Bioware för några år sedan för att bilda Yellow Brick Games.

Deras första spel heter Eternal Strands, och jag har personligen följt det i flera omgångar, där Laidlaws erfarenhet, de Shadow of the Colossus-liknande striderna mot gigantiska fiender och den färgglada, tecknade fantasivärlden har inspirerat. Tyvärr, och jag menar verkligen det, kan jag dock inte rekommendera Eternal Strands till dig, eftersom spelet för mig presenterar en loop som är lite för rudimentär, och även denna loop känns ofta som att spelet bjuder på mer än det klarar av.

Huvudpersonen Brynn är en Weaver som tillsammans med andra likasinnade nomader återvänder till den mystiska Enclave många, många år efter att en omvälvande händelse inte bara dödade flera av den mytomspunna stadens invånare och tvingade resten in i skuggorna, utan även skapade en slags skyddande kupolformad aura runt dess yttre gränser kallad The Veil. Genom vad som först verkar vara en tillfällighet får Brynn och hans sällskap tillgång till Enclave och börjar gradvis pussla ihop vad som verkligen hände, hur stadens återstående invånare har överlevt och hur de kan krossa The Veil och öppna Enclave för resten av Mayda.

<bild></bild>

Som ni hör är det här en gedigen fantasyvärld med gott om plats- och karaktärsnamn samt raser att hålla reda på. Yellow Brick gör inget särskilt unikt med den här färgstarka miljön, och även om det finns lite fascinerande "lore" här och där, som att Weavers skäms och föraktas på andra håll i Mayda-världen, och att detta faktiskt är roten till deras nomadiska tillstånd, presenteras det aldrig direkt i äventyret. Du är här för att lära dig mer om Enclave, och även om det finns gott om röstskådespelare, ger du dig som Brynn in i de olika zonerna ensam.

Det leder oss på ett naturligt sätt till hur handlingen levereras, och här har du kanske redan anat ett viktigt designval från Yellow Brick. Du förstår, det finns gott om dialog här, rent av massor, tänk en Dragon Age-nivå av dialog, och även om detta levereras av bara en handfull karaktärer, är att prata med dem en central del av den tidigare nämnda loopen. Men dialogen levereras av statiska teckningar av karaktärerna, med bara den minsta lilla gest och ansiktsuttryck för att skilja mellan deras mentala tillstånd, eller bara för att tydligt telegrafera till Brynn och spelaren vad som står på spel. Det här är ett uppenbart ställe att ta genvägar på, men resultatet misslyckas helt med att leverera effektivt berättande, det är uppenbart från början, och när karaktärsgalleriet expanderar och spelet nästan kräver att du har en utvecklad relation med de karaktärer som utgör ditt "Weaverband", blir det ännu tydligare att det här upplägget helt enkelt inte fungerar. Röstskådespeleriet är i toppklass, det ska man inte sticka under stol med, men dessa pappfigurer som knappt animeras eftersom vi alltid ser dem i nästan full karaktär, och därför gör de små avgörande skillnaderna så oändligt otydliga, är helt enkelt inte ett effektivt sätt att förmedla det annars utmärkta röstskådespeleriet. Som ett resultat är berättelsen sällan rörlig, aldrig engagerande och tyvärr definitivt tråkig, även om den förvisso består av intressanta koncept och idéer.

<bild></bild>

Du har din bas, varifrån i stort sett hela handlingen utspelar sig via dessa statiska, orörliga meningsutbyten. Det är också där du lämnar dina insamlade resurser, producerar ny utrustning och formar din egen version av Brynn. Det är verkligen rudimentärt, tro inget annat. Nästan all utrustning får du genom recept du hittar när du är på språng, och även om det är viktigt att samla material är det sällan en avgörande del av din loop. Du kan uppgradera varje enhet, men det kostar... tja, mer resurser, och sedan finns det olika uppdrag som du kan driva framåt. Det finns en halvhjärtad dagscykel, och när en ny dag gryr markeras den med "Dag 10" eller liknande, men det har ingen verklig inverkan på spelet. Det finns ingen annan mekanik för att markera tidens gång, ingen meningsfull basbyggnad och bara elementära rollspelssystem här. Inga levlar, inget färdighetsträd.

Så behöver spelet detta? Nej, inte egentligen, och alltför ofta kritiserar vi, och ni, spel för att de fyller ut upplevelsen med alltför många system som distraherar och skapar onödigt "grindande". Men det är värt att nämna oönskad enkelhet här, eftersom spelet tyvärr också kämpar för att spika de spelelement som är så centrala för upplevelsen.

Eternal Strands är ett actionrollspel i tredjeperson där du som Brynn kliver in i en av ett dussintal öppna zoner i The Enclave, springer runt, klättrar på vertikala ytor tack vare ett Zelda-liknande system, samlar resurser som du kan "banka" genom att smyga hem förbi basen, besegrar fiender med olika vapen, slutför sido- och huvuduppdrag och slutligen utmanar den enda gigantiska boss som vandrar runt i varje zon. Det är här i de mer spelorienterade aspekterna som Eternal Strands hittar en bättre rytm. Zonerna är snygga, spelet är i allmänhet estetiskt välgjort, och tack vare utmärkt dragavstånd och en ganska tydlig konstnärlig vision bakom världen är det faktiskt spännande att utforska, även om du snabbt kommer att upptäcka att endast resurser uppdelade i de klassiska World of Warcraft-färgerna är det enda som egentligen finns att hitta.

<bild></bild>

Men det är tillfredsställande att klättra, och i vissa fall också att slåss. Det känns bra att hoppa framåt, att avfyra en pil med Brynns båge och kartlägga varje zon. Det finns fortfarande problem här, till exempel en dåligt skalad skademodell som gör att vissa strider helt enkelt drar ut på tiden för länge, och ingen riktig strategisk utveckling i de fiender du slåss mot, men Eternal Strands största styrka är att det enkla, lättillgängliga och fysiskt sunda spelet är tillräckligt tillfredsställande, även när fiender, nivådesign och faktiska strategiska val saknas. Denna dualitet uttrycks bäst när man slåss mot bossarna, gigantiska Shadow of the Colossus-liknande varelser, av vilka det finns en i varje zon och som respawnar varje gång du lämnar. Dessa är båda ganska tillfredsställande att slåss, med varierade attackmönster och solid design. De kräver vanligtvis att du gradvis eliminerar rustning med välplacerade slag, och även om det kan bli tråkigt är spektaklet faktiskt tillräckligt för att motivera det dussin gånger du sänker en av dessa jättar.

Det går dock inte att säga att drömmen om en Breath of the Wild/Shadow of the Colossus-crossover blivit en rungande framgång. Det är det verkligen inte. Det är visserligen underhållande under korta stunder, men från strid till metauppgraderingar, från statistikberättande till en något halvdan daglig gameplay-loop, är det inte tillräckligt mycket som Eternal Strands gör rätt. Det är inte en katastrof, men det är tyvärr ett exempel på ett spel som fumlar med sina prioriteringar, och det skiner igenom.

<video>

Israel's latest war plans: To occupy Gaza and rule Palestinians

Occupying Gaza and establishing military rule there would go beyond Israel's stated war goals to end Hamas rule and free hostages captured in the Oct. 7, 2023, attack.Displaced Palestinians, who flee from Rafah amid ongoing Israeli military operations following Israel

Occupying Gaza and establishing military rule there would go beyond Israel's stated war goals to end Hamas rule and free hostages captured in the Oct. 7, 2023, attack.

(Image credit: Abdel Kareem Hana)

Electric Geek Transportation Systems

I’ve never thought of myself as a “car person.” The last new car I bought (and in fact, now that I think about it, the first new car I ever bought) was the quirky 1998 Ford Contour SVT. Since then, we bought a

Electric Geek Transportation Systems

I’ve never thought of myself as a “car person.” The last new car I bought (and in fact, now that I think about it, the first new car I ever bought) was the quirky 1998 Ford Contour SVT. Since then, we bought a VW station wagon in 2011 and a Honda minivan in 2012 for family transportation duties. That’s it. Not exactly the stuff The Stig’s dreams are made of.

The station wagon made sense for a family of three, but became something of a disappointment because it was purchased before — surprise! — we had twins. As Mark Twain once said:

Sufficient unto the day is one baby. As long as you are in your right mind don’t you ever pray for twins. Twins amount to a permanent riot. And there ain’t any real difference between triplets and an insurrection.

I’m here to tell you that a station wagon doesn’t quite cut it as a permanent riot abatement tool. For that you need a full sized minivan.

I’m with Philip Greenspun. Like black socks and sandals, minivans are actually… kind of awesome? Don’t believe all the SUV propaganda. Minivans are flat out superior vehicle command centers. Swagger wagons, really.

Electric Geek Transportation Systems

The A-Team drove a van, not a freakin’ SUV. I rest my case.

After 7 years, the station wagon had to go. We initially looked at hybrids because, well, isn’t that required in California at this point? But if you know me at all, you know I’m a boil the sea kinda guy at heart. I figure if you’re going to flirt with partially electric cars, why not put aside these half measures and go all the way?

Do you remember that rapturous 2014 Oatmeal comic about the Tesla model S? Even for a person who has basically zero interest in automobiles, it did sound really cool.

It’s been 5 years, but from time to time I’d see some electric vehicle on the road and I’d think about that Intergalactic SpaceBoat of Light and Wonder. Maybe it’s time for our family to jump on the electric car trend, too, and just late enough that we can avoid the bleeding edge and end up merely on the… leading edge?

That’s why we’re now the proud owners of a fully electric 2019 Kia Niro.

I’ve somehow gone from being a person who basically doesn’t care about cars at all… to being one of those insufferable electric car people who won’t shut up about them. I apologize in advance. If you suddenly feel an overwhelming urge to close this browser tab, I don’t blame you.

I was expecting another car, like the three we bought before. What I got, instead, was a transformation:

  • Yes, yes, electric cars are clean, but it’s a revelation how clean everything is in an electric. You take for granted how dirty and noisy gas based cars are in daily operation – the engine noise, the exhaust fumes, the brake dust on the rims, the oily residues and thin black film that descends on everything, the way you have to wash your hands every time you use the gas station pumps. You don’t fully appreciate how oppressive those little dirty details were until they’re gone.
  • Electric cars are (almost) completely silent. I guess technically in 2019 electric cars require artificial soundmakers at low speed for safety, and this car has one. But The Oatmeal was right. Electric cars feel like spacecraft because they move so effortlessly. There’s virtually no delay from action to reaction, near immediate acceleration and deceleration… with almost no sound or vibration at all, like you’re in freakin’ space! It’s so immensely satisfying!
  • Electric cars aren’t just electric, they’re utterly digital to their very core. Gas cars always felt like the classic 1950s Pixar Cars world of grease monkeys and machine shop guys, maybe with a few digital bobbins added here and there as an afterthought. This electric car, on the other hand, is squarely in the post-iPhone world of everyday digital gadgets. It feels more like a giant smartphone than a car. I am a programmer, I’m a digital guy, I love digital stuff. And electric cars are part of my world, rather than the other way around. It feels good.
  • Electric cars are mechanically much simpler than gasoline cars, which means they are inherently more reliable and cheaper to maintain. An internal combustion engine has hundreds of moving parts, many of which require regular maintenance, fluids, filters, and tune ups. It also has a complex transmission to translate the narrow power band of a gas powered engine. None of this is necessary on an electric vehicle, whose electric motor is basically one moving part with simple 100% direct drive from the motor to the wheels. This newfound simplicity is deeply appealing to a guy who always saw cars as incredibly complicated (but computers, not so much).
  • Being able to charge at home overnight is perhaps the most radical transformation of all. Your house is now a “gas station.” Our Kia Niro has a range of about 250 miles on a full battery. With any modern electric car, provided you drive less than 200 miles a day round trip (who even drives this much?), it’s very unlikely you’ll ever need to “fill the tank” anywhere but at home. Ever. It’s so strange to think that in 50 years, gas stations may eventually be as odd to see in public as public telephone booths now are. Our charger is, conveniently enough, right next to the driveway since that’s where the power breaker box was. With the level 2 charger installed, it literally looks like a gas pump on the side of the house, except this one “pumps”… electrons.
Electric Geek Transportation Systems

This electric car is such a great experience. It’s so much better than our gas powered station wagon that I swear, if there was a fully electric minivan (there isn’t) I would literally sell our Honda minivan tomorrow and switch over. Without question. And believe me, I had no plans to sell that vehicle two months ago. The electric car is that much better.

I was expecting “yet another car,” but what I got instead was a new, radical worldview. Driving a car powered by barely controlled liquid fuel detonations used to be normal. But in an world of more and more viable electric vehicles this status quo increasingly starts to feel… deeply unnatural. Electric is so much better of an overall experience that you begin to wonder: why did we ever do it that way?

Gas cars seem, for lack of a better word, obsolete.

How did this transformation happen, from my perspective, so suddenly? When exactly did electric cars go from “expensive, experimental thing for crazy people” to “By God, I’ll never buy another old fashioned gasoline based car if I can help it”?

I was vaguely aware of the early electric cars. I even remember one coworker circa 2001 who owned a bright neon green Honda Insight. I ignored it all because, like I said, I’m not a car guy. I needed to do the research to understand the history, and I started with the often recommended documentary, Who Killed the Electric Car?

This is mostly about the original highly experimental General Motors EV1 from 1996 to 1999. It’s so early the first models had lead-acid batteries! 😱 There’s a number of conspiracy theories floated in the video, but I think the simple answer to the implied question in the title is straight up price. The battery tech was nowhere near ready, and per the Wikipedia article the estimated actual cost of the car was somewhere between $100,000 and $250,000 though I suspect it was much closer to the latter. It is interesting to note how much the owners (well, leasers) loved their EV1s. Having gone through that same conversion myself, I empathize!

I then watched the sequel, Revenge of the Electric Car. This one is essential, because it covers the dawn of the modern electric car we have today.

This chronicles the creation of three very influential early electric cars – the Nissan Leaf, the Chevy Volt, and of course the Tesla Roadster from 2005 - 2008. The precise moment that Lithium-Ion batteries were in play – that’s when electric cars started to become viable. Every one of these three electric cars was well conceived and made it to market in volume, though not without significant challenges, both internal and external. None of them were perfect electric vehicles by any means: the Roadster was $100k, the Leaf had limited range, and the Volt was still technically a hybrid, albeit only using the gasoline engine to charge the battery.

Ten years later, Tesla has the model 3 at $38,000 and we bought our Kia Niro for about the same price. After national and state tax incentives and rebates, that puts the price at around $30,000. It’s not as cheap as it needs to be… yet. But it’s getting there. And it’s already competitive with gasoline vehicles in 2019.

Electric Geek Transportation Systems

It’s still early, but the trend lines are clear. And I’m here to tell you that right now, today, I’d buy any modern electric car over a gasoline powered car.

If you too are intrigued by the idea of owning an electric car, you should be. It’s freaking awesome! Bring your skepticism, as always; I highly recommend the above Matt Ferrell explainer video on electric vehicle myths.

As for me, I have seen the future, and it is absolutely, inexorably, and unavoidably… electric.⚡

Apple Watch SE With Plastic Design Now in 'Jeopardy' for Two Reasons

There might not be a plastic Apple Watch SE this year after all, according to the latest word from Bloomberg's Mark Gurman.


In his Power On newsletter today, Gurman said the plastic Apple Watch SE is now in "jeopardy" for two reasons: design and cost issues.

"The design team doesn't like the look, and the operations team is finding it difficult to make the casing materially cheaper than the current aluminum chassis," he said.

Gurman first mentioned the possibility of a plastic Apple Watch SE last year.

An even more affordable Apple Watch SE with a colorful plastic design could have been appealing to parents who are looking to purchase an Apple Watch for their children.

The current Apple Watch SE was released in 2022. In the U.S., it starts at $249.

Related Roundup: Apple Watch SE
Related Forum: Apple Watch

This article, "Apple Watch SE With Plastic Design Now in 'Jeopardy' for Two Reasons" first appeared on MacRumors.com

Discuss this article in our forums

EU warns Turkey as Erdoğan’s repression intensifies

Brussels watches the crackdown with alarm.

The European Commission on Monday urged Ankara to “uphold democratic values,” as Turkish authorities escalate a crackdown against the opposition and free media.

Popular opposition leader Ekrem İmamoğlu was arrested Sunday on corruption charges and booted out of his office as Istanbul mayor. Protests have now roiled Turkey for nearly a week, since President Recep Tayyip Erdoğan’s police first detained İmamoğlu, and authorities have locked up more than a thousand demonstrators and detained journalists.

“The arrest of the mayor İmamoğlu and the protesters give rise to the questions regarding Turkey’s adherence to its long-established democratic traditions,” said Commission spokesperson Guillaume Mercier.

“As a Council of Europe [the international human rights organization] member and EU candidate, Turkey must uphold democratic values. The rights of elected officials as well as right of peaceful demonstration need to be fully respected,” he added.

However, the spokesperson said that at this stage he “will not speculate on possible cancellations” of high-level dialogues between the EU and Turkey scheduled for April.

İmamoğlu, a highly popular secularist who was widely viewed as a contender to oust Erdoğan, was on Monday officially nominated as a presidential candidate by opposition — despite being jailed on Sunday.

Best Cyber Monday deals on Philips Hue smart lights and bundles

The Cloud Is Just Someone Else’s Computer

When we started Discourse in 2013, our server requirements were high:

  • 1GB RAM
  • modern, fast dual core CPU
  • speedy solid state drive with 20+ GB

I’m not talking about a cheapo shared cpanel server, either, I mean a dedicated virtual private server with those specifications.

We

The Cloud Is Just Someone Else’s Computer

When we started Discourse in 2013, our server requirements were high:

  • 1GB RAM
  • modern, fast dual core CPU
  • speedy solid state drive with 20+ GB

I’m not talking about a cheapo shared cpanel server, either, I mean a dedicated virtual private server with those specifications.

We were OK with that, because we were building in Ruby for the next decade of the Internet. I predicted early on that the cost of renting a suitable VPS would drop to $5 per month, and courtesy of Digital Ocean that indeed happened in January 2018.

The cloud got cheaper, and faster. Not really a surprise, since the price of hardware trends to zero over time. But it’s still the cloud, and that means it isn’t exactly cheap. It is, after all, someone else’s computer that you pay for the privilege of renting.

The Cloud Is Just Someone Else’s Computer

But wait… what if you could put your own computer “in the cloud”?

Wouldn’t that be the best of both worlds? Reliable connectivity, plus a nice low monthly price for extremely fast hardware? If this sounds crazy, it shouldn’t – Mac users have been doing this for years now.

The Cloud Is Just Someone Else’s Computer

I suppose it’s understandable that Mac users would be on the cutting edge here since Apple barely makes server hardware, whereas the PC world has always been the literal de-facto standard for server hardware.

The Cloud Is Just Someone Else’s Computer

Given the prevalence and maturity of cloud providers, it’s even a little controversial these days to colocate actual servers. We’ve also experimented with colocating mini-pcs in various hosting roles. I’m still curious why there isn’t more of a cottage industry for colocating mini PCs. Because… I think there should be.

I originally wrote about the scooter computers we added to our Discourse infrastructure in 2016, plus my own colocation experiment that ran concurrently. Over the last three years of both experiments, I’ve concluded that these little boxes are plenty reliable, with one role specific caveat that I’ll explain in the comments. I remain an unabashed fan of mini-PC colocation. I like it so much I put together a new 2019 iteration:

2017 — $6702019 — $820
i7-7500u
2.7-3.5 Ghz, 2c / 4t
i7-8750h
2.2-4.1 Ghz, 6c / 12t
16GB DDR3 RAM32GB DDR4 RAM
500GB SATA SSD500GB NVMe SSD

This year’s scooter computer offers 3× the cores, 2× the memory, and 3× faster drive. It is, as the kids say… an absolute unit. 😱

The Cloud Is Just Someone Else’s Computer
The Cloud Is Just Someone Else’s Computer
The Cloud Is Just Someone Else’s Computer

It also has a rather elegant dual-sided internal layout. There is a slot for an old-school 2.5″ drive, plus built in wi-fi, but you won’t see it in my pictures because I physically removed both.

I vetted each box via my recommended burn in and stability testing and they all passed with flying colors, though I did have to RMA one set of dodgy RAM sticks in the process. The benchmarks tell the story, as compared to the average Digital Ocean droplet:

Per-core performance
sysbench cpu --cpu-max-prime=20000 run

DO Droplet2,988
2017 Mini-PC4,800
2019 Mini-PC5,671

Multi-core performance
sysbench cpu --cpu-max-prime=40000 --num-threads=8 run

DO Droplet2,200
2017 Mini-PC5,588
2019 Mini-PC14,604

Disk performance
dd bs=1M count=512 if=/dev/zero of=test conv=fdatasync
hdparm -Tt /dev/sda

DO Droplet701 / 8818 / 471 MB/sec
2017 Mini-PC444 / 12564 / 505 MB/sec
2019 Mini-PC1200 / 17919 / 3115 MB/sec

Discourse rebuild
time ./launcher rebuild app

DO Droplet6:59
2017 Mini-PC3:41
2019 Mini-PC3:24

Power consumption could be a concern, as the 2017 version had a much lower 15 watt TDP, compared to the 45 watts of this version. That 3× increase in core count ain’t free! So I tested that, too, with a combination of i7zstress, and my handy dandy watt meter.

The Cloud Is Just Someone Else’s Computer
(idle login)800 Mhz10w
stress --cpu 14.1 GHz30w
stress --cpu 24.1 GHz42w
stress --cpu 34.0 GHz53w
stress --cpu 43.9 GHz65w
stress --cpu 53.7 GHz65w
stress --cpu 63.5 GHz65w
stress --cpu 123.3 Ghz65w

I’d expect around 10 - 20 watts doing typical low-load stuff that isn’t super CPU intensive. Note that running current-ish versions of mprime jacks power consumption up to 75w 🔥 and the overall clock scales down to 3.1 Ghz… let me tell you, I’ve learned to be very, very afraid of AVX2 extensions.

(If you’re worried about noise, don’t be. This active cooling solution is clearly overkill for a 65w load, because it barely spun up at all even under full core load. It was extremely quiet.)

So we’re happy that this machine is a slammin’ deal for $820, it’s super fast, and plenty reliable. But how about colocation costs? My colocation provider is EndOffice out of Boston, and they offer very competitive rates to colocate a Mini-PC: $29/month.

I personally colocate three Mini-PCs for redundancy and just-in-case; there are discounts for colocating more than one. Here they are racked up and in action. Of course I labelled the front and rear before shipping because that’s how I roll.

The Cloud Is Just Someone Else’s Computer

Let’s break this down and see what the actual costs of colocating a Mini-PC are versus the cloud. Given the plateauing of CPU speeds, I think five years of useful life for these boxes is realistic, but let’s assume a conservative three year lifespan to be safe.

  • $880 mini-pc 32GB RAM, 6 CPUs, 500GB SSD
  • $120 taxes / shipping / misc
  • $29 × 12 × 3 = $1,044

That’s $2,044 for three years of hosting. How can we do on Digital Ocean? Per their current pricing page:

  • 32GB RAM, 8 vCPUs, 640GB SSD
  • $160/month
  • $160 × 12 × 3 = $5,760

This isn’t quite apples to apples, as we are getting an extra 140GB of disk and 2 bonus CPUs, but those CPUs are both slower and partially consumed by multi-tenancy compared to our brand new dedicated, isolated CPUs. (I was curious about this, so I just spun up a new $160/month DO instance for a quick test. The sysbench results are 4086 and 11760 respectively, considerably below the 2019 Mini-PC results, above.) As you can see, you pay almost three times as much for a cloud server. 🤑

I’m not saying this is for everyone. If you just need to spin up a quick server or two for testing and experimentation, there’s absolutely no way you need to go to the trouble and up-front cost of building and then racking colocated mini-pcs. There’s no denying that spinning servers up in the cloud offers unparalleled flexibility and redundancy. But if you do have need for dedicated computing resources over a period of years, then building your own small personal cloud, with machines you actually own, is not only one third the cost but also… kinda cool?

The Cloud Is Just Someone Else’s Computer

If you’d also like to embark upon this project, you can get the same Partaker B18 box I did for $490 from Amazon, or $460 direct from China via AliExpress. Add memory and drive to taste, build it up, then check out endoffice.com who I can enthusiastically recommend for colocation, or the colocation provider of your choice.

Get something cool hosted out there; let’s do our part to keep the internet fun and weird!

20 Questions We Have After Severance Season 2

Severance S2 Break

From Cold Harbor and goats, to innies, dopplegangers, and marching bands, let's dive deep into the Apple TV+ show.Severance S2 Break

From Cold Harbor and goats, to innies, dopplegangers, and marching bands, let's dive deep into the Apple TV+ show.

The Difference Between Weightlifting and Weight Lifting (and Why It Matters)

One is a general term, and one is a weird little sport.

We may earn a commission from links on this page.

This will be an extremely pedantic post, and one that I am terribly sorry to have to write. I’ve been into weight lifting (two words) for a long time, but about six years ago I got into weightlifting (all one word). It turns out these are two very different things.

Weightlifting, all one word, is the sport that is contested in the Olympics in which people—wearing what look like old-timey swimsuits—pick up barbells loaded with brightly colored weights. In one of the events, the snatch, the bar is lifted from the ground to overhead in one swift movement. In the other, the clean and jerk, the bar is lifted to the shoulders and the lifter pauses to breathe and question their life choices before using another sudden movement to shove it sky high. (You can lift more weight the second way, which is why they are separate events. Each lifter’s best snatch and best clean and jerk are added together to find out who wins.)

Weight lifting, two words, refers to the action of lifting a weight—any weight. If you’ve never heard of this distinction or never thought of it when you said or heard the word “weightlifting,” bear with me here.

Why "weightlifting" refers to the sport of the snatch and clean and jerk

Early weightlifting competitions, in the 1800s, evolved out of circuses and stage shows where a strongman would show off feats of strength to an audience. Sometimes these strongmen would challenge each other, and would bring in judges to verify the weights and ensure a fair competition. Gymnasts around this time trained with dumbbells and barbells as well, and would also set up their own friendly competitions. By the time the first (modern) Olympics rolled around in 1896, there was enough interest in weightlifting as a competitive sport that it was one of the sports contested.

It took decades after that for competitive weightlifting to evolve into the form we can still see in the Olympics. The dumbbell lifts and one-hand lifts were dropped; by 1928 the sport had three barbell lifts, each of them done with both hands. In 1972, one of them (the clean and press) was dropped from competition. This leaves the two-lift sport we know and love today. (We all do love it, right? It's our favorite? Good.)

The idea of lifting weights for fun and health didn't become popular until after the competitive sport became established. The name "weightlifting" was already taken, so when some weightlifters decided to challenge each other in other lifts, like the squat and bench press, they had to choose a different name. (Thus was born powerlifting.) Other offshoots chose names, too. The "World's Strongest Man" TV specials led to the sport of strongman, where people (not just men) lift a variety of implements like stones and kegs and log-shaped barbells, and no two competitions are the same.

Probably the most famous strength sport is bodybuilding, where competitors don't actually lift anything in competitions; they just show off the body that they built through lifting weights. Much of gym culture as we know it today was born from the bodybuilding style of training, as bodybuilders and barbell manufacturers collaborated to write and publish magazine articles for the masses. If you think of your strength training in terms of "reps" or "muscle groups," this is why.

You can also, of course, just lift weights. This isn’t weightlifting, because that's the name for the Olympic sport; it’s “lifting weights” or “lifting” or “strength training” or "resistance training." You can, if you must, call it “weight lifting.”

I'm a weightlifter, and I agree that this makes no sense

I hate that I have been forced to become so pedantic about this. Weightlifting is an awful, terrible, no-good, very-bad name for one of many sports in which people lift weights. Powerlifting, by the way, is almost as badly named; it's actually the Olympic lifts that showcase power, and the “power lifts” that showcase strength. So people like me are left protesting that we are weightlifters, not powerlifters or bodybuilders, and the average person curling a dumbbell in the gym has no clue why we care so much about whether or not there is a space between “weight” and “lifting.”

The problem, ultimately, is that nobody ever came up with a better name for the sport they have in the Olympics. Some people will call it “Olympic lifting,” leading to confusion when you tell your friends that you do it but also that you are not going to the Olympics for it.

Crossfitters have found a workaround by casually referring to “oly lifting,” which I support in theory, but weightlifters have not embraced the term. We compete in weightlifting, and clarify what we mean by saying “you know, weightlifting weightlifting,” while miming the motion of a snatch. I’m sorry. This is the best we have for now.

Israel's classified military plans for Gaza. And, defining "buy-now, pay-later" loans

Israel is considering plans for a full-scale ground invasion of Gaza within a few months. And, examining the pros and cons of "buy-now, pay-later" loans.Palestinians walk amid the rubble of destroyed homes and buildings in Jabaliya, northern Gaza Strip, March 14.

Israel is considering plans for a full-scale ground invasion of Gaza within a few months. And, examining the pros and cons of "buy-now, pay-later" loans.

(Image credit: Jehad Alshrafi)

Acting Head of SEC Was Only Commissioner Who Didn’t Vote to Sue Elon Musk

The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission seal

Musk is accused of securities law violations related to his purchase of Twitter.The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission seal

Musk is accused of securities law violations related to his purchase of Twitter.

The Risk of Becoming Allergic to Meat After a Tick Bite May Be Higher Than Thought

Deer Tick

New research from the CDC is exposing surprising new culprits behind a growing meat allergy.Deer Tick

New research from the CDC is exposing surprising new culprits behind a growing meat allergy.

The Chief Information Security Officer (CISO): The Digital Sentinel of Modern Enterprises

In today’s hyper-connected, risk-laden digital landscape, the Chief Information Security Officer (CISO) plays an indispensable role in protecting an organization’s most valuable resource: its data. This dynamic leadership role requires a unique blend of technical acumen, strategic insight, and leadership, positioning the CISO as the foundational guard of the enterprise’s digital defense. As threats growContinue reading "The Chief Information Security Officer (CISO): The Digital Sentinel of Modern Enterprises "

In today’s hyper-connected, risk-laden digital landscape, the Chief Information Security Officer (CISO) plays an indispensable role in protecting an organization’s most valuable resource: its data. This dynamic leadership role requires a unique blend of technical acumen, strategic insight, and leadership, positioning the CISO as the foundational guard of the enterprise’s digital defense. As threats grow more sophisticated and data’s value soars, the CISO’s role has expanded, integrating cybersecurity into the very heart of business strategy and resilience.

This article delves into the critical responsibilities of the CISO, the skills that define exceptional candidates, and why modern enterprises cannot afford to overlook this crucial leadership position.

Why CISOs Are Vital in the Digital Age: Managing the Expanding Threat Landscape

The march of digitization has transformed business operations, enabling unprecedented connectivity, data insights, and operational efficiencies. Yet this interconnection introduces complex cybersecurity threats, with increasingly sophisticated cybercriminals seeking vulnerabilities that could compromise data and disrupt business. Amid these challenges, the CISO assumes multiple roles to safeguard the organization’s digital assets:

1. Architecting a Comprehensive Security Framework

A CISO’s primary responsibility is to develop and implement a holistic information security program. This program functions as a strategic roadmap, detailing everything from risk assessments to vulnerability management and enforcing robust security controls. By prioritizing risk management, the CISO ensures that security measures align with the organization’s objectives, safeguarding data while allowing the business to operate without disruption.

2. Leading Incident Response and Cyber Resilience

A well-prepared organization is one that anticipates attacks and has effective response protocols. The CISO is tasked with establishing a detailed incident response plan that outlines how to identify, contain, and mitigate security breaches. Additionally, they foster a security-conscious culture within the workforce, empowering employees with the knowledge to detect and report potential threats.

3. Navigating Complex Regulatory Landscapes

As data privacy regulations proliferate worldwide, organizations face mounting pressures to stay compliant with stringent cybersecurity laws. CISOs take on the responsibility of ensuring the organization adheres to relevant legal standards—such as GDPR, HIPAA, or CCPA—to minimize legal and reputational risks. This compliance is more than legal due diligence; it protects the organization’s brand and builds trust with customers and stakeholders.

4. Promoting Secure Innovation

CISOs balance innovation and security, enabling businesses to adopt new technologies like cloud computing, artificial intelligence, and IoT without compromising data protection. As custodians of digital safety, CISOs act as advisors, guiding secure adoption of transformative technologies while proactively identifying and mitigating risks associated with each.

5. Building and Leading a Cyber-Resilient Team

A skilled team of cybersecurity specialists forms the backbone of the CISO’s efforts. Beyond hiring, the CISO is responsible for fostering a team environment that encourages proactive security practices, continuous learning, and adaptability. This collaborative culture helps the organization identify vulnerabilities and improve its cybersecurity posture over time.

Essential Qualities of a World-Class CISO

Becoming a CISO requires an intricate blend of technical skills and leadership qualities, often honed through years of experience and continuous learning. The following traits define an outstanding CISO:

1. Deep Technical Knowledge

A CISO must possess a strong understanding of core cybersecurity principles, including cryptography, network security, and application security. This expertise enables them to establish comprehensive strategies that protect the organization’s digital infrastructure.

2. Strategic Business Alignment

Exceptional CISOs bridge the gap between technical measures and business objectives, aligning cybersecurity strategies with organizational goals. This ability to translate complex cybersecurity concepts into actionable business strategies is essential for achieving executive buy-in and maintaining security as a strategic business advantage.

3. Leadership and Communication Skills

In their role, CISOs often need to explain cybersecurity risks and initiatives to diverse audiences, from technical teams to executives and board members. Strong communication skills, coupled with an adaptable approach, are key to effectively conveying the importance of cybersecurity across the organization.

4. Financial Acumen

An effective CISO understands the financial implications of security decisions. They balance robust protections with responsible budget management, ensuring that resources are allocated efficiently to the organization’s most pressing security needs while maximizing return on security investments.

5. Adaptability and Problem-Solving Skills

The digital landscape is constantly shifting, and so are cybersecurity threats. A successful CISO can navigate these changes with agility, employing creative problem-solving skills to address emerging threats and leverage new technologies to the organization’s advantage.

In addition to these skills, certifications such as Certified Information Systems Security Professional (CISSP) or Certified Information Security Manager (CISM) validate a CISO’s expertise and commitment to the field.

The Value of a CISO: Why Every Organization Needs a Cybersecurity Champion

As the digital ecosystem continues to evolve, the need for a dedicated cybersecurity leader is more apparent than ever. Here are several compelling reasons why investing in a CISO is a strategic imperative:

1. Fortifying the Organization’s Digital Fortress

A proactive CISO ensures the protection of an organization’s data, intellectual property, and customer information. Their security strategies minimize the risk of data breaches, which can cause severe reputational and financial damage.

2. Navigating Regulatory Compliance Confidently

By staying ahead of regulatory requirements, CISOs ensure the organization meets data protection mandates, reducing the risk of fines and reputational fallout from non-compliance. This foresight fosters customer trust and positions the organization as a responsible steward of sensitive information.

3. Building a Security-Conscious Culture

Through training and awareness programs, CISOs instill a culture of vigilance, equipping employees to recognize and respond to cybersecurity threats. This security-conscious culture serves as the organization’s first line of defense, reducing vulnerability to human-centered attacks like phishing.

4. Optimizing Cybersecurity Investments

CISOs are skilled at managing the cybersecurity budget, ensuring that funds are strategically allocated to the areas of highest risk. Their insights help organizations achieve robust security within budget constraints, maximizing the return on investment for cybersecurity efforts.

5. Championing Secure Innovation

By establishing strong security frameworks, CISOs empower the organization to adopt emerging technologies safely. This proactive approach allows the organization to capitalize on opportunities, such as digital transformation and cloud adoption, without sacrificing security.

6. Ensuring Resilience in Times of Crisis

In the event of a cyberattack, the CISO’s leadership is crucial for coordinating the organization’s response, mitigating disruption, and ensuring swift recovery. This role is instrumental in maintaining business continuity and minimizing operational downtime during security incidents.

Beyond Today: Building Tomorrow’s Cybersecurity Leaders

The role of the CISO is ever-evolving, and the demands of cybersecurity leadership require continuous education, collaboration, and adaptability. Aspiring and current CISOs benefit from several resources and practices:

1. Lifelong Learning

Cybersecurity is a fast-evolving field. CISOs can stay current on emerging threats and trends through industry certifications, conferences, and continuous education programs. Regularly updating skills is essential to maintaining a forward-thinking approach to cybersecurity.

2. Engaging in Industry Collaboration

Cybersecurity is most effective when tackled collectively. By joining industry associations such as the Information Systems Security Association (ISSA) or (ISC)², CISOs can connect with peers, share threat intelligence, and participate in collaborative efforts to anticipate and counteract cyber threats.

3. Fostering a Collaborative Security Ecosystem

Building strong alliances within the organization and across the industry enables CISOs to gather diverse perspectives, improving the effectiveness of security initiatives. Collaborating with cross-functional teams encourages a unified, resilient approach to cybersecurity challenges.

The Future of the CISO Role in a Rapidly Digitalizing World

The role of the CISO continues to expand in scope and significance as cyber threats intensify and digital transformation accelerates. For organizations of all sizes, investing in a skilled, forward-looking CISO is essential to building resilience, protecting data, and fostering an innovation-ready environment. The CISO’s work extends far beyond technical cybersecurity skills; it’s a strategic role that supports business continuity, customer trust, and sustainable growth.

In conclusion, the CISO of today is more than a cybersecurity guardian; they are the enterprise’s trusted partner in navigating the complexities of the digital age. Organizations that prioritize and empower their CISOs position themselves to thrive, not just survive, in an increasingly interconnected world. As businesses continue to embrace the possibilities of the digital era, the CISO will remain at the forefront, guiding the enterprise’s journey with resilience, insight, and an unwavering commitment to security.

There is only one way to quick charge an iPhone.

Fast charge to recharge iPhone up to 50 percent battery in 30 minutes.

Unsplash

Fast charging an iPhone requires a USB PD charger and a Type C Lightning cable. No exceptions.

As of late I’ve been bugged by the fact that no one knows how to “fast charge” an iPhone. And no, despite what you hear, using a Samsung “fast charger” will not have any effect on your iPhone.

Many people are confused about this issue because all the phone manufacturers use differing standards—which ends up being unhelpful. Simply using any third-party charger that claims to fast charge your iOS device doesn’t work, because these chargers are built for Android devices with Qualcomm chips.

Fast charging an iPhone has 3 distinct requirements:

  1. An iPhone 8, iPhone 8 Plus or iPhone X
  2. A USB Type C to Lightning cable
  3. A USB PD (Power Delivery) compliant charger

And these chargers do not work:

  1. Qualcomm based Quick Charge 3.0 or QC 2.0 chargers
  2. Using a standard USB Type A to Lightning cable
  3. Using an iPhone older than the iPhone 8

While Apple is late to the fast charging game, it’s very strict regarding the type and quality of chargers that are able to juice up your device quickly.

Here’s a link to the Apple Knowledge Base article regarding fast charge.


There is only one way to quick charge an iPhone. was originally published in blog.shawjj on Medium, where people are continuing the conversation by highlighting and responding to this story.

A Populist Influencer Is Running for Congress, and She Actually Understands YouTube

Katabuthumbnail

Kat Abughazaleh launched her campaign online and will challenge an 81 year old incumbent Democrat.Katabuthumbnail

Kat Abughazaleh launched her campaign online and will challenge an 81 year old incumbent Democrat.

The Hearth Display Finally Moved Its 'Helper' Where It Belongs

The Hearth Helper is finally part of the Hearth Companion app. Here's how to use it.

The Hearth Helper offered a way for Hearth Display users to text or email customer service to upload a list of events on their behalf, like bulk uploading a school calendar worth of events. But as of March 19, the feature has also been integrated into the Hearth mobile app.

Hearth Display, the modern family management tool that functions as a shared digital calendar and to-do list tracker, used to include a feature called "Hearth Helper" directly in the 27-inch tablet. When I reviewed the Hearth Display to see if the device was worth the hype (and the $699 price tag, often on sale for $599), I found the feature odd. You might assume that the "Helper" would be a direct line to customer service support, but pressing the "Helper" option only offered a pop-up giving users a phone number and email address if they wanted AI to bulk upload a list of events. You could send the Helper a picture of your kid's school calendar, for example, and the AI would import the data onto your Hearth calendar. I thought little of the feature since then—personally, the last thing I would want is for AI to bulk upload something like a school calendar and clog my calendar—but when Hearth moved the feature into the mobile app, I became curious again.

Where to find Hearth Helper in the mobile app

To use the Hearth Helper in the mobile app, start by updating the Hearth app on your device. You may not even be able to use your Hearth app without having this latest update: When I opened the app, a full-screen notification prompted me to update to the latest version. It was the first time I was ever forced to update the app; in the past, I manually updated the app for bug fixes and newer features, like the ability to update Routines directly from my phone or to add custom to-do lists.

A full-screen Hearth app notification that says "Update your app"
Credit: Jordan Calhoun / Lifehacker

After updating the app, the Hearth Helper can be found as a chat box icon on the top-right of the screen, next to the notification bell. It's an intuitive spot for a "Helper" feature, and much better placed than before: Prior to this latest update, Hearth Helper had a prominent tab on the Hearth Display right next to the Calendar, Lists, and Routines menus. Since the update, my Hearth Display tablet pushed a pop-up announcement that read, "Hearth Helper has moved!" with an explanation that their AI calendar companion now lives on the app.

The Hearth app calendar view with a circle around the Hearth Helper chat box
Credit: Jordan Calhoun / Lifehacker

How to use Hearth Helper

Testing the new mobile-based Hearth Helper was straightforward enough: The AI prompt gives examples of the types of wording you can use to have calendar events created for you, or you can simply press the camera icon to take a picture of a schedule or upload one that you already have saved on your phone. I was mostly curious how long it would take to process a request. Here's how the Hearth Helper looks when you click the icon on the mobile app:

A Hearth Helper chat that says "Welcome to Hearth Helper! Share your event requests or a picture of a paper schedule. After I process your request, you'll have to review the event to add it to your calendar. Some examples of what you can send me: • Dentist Appointment next Thursday at 4pm for Mom and Avery • Family Dinner Thursdays 6pm
Credit: Jordan Calhoun / Lifehacker

When I asked Hearth Helper to create a basic appointment, it took under a minute for the AI to send me a "Pending Event" for approval. It comes with the option to "Accept All" or "Reject All" for users who submitted multiple events, or a basic thumbs up or thumbs down for each pending event.

A pending event waiting to be edited, approved, or rejected
Credit: Jordan Calhoun / Lifehacker

To give it a more complicated task, I downloaded a PDF of the New York City Department of Education 2024-2025 School Year Calendar to see how long it would take to upload a full calendar. Then I realized the Hearth Helper can't upload PDFs. I took a picture of my screen instead—not a screenshot, but a lazy, grainy photo of my laptop screen that I took from my phone camera—which included eight events across two months. Surprisingly, it still took under a minute for the events to process, and the AI sent me a list of Pending Events that were formatted much better than I expected. Of course, though, if I actually wanted a full calendar of events then I would need to send multiple pictures to span the year.

There are a few notable limitations of the Hearth Helper though, which include:

  • You can't upload Lists (like to-do or grocery lists) or Routines with the Hearth Helper.

  • You need to stick with basic pictures: Hearth Helper can't upload from URLs, Word docs, Google sheets, or other formats like those.

  • Hearth Helper is fully run by AI. If you need help with something from a real person, you should contact support@hearthdisplay.com.

Is using Hearth Helper worth it?

Candidly, I never expected to use the Hearth Helper for its intended purpose. One of the problems that I mention in my initial review is that I feel the premise of the Hearth Helper is pretty shaky. Call me old fashioned, but I want a "helper" to answer my customer service questions, preferably by a human, instead of bulk uploading events that I could do myself in my preferred formats. I tend to be nit-picky about calendar organization and event formats, and I assume most people who use an expensive family management device to run their home are too. But looking at these results from the Hearth Helper bulk uploader, I may have changed my mind for two reasons.

A list of pending events that were imported into the Hearth app
Credit: Jordan Calhoun / Lifehacker

First, the events are accurate and consistently formatted; and second, the list of imported events are clickable and easy to manually edit or outright reject. My main concern was uploading an overwhelming list of poorly formatted clutter into my calendar, but that seems like less of a concern than I thought: I can just bulk upload calendars that serve as optional event suggestions that I can edit, thumbs up to approve, or thumbs down to reject. Overall, it does feel like this latest update to the Hearth Display will mean faster event management and fewer manual steps, and the Hearth Helper will be useful at back-to-school time, during planning for a new year, or whenever my kids join a new extracurricular or club.

Nine Ways to Build Financial Intimacy in Your Relationship

If you want to avoid a large, emotional misunderstanding down the line, cut to the chase early on.

On a good first date, you want chat about hobbies, and siblings, and dream jobs. Nobody wants to kill the vibe by inquiring how much student debt the other person has. But as a relationship progresses, you'll find yourself assessing a lot about your partner: Their values, emotional management, political leanings, and so much more. The subject of money, however, often gets pushed to the side—sometimes, until it's too late.

We all have different relationships with money. Some of us are cautious-minded savers, others are profligate spenders. Some are always padding their rainy day fund; others can’t resist purchasing new stuff every paycheck. When you’re in a relationship, it’s paramount to find out how your partner operates when it comes to money—because if the relationship continues for the long haul, it will come up. A lot. Here’s how to lay the foundation for ongoing financial intimacy.

Do it early on (and ramp up gradually)

It’s easy to let the subject of money slide due to discomfort. But if you want to avoid a large, emotional misunderstanding down the line, cut to the chase early on. Within your first few weeks or months of dating, start asking questions to uncover their financial situation. It can begin casually with questions like, “Are you more of a saver or a spender?” or “Do you pay attention to the stock market?” or “What’s your favorite thing to splurge on?” to get a glimpse into their general money perceptions, and ramp up to more specific questions about their credit score, salary, and debt as time passes.

Keep in mind, disclosure isn’t a one-way street. Be prepared to share your own behaviors, habits, debts, and financial history in due time.

Give advance notice

While some conversations will arise organically, if they don’t, make it known you want to have a conversation involving money. Rather than ambushing them over sushi with, “So, how much do you contribute to your 401(k) every month?” try something like, “When we have some free time next week, I’d love to touch base on this money goal I’m working towards and get your thoughts.”

Ask about their childhood

We all come with a money “story” or particular set of beliefs and fears around money that we absorbed from our families while growing up. Asking how they were raised is one of the easiest ways to gain insight into their attitudes about money. Some grew up in households where discount shopping reigned, every receipt was saved, and Ziploc bags were washed and re-used. Others were allowed to spend hundreds on trendy clothes for the first day of school and went to a different island every winter break.

To find out more about the money attitudes they absorbed, ask questions like:

  • How was money handled when you were growing up?

  • Were you encouraged to save from a young age?

  • Did your parents give you money when you went to the mall, or did you have to use your own?

  • Did your parents fight about money often?

  • Where did your family take vacations?

Use a personal financial goal to start the conversation

To make it more subtle and less awkward, use one of your own money goals to get the conversation going. Share your desire to get better at budgeting, save enough that you can quit your job to freelance, pay down debt, or buy a new car. Saying something like, “I’m working towards saving enough to make this down payment. Do you have any suggestions?” can open up a candid conversation and lend insight into their money behaviors without putting them on the spot. This can (and should) eventually segue into questions about their short-term and long-term financial goals.

Ask hypothetical “what if” questions

If it’s early on in a new relationship, or you’re not sure where to start, try framing questions as “what if” scenarios to get an idea of where their financial opinions stand. Things like:

  • What if you won the lottery—what would you do with the money?

  • Would you rather spend your life at a job you don’t love but pays really well, or one you’re passionate about, but will never make you rich?

  • If you had to save 50% of your salary in one year, how would you do it?

But also ask real-world questions...

Some conversations will revolve around general opinions and attitudes about money, but others should be designed to reveal answers to specific questions you have. Whether you want to know if they save for retirement, ever gamble, have an emergency fund, how often they invest in the stock market, or simply their daily spending habits, devise those questions beforehand. These specifics will round out the more general picture you’re getting of their overall relationship with money.

Mention an article or statistics

If you want to understand where your partner stands financially but you're scared to broach the topic, you can take some of the heat off yourself by foisting the attention on a third party. Try something like, "I read this online article about having a money talk with your partner. Why don’t we just play along and try it out?”

Seeing as how money disagreements and “financial incompatibility” are one of the leading causes of divorce, it’s a topic that shouldn’t be ignored.

Discuss future real-life scenarios

While you won’t want to do this in the first month of dating, as you get more serious and begin to broach subjects like marriage and children, don’t leave money talks out. This is the time to get specific on how the two of you would handle money as a long-term team, with questions like:

  • “When you’re married, do you want to keep a joint family account, separate personal accounts, or both?”

  • “If you wanted to make a large purchase, would you consult your spouse beforehand?”

  • “How do you feel about setting joint financial goals?”

  • “If your kids wanted to do an extracurricular or take a trip you couldn’t afford, what would you do?”

  • “What age would you ideally like to retire?”

Have regular money talks

A couple’s discussion about finances should never be a one-off. Once you’ve laid the foundation for open and honest communication about money, make it a habit. If you’re living together, engaged, or married, set up monthly “money dates” to review bills, budgeting, spending and savings, or large purchases. You can use the time to review current expenditures, air any worries, discuss goals, and create long-term financial plans. Here's how you can take a good, hard look at exactly where your money is going.

A Comprehensive Checklist of All the Things You’re Forgetting to Spring Clean

When is the last time you emptied your toaster's crumb tray?

Spring cleaning time is here, and even if you have your cleaning all planned out, there are a few things you might be overlooking—we all have blind spots, after all. Let’s go over a few of the places you are likely to forget about so you can add them into your cleaning routine.

Once you familiarize yourself with these suggestions and tips, you can use this checklist I created in Google Sheets to help remind you about what you might have missed. You can make your own copy out of this doc and revisit it every couple of months to check off each of the tasks as you work through them.

Most overlooked spots in your bathroom

You already know to clean your toilet (and how not to do it) and your tub. You have no water stains and your tile is pristine. Forgetting anything? It might be these:

  • Clean and unclog the overflow holes in your sink, if you have them.

  • Clean and disinfect high-touch but rarely-noticed surfaces like your shower head handle, toilet flusher, and drawer pulls. (Familiarize yourself with the difference between disinfecting, sanitizing, and cleaning while you're at it.)

  • Dust and wipe down any vents.

  • Wash your shower curtain.

  • Clean your shower head thoroughly, as well as the sink faucet's aerator, which can get gunky over time.

  • Wipe down the inside your medicine cabinet (and maybe take some time to declutter it).

  • Wipe down the outside of your toilet, including the sides.

  • Do the same for the exterior of your garbage can.

  • Clean any dusty light fixtures.

  • Finish up with the baseboards, then mop.

What you're forgetting to clean in your kitchen

The kitchen experiences a fresh mess every day (multiple times a day, even), so while you're spending all that time wiping down the counters and loading the dishwasher, it's easy to miss the grime that is building up over time in less-noticed spots. Periodically, you should:

  • Clean under and behind your major appliances (which you can actually do without moving them).

  • Dust and wipe down the top of your refrigerator, not just inside and under it.

  • ...but empty out and clean your fridge, including the shelves, too. (When you're putting everything back inside is a great time to reorganize the contents.)

  • When you’re tackling the oven, don’t forget the warming drawer, plus the vent, hood, and knobs.

  • Scrub down your backsplash.

  • Clean out your toaster's crumb tray.

  • Wipe down the outer surface of your garbage can.

  • Clean and disinfect your drawer pulls and the handles on your cabinets, fridge, and microwave.

  • Disinfect the light-switches (and any other switches in the room).

  • Spruce up your light fixtures.

  • Wipe down the tops and undersides of your cabinets, especially the ones up top that have exposed space under the ceiling.

  • Thoroughly dust and clean all the baseboards before you sweep and mop the floor.

What to clean in your living room

You pay attention to cleaning your kitchen and bathroom for sanitary reasons, which makes sense, but the living room? That’s all about aesthetics, baby. You want to impress your guests, after all. Impress them even more by remembering to:

  • Dust your plants (even your fake ones).

  • Dust your candles.

  • Clean and disinfect high-touch items like remotes and coasters (plus those light switches).

  • Dust picture frames and any other knick-knacks.

  • Remove couch and chair cushions and vacuum underneath them for a horrifying surprise.

  • Clean window blinds and curtains. (Blinds are easy: There's a hack.)

  • Dust and wipe down your windowsills, too.

  • Clean the undersides of coffee tables, side tables, and ottomans.

  • Clean your light fixtures.

  • End with the baseboards again before sweeping, vacuuming, and/or mopping.

What needs to be cleaned in the bedrooms

Your bedroom is the one area that is all about you—so treat yourself to an extra clean one. Try cleaning these for some bonus points:

  • Wipe your curtain rods and windowsills when you toss your curtains in the wash. (If you have blinds, clean those instead.)

  • Clean and disinfect high-touch items like alarm clocks, drawer pulls, door knobs, and light switches.

  • Clean your ceiling fan (but make sure to do that before you vacuum).

  • Dust the top of your headboard.

  • Dust plants, candles, picture frames, and knick-knacks.

  • As usual, finish up with those baseboards before cleaning the floor.

Proven Healthcare Lead Generation Strategies Through Digital Marketing

Introduction The healthcare industry in India is witnessing rapid digital adoption, with over 50% of patients using online searches to find hospitals, doctors, and treatment options. According to a recent report, Google searches for healthcare-related queries in India have grown by 60% year-over-year, highlighting the increasing reliance on digital platforms Patients and caregivers search for…

The post Proven Healthcare Lead Generation Strategies Through Digital Marketing appeared first on Pixel Studios.

Introduction

The healthcare industry in India is witnessing rapid digital adoption, with over 50% of patients using online searches to find hospitals, doctors, and treatment options. According to a recent report, Google searches for healthcare-related queries in India have grown by 60% year-over-year, highlighting the increasing reliance on digital platforms

Patients and caregivers search for healthcare information in various ways:

To generate leads effectively, healthcare businesses must tailor their digital marketing strategies to different patient needs. This blog categorizes healthcare seekers into three types and provides proven strategies for each.

Understanding Patient Categories & Their Digital Journey

1. Urgent Care Seekers (Immediate Medical Attention)

These individuals need fast solutions, often searching for emergency rooms, 24/7 hospitals, or urgent care centers.

Best Digital Marketing Channels:

Effective Content Strategies:

Platforms to Use:

2. Treatment Researchers (Considering Options & Second Opinions)

This group is actively looking for detailed information on procedures, specialists, and alternative treatments. They are highly engaged in research and comparison before making decisions. 

Best Digital Marketing Channels:

Effective Content Strategies:

Platforms to Use:

3. Health Knowledge Seekers (Awareness & Prevention)

These users are looking for general health information, wellness tips, and early symptom detection. Their searches are educational rather than transactional. 

Best Digital Marketing Channels:

Effective Content Strategies:

Platforms to Use

Future Trends in Healthcare Lead Generation

As digital marketing evolves, new trends are reshaping healthcare lead generation:

FAQs

1. What are the best digital marketing channels for healthcare lead generation?

The most effective channels include SEO, PPC ads, social media marketing, video marketing, and email campaigns.

2. How long does it take to see results from healthcare digital marketing?

3. How can healthcare providers measure digital marketing success?

Key metrics include website traffic, lead conversion rates, cost per lead (CPL), engagement levels, and return on investment (ROI)

4. How can YouTube be utilized for healthcare marketing?

YouTube is a powerful platform for:

Conclusion

At Pixel Studios, we specialize in healthcare digital marketing, helping hospitals, clinics, and healthcare providers enhance their online presence and generate patient leads. Our data-driven strategies in SEO, PPC, social media, content marketing, and video marketing have successfully helped brands scale in the healthcare sector. If you’re looking to maximize your healthcare lead generation, reach out to us today and let’s transform your digital presence! 

Lets discuss ideas to propel your brand online

(or)

The post Proven Healthcare Lead Generation Strategies Through Digital Marketing appeared first on Pixel Studios.

Hulu’s Black Friday deal is back: $0.99 a month for a whole year

Five Common Mistakes Beginners Make When Growing Seeds (and How to Fix Them)

It's actually relatively easy to figure out what you're doing wrong.

Growing seeds is a relatively simple process: Bury seeds in dirt, add water, heat, and light from the sun, and in most cases, something is going to sprout. The problem is, most of us conduct this process inside, because we’re trying to get a jump on the growing season. Inside, where there’s no sun, heat is hard to control, and the most your seedlings can stretch out their new little root legs is the size of the plastic cell they’re planted in. As such, it takes some practice to grow strong, resilient seedlings, and beginners make plenty of mistakes. The good news is, most of them are solvable. 

Not enough light

Lights over seedlings
This is how close lights should be to seedlings that haven't germinated yet or just have. Credit: Amanda Blum

This is one of the easiest problems to diagnose, because it is also one of the most likely problems. Remember, when growing seeds inside, you have to try to replicate the sun. When people estimate how much light they need to reproduce the sun, they almost always underestimate. The tell is easy: Your seedlings will be “leggy" with long stems that aren’t strong enough to support the leaves of the plant. The stem is often curved, almost like the plant has scoliosis. The seedlings may bend towards the light, too. 

The solution is, of course, to add more light. I find too often people starting out seeding for the first time buy one growing lamp to arc over their entire shelf of seedlings, when each tray needs 2000-5000 lumens (that's a lot of lumens). It’s not just how strong the light is but also how long they’re on: Seedlings need 14-16 hours a day of sunlight. Those lights need to be much closer to your seedlings than you think, too. Six to eight inches above your seedlings is the right distance. 

If your seedlings are already too leggy, you can try a few things. First, if they’re tomatoes or peppers, you’ll be able to bury the stem deep into the soil when you pot up the seedling or plant it outside, and this will solve many problems. If it’s another kind of seedling, like cucumber, they don’t usually require the same strong stems, and will likely correct themself over time. It will help to run a fan in the room and run your hands over the seedlings a few times a day. Both will encourage the stems to strengthen. 

Too much light

Seedings under lights
You can see how close the lights are to most seedlings, and how much light is applied. Credit: Amanda Blum

With most plant diagnosis, it can be frustrating to hear, “it may be too much or too little.” This isn’t true with light. It’s really easy to tell if there’s not enough, as above, or too much. Like us, plants can get sunburned. They develop scorch marks with the leaves at the top bearing almost white or golden splotches. The splotches don’t have a pattern to them, either.

Now, seedlings are susceptible to a lot of diseases, fungus, and virus, so you may find yourself concerned with knowing whether this is sunburn or something else. The good news is, it doesn’t matter because the solution is the same: Cut it off. The sunburned leaves can’t absorb light or nutrients and can’t recover, so cut them off entirely, and let the rest of the plant recover. Obviously, move the lights farther away, but don’t overcorrect. While seedlings can get closer to traditional lightbulbs, my experience is they burn easier with LEDs, so while traditional tube lights can be within inches of my seedlings with no issue, I keep LED lights six inches or more away. 

No germination

Of all the seeds you plant, some just aren’t going to germinate. There are a lot of reasons for that, but let's cover the most likely causes. First, you may have buried the seed too deep or not deep enough. On the back of each seed package are directions for how deep to plant seeds—and it’s not a loose recommendation. While the difference between a seed planted an inch deep or one and a half inches deep might not matter, there’s a huge difference between seeds that need to be lightly covered—like carrots and most flowers—and those that get buried, like tomatoes, peppers, cucumbers, and sunflowers. Another tell is this: The bigger the seed, the deeper you bury it. Zinnia seeds barely get covered, but pea seeds need a depth of an inch or so, and large bean seeds need to be buried deep in the soil. 

This is, unfortunately, one of those problems you need to solve ahead of time. If a seed has been sitting in wet soil for too long, and it hasn’t germinated, it has likely gone rotten. You’d just need to start over; by the time you’ve figured out a seed isn’t germinating, it’s likely only a few weeks since you planted, so you haven’t lost too much time. 

Another reason might be that the seeds are simply expired. Every kind of seed has an expiration date. It can be very short, like alliums (onions), which are good for a year. Experienced gardeners will know that these are merely guidelines; you can always test your seeds by trying to germinate them to see if they’re still OK. 

The seed mat you’re using to heat up your seeds could also be too hot, cooking your seeds. You want the seeds and soil to remain between 70-80°F, but no more. Once your seeds are cooked, they’re goners, so start over with fresh seeds. 

Too much water

You can over-love your plants. Too much water, even if your plant survives, discourages your seedlings from growing strong root systems. Under-watering is always the better solution, so long as the plants have enough to survive, since it causes the roots to reach out in search of more resources, forming stronger root systems. Watering methods for seedlings that allow them to only uptake as much water as they need are the most ideal, such as bottom watering, which leaves a little water in the tray for the soil to wick up. But even if you water from the top, you want soil that is lightly moist, but never soaking wet. 

Yellowing leaves or mushy plants are usually a sign of overwatering. If the plants start to smell bad, mold is likely developing in the water, which is another sign there’s too much water. In those cases, the solution is to go the other way and use less water. Your plants may or may not recover. If you trim away any root rot or squishy leaves and stems, it may recover. 

However, most seedlings will develop some green or white fungus on top of the soil, and that is not necessarily a bad sign. It just happens, and it won’t affect your seedling in any way. 

Not enough water

tomatoes as seedlings and ready to go in the ground
If seedlings grow with the right amount of light, the stems will be strong enough to support a taller plant, even in a small pot. Strong root systems will develop with the right amount of water. Credit: Amanda Blum

Droopy seedlings usually need water. Tomatoes, in particular, will start leaning over and will quite literally look sad. This can happen toward the end of the watering cycle, and if not left to fester, it's not a problem, but it's a sign that you should water them. You should see plants immediately perk up, within an hour or two of watering. 

If your soil block is really dry, that’s never a good sign. You want your soil to always be lightly moist, not dry. If you’re having trouble keeping your soil moist, you should consider bottom watering, as mentioned above, because it is a consistent method. The soil takes up what it needs.

Why Usha Vance’s Upcoming Visit to Greenland Is Angering Its Leaders

Greenland officials see the visit as part of Trump's bid to take over Greenland.

GERMANY-US-POLITICS-DIPLOMACY-DEFENCE-MSC

President Donald Trump is ramping up his pressure campaign to make Greenland part of the U.S., even as Greenland’s leaders insist that they are not interested and that the Danish territory is not for sale. This week, the Administration plans to send three members of Trump’s inner circle to visit the island: Second Lady Usha Vance, National Security Adviser Michael Waltz, and Energy Secretary Chris Wright.

[time-brightcove not-tgx=”true”]

Their visit is being viewed by Greenland officials as an escalation in the Trump Administration’s ongoing push to assert control over Greenland, which is a semiautonomous territory of Denmark. In a video shared Sunday on Instagram, the Second Lady said she’s looking forward to visiting Greenland with one of her sons “to celebrate the long history of mutual respect and cooperation between our nations” and “to express hope that our relationship will only grow stronger in the coming years.”

Greenland’s outgoing Prime Minister Múte Bourup Egede called the planned visit “highly aggressive” and accused the Trump Administration of using diplomatic engagements as a smokescreen for its ultimate goal: bringing Greenland under U.S. control. “Greenlanders have tried to be diplomatic, but it simply bounces off Donald Trump and his Administration in their mission to own and control Greenland,” he told the Greenlandic newspaper Sermitsiaq on Sunday.

The White House said that Usha Vance is scheduled to attend Greenland’s national dog-sled race and visit other culturally significant sites.

Read more: Who Is Usha Vance, J.D. Vance’s Wife?

In addition to the growing concerns surrounding the visit, the timing of the delegation’s trip is causing further unease. Greenland just completed a highly contested parliamentary election. The country is in the process of forming a new government and grappling with potential paths toward greater autonomy from Denmark, which is a NATO ally of the United States.

Here’s what to know about the Trump Administration’s upcoming visit to Greenland and why Trump wants the island.

Why Trump wants Greenland

A semiautonomous Danish territory, Greenland has long been viewed as a strategic gem in the Arctic: it’s home to the U.S. Pituffik Space Base, which provides missile warning and space surveillance capabilities, and is situated along vital air and sea routes in the North Atlantic that could be beneficial for shipping and trade.

The Trump Administration has framed a potential acquisition of Greenland as a matter of national security, arguing that American control would counter growing Russian and Chinese influence in the Arctic. “We need Greenland for national security and even international security,” Trump said earlier this month during a joint session of Congress. “And I think we’re going to get it one way or the other.”

However, security concerns are not the only factor. Greenland possesses vast deposits of rare-earth minerals critical for advanced technology, including electric vehicle batteries, medical imaging equipment, and military applications. It also contains billions of untapped barrels of oil and a vast supply of natural gas—though mining the island has proven notoriously difficult.

The President previously sent his son, Donald Trump Jr., to the Arctic territory’s capital in January. “This is a deal that must happen,” Trump wrote on social media at the time. “MAGA. MAKE GREENLAND GREAT AGAIN!” Trump’s push to acquire Greenland has also coincided with his vow to make Canada the 51st state and reclaim control of the Panama Canal.

As officials in Denmark and Greenland have rejected Trump’s advances, U.S. officials have escalated their rhetoric. On Sunday, Vice President J.D. Vance blasted Denmark during an interview on Fox News, saying that the country is “not doing its job” and “not being a good ally.”

“So you have to ask yourself: How are we going to solve that problem, solve our own national security?” Vance said. “If that means that we need to take more territorial interest in Greenland, that is what President Trump is going to do, because he doesn’t care about what the Europeans scream at us.”

Usha Vance: Second Lady or diplomatic envoy?

The inclusion of Usha Vance in the delegation has raised some eyebrows, as it will be her most high-profile moment thus far in the new Administration, one that was quickly viewed as a deliberate attempt at “soft power” diplomacy. The White House insists that her visit is for purely cultural purposes, aimed at fostering goodwill. In her video on Instagram, Vance emphasized her excitement about Greenland’s traditions.

“I’ve been reading all about it with my children, and I’m amazed by the incredible skill and teamwork that it takes to participate in this race,” she said, referencing the Avannaata Qimussersu, Greenland’s national dog-sled race.

Yet, Greenlandic leaders are unconvinced. “We are now at a point where it can no longer be described as an innocent visit from a politician’s spouse,” outgoing Prime Minister Egede told Sermitsiaq. “The international community must now react.”

Despite Trump’s repeated assertions that Greenland is vital to U.S. interests, Danish and Greenlandic officials have consistently rejected any suggestion that the territory is available for purchase or annexation.

“We are not for sale and cannot simply be taken,” Egede said on March 5 in response to Trump’s comments to Congress. Danish Prime Minister Mette Frederiksen echoed his stance, emphasizing that Greenland’s sovereignty is not negotiable.

Greenland’s political transition following recent elections has further complicated the situation. Jens-Frederik Nielsen, the leader of the pro-business Demokraatit party, which emerged victorious in the elections, sought to calm fears while maintaining Greenland’s independence.  In a post on Facebook on Sunday, he wrote: “There is no reason to panic. But there is good reason to stand together and to demand respect. I do. And I will continue to do so.”

iPhone 16e vs. iPhone 15 Pro Buyer's Guide: Which Is Best for $599?

The iPhone 16e is now Apple's lowest-cost iPhone at $599. However, 2023's iPhone 15 Pro is now available for very similar approximate prices from third parties. There are at least 50 differences between the two devices, so which should you choose?


The ‌iPhone 15‌ Pro launched in September 2023 for $999, and was discontinued upon the launch of the iPhone 16 Pro one year later. It continues to be available from third-party retailers, as well as used or refurbished, for prices around $600 to $750 depending on the configuration.

Our guide helps to answer the question of how to decide which of these two ‌iPhone‌ models is best for you, and serves as a way to clearly see what additional features the ‌iPhone 15‌ Pro brings to the table. The ‌iPhone 15‌ Pro is a much more feature-rich device than the ‌iPhone 16e‌, but the latter has a small number of advantages:


  • Better chip: The A18 chip is made with TSMC's latest fabrication technology and sports a higher CPU clock speed, making it more powerful and efficient than the A17 Pro.

  • Audio: The ‌iPhone 16e‌ features wind noise reduction and audio mix for better quality audio capture.

  • Thinner and lighter design: With an aluminum frame, the ‌iPhone 16e‌ is 0.45mm thinner and 20 grams lighter than the ‌iPhone 15‌ Pro.

  • Longer battery life: Thanks to the custom-designed Apple C1 model, the efficiency of the A18 chip, and a 22% bigger battery, the ‌iPhone 16e‌ boasts battery life that's at least three hours longer than the ‌iPhone 15‌ Pro.


As a device that's 18 months newer with a more powerful chip, the ‌iPhone 16e‌ may be more likely to be supported by the latest version of iOS for longer than the ‌iPhone 15‌ Pro. It is also likely to be useable for longer through battery degradation, especially if you're comparing it to a used ‌iPhone 15‌ Pro.

In every other respect, the ‌iPhone 15‌ Pro is superior. Here is every difference between the two models:














































































































































































































‌iPhone 16e‌ ‌iPhone 15‌ Pro
Aluminum and glass design Titanium and glass design
"Notch" housing TrueDepth camera array Dynamic Island housing TrueDepth camera array
800 nits max brightness (typical) 1,000 nits max brightness (typical)
1,200 nits peak brightness (HDR) 1,600 nits peak brightness (HDR)
2,000 nits peak brightness (outdoor)
ProMotion with adaptive refresh rates up to 120Hz
Always-on display
Slightly smaller due to slimmer borders around the display
A18 chip (made with enhanced 3nm N3E process) A17 Pro chip (made with base ‌3nm‌ N3B process)
4.04 GHz CPU clock speed 3.78 GHz CPU clock speed
4-core GPU 6-core GPU
LPDDR5X-7500 memory with a bandwidth of 60 GB/s LPDDR5-6400 memory with a bandwidth of 51.2 GB/s
Apple C1 modem Qualcomm X70 modem
mmWave 5G connectivity
Wi‑Fi 6 connectivity Wi‑Fi 6E connectivity
Thread networking technology
Second-generation Ultra Wideband chip
"Advanced" 2-in-1 camera "Pro" triple camera system
48-megapixel Main camera with ƒ/1.6 aperture 48-megapixel Main camera with ƒ/1.78 aperture and larger sensor
12-megapixel Ultra Wide camera with ƒ/2.2 aperture
12-megapixel Telephoto camera with ƒ/2.8 aperture
1x and 2x optical zoom 0.5x, 1x, 2x, and 3x optical zoom
Optical image stabilization Second-generation sensor-shift image stabilization
True Tone flash Adaptive True Tone flash
LiDAR scanner
Portrait mode with Depth Control Next-generation portraits with Focus and Depth Control
Night mode portraits
Macro photography
Apple ProRAW
Wind noise reduction
Audio Mix
Shoot and instantly transfer 48-megapixel ProRAW images to Mac via USB 3
Record video directly to an external drive
ProRes video recording up to 4K at 30 fps (60 fps with external recording)
Macro video recording, including slo‑mo and time‑lapse
Log video recording
Academy Color Encoding System
Capture spatial photos and videos for Apple Vision Pro
USB 2 transfer speeds (up to 480Mb/s) USB 3 transfer speeds (up to 10Gb/s, 20x faster)
DisplayPort support for up to 4K HDR video output
Compatible with MagSafe cases, wallets, wireless chargers and more
Qi wireless charging up to 7.5W Qi wireless charging up to 7.5W and ‌MagSafe‌ wireless charging up to 15W with 20W adapter or higher
4,005mAh battery 3,274mAh battery
26-hour battery life 23-hour battery life
Weighs 167g Weighs 187g
7.80mm thick (0.31 inches) 8.25mm thick (0.32 inches)
128GB, 256GB, and 512GB storage options 128GB, 256GB, 512GB, and 1TB storage options
White and Black color options Natural Titanium, Blue Titanium, White Titanium, and Black Titanium color options
Released March 2025 Released September 2023
Starts at $599 Started at $999 but now discontinued; available for ~$599



The ‌iPhone 15‌ Pro offers a large number of upgrades over the ‌iPhone 16e‌. With little to no price difference to obtain a display with ProMotion and always-on functionality, ‌MagSafe‌, ‌Dynamic Island‌, and a brighter display, many customers will easily be able to justify getting the ‌iPhone 15‌ Pro over the ‌iPhone 16e‌. Perhaps most noticeably, the ‌iPhone 15‌ Pro unlocks a wealth of additional camera software features and boasts multiple additional pieces of camera hardware, such as the LiDAR scanner, telephoto camera, and ultra wide camera.

The ‌iPhone 16e‌ still offers many of the ‌iPhone 15‌ Pro's most compelling capabilities, such as Apple Intelligence support, USB-C, the Action Button, and a 48-megapixel main camera, so the average user will miss out on few meaningful features. As a result, there are some scenarios where it is worth choosing the ‌iPhone 16e‌ over the ‌iPhone 15‌ Pro. For example, if battery life or device longevity is your top priority, it remains the superior option.

Similarly, if you have only basic needs and do not care for the "Pro" rear camera setup or features like ProMotion and the always-on display, the ‌iPhone 16e‌ is likely the better choice. In this instance, you will still benefit from the device's generous roster of features. The ‌iPhone 16e‌ is still a very well designed and balanced device, especially for casual ‌iPhone‌ users and those coming from a much older model.
Related Roundup: iPhone 16e
Buyer's Guide: iPhone 16e (Buy Now)

This article, "iPhone 16e vs. iPhone 15 Pro Buyer's Guide: Which Is Best for $599?" first appeared on MacRumors.com

Discuss this article in our forums

These Milwaukee Cordless Tools, Bits, and Batteries Are Up to 50% Off at Home Depot

Build out your tool kit without blowing your budget.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

A quality set of tools is critical for most any DIY or home improvement project, and whether you’re doing home repairs or trying your hand at woodworking, cordless tools can make your project go much more smoothly—but the tradeoff comes in the investment required, especially as you’re just starting out.

Right now, you can ease the pain a bit: Many Milwaukee cordless tools and accessories are currently on sale at Home Depot for more than 50% off, making it a good time to build out a new tool kit or expand your existing one.

Cordless tools

Cordless power tools can make or break your DIY project, from cutting to driving screws. Here are some deals on power drivers and saws from Milwaukee to help you elevate your DIY game.

  • The Milwaukee 18-Volt quarter-inch impact driver is on sale for $99, 50% off its usual price. The driver includes a 2-amp-hour battery and a charger as well as a tool bag. This is a great beginner kit, as it comes with an 18-volt battery and compatible charger.

  • The Milwaukee 18-volt reciprocating saw is on sale for $149, 52% off its regular price. The reciprocating saw comes with a 5-amp-hour battery and a charger. This is a good deal, as larger-capacity batteries can be expensive on their own, making this tool and 18-volt-battery combo a good choice to expand your existing Milwaukee set.

  • The Milwaukee 18-volt Hackzall reciprocating saw is on sale for $149, 52% off its typical price. This tool set also comes with a 5-amp-hour battery and a charger. The Hackzall version of the reciprocating saw has a compact, one-handed design, making it ideal for squeezing into smaller spaces where a larger tool won’t fit.

Batteries

Batteries tend to be the most expensive component of cordless tools. They can also wear out over time, lasting for 2-3 years on average. With a few freshly charged batteries on hand, your projects will go faster, so it's worth picking up some spares at a discount.

  • The Milwaukee 8-amp-hour, 18-volt battery and charger is on sale for $149, 52% off its usual price. This set is a good deal because higher-capacity chargers last longer and can run more powerful tools. If you have a home shop situation that isn’t close to a power outlet, having an 8-amp-hour battery for your cordless tools will allow you to work for hours without needing to swap the battery.

  • The Milwaukee 18-volt battery three-pack is on sale for $219, 33% off its regular price. This set of batteries includes two 18-volt cp3 batteries and one 18-volt,  5-amp-hour battery. The cp3 batteries are smaller and lighter, charging in 35 minutes on a Milwaukee rapid charger. The 5-amp-hour battery takes 60 minutes to top up on a rapid charger. This is a good deal on replacement batteries if you already have tools and chargers, but need to replace worn out batteries.

Bits

Bits for your drivers are essential, and having a good collection of various types and sizes will help to eliminate those lat-minute trips to the hardware store while working on a project.

  • The Milwaukee 105-piece driver and drill bit set is on sale for $69, 37% off its typical price. This set includes several sizes and types of driver bits, and 15 sizes of drill bits to fit either an impact driver or a standard drill. This is a good foundational set if you have a range of small projects to work on.

  • The Milwaukee 90-piece driver bit set is on sale for $49, 51% off its usual price. The bits are a range of sizes and tip types including Philips head, and they come with a case compatible with Milwaukee packout toolboxes. These bits are useful for a range of projects, making this a good choice if you’re building out an impact driver kit.

  • The Milwaukee 95-piece drill and driver bit set is on sale for $39.97, 34% off its regular price. The set includes a quarter-inch socket adapter, a range of driver bit sizes and types, and a few drill bits. This is a more compact kit that travels easily, and is a good addition to your tool go-bag.

Ultimate SEO Guidebook

Introduction Welcome to the ultimate SEO guidebook—a comprehensive resource designed by the experts at Pixel Studios to help businesses, marketers, and content creators navigate the ever-evolving world of search engine optimization. Whether you’re a business owner or an experienced SEO professional, this guide will serve as your go-to reference for mastering SEO techniques that drive…

The post Ultimate SEO Guidebook appeared first on Pixel Studios.

Introduction

Welcome to the ultimate SEO guidebook—a comprehensive resource designed by the experts at Pixel Studios to help businesses, marketers, and content creators navigate the ever-evolving world of search engine optimization. Whether you’re a business owner or an experienced SEO professional, this guide will serve as your go-to reference for mastering SEO techniques that drive real results.

1. Understanding Your Customer: The Foundation of SEO

1.1 Why Customer Analysis Matters in SEO

SEO is not just about ranking higher on Google; it’s about delivering the right content to the right audience at the right time. Understanding your customers allows businesses to create content that resonates, addresses their needs, and answers their queries effectively. 

1.2 Customer Journey Mapping

Different customers are in different stages of the buying journey. To tailor SEO strategies effectively, consider these stages: 

1.3 Identifying Customer Needs and Alternatives

A deep understanding of customer expectations and available alternatives can help businesses position their offerings uniquely. Research your competition, assess gaps in their offerings, and showcase why your solution is the best. 

2. Keyword Analysis: The Backbone of SEO

2.1 Understanding Keyword Intent

Keywords help search engines match user queries with relevant content. To ensure your content aligns with user needs, categorize keywords by intent: 

2.2 Competitor Keyword Analysis

Your competitors may already be ranking for valuable keywords. Using SEO tools like Ahrefs, SEMrush, or Google Keyword Planner, you can: 

2.3 Selecting and Prioritizing Keywords

Not all keywords are equal. Prioritize keywords with:

3. On-Page Optimization: Maximizing Page Performance

3.1 Title Tags, Meta Descriptions, and URLs

Title tags and meta descriptions provide users with a snapshot of your page’s content. Optimizing them ensures higher click-through rates and better rankings. 

3.2 Header Tags and Content Structure

Header tags (H1, H2, H3) help organize content and improve readability. Use them wisely

3.3 Image Optimization

Images enhance content engagement but need optimization: 

3.4 Ideal Content Length and FAQ Sections

4. Content Strategy: The E-E-A-T Approach

4.1 What is E-E-A-T?

Google prioritizes content that follows the Experience, Expertise, Authoritativeness, and Trustworthiness (E-E-A-T) principles. 

4.2 Why Content is the Key to SEO Success

Content is the backbone of SEO, impacting rankings, engagement, and conversion rates. A well-structured content strategy helps: 

Best Practices for SEO Content:

4.3 Avoiding Plagiarism and Content Duplication

Plagiarism can result in penalties, loss of rankings, and reduced trustworthiness.

How to Avoid Plagiarism:

5. Rich Snippets and Schema Markup

5.1 What Are Rich Snippets?

Rich snippets enhance search listings by displaying additional information like ratings, images, or FAQs.

5.2 Understanding Schema Markup

Schema markup is a form of structured data that helps search engines understand content better

Types of Schema and Their Use Cases:

6. Sitemap & Robots.txt Best Practices

Why Are They Important?

Sitemaps and robots.txt files play a crucial role in helping search engines understand and index your website efficiently. Without a proper setup, important pages may not get indexed, or search engines might waste resources crawling irrelevant content.

Where to Find and Submit a Sitemap

Common Issues in Sitemaps & Robots.txt:

Best Practices for Sitemaps, Robots.txt, and Canonical Tags:

Sitemaps:

Robots.txt:

Canonical Tags:

7. Analytics & Tracking

Why is Analytics Important?

Analytics is essential for tracking SEO success and understanding user behavior. By analyzing data, you can refine your SEO strategy to improve performance. 

Overview of Tracking Tools

Best Practices for Analytics Setup:

Important Metrics to Track:

Submitting Pages for Indexing

8. Off-Page SEO: Building Authority

What is Off-Page SEO?

Off-Page SEO involves actions taken outside of your website to improve its authority and rankings. These activities help build credibility and trust. 

Types of Link Building Activities:

Best Practices for Off-Page SEO:

9. Other Crucial SEO Factors

Technical SEO Enhancements

Local SEO Optimization

Best Practices for a Future-Proof SEO Strategy:

10. Optimizing for Answer Engines & Generative AI

Why Optimize for AI-Powered Search?

Google is evolving with AI-driven search results, such as Search Generative Experience (SGE). Websites need to be optimized for these AI-generated summaries and voice searches.

How to Optimize for AI and Answer Engines?

Emerging Trends in AI-Powered Search

Conclusion

SEO is a dynamic process that requires ongoing improvements and strategy refinements. By implementing these best practices, businesses can gain better visibility, drive traffic, and achieve sustainable search growth. Staying ahead of emerging trends, particularly in AI-driven search, will be crucial in the coming years. Regular updates, tracking, and adaptability will ensure long-term success in the evolving landscape of SEO. 

Lets discuss ideas to propel your brand online

(or)

The post Ultimate SEO Guidebook appeared first on Pixel Studios.

Crafting a Distinctive & User-Friendly Website for SKO Systems

When SKO Systems approached Pixel Studios, they had a clear vision—a website that does more than just exist. They wanted a digital platform that would mirror their structured, process-driven approach while keeping things visually distinctive, intuitive, and product-focused. But they also had a challenge—how to stand out in a competitive space where websites often look…

The post Crafting a Distinctive & User-Friendly Website for SKO Systems appeared first on Pixel Studios.

When SKO Systems approached Pixel Studios, they had a clear vision—a website that does more than just exist. They wanted a digital platform that would mirror their structured, process-driven approach while keeping things visually distinctive, intuitive, and product-focused. But they also had a challenge—how to stand out in a competitive space where websites often look and feel the same? 

This wasn’t just about developing a website. It was about creating a signature digital experience, one that would set SKO Systems apart and make it instantly recognizable. From a unique Waterfall Design to a product-centric layout, every element was carefully designed to tell their story effectively while ensuring ease of navigation, readability, and engagement.

The Solution: A Digital Experience That Flows Like Their Process

1. The Waterfall Design – A Visual Signature

In industries where process matters, design should reflect it. Instead of following a standard approach, we developed a Waterfall Design, where elements cascade seamlessly from one section to the next—mirroring SKO Systems’ structured workflow. 

How We Did It:

A typical website is often fragmented and blocky, forcing users to jump between disjointed sections. The waterfall structure eliminated friction, allowing for a natural and immersive experience. It ensured SKO Systems wasn’t just another tech solutions company—they had a digital presence that felt like an extension of their process. 

2. Uncluttered & Readable Content – Because Simplicity Wins

A common issue with B2B websites is information overload. The challenge wasn’t just about writing great content—it was about presenting it in a way that was easy to digest and enjoyable to read. 

How We Did It:

Instead of cluttering the site with too much information, we prioritized clarity, making it easier for potential clients to grasp SKO Systems’ value proposition instantly. It also enhanced mobile responsiveness, ensuring content was readable on all screen sizes without excessive zooming or scrolling. 

3. Product-Centric Approach – Elevating the Buying Experience

SKO Systems’ products were at the heart of their business. Each product had its unique value, applications, and benefits—so a generic product listing wouldn’t work. They needed dedicated product pages that told a complete story for each offering

How We Did It:

Created individual pages for every product, structured with: 

Rather than overwhelming users with long product lists, we designed pages that let customers explore at their own pace. Each product page was informative yet conversion-focused, ensuring potential buyers had all the details they needed to take the next step. 

4. A Career Page That’s More Than Just a Job Board

In a competitive talent market, hiring the right people isn’t just about listing jobs—it’s about showcasing why SKO Systems is a great place to work.

How We Did It:

A well-designed career page acts as a recruitment tool. By focusing on company culture and long-term hiring, SKO Systems positioned itself as an employer of choice, ensuring that top talent saw the company as more than just a job opportunity.

5. A Consulting-Focused CTA – Making Global Reach Seamless

SKO Systems’ business wasn’t limited to one region. They had a strong presence across the US, UK, and India, and their primary goal was to generate consulting inquiries across these geographies.

How We Did It:

A well-placed consulting CTA meant that potential clients weren’t left wondering what to do next. The map visualization added a layer of trust, reinforcing that SKO Systems wasn’t just a local player—it was a global technology solutions provider

Conclusion: A Website That’s More Than Just Pages – It’s an Experience

With a signature design language, a clean content structure, and a focus on user behavior, Pixel Studios helped SKO Systems transform their website into a digital extension of their brand.

This wasn’t just about creating a functional site—it was about building an identity, a flow, and an experience that truly represents SKO Systems.

At Pixel Studios, we believe in designing websites that don’t just look good—they work for the business, attract the right audience, and convert visitors into long-term customers. 

With a waterfall-inspired design, intuitive navigation, and a seamless consulting experience, SKO Systems now has a website that truly represents their brand and business goals.

Lets discuss ideas to propel your brand online

(or)

The post Crafting a Distinctive & User-Friendly Website for SKO Systems appeared first on Pixel Studios.

The U.S. and Russia are holding talks in Saudi Arabia on a Black Sea ceasefire

The closed-door talks at the Ritz-Carlton Hotel in Riyadh follow U.S. consultations with a Ukrainian delegation on stabilizing the front lines and implementing a proposed 30-day armistice.A resident watches as his neighbor cleans up a damaged apartment after a Russian drone attack in Kyiv, Ukraine, March 23.

The closed-door talks at the Ritz-Carlton Hotel in Riyadh follow U.S. consultations with a Ukrainian delegation on stabilizing the front lines and implementing a proposed 30-day armistice.

(Image credit: Efrem Lukatsky)

X-Out: Resurfaced

Varför är fiskarna så arga? X-Out, som ursprungligen släpptes till Commodore 64 år 1989, var en shoot 'em up fyllt av diverse havsvarelser, monster, och farkoster som alla vaknade på fel sida sängen. Det var ett ruggigt svårt spel, speciellt för nybörjare, där en enda smäll kunde betyda game over och en återvändning till första nivån. Denna tuffa nivå finns kvar i remaken kallad X-Out: Resurfaced som utvecklats av tyska Kritzelkratz 3000.

<bild>Dags att dyka ner i mörkret.</bild>

Grafiken har fått sig en rejäl polering, även om den fortfarande påminner om stilen från 1989. Jag kan tänka mig att det var så här spelet såg ut i våra huvuden när vi spelade det och liknande titlar. Utvecklarna har också tidigare sagt att det var deras mål att bevara pixelutseendet från originalet. Men oavsett hur bra utseendet är kan det också vara spelets största minus. Färgpaletten är... låt oss säga... dyster, precis som den troligtvis är långt nere i havet. Färgerna har en tendens att flyta ihop och göra att diverse hinder inte är tillräckligt utstående från bakgrunden. De flesta gångerna jag dog, vilket var väldigt många gånger, var från att ha krockat med miljön och inte från projektiler. Skillnaden är att projektiler, eller att köra in i fiender, tar bort en bit av hälsomätaren medan en krock med en sten betyder omedelbar död. När jag ska hålla koll på fiender, projektiler, styra hit och dit för att undvika dem missas lätt en spets i samma färg som bakgrunden.

<bild>Det händer något hela tiden med kanoner, ubåtar, och varelser.</bild>

Dessutom finns det inget sparsystem i spelet utan om du dör på till exempel bana tre blir du tillbakasparkad till början av nivå ett och alla uppgraderingar är borta. Det går inför varje nivå att köpa nya farkoster och lägga till olika vapen på dessa. Dessa fungerar också som dina liv i spelet. Har du bara en farkost är det tack och hej när den sjunker. Har du byggt upp en flotta på fyra farkoster är det så många liv du har. Det är alltid en balansgång mellan hur många skepp som ska köpas mot hur mycket de ska utsmyckas med. Varje skepp kostar en viss summa och varje vapen, sköld, och liknande kostar också. Just anpassningsdelen är en av spelets starkaste sidor där det går att skräddarsy hur du vill spela. Detta kan göras genom att köpa ett av tre förhandsskapade, en nyhet i denna version, farkoster eller bygga din(a) egna. Gå fullt offensivt med massor av pang-pang, eller lite mer defensivt med en radar.

Detta system gör också att de första banorna kan vara en större utmaning. Din poäng från en bana läggs till som pengar inför nästa, så om du samlar på dig väldigt mycket poäng kan du skapa riktiga monster. Den första banan börjar du alltid med väldigt lite pengar som endast ger en grundläggande maskin. Du kan välja mellan fyra olika modeller där den enda skillnaden är utseendet, priset, och att de dyrare kan ha fler vapen (från tre med den billigaste till tio med den dyraste farkosten). Det tog mig många försök att ta mig förbi banan och dess två bossar, men med all repetition lärde jag mig mönstren. På bossen dog jag inte en enda gång av själva monstret, men flera gånger genom att åka in i väggen. "Varför gör jag samma sak igen?", var en återkommande fråga.

<bild>Skeppsbyggandet är en av spelets höjdpunkter.</bild>

Spelmekaniskt är spel från de sena 80-talet vanligtvis inget som revolutionerar en spelvärld på 2020-talet. Huvudvapnet skjuts oavbrutet genom att hålla ner R2/RT-knappen medan det sedan finns sidovapen som antingen avlossas automatiskt eller med en knapptryckning. Sedan är det klassiska köra upp, ner, hit, och dit som gäller. Det fanns ju inte så mycket utrymme för mer än så på en Commodore 64-joystick. Medan mekaniken hade kunnat må bra av mer variation kan samma inte sägas om musiken. Det finns tre olika versioner att välja mellan: klassisk (Amiga-versionen), nytt (en remix av de klassiska bitarna och även fyra hela nya spår från Chris Hülsbeck), samt Commadore 64-musiken. Någon av de två första är att rekommendera, men du kan behöva sänka nivån på ljudeffekter då de är satta alldeles för högt i jämförelse med musiken.

<bild>Havet är djupt.</bild>

Fortsättningsvis på det klassiska spåret går det att låsa upp fusk. Ah, den gamla tiden när fusk var en del av spelupplevelsen. Efter att ha dött ett antal (läs massor av) gånger bjuds du på ett fusk som tar bort skador från att krocka med miljöer, vilket leder till de flesta dödsfallen i spelet. Sex stycken finns att låsa upp, vilket givetvis gör spelet mycket, mycket enklare. Men det slår också av möjligheten att låsa upp troféer/achievements om du gillar att samla på sådana.

X-Out: Resurfaced är originalet troget på de allra flesta sätten, både på gott och ont, och gör vad man kan vänta sig av en remake på denna typ av spel. Spelmekaniken kommer inte få dig att ramla av stolen, men det är en klassisk, svår shoot 'em up som inte kommer göra fans av genren missnöjda.

Best robot vacuums 2024: Reviews and buying advice

Pope Francis Arrives Home to Vatican After Five-Week Hospital Stay

Before leaving the hospital, the Pope gave a thumbs-up to the crowd after he was wheeled out onto the balcony overlooking the main entry.

Vatican Pope Health

VATICAN CITY — A frail Pope Francis returned to the Vatican on Sunday after a five-week hospitalization for life-threatening double pneumonia, and he made a surprise stop at his favorite basilica on the way home before beginning two months of prescribed rest and recovery.

The 88-year-old pope sat in the front passenger seat of his white Fiat 500L wearing nasal tubes to give him supplemental oxygen as he entered the Perugino gate of Vatican City, where his return brought relief after fears that his illness could be fatal or lead to another papal resignation.

[time-brightcove not-tgx=”true”]

Francis’ motorcade from Gemelli hospital overshot the Vatican initially and took a detour across town to stop at St. Mary Major basilica, where the pope’s favorite icon of the Madonna is located and where he always goes to pray after a foreign visit.

He didn’t get out of the car but gave a bouquet of flowers to the basilica’s cardinal to place in front of the Salus populi Romani icon. The Byzantine-style painting on wood is revered by Romans and is so important to Francis that he has chosen to be buried in the basilica to be near it.

The tour through Rome’s historic center came after Francis made his first appearance in five weeks to give a thumbs-up and brief blessing from a hospital balcony. Hundreds of people had gathered on a brilliant spring Sunday morning to say goodbye and catch a first glimpse of Francis, who seemed to be gasping for air.

“I see this woman with the yellow flowers. Brava!” a bloated-looking Francis said in a breathless voice. He gave a weak sign of the cross before being wheeled back inside.

Chants of “Viva il papa!” and “Papa Francesco” erupted from the crowd, which included patients who had been wheeled outside just to catch his brief appearance.

Resting at home

Doctors say Francis needs two months of rest and convalescence at the Vatican, during which he should refrain from meeting with big groups of people or exerting himself. But they said he should be able to resume all his normal activities eventually.

His return home, after the longest hospitalization of his 12-year papacy and the second-longest in recent papal history, brought tangible relief to the Vatican and Catholic faithful who have been anxiously following 38 days of medical ups and downs and wondering if Francis would make it.

“Today I feel a great joy,” said Dr. Rossella Russomando, who was at Gemelli on Sunday but did not treat Francis. “It is the demonstration that all our prayers, all the rosary prayers from all over the world, brought this grace.”

The Rev. Enzo Fortunato, who heads a papal committee dedicated to children, said it was clear that Francis was happy to return home and would surely improve, especially after receiving so many get-well cards from children from around the world.

“If the first medicine was the affection of the children, the second medicine is definitely (going) home,” Fortunato said. “It will certainly speed up his recovery.”

Pope is to receive 24-hour care

At the Vatican, where a Holy Year is under way, pilgrims cheered and applauded when Francis’ greeting from Gemelli was broadcast live on giant TV screens in St. Peter’s Square.

“For me it was an important emotional experience to see him, because many people were waiting for this moment,” said Sister Luisa Jimènez, a nun from Francis’ native Argentina.

Another nun from the same order, Colombian Sister Angel Bernal Amparo, expressed concern, given his bloating and inability to speak much.

“He didn’t look well,” she said. “He couldn’t (talk) and I realized it was because of his breathing and, well, he left right there. But I was glad to have seen him.”

No special arrangements have been made at the Domus Santa Marta, the Vatican hotel where Francis lives in a two-room suite on the second floor next to the basilica. He will have supplemental oxygen and 24-hour medical care as needed, although his personal physician, Dr. Luigi Carbone, said he hoped Francis would progressively need less and less assistance breathing as his lungs recover.

Two life-threatening crises

The Argentine pope, who has chronic lung disease and had part of one lung removed as a young man, was admitted to Gemelli on Feb. 14 after a bout of bronchitis worsened.

Doctors first diagnosed a complex bacterial, viral and fungal respiratory tract infection and soon thereafter, pneumonia in both lungs. Blood tests showed signs of anemia, low blood platelets and the onset of kidney failure, all of which later resolved after two blood transfusions.

The most serious setbacks began Feb. 28, when Francis experienced an acute coughing fit and inhaled vomit, requiring the use of a noninvasive mechanical ventilation mask to help him breathe. He suffered two more respiratory crises a few days later, which required doctors to manually aspirate “copious” amounts of mucus from his lungs, at which point he began sleeping with the ventilation mask at night to help his lungs clear the accumulation of fluids.

He was never intubated and at no point lost consciousness. Doctors reported he always remained alert and cooperative, although they say he has probably lost a bit of weight given a natural loss of appetite.

“Unfortunately yes, there was a moment when many were saying that he might not make it. And it was painful for us,” said Mario Balsamo, the owner of coffee shop in front of Gemelli. “Instead, today with the discharge, we are very happy that he is well and we hope he will recover soon and will recover his strength.”

“I’m still alive!”

Dr. Sergio Alfieri, the medical and surgical chief at Gemelli who coordinated Francis’ medical team, stressed that not all patients who develop such a severe cases of double pneumonia survive, much less are released from the hospital. He said Francis’ life was at risk twice, during the two acute respiratory crises, and that the pope at the time understandably lost his typical good sense of humor.

“But one morning we went to listen to his lungs and we asked him how he was doing. When he replied, ‘I’m still alive,’ we knew he was OK and had gotten his good humor back,” he told a news conference late Saturday.

Alfieri confirmed that Francis was still having trouble speaking due to the damage to his lungs and respiratory muscles. But he said such problems were normal, especially in older patients, and predicted his voice would eventually return. Francis is also continuing to take medication to treat a more minor respiratory infection.

No confirmed appointments for now

Vatican spokesman Matteo Bruni declined to confirm any upcoming events, including a scheduled audience on April 8 with King Charles III or Francis’ participation in Easter services at the end of the month. But Carbone said he hoped Francis might be well enough to travel to Turkey at the end of May to participate in an important ecumenical anniversary.

Only St. John Paul II recorded a longer hospitalization in 1981, when he spent 55 days at Gemelli for minor surgery and treatment of an infection.

—Associated Press writers Silvia Stellacci and Giada Zampano in Rome and Colleen Barry in Soave, Italy, contributed.

Poppy Playtime Chapter 4: Safe Haven

Det har gått ett tag sedan det första kapitlet av Poppy Playtime släpptes (då som en gratis nedladdning) av studion {MOB Entertainment}, närmare bestämt mer än tre år sedan det släpptes på {Steam} för alla användare. 2024, tillsammans med det andra kapitlet {Fly in a Web}, kom spelet också till den nya generationen konsoler. Med allt detta i åtanke och de andra senaste introduktionerna i genren, blir skräckupplevelsen mer och mer speciell, på ett sätt som filmer eller en bok inte kan leverera eftersom spelaren aktivt deltar i berättelsen. Normalt skrattar eller förtvivlar vi när vi tittar på en skrämmande film eftersom huvudpersonen tar för lång tid på sig att koppla ihop en tråd eller hoppa över en lucka. I det här spelet kommer du aldrig att skratta åt sådana situationer igen. I detta skräckspel går vi in i den gamla leksaksfabriken {Playtime Co.}, som har övergivits på grund av händelserna som ägde rum i den. Experiment för att skapa leksaker, perversa ägare och en mängd mysterier börjar redas ut i det här fjärde kapitlet, och erbjuder flera svar för fans av franchisen. Vi kan inte vara 100% säkra, men några referenser till George Orwells roman från 1984 kan noteras i denna del, särskilt i symboliken som är centrerad kring nyfikna ögon och övervakning. Dessutom verkade serien alltid vara uppenbart influerad av {Five Nights at Freddy's} och {Portal}.
<bild></bild>
Safe Haven är en direkt uppföljare till den tredje. Även om vi kommer att undvika plotspoilers rekommenderar vi att du spelar de tre föregående kapitlen för att förstå vart {Playtime Co.}s historia är på väg. Medan berättelsen följer en linjär kontur, lyckas spelet behålla spelarens uppmärksamhet. Genom progressiva ledtrådar och avslöjanden lyckas titeln hålla oss framåt trots skrämselfaktorn. Det är värt att notera att några välbekanta karaktärer är välutvecklade i den här delen, och lägger till lager av djup som berikar berättelsens kvalitet. Samtidigt sticker några nya karaktärer ut för sin moraliska dubbelhet, vilket genererar mer empati med dem. Vi kommer inte att nämna namn för att inte förstöra spelarupplevelsen. En punkt som det finns enighet om inom franchisen är kvaliteten på miljön och konstdesignen, tillsammans med en stor förbättring av ljudet. Allt eftersom spelen har fortskridit är det tydligt att {MOB Entertainment} har en tydlig vision om vad de vill förmedla, och det återspeglas i varje nytt avsnitt. I teorin är barnslighet synonymt med oskuld, men i {Poppy Playtime} är det inte så. Även om scenariernas estetik ibland kan bli repetitiv, lyckas den i detta avsnitt perfekt förmedla känslan av att "något hemskt har hänt här". Detta skapar en konstant spänning, eftersom vi kan bli attackerade när som helst. Den mer industriella stilen som har implementerats i denna del är väl uppnådd och hjälper till att förstärka känslan av megalofobi. När det gäller ljud har fiendernas brus - deras fotsteg, vrål och dödseffekter - förbättrats avsevärt, vilket gör att utvecklingen av varje avsnitt känns organisk och inte bara tillägg till berättelsen.
<bild></bild>
Det första stora problemet här ligger i dess mekanik och spel. Ett positivt i det negativa är det automatiska sparsystemet, som håller spänningen igång tills VHS-logotypen dyker upp i det övre vänstra hörnet. Men när det gäller innovation ger spelet inte riktigt någon ny mekanik till bordet. Endast ett fåtal pussel ingår som kräver något annorlunda interaktioner än i tidigare kapitel. Det elektroniska handsystemet är fortfarande ett utmärkande drag, men det börjar kännas lite begränsat och kan behöva lite utveckling. Vissa pussel är relativt enkla och förlitar sig mer på den ständiga jakten på fiender än komplexiteten i att lösa dem, vilket gör dem repetitiva och tröttsamma när de presenteras i följd. En annan negativ punkt är fienderna i detta kapitel. Spelets avsikt med pusslen är tydlig, och även om det finns intressanta (om än något förutsägbara) plottwists, upprepar formeln sig själv för ofta. Vid många tillfällen är det möjligt att ta sig igenom konfrontationer genom att helt enkelt springa och gömma sig, vilket förringar effekten av upplevelsen. Det sista kapitlets strid handlar om att springa och undvika, och om spelarens dator inte är tillräckligt kraftfull kan det finnas grafiska fel i texturerna som hindrar striden. Dessutom, i en av de viktigaste delarna av spelet, lider vissa fiender av tekniska problem och är ofta buggiga. Som var fallet i de tidigare omgångarna måste det här kapitlet ladda ner patchar för att fixa dessa buggar. Trots det är historien bakom dessa karaktärer spännande och lämnar ledtrådar som skapar nyfikenhet tills sanningen avslöjas.
<bild></bild>
Mottagandet av spelet har varit ljummet. På {Steam} är recensionerna några dagar efter lanseringen "blandade", och det finns mycket kritik mot mängden buggar och låg svårighetsgrad i vissa segment, och flera patchar kommer att behövas för att ytterligare förbättra prestanda och polera detaljer. Det är inte ett spel som förnyar sig inom skräckgenren, även om det använder sina resurser på ett intelligent sätt för att berätta en historia som för varje omgång känns mer genomarbetad. Med många mysterier kvar att lösa lämnar det positiva förväntningar på framtiden. Efter att ha analyserat styrkorna och svagheterna i det fjärde kapitlet av {Poppy Playtime} kan vi säga att det är ett spel som kan rekommenderas för fans av genren, oavsett om de är stamgäster i skräckspel eller inte. Det kan till och med vara en bra startpunkt för nya spelare, om än med försiktighet, eftersom den innehåller några bra skrämmer. Dess svagheter överskuggar inte det gedigna arbete {MOB Entertainment} gör med Poppy.

Philips Hue Self-Leaks Upcoming Smart Doorbell That Sadly Doesn’t Change Color

Philips Secure smart light and camera

Why can't our Philips Hue exterior lights be as fun as our interior ones?Philips Secure smart light and camera

Why can't our Philips Hue exterior lights be as fun as our interior ones?

Mac Users Should Be on the Alert for This New Phishing Scheme

It might look convincing, but don't enter your Apple ID.

Mac users take note: A well-known (and relatively sophisticated) phishing scheme previously targeting Windows is now being redirected at macOS and Safari in an attempt to obtain login credentials (your Apple ID).

On Windows, this scam worked by displaying fake security alerts on compromised websites claiming that the user's device had been "compromised" or locked" at the same time that malicious code caused the website itself to freeze (making the scam more convincing). The notification prompted users to enter their Windows credentials to regain access—obviously handing them directly to the attackers to take over their accounts. Users were also advised to call a fake hotline, where they were pressured to pay a ransom or allow remote access to their machines.

According to a post by LayerX Labs covering the scam, this attack was successful for over a year—in part because the alerts impersonated real Microsoft notifications so well, with sophisticated phishing sites hosted on a legitimate Microsoft domain (windows[.]net) and randomized subdomains that rotated frequently.

How this phishing campaign works on Mac

As 9to5Mac notes, the campaign quickly pivoted to targeting macOS and Safari after anti-scareware was released for Edge, Chrome, and Firefox in February. It works similarly with pages and text modified for Mac. You can be targeted on Safari if you mistype a URL while trying to access a legitimate website, after which you'll be redirected through a compromised "parking" page to a phishing attack page. As with Windows, you may be prompted to enter your Apple credentials to fix the problem.

LayerX Labs states that phishing campaigns targeting Mac "have rarely reached this level of sophistication," though the screenshots of the security pop-ups included in the report contain spelling errors and don't fit Apple's style. As always, bring a critical eye to any communication or alerts that seem urgent or request sensitive information, as you'll usually be able to spot such discrepancies.

Otherwise, make sure you type in the correct URL for the sites you want to visit, or search for them on Google and scroll past the ads to the real results before clicking through. And keep an eye out for security updates from Apple so you can download and install patches as soon as they are released.

India is hoping its manufacturing industry will profit from Trump's tariffs on China

India is hoping to attract more manufacturing as the Trump administration's tariff policies make it more expensive to do business in China.A woman sits on a bus in Sriperumbudur district in the southern Indian state of Tamil Nadu, where many women are employed in manufacturing. India hopes to attract more business as the Trump administration imposes tariffs on China.

India is hoping to attract more manufacturing as the Trump administration's tariff policies make it more expensive to do business in China.

(Image credit: Diaa Hadid)

The Five Best DIY Home Improvement Projects for Beginners

Tackle some projects around the house to save money on maintenance and build your DIY skills.

We may earn a commission from links on this page.

If you want to get started on doing your own home improvements, repairs, and maintenance, but you’re not sure where to begin, there are a few projects that can help you sharpen your DIY skills. Learning how to use your tools and getting the hang of techniques that you can apply when tackling larger jobs is a good way to cut your teeth on DIY home improvement.

Hang some shelves

If you haven’t ever tried it before, hanging shelves is a good way to get used to using a tape measure, a level, a stud finder, and a drill.

For this project, you’ll use your tape measure to set the height of your shelves and make sure your shelf will fit in the area you want to hang it, your level to make sure it’s parallel to the ground, and your stud finder to find where the appropriate attachment points are. The drill can be used to drill holes for your shelf brackets and drive your screws into the wall. You can probably complete this project in about an hour and it should cost between $150 and $200 for all of the tools and materials you need.

Patch a hole in your drywall

If hanging shelves didn’t go as planned, or you just need to patch a hole from an accident or an old set of brackets, a drywall patch is a good project for a DIY beginner. You'll use a drywall patch kit that comes with sandpaper, a small putty knife, some spackle, a small patch, and some gloves. To perform your repair, you’ll use your patch to cover the affected area, the putty knife to apply the spackle, and the sanding block or sandpaper to even out the surface to prepare it for paint. This repair takes between 30 minutes and an hour of work time and takes a full 24 hours to cure. The materials for this can cost as little as $20, including all the materials you need.

Clean out your dryer duct

Cleaning out your dryer vent is a chore you should do at least once per year, and it’s simple enough for even the most novice DIYer to tackle. You’ll need either a dryer vent cleaning kit or a shop vac with a long nozzle attachment as well as some gloves and a screwdriver to detach the duct from the dryer.

You’ll use your screwdriver to remove the hose clamp that holds your dryer duct onto the back of your dryer and the cleaning kit with your home vacuum or shop vac with a long nozzle to clear any lint buildup from inside the duct. This project takes about 30 minutes and only costs between $35 and $55.

Replace a broken fence board

Fixing a fence board will give you a chance to practice using your drill, a tape measure, your chop saw or hand saw, and some screws along with your fence board. You will use your tape measure to measure the height of your fence board, your chop saw or hand saw to cut it to length, and your drill to drive your new screws into your board to attach it to the fence. This project will cost between $150 and $300 for everything you need, depending mostly on whether you decide to go with a hand saw or a chop saw. If you only have one board to replace, a hand saw is likely sufficient, while cutting several boards will be much simpler with a chop saw. You can likely complete this project in about an hour including measuring and cutting as well as attaching your board.

Regrade the gravel on a walkway

If you have a gravel path, chances are at some point the gravel will be scattered from footfalls or from weather. To regrade your path and keep it from eroding, you’ll need some fresh gravel, a piece of string, a pair of stakes, tape measure and a rake. You’ll use your gravel to patch any bare spots on your path and your rake to spread it evenly along the path, using your stakes, string, and tape measure to ensure that the center of your path is one to two inches above the edges to allow for drainage. This project can take between one hour to an afternoon depending on how long of a path you have. The materials for this can cost between $30 and $100, depending on how much gravel you need.

Apple Watches With Cameras Rumored, But FaceTime Unlikely

Apple is working on multiple new Apple Watch models with built-in cameras for release by 2027, according to Bloomberg's Mark Gurman.


In his Power On newsletter today, Gurman said Apple plans to add a camera in the screen area on a future Apple Watch Series model. On a future Apple Watch Ultra, he expects the camera to be on the right side of the watch, near the Digital Crown.

Gurman does not expect the cameras to enable FaceTime on the Apple Watch. Instead, he said the cameras would enable Visual Intelligence on future Apple Watch models. This feature would allow Apple Watch users to quickly receive information about items or places their surroundings. For example, they could point their Apple Watch at a restaurant to receive its hours or ratings as they pass by on the sidewalk.

Visual Intelligence debuted on all iPhone 16 models last year, and it is available on iPhone 15 Pro models starting with iOS 18.4.

Apple is also planning to add tiny cameras to future AirPods models, he said. The cameras will bring more AI capabilities to both the Apple Watch and AirPods, allowing Apple to better compete with other AI-powered wearables on the market.

Related Forum: Apple Watch

This article, "Apple Watches With Cameras Rumored, But FaceTime Unlikely" first appeared on MacRumors.com

Discuss this article in our forums

These DeWalt Tools Are Up to 57% Off Right Now

You can build a powerful DIY tool set without spending your entire budget with these DeWalt tool deals

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

If you’re looking for tools to up your DIY game, you've probably noticed that they can be expensive. Buying new tools to expand a set or replace worn-out ones adds up quickly, but having the right tool for the project you’re working on can cut your work time in half and get you better results. DeWalt tools are on sale right now on Amazon for up to 57% off, so you can build out your toolkit without spending your whole DIY budget.

Cordless tools sets

If you’re building out a new set of cordless tools, a combo set is a good way to get started. Sets will come with the chargers and batteries you need to run your tools, along with the tools themselves. These sets are on sale to make starting a cordless tool set cheaper.

  • The DeWalt 20-volt drill and driver combo set is on sale for $124.00, 48% off its regular price. The set includes a 20-volt drill, a 20-volt, quarter-inch impact driver, two 1.5-amp batteries, a 20-volt charger, and a tool bag. This is a good starter kit for doing beginner DIY projects like hanging shelves or mounting a TV on the wall.

  • The DeWalt 20-volt 9-tool set comes with a 20-volt drill, a 20-volt impact driver, a 6-½ inch circular saw, a reciprocating saw, a 4-½ inch angle grinder, an oscillating tool, a ⅜ inch right angle drill/driver, a work light, a Bluetooth speaker, two 20-volt, 2-amp-hour batteries, a 20-volt charger, and two tool bags. It’s on sale for $599.99, 37% off its regular price. This kit is a good foundation for a robust DIY tool set, but it only comes with two batteries, so if you plan to use multiple tools at a time, you might consider getting one or two more batteries and an extra charger so you can keep going while your spare batteries charge.

Tools only deals

If you already have a DeWalt cordless tool set, you can still get a good deal on expanding your kit. Tool-only deals are great if you already have batteries and chargers and need a specific tool since you likely don’t need more batteries or chargers to use it.

Batteries and bits

If you already have a DeWalt set and you need bits or to replace or expand your batteries, there are some good deals on these tools as well. Having the right bits and adapter can help you get your DIY projects finished without so many trips to the hardware store.

  • The DeWalt 40-piece impact bit set is on sale for $24.53, $39% off its regular price. This set includes several driver tip types, a bit extender for hard-to-reach spots, and a quarter-inch adapter for sockets.

  • A set of two DeWalt 20-volt, 5-amp-hour Powerstack batteries is on sale for $187.49, 46% off its regular price. These batteries are lighter and smaller than traditional lithium-ion batteries, so they can be helpful on longer jobs where you need to use your tools for several hours.

Lost Records: Bloom and Rage

När jag recenserade {Life is Strange} för ett annat medieföretag i januari 2015 blev jag helt tagen av hur väl Don't Nod kunde berätta en både relevant och realistisk historia. Mycket har hänt med Don't Nod sedan dess, men med {Lost Records: Bloom & Rage} är de återigen tillbaka i toppform.

<bild>80-talet har varit hyllat så länge, nu är det dags för 90-talet att ta plats.</bild>

Lost Records: Bloom & Rage handlar om fyra tonårstjejer, Nora, Autumn, Kat och Swann, som förs samman en sommarkväll 1995 under ganska dramatiska omständigheter. Under sommarens gång knyter tjejerna ett nära band och det är en sommar de aldrig kommer att glömma - av flera olika anledningar. Spelets berättelse hoppar fram och tillbaka mellan sommaren 1995 och 2022, då vännerna vuxit upp och efter många års frånvaro träffas på en lokal pub - trots att de har lovat att aldrig ses igen. Varför de plötsligt återförenas i samma stad som 1995 är den centrala handlingen i Lost Records: Bloom & Rage.

Från start axlar man rollen som den lite tafatta, lite nördiga, lite introverta och lite osäkra Swann, som även är den enda spelbara karaktären i äventyret. Don't Nod är riktigt bra på att porträttera människor och man får snabbt en förståelse för de fyra tjejerna. De känns verkliga, de är oroliga, bristfälliga, osäkra och de finns i olika storlekar, färger och proportioner - precis som riktiga människor. De utgör centrum i en berättelse om självkännedom, om att övervinna tonårslivets utmaningar och om att knyta nya vänskapsband. Och om rädslan för att förlora varandra.

<bild>Designen är bra och håller sig till tidstypiskt utseende.</bild>

Berättelsen i Lost Records: Bloom & Rage utvecklas långsamt - mycket långsamt. För vissa blir det säkert för långdraget, men jag gillar det lugna tempot där det finns utrymme för eftertanke och där det finns sekvenser med tysta och lugnare partier. Man kan inte låta bli att få en Twin Peaks-känsla när spelet rör sig långsamt och ibland avbryts av sekvenser där ingenting händer - det ger en mycket speciell atmosfär.

Det finns inte särskilt mycket gameplay här, eftersom du verkligen bevittnar en interaktiv berättelse som du kan påverka. Du måste dock utforska omgivningarna och lösa enkla pussel, och du kan välja olika dialogriktningar som kommer förändra förhållandet mellan de fyra flickorna. För att skapa lite mer interaktion mellan spelarna har Swann en videokamera som hon älskar att använda överallt. Hon filmar djuren i skogen, hennes tre vänner som skojar och en del av materialet är faktiskt obligatoriskt för den övergripande berättelsen, men det finns också många möjligheter att föreviga andra delar av världen bara för att Swann känner för det. Det kan handla om att dokumentera olika fågelarter i närområdet, graffiti på parkeringen, filma det ovanliga vattentornet från olika vinklar eller spela in Swanns katt när den gör något speciellt.

<bild>Tempot är ibland lite för lågt, men fyller ändå ett syfte.</bild>

Det visuella är väldigt fint och stämningsfullt och består ofta av mycket filmiska kameravinklar och lugna kameraförflyttningar för att hålla det tempomässigt lugnt och stämningsfullt. Don't Nod har också lyckats fånga 90-talsstilen på ett övertygande sätt, särskilt när de använder Swanns videokamera. Här ändras bilden till ett 4:3-format, med kornig kvalitet och överdriven kontrast, precis som det såg ut med dessa videokameror på 1990-talet.

Den tekniska sidan är dock lite väl trasslig. Grafiken flyter inte alltid på, ytor kan ibland ta lång tid på sig att visas korrekt, vissa karaktärsrörelser är lite konstiga och jag upplevde en framstegsbugg på ett ställe som innebar att jag var tvungen att ladda om mitt sparade spel, vilket gjorde att jag kunde gå vidare.

<bild>Du kommer verkligen uppskatta de fyra huvudpersonerna.</bild>

Röstskådespelarna gör ett fantastiskt jobb och dialogen är genomgående trovärdig och övertygande. Musiken har alltid varit en central del av Don't Nods narrativa äventyr och så är det även i Lost Records. För soundtracket står främst den amerikanska singer-songwritern Ruth Radelet (sångerska i bandet Chromatics) och det kanadensiska bandet Milk & Bone, och det är ett drömskt och melankoliskt soundtrack som passar perfekt in i spelets stil - ett mäktigt soundtrack.

Du kan välja att se Lost Records: Bloom & Rage på två sätt. Om du väljer att se på det som ett spel i traditionell mening kommer du bli besviken. Det finns helt enkelt inget att göra här och som tidigare nämnts är det väldigt, väldigt långsamt. Men du kan också välja att se på det som en interaktiv berättelse och då kommer det verkligen till sin rätt. Storyn är fängslande, karaktärerna är utmärkta och spelet håller sig till det välbekanta formatet i Life is Strange-serien - men bättre.

<bild>Särskilt mycket gameplay blir det aldrig.</bild>

Lost Records: Bloom & Rage är en väldigt stark berättelse - och slutet överraskade mig verkligen. Man hade en känsla av att "något var på gång" - men inte på det sättet! Det är en stark berättelse om människor, om osäkerhet, om kärlek, om hat, om att vara tonåring på 90-talet och det är särskilt en gripande berättelse om vänskap och vissa mänskliga egenskaper som skulle göra världen till en mycket bättre plats om fler av oss hade dem.

Lost Records: Bloom & Rage är ett spel som fastnar i ditt huvud ett bra tag efter att du har spelat färdigt det. Det är inte många spel som lyckas med den bedriften.

Lost Records: Bloom & Rage levereras i två delar (så kallade tapes) och Tape 1: Bloom finns ute nu, medan Tape 2: Rage släpps som en gratis uppdatering i mitten av april.

<video>

<bild></bild>

Amazon Takes Up to $100 Off Apple Watch Series 10 and SE

Amazon is offering numerous all-time low prices on Apple Watch Series 10 and Apple Watch SE, including both GPS and cellular models. You'll find all-time low prices for both watches, and in regards to the Series 10, we're tracking $100 discounts on numerous models.

Apple Watch Series 10


Note: MacRumors is an affiliate partner with Amazon. When you click a link and make a purchase, we may receive a small payment, which helps us keep the site running.

Amazon has the 42mm GPS Apple Watch Series 10 for $299.00, down from $399.00, as well as the 46mm GPS model for $329.00, down from $429.00. Both of these are record low prices on the Apple Watch Series 10, and they're available in numerous case colors and band styles, all of which you can find in the lists below.



42mm GPS Apple Watch Series 10



46mm GPS Apple Watch Series 10




Apple Watch SE




In addition to Series 10 deals, Amazon is discounting the 40mm GPS Apple Watch SE to $169.00 today, down from $249.00. This is the best price we've tracked so far in 2025, and it's available in Starlight, Silver, and Midnight Aluminum color options.



Amazon has nearly every 40mm GPS Apple Watch SE at this price, including multiple sizes of the Sport Band model and many Sport Loop models. Most are in stock and available to be delivered by the end of March.

Additionally, you can get the 44mm GPS Apple Watch SE at an all-time low price of $199.00 today on Amazon, down from $279.00. This one is also available in Midnight, Silver, and Starlight Aluminum colors, and multiple band sizes.



If you're on the hunt for more discounts, be sure to visit our Apple Deals roundup where we recap the best Apple-related bargains of the past week.



Deals Newsletter


Interested in hearing more about the best deals you can find in 2025? Sign up for our Deals Newsletter and we'll keep you updated so you don't miss the biggest deals of the season!




Related Roundup: Apple Deals

This article, "Amazon Takes Up to $100 Off Apple Watch Series 10 and SE" first appeared on MacRumors.com

Discuss this article in our forums

Assassin's Creed Shadows

Drygt femton timmar in i äventyret följer Yasuke en stig mot nästa mål. Det har nyligen blivit höst och löven fladdrar runt honom i luften. Yasuke har anlänt från ett annat land, försöker finna en mening med sin tillvaro och jag kikar hur långt jag har kvar till min destination via världskartan. Det är en bra bit till fots så jag bestämmer mig för att bege mig ner mot floden, där hittar jag en liten båt och fortsätter min färd via vattnet. Omgivningarna vid min sida är fantastiska och den förstärks av en mängd detaljer och en visuell nivå som gör {Assassin's Creed Shadows} stundtals bländande rent grafiskt. Det är enkelt att förlora sig i den stora öppna världen och det ska sägas direkt; uppskattade man någon av de tidigare delarna vid namn Origins, Odyssey eller Valhalla så är chansen stor att detta kommer att falla en i smaken också. Det är mer av allt som de spelen bjöd på - men utspelar sig då i i ett fantastiskt vackert land i öster.

Äventyret introducerar oss först till just Yasuke. Men det är det dock dess kvinnliga protagonist vid namn Naoe som vi sedan får bekanta oss med ordentlig. För henne handlar resan mer om hämnd. Det finns en mängd huvuden att hugga och onda män som måste dödas i drivor för att skapa rättvisa. Berättelsen står ofta i centrum, även om den öppna strukturen också bjuder på timmar då det bara handlar om att utforska och göra det man vill, i den ordning man önskar.
<bild>Man är ofta på resande fot. Det är därför tur att spelet bjuder på sådana fantastiska omgvingar.</bild>
Studion som senast låg bakom {Assassin's Creed Odyssey} tar egentligen inga särskilt stora risker. Det är stundtals lite synd, för även jag som uppskattar dessa öppna världar och den rollspelsliknande struktur som serien numera bjuder på hade gärna sett något mer som förändrade och skakade om lite. Som nu känns ofta Shadows som en framförallt väldigt polerat del i serien. Det är såklart omöjligt för en utomstående att veta exakt vad de förseningar som Shadows drogs med men slutresultatet känns väldigt komplett vilket såklart är väldigt positivt.

Även om utvecklarna då inte tagit några direkta risker eller gjort något som skakar om konceptet så finns det såklart en del nyheter. Den största tar ett gäng timmar innan den dyker upp på allvar. Det är då såklart att vi nu får möjligheten att växla mellan två protagonister.
<bild>Givetvis har Assassin's Creed Shadows ett fotoläge som det är väldigt enkelt att använda mycket på grund av de fantastiska miljöerna.</bild>
Där Naoe mer bjuder på det vi kommit att förvänta oss av serien så är Yasuke en direkt motsats. Naoe smyger; över hustak och i skuggorna. Ljuskällor kan elimineras så att man blir helt osynlig, hon tar sig smidigt runt och är både kvick och responsiv. Hon gör coola volter nedför avsatser och rör sig som en katt när man ska smita ifrån vakter som upptäckt en. Till skillnad från hennes smidighet så grymtar Yasuke tungt när han ska ta sig över en mur. För honom är det mer råstyrka som gäller. Men även distansvapen som pilbåge och arkebuse, ett gammaldags gevärsliknande handeldvapen, finns till hans förfogande. Han kan också rusa genom dörrar och krossa andra hinder, typ lite som en tjur. Vill man se och göra allt kräver det att man bekantar sig med och bemästrar båda två av karaktärerna. Men ofta står man helt fritt att välja vem som ska följa huvudberättelsen. Det går dessutom att skifta mellan dem när man snabbreser eller skifta mellan dem i menyerna. Man blir dock ibland låst till sitt val ifall man befinner sig mitt uppe i ett uppdrag.

Som bäst tycker jag denna möjlighet att välja mellan Yasuke och Naoe är innan specifika ögonblick. En bit in i äventyret hamnade jag i en boss-fight och Yasuke kändes som det naturliga valet för just denna. Att infiltrera ett slott eller samla information är givetvis en uppgift för Naoe, liksom utforskandet av världen i stort. Hon är den som kan ta sig upp till de för serien så klassiska utsiktspunkterna, något som numera också sker ännu enklare med hjälp av hennes änterhake som dels möjliggör klättrande till höga höjder men också för att svinga sig över avsatser. Men som sagt, vill man göra alla uppdrag och se allt har de båda huvudpersonerna egna berättelser att följa.
<bild>Man kan klappa katter och hundar och sedan adoptera dessa till sin bas. Överlag finns här ett rikt djurliv som gör miljöerna mer levande.</bild>
Uppdragen kan alltså göras i den ordning man önskar. Egentligen bara begränsat till att vissa fiender i början ligger på en betydligt högre nivå och snabbt dödar dig. Därför blir det såklart naturligt att göra dem i den ordningen som matchar ens egen nivå. På en skärm finns alla uppdrag att beskåda och redan när man startar spelet kan man välja ifall man vill ledas med tydliga markörer, eller upptäcka allt mer som det är tänkt sig. Då handlar det om att med hjälp av lite ledtrådar försöka lista ut var man ska ta sig för att finna en markör. Ledtrådarna är överlag tydliga och generösa och eftersom denna del introducerar spanare som man kan skicka ut är det oftast inga problem att snabbt hitta rätt.

Man får tillgång till dessa spanare efter att man påbörjat det basbyggande som existerar. Denna gången är det, till skillnad från hur det fungerade i Valhalla, mer fritt där du kan bygga och pynta lite som du vill. Jag ska villigt erkänna att detta var en del av spelet jag stundtals helt glömde bort, och även om möjligheten att skräddarsy sin bas är ganska omfattande så lade jag ner rätt lite speltid på den. Det fanns dock ögonblick då jag återvände och jag uppskattade friheten att placera byggnader som jag ville, samt att pynta omgivningarna efter min smak. Det är väl ett inslag jag egentligen personligen inte känner att det ger så mycket, men det finns egentligen heller ingen nackdel med att det finns med. Nya saker att smycka med hittas i världen och resurser krävs för att bygga nya samt uppgradera de byggnader som finns.
<bild>Med sin änterhake tar Naoe sig snabbt uppför de höga byggnaderna som finns runt om i Japan.</bild>
Efter att serien tog ett rejält kliv gällande förändring efter Black Flag så blev det mer rollspel av det hela. Shadows fortsätter i samma bana med erfarenhetspoäng och färdigheter att låsa upp. Dock har man utformat saker som färdighetsträdet till något betydligt bättre och enklare, men också förändrat en del gällande hur man låser upp färdigheter. Till en början tyckte jag inte riktigt om detta men jag kom att uppskatta den rejält efter ett tag. Precis som förr samlar man på sig erfarenhetspoäng som man kan låsa upp olika sorters egenskaper med. Mycket är knutet till specifika vapen vilket gör att man kan satsa sina poäng på de vapen man själv föredrar att använda i strid.

Nya rader av färdigheter ligger dock låsta och här måste man gå upp i en annan slags nivå. Denna kallas för kunskapsnivå och sådana här poäng samlas in genom att exempelvis besöka tempel och be vid olika platser, samla in sidor som ligger gömda eller genom andra sorters uppdrag. Det kändes lite omständligt och onödigt till en början, men jag började se en slags filosofi i designen gällande detta kring att allting man utforskar och hittar då fyller ett syfte. Tidigare har allt sådant här mest känts som onödiga saker att samla för att dryga ut speltiden, medan det nu då bidrar till att att faktiskt ge någonting.
<bild>Miljöerna är helt fantastiska och bjuder på makalösa vyer.</bild>
För mig skapade detta med tiden en uppskattning över platser jag besökte. Det tar heller inte särskilt lång tid att finna alla utspridda saker i exempelvis ett tempel. Med återkomsten av "eagle vision" markeras objekt av intresse med en blå punkt. Denna skarpa syn används också för att markera fiender och att hitta exempelvis kistor. Vi får denna gången inte längre någon flygande vän som kan spana över omgivningarna vilket gör att även det här med att klättra upp till utkikspunkter blir till något mer givande. Från dessa kan vi nämligen spana efter markörer runt om i världen som dyker upp på kartan. Dessa fungerar som vanligt också som platser att snabbresa till. Något även små hus som kan köpas och låsas upp i olika städer gör. små baser ger en även möjlighet att fylla på sina ransoner, kolla olika sorters kontrakt samt hantera de allierade som kan hjälpa en i strid. Det går nämligen att rekrytera olika karaktärer man kan vissla till sig som dyker upp och hjälper en att besegrade fiender.

Jag uppskattar också att det inte är så plottrigt gällande ikoner som tidigare delar upplevts. Visst att det finns mycket att hitta men det handlar mer om att själv utforska och kika genom omgivningarna än mängder med markörer som dyker upp. Kartan visar istället egentligen bara saker av intresse och hålls förhållandevis ren och överskådlig vilket är positivt.

Även om en stor öppen värld givetvis bjuder på och bidrar till en enorm mängd utforskning så är detta såklart ett actionspel i mångt och mycket. För många har själva kärnan av ett lönnmördarspel gått förlorad över tid i denna serien. Föredrar man att köra Yasuke lär detta bidra till att spä på just det. Som Naoe känns det dock att Shadows mer hittat till rötterna även om det hela är ganska strömlinjeformat. Det finns inga stora folkmassor att gömma sig i eller direkt andra vis att smälta in för att ta sig till sitt mål. Det handlar mycket att smyga sig fram till en bra punkt och där dela ut det dödande hugget. Smygandet fungerar dock väldigt bra och det känns som jag kunde använda mig av det betydligt mer än jag gjort i tidigare delar.
<bild>Utkikspunkterna fungerar som vanligt som en plats att snabbresa till men ger en även möjlighet att se och markera intressanta saker i omgivningarna.</bild>
Under en del uppdrag blir man dock lite begränsad på grund av osynliga väggar och detta är en av de mest negativa sakerna jag kan komma på. Vid ett tillfälle tog jag mig över hustak fram mot mitt mål och hade en perfekt väg utstakad bara för att smälla rakt in i en vägg. Det kändes märkligt och bröt illusionen ordentligt. Jag ser eller förstår inte riktigt poängen i att begränsa spelaren på detta vis bara för att man befinner sig på ett visst uppdrag. Den helt öppna struktur som äventyret till allra största del bjuder på, borde givetvis alltid existerat.

Mitt andra större klagomål är en uppdragsdesign som över tid blir ganska repetitiv. Det blir lite väl mycket av att man ska finna en drös med onda personer som ska avrättas. Samt mycket spring mellan olika uppdragsgivare som egentligen bara säger var nästa destination är. Här finns verkligen ett område som man hade kunnat skaka upp serien ordentligt på. Bjud oss helt enkelt på mer spännande variation gällande uppdrag. Det går att göra så mycket med möjligheterna man har gällande världen och de karaktärer som existerar i den. Det blir väldigt stöpt i samma formel spelet genom och vill man vara riktigt kritisk här så är det ju en uppföljare som tar samma koncept och flyttar det till en ny miljö. Man har absolut polerat mycket och bjuder på en del nya inslag, men serien står väldigt mycket och trampar vatten kring vad för typ av uppdrag som man bjuds på och hur de utförs.

Spelets action lyckas underhålla väl. Man har tillgång till två vapen att växla mellan, samt snabba eller tyngre attacker. Fiendernas attacker går att parera medan en attack som signaleras med ett rött ljus måste undvikas. Under tiden bygger man också upp adrenalin som kan användas för att göra en specialattack. Det finns en poäng i att smyga sig på intet ont anande vakter för att inte bli överväldig, men överlag fann jag striderna relativt enkla på normal svårighetsgrad. De slår dock ganska hårt så det gäller att undvika och parera ifall inte livet ska försvinna snabbt. Just gällande strider tycker jag att Yasuke är mer underhållande när det är "rakt på" medan det då givetvis är roligare som Naoe att infiltrera och smyga.
<bild>Yasukes resa är intressant och karaktärerna ges bra med utrymme.</bild>
Berättelsen är ofta väldigt tung och mörk men den bjuder också på en del oväntat fina ögonblick. Våra båda huvudkaraktärer mejslas ut bra och själva kärnan i berättelsen är ofta intressant. Den urvattnas lite av det faktum att strukturen är såpass öppen, men det var flertalet gånger jag kände mig engagerad i vad som skedde och var den övergripande berättelsen tog mig. Det finns många karaktärer som man stöter på och lär känna och det är som Naoe som man får nysta upp spåret kring det som serien alltid haft som en sammanhållande berättelse. Dessa ögonblick hör till berättelsens mer spännande sådana och är det något jag önskar är att det kunde varit lite mer fokuserat på just det. Samtidigt uppskattar jag att karaktärerna har sina egna resor, liksom sitt gemensamma mål.

Assassin's Creed Shadows är väldigt genomarbetat gällande det visuella. Jag brukar alltid tycka det är lite tråkigt att gräva ned mig för mycket i att prata grafik. Men det finns verkligen tillfällen då jag tycker det bidrar till en fantastisk helhetsupplevelse och är värt beröm. Detta är ett sådant fall. Shadows är makalöst vackert. Det var längesedan jag kände att exempelvis tät vegetation och lummiga skogar verkligen bjöd på den densitet som återfinns här. En annan sak som imponerar är att texturer inte laddas in särskilt märkbart. Visst - det förekommer att en del saker synligt laddas in men inte alls i den grad som spel med dessa vyer tyvärr brukar dras med.
<bild>Årtider kommer och går och miljöerna förändras ordentligt.</bild>

Just vyerna är stundtals så spektakulära att man tappar hakan och eftersom det då också bjuder på skiftande årstider så blir det även mer omväxlande att bara njuta av den värld som finns att utforska. Just dessa byten av årstider bjuder på visuell variation; somrarna är gröna med rik växtlighet, under hösten kläs skogarna i en röd färgskala och under vintern är grenarna vita och du får vada genom snö medan risfälten ligger öde. Ofta är det helt magiskt hur naturen skiftar färg och bjuder på en ny upplevelse. Vädereffekter är också väldigt bra liksom den mängd detaljer som man överallt bjuds på. Visst att man kan sakna de pulserande storstäderna från tidigare delar - men Shadows bjuder istället på makalösa landskap och mysiga små bosättningar. För en som älskar att förlora sig totalt i öppna världar så tycker jag Shadows har lyckats över förväntningarna. Visst att exempelvis en del datorkontrollerade karaktärer fortfarande tvärvänder på ett ställe eller inte riktigt vet vad de håller på med men som helhet är det visuella i Shadows fantastiskt och flyter väldigt bra. Tillkommer gör en suverän ljudbild och musiken som ackompanjerar ens resa bidrar även den mycket till stämningen.

Valet i att placera denna del i sin serie i Japan har bjudit mig på en stundtals oförglömlig resa. Man kan väl dock utan att överdriva påstå att man gjort det lite svårt för sig gällande valet av plats att sätta denna delen i. För nästan fem år sedan fick vi ju nämligen {Ghost of Tsushima} och för nästan exakt år sedan fick vi {Rise of the Ronin}. Jämförelserna blir således ganska oundvikliga. Jag har kört bägge de titlarna och jag tycker att Ghost of Tsushima fortfarande är något unikt om man ska ställa dessa mot varandra. Det äventyrets visuella stil och atmosfär tycker jag inte Shadows riktigt når upp till. Om man nu även ska sätta fingret på den känslan kring kulturen man anammar tycker jag också Tsushima slår Shadows på den punkten. Gällande en jämförelse med Rise of the Ronin är dock detta senaste Assassin's Creed bättre än Team Ninjas alternativ. Det känns mer underhållande att spela. Det är rent visuellt dessutom betydligt snyggare med en roligare öppen värld att utforska.
<bild>Att utforska den japanska landsbygden är precis så episkt som man kan tro.</bild>

Den som sätter ett värde i en mer historisk korrekt berättelse kommer säkerligen inte att hålla med mig. Men det är som helhet inte riktigt vad jag förväntat mig eller personligen är ute efter gällande denna serie. Jag är fullt medveten och insatt i den kontrovers som på förhand omgett Shadows. Om man nu då gör valet att inte vilja uppleva detta äventyr på grund av detta så är givetvis det en anledning så god som någon. Vi väljer alla våra spel baserat på vad vi finner intressant och väljer bort andra på vissa premisser.

Assassin's Creed Shadows är ett polerat, otroligt snyggt och väldigt underhållande äventyr och spelmässigt är det väldigt bra. Även om det då dras ned en aning av lite väl repetitiva uppdrag. För den som söker ett spel som bjuder på mycket så finns här mängder med speltimmar att förlora sig i och om man ser på det som en upplevelse för oss som älskar öppna världar så är det helt fantastiskt.

What Is ‘Phantom Wealth’ (and What to Do If You Have It)

The net worth of millennials has quadrupled—but it doesn't feel like it.

Gone are the days of blaming an entire generation's money problems on avocado toast. In fact, the stereotype of "millennial money problems" may not be quite what it seems in the first place. Millennial wealth in the U.S. has nearly quadrupled since 2019, according to Federal Reserve data. And yet, time and time again, millennials report feeling financially insecure.

This disconnect between numerical wealth and actual financial wellbeing has been termed "phantom wealth"—money that exists in theory, but it doesn't translate to a sense of security or freedom in daily life. Here's why millennials might still be feeling financially vulnerable, and how you can regain a sense of control with your own finances.

What is "phantom wealth"

You might have a substantial 401(k) balance, equity in your home, or a six-figure salary, yet still experience anxiety about your finances. The typical markers of wealth—property, retirement accounts, investments—can create an illusion of financial security that quickly evaporates when faced with monthly budget realities, debt obligations, and lifestyle expectations.

Several factors contribute to this phenomenon:

  1. Illiquid assets: Much of your net worth may be tied up in retirement accounts, home equity, or other investments that aren't readily accessible without penalties or major life changes.

  2. High fixed expenses: Mortgages, car payments, student loans, and other recurring obligations can consume a surprising portion of even substantial incomes.

  3. Lifestyle inflation: As income increases, spending habits often expand to match, creating a perpetual feeling of financial constraint regardless of salary.

  4. Regional cost-of-living: A $150,000 salary might provide abundant comfort in some areas while barely covering necessities in high-cost cities.

  5. Future uncertainty: Concerns about inflation, market volatility, and potential economic downturns can undermine confidence in even substantial financial resources.

What it comes down to is that feeling financial secure is about the ability to spend less than you make (even if you make a lot). When your lifestyle requires less than your income produces, you gain breathing room in your monthly budget, the capacity to handle unexpected expenses, and freedom from the anxiety of living on the financial edge. So, even if millennials have made remarkable gains the past few years, the sensation of "phantom" wealth is pretty justified.

How to feel real financial security

The first step toward converting phantom wealth into genuine financial wellbeing is understanding your current reality. I highly recommend conducting an audit on yourself—you might be surprised to discover where your money actually flows.

Track your cash flow

Start by reviewing three months of spending across all accounts. Categorize expenses and identify patterns without judgment. This sort of baseline awareness is essential before you can make meaningful changes.

Fixed recurring expenses create the most significant drain on cash flow. Examine your:

  • Housing costs (mortgage/rent, property taxes, insurance)

  • Vehicle expenses (payments, insurance, maintenance)

  • Subscription services and memberships

  • Insurance premiums

  • Debt payments

Even small reductions in these categories can substantially improve monthly cash flow and create more financial flexibility.

Create deliberate spending priorities

Rather than attempting to budget every dollar, focus on intentionality. Ask yourself:

  • Does this expense align with my core values?

  • Will this purchase provide lasting satisfaction?

  • Am I spending on this out of habit, social pressure, or genuine desire?

The goal isn't necessarily minimalism but mindfulness about where your money goes.

Bulk up your rainy day fund

While retirement accounts and home equity are important, having accessible cash provides immediate financial security. Aim to build:

  • An emergency fund covering around six months of essential expenses

  • A separate opportunity fund for potential investments or major purchases

  • Cash reserves for expected large expenses within the next 1-3 years

These liquid assets transform theoretical wealth into practical financial freedom.

Develop a long-term financial roadmap

So much insecurity comes from simply not understanding where your finances stand now or what your plan is for the future. Create a simple but specific plan addressing:

  • Your target retirement age and lifestyle

  • Major financial milestones (education funding, home purchases, etc.)

  • Income diversification strategies

  • Tax optimization approaches

  • Estate planning considerations

Revisit this plan annually and adjust as circumstances change. Perhaps the most important aspect of addressing phantom wealth isn't in chasing ever-higher income or investment returns, but in creating sustainable financial habits that allow you to consistently live well within your means while steadily building true wealth. By focusing on cash flow management, intentional spending, and building liquid reserves, you can ignore the headlines and regain a sense of practical financial wellbeing.

MLB The Show 25

MLB The Show-serien firar 20 år i år. Det firar San Diego Studio med att använda samma grafikmotor som de använt sedan urminnes tider. Medan jag vidhåller att detta är den bästa sportspelsserien på marknaden går det inte att blunda för att det måste till en ändring. Detta var något som NHL-serien också länge led av, men har som tur var gått vidare till något nytt. Studions egenbyggda grafikmotor behöver uppdateras för när jag slår på en video från tio år gamla MLB 15: The Show (som fortfarande hade en Playstation 3- och Vita-version) är det inga jättestora skillnader. Är det fult? Nej. Går det att förbättra? Absolut.

<bild>MLB The Show 25 kan vara det bästa spelet i serien.</bild>

Men vad gör det när det finns så mycket att tycka om här. Speciellt när det gäller det viktigaste av allt: Basebollen. På planen är spelet ohotat. År för år görs också små förändringar i detta gameplay för att få det mer och mer likt det du kan se på riktigt. I år finns det mängder av nya animationer för spelarna vilket gör att allt flyter på bättre än tidigare. Försvarsspelet (fielding) känns mer responsivt med snabbare reaktioner och en ny mätare när du kastar dina bollar från en spelare till en annan gör en stor skillnad. Landa din mätare i det röda fältet och mottagaren hade behövt vara fyra meter lång för att fånga den. Dessutom känns datorstyrda spelare smartare, speciellt när det kommer till deras slagmän. Jag är någon som brukar lita på mina fastballs för att sedan få en tredje strike med en slider eller boll utanför zonen. I år har AI:n lärt sig att anpassa sig. Kasta samma sekvens för många gånger och du blir bestraffad. Spelar du låst på en spelare, som i karriärläget, har också en förstapersonsvy införts. Jag testade det en gång, blev snurrig i huvudet av en boll högt upp i luften och återgick till den klassiska vyn.

Det kanske största nya tillägget på planen är något som kallas "Ambush Hitting". Vi har tidigare haft "guess pitch" där du kunde gissa vilken typ av kast som kommer samt i vilken av de sex olika zonerna (det vill säga lågt till vänster, högt i mitten, osv.) bollen levereras. Gissade du rätt fick bollen en boost om du träffade den. I år har detta omarbetats till att bara ha två valmöjligheter. Kommer bollen komma på vänster eller höger sida i zonen? Rör den högra styrspaken till din gissning och ditt sikte, kallat PCI (Plate Coverage Indicator), blir större, vilket gör att det är en större chans att du träffar bollen. Siktet blir däremot mindre i den andra zonen, där det är svårare att få till en bra träff. Detta är valfritt, så om du inte vill gå all-in kan du välja att ha ett lika stort sikte över hela zonen. Om du inte har så stor kunskap om MLB The Show-serien är siktet något som du flyttar runt i en markerad zon och försöker få den där bollen till slut kommer hamna. Lättare sagt än gjort.

<bild>Datorstyrda motståndare är smartare än tidigare.</bild>

På gräset är känslan fortfarande utmärkt och även om årets tillägg inte revolutionerar serien är det alltid steg i rätt riktning. Så hur håller då förbättringarna i sig i resten av spelet? Det är väl ingen hemlighet att San Diego Studio, precis som alla andra sportspelsskapare, lägger mest krut på Ultimate Team-liknande spellägen. I MLB The Show heter detta Diamond Dynasty. Det bästa av dessa spellägen, speciellt om du inte känner för att spendera några pengar. De föredrar säkerligen att du pungar ut för kortpaketen, men det finns många olika sätt att tjäna in bra spelare genom att klara diverse utmaningar. Och det är en av anledningarna till att jag tycker om Diamond Dynasty så mycket. Det finns alltid nåt att göra och spelare att låsa upp. Det finns stora brädspelsliknande kartor som ska tas över, minibossar som ska besegras, och offlinesäsonger mot datorstyrda lag. Tillsammans med 20-årsjubileumet kommer ett helt nytt tillägg. Diamond Quest kallas detta och är något som kan beskrivas som en blandning av brädspel och roguelike. Du slår en tärning och flyttar din karaktär runt på ett rutmönster. Målet är att ta sig fram till en arena, men varje ruta kan innehålla saker som buffar, utmaningar, och minibossar. Ja, det här är ett basebollspel. Detta är bara ytterligare en del av en fantastisk offlineupplevelse. Men det är ju också tänkt att spelas online och tillsammans med rankade matcher, event, och draft har SDS nu också lagt till en turnering, Weekend Classic, som spelas den sista helgen av varje säsong. Skulle denna bli populär kan jag se att det i framtiden läggs till något varje helg, som Champions i EA Sports FC. Jag brukar vara negativ till girigheten i dessa spellägen, men MLB The Show gör det på rätt sätt, även om det så klart fortfarande är svårt att få de allra bästa spelarna gratis.

<bild>La det swinge, la det rock 'n' roll.</bild>

Bara ett av de andra två stora spellägena har fått sig en uppdatering. Det är karriärläget Road to the Show där det nu går att spela i både high school och college. Tidigare år har det efter draften varit raka vägen ner i farmarligan för att därifrån ta sig upp till a-laget. Detta gör att det mer känns som din resa från början till slut istället för att bara slängas rakt in i den del av sporten bara ett fåtal spelare når. Varken high school eller college är några långvariga hållplatser dock och vägen till showen är ganska kort. Jag ser ändå fram emot hur de kan bygga vidare på detta till nästa år. Karriärläget har verkligen skrikit efter någon sorts förnyelse och nu är den här. Hur ser det då ut i Franchise, där du kan ta över en klubb och ta alla beslut? Precis som förra året i princip. Detta är utan tvekan spelläget som har fått sig minst kärlek. Det är ändå okej för vad det är, men detta är nästa sak som behöver få sig en rejäl uppdatering. Bristen på online co-op är också en besvikelse.

En av sakerna som verkligen skiljer MLB The Show från resten av sportspelen är deras fantastiska dokumentärliknande serie Storylines. Detta är tredje året som de har valt att berätta om Negro leagues, som var en basebollserie för svarta spelare innan dessa tilläts spela i MLB. Den första svarta spelaren i MLB, Jackie Robinson, spelade i Negro leagues innan han tog det historiska steget. I år är den första uppsättningen tre olika spelare där vi får lära oss om varje och den påverkan de hade på sporten. Allt är fantastiskt berättat av Bob Kendrick som är president för Negro Leagues Baseball Museum. Det här är något jag verkligen hade velat se i andra sporter. Tänk att få återberättat om Pelés genombrott i fotbolls-VM i Sverige 1958 i EA Sports FC, spela igenom hela Miracle on Ice från vinter-OS 1980 i NHL, eller få se livsberättelsen bakom hur döva Matt Hamill tog sig hela väg till UFC. Små saker som kan betyda mycket för de som verkligen älskar sporten.

<bild>Storylines, spelets fantastiska dokumentärliknande läge, inleder med tre spelare detta år.</bild>

Efter det inledande stycket trodde du kanske att detta skulle bli en ren och skär sågning. Men nej då, det var bara värt att få en av väldigt få saker jag inte tycker om ur vägen. MLB The Show har grunden för att vara en perfekt sportserie. På planen har det nästan alltid varit suveränt, men det har varit stiltje i övrigt under ganska många år. Spelets 20-årsjubileum med MLB The Show 25 tar dock framåt igen. Tyvärr får Franchise-läget fortfarande ingen kärlek, men förbättringar i de övriga spellägena tillsammans med den fantastiska basebollkänslan gör att detta är det bästa spelet i serien på många år. Och kanske till och med någonsin.

Here’s Why (and When) Gemini Is Replacing Google Assistant

RIP, Google Assistant.

When it comes to digital assistants, especially on mobile, there are really two most people think of: Siri and Google Assistant. (Sorry, Bixby.) Just as Siri is Apple through and through, Google Assistant is synonymous with Android for me (even if you can download Google Assistant on iPhone).

But it appears Google Assistant's time is coming to an end, and faster than you might think. Google announced in a blog post on Friday that the company is switching more users from Google Assistant to Gemini "over the coming months," before retiring its iconic assistant later this year on most devices. That includes not just the built-in assistant on most Android devices, but also downloads on app stores—so iPhone users won't be able to download Google Assistant, either.

Why the sudden retirement party for Android's version of Siri? Well, there's a new player in town, whether or not it's actually ready for primetime.

Goodbye, Google Assistant

In case you missed it, Google is all-in on Gemini, the company's generative AI assistant. Gemini, formerly Bard, is both a generative AI model, like OpenAI's GPT models, and an assistant, like ChatGPT. As such, Google can offer Gemini as a tool for users to rely on for traditional assistant tasks, while routinely upgrading it with the company's latest AI models. Like other big tech companies, Google is rolling out these new AI models at a steady clip, which means Gemini is constantly receiving upgrades. Google Assistant, on the other hand, is not.

If you don't care for generative AI, or haven't found Gemini all that reliable, you might be disappointed by this latest announcement. But it isn't necessarily a surprise. Google has signaled this was the plan for a while now. Since its launch, Google has started rolling out Gemini to more users, either as a built-in solution on Android, or as a standalone app, pushing users to try it out over Google Assistant. In fact, the company quickly began allowing Android users to replace Google Assistant with Gemini, even when Gemini lacked basic assistant features like setting alarms or integrating with your calendar. If you wanted the full assistant experience, Google Assistant was still the way to go.

Of course, that wouldn't stay the case forever. Google kept adding to Gemini, while actively limiting its legacy assistant. The company started removing Google Assistant features over a year ago, and continues to do so to this day.

But why replace Google Assistant with Gemini?

In Google's view, Gemini is simply the better all-around solution. It now offers previously missing assistant features, like playing song requests and setting timers, but also includes the company's latest AI features, like Gemini Live, which gives Gemini access to your camera to answer questions about your surroundings, and Deep Research, which uses a "reasoning" model to "think" through each step of a problem before solving it. The service has expanded to support more than 40 languages in over 200 countries, so it is now widely available—just as Google Assistant once was.

In theory, it makes sense: New tech replaces the old, and Gemini happens to be the new tech in the game. The problem is, there are still tons of issues with generative AI, issues companies like Google have struggled to stamp out. While Google has added assistant features to Gemini, users continue to report the bot has trouble with basic tasks, such as opening specific apps, setting reminders, or changing smart lights a certain color.

The only devices that won't make the switch are those that can't meet the Gemini device requirements, which include those with fewer than 2GB of RAM and running Android 9 or older. If you want to keep using Google Assistant into 2026, you're going to need a very old Android.

Allemagne : pourquoi les négociations de coalition se tendent

Le futur chancelier Friedrich Merz est soumis à une pression croissante pour obtenir des concessions du SPD en faveur de mesures conservatrices, alors que les négociations de coalition se heurtent à des obstacles majeurs.

BERLIN — Pour Friedrich Merz, le plus dur commence maintenant.

Le futur chancelier conservateur a entamé les négociations de coalition avec les sociaux-démocrates en leur donnant exactement ce que les partis de centre gauche ont toujours voulu : conclure un accord historique pour emprunter des centaines de milliards d’euros pour l’armée et les infrastructures, mais aussi débloquer des financements pour l’énergie verte.

Pour Merz, qui prêche depuis longtemps en faveur de la discipline budgétaire, l’accord sur les emprunts constitue un revirement politique historique, que le Parti social-démocrate (SPD) n’a eu aucun mal à approuver.

La pression s’accentue désormais sur Merz, au sein de sa propre alliance conservatrice CDU-CSU, pour qu’il obtienne en retour des concessions politiques qui satisfassent les demandes traditionnelles de la droite, notamment en matière d’immigration et de réduction de la protection sociale.

Le problème pour Merz est que son changement de pied budgétaire a déjà donné au SPD ce qu’il voulait le plus. Ainsi, le leader conservateur a perdu un important levier de négociation dans les discussions de coalition.

“C’est une défaite claire pour les conservateurs, dès le début des négociations [de coalition]”, a taclé Johannes Winkel, chef de l’organisation de jeunesse de l’alliance conservatrice, lors d’une interview à la radio après l’accord entre Merz et le SPD sur l’emprunt. “La question est, bien sûr, de savoir quelle est la contrepartie de cette concession majeure en matière de politique budgétaire.”

Etre vulnérable aux attaques sur sa droite est particulièrement problématique pour Merz, qui s’est justement engagé à tirer son Union chrétienne-démocrate (CDU) vers la droite, en offrant ce qu’il considère comme une correction au centrisme de sa prédécesseur, l’ancienne chancelière Angela Merkel. Mais, son coup de conclure un accord avec le SPD et les Verts sur des dépenses pourrait être considéré comme tout à fait merkelien.

Le parti d’extrême droite Alternative pour l’Allemagne (AfD), qui devrait devenir le plus grand parti d’opposition du pays lorsque le nouveau Bundestag se réunira, tente déjà de tirer parti de la situation en présentant Merz comme un gauchiste refoulé.

“Qu’est-ce que vous défendez réellement, Monsieur Merz ?” l’a interpelé Tino Chrupalla, l’un des dirigeants de l’AfD, au Parlement la semaine dernière. “Désormais, vous avez l’ARN messager du SPD implanté en vous.”

Les principaux points de désaccord

Merz est sous pression pour tenir ses promesses de campagne, notamment en ce qui concerne l’immigration et la réduction des dépenses sociales, dont il a laissé entendre dans une récente interview qu’elles constituaient l’un des principaux points d’achoppement.

Le SPD a des désaccords fondamentaux avec lui dans ces domaines, et n’est guère enclin à changer d’avis maintenant que Merz a déjà accédé à sa principale demande sur les emprunts. Pour le leader conservateur, l’autre problème majeur est qu’en raison du pouvoir croissant des partis radicaux des deux côtés de l’échiquier politique, il n’a pas d’autre choix de coalition viable, puisqu’il a exclu de gouverner avec l’AfD.

Cela signifie qu’il est coincé avec le SPD, dont les dirigeants sont désireux d’utiliser cette situation à leur avantage, en s’engageant à protéger les prestations sociales et les travailleurs.

Le parti d’extrême droite Alternative pour l’Allemagne (AfD), qui devrait devenir le plus grand parti d’opposition du pays lorsque le nouveau Bundestag se réunira, tente déjà de tirer parti de la situation en présentant Merz comme un gauchiste refoulé. | Silas Stein/AFP via Getty Images

“Je tiens à ce que les choses soient claires”, a énoncé la semaine dernière Lars Klingbeil, l’un des principaux négociateurs du SPD. “Quiconque parle de modernisation de l’Etat, mais en réalité veut dire démantèlement des droits des travailleurs, commet tout d’abord une erreur et a ensuite les sociaux-démocrates très clairement contre lui.”

Toutefois, un sujet qui a dominé la campagne électorale est en train de devenir un point de discorde encore plus important : l’immigration.

Dans les semaines précédant l’élection, Merz s’est montré de plus en plus sévère à l’égard de l’immigration afin de reconquérir les électeurs qui s’étaient ralliés à l’AfD. Il a promis d’instaurer des contrôles stricts aux frontières dès le premier jour de son mandat et de rejeter toutes les entrées irrégulières, y compris celles des demandeurs d’asile.

Le SPD affirme que cela violerait le droit de l’UE, mettrait en colère les pays voisins et saperait la solidarité européenne à un moment où l’Allemagne a besoin de l’Union pour affronter le président américain Donald Trump sur les droits douaniers.

De nombreux membres du SPD sont également opposés à une proposition visant à révoquer la citoyenneté allemande pour les personnes ayant une deuxième nationalité s’il s’avère qu’elles ont des opinions extrémistes ou antisémites, arguant que cette politique cible injustement les binationaux. Philipp Türmer, président de l’organisation de jeunesse du SPD, a qualifié cette proposition de “d’absolument rédhibitoire”.

“Regardez les demandes des conservateurs dans le domaine de l’immigration”, indique à POLITICO Lars Castellucci, parlementaire SPD et vice-président de la commission de l’Intérieur du Bundestag. “Ce sera très, très difficile.”

Présenter l’accord historique sur la dette comme une “victoire du SPD” qui donne à la CDU un blanc-seing pour ses propres exigences “est un jeu auquel nous ne jouerons pas”, a ajouté Castellucci. “Il est indécent de nous imposer cela et d’exiger un prix pour cela.”

De nombreux membres du SPD sont également opposés à une proposition visant à révoquer la citoyenneté allemande pour les personnes ayant une deuxième nationalité s’il s’avère qu’elles ont des opinions extrémistes ou antisémites. | Omer Messinger/AFP via Getty Images

Ces désaccords risquent de retarder la formation du gouvernement de coalition allemand, alors que les pourparlers — qui impliquent 16 groupes et 256 négociateurs — sont déjà compliqués. Après avoir initialement laissé entendre que les négociations seraient terminées pour Pâques, Merz est devenu moins sûr de ce calendrier. “La rigueur prime sur la rapidité”, a-t-il déclaré la semaine dernière.

“Nous devrons mener à bien des réformes considérables”, a récemment déclaré le futur chancelier lors d’une interview télévisée. “Et c’est ça qui sera le véritable test de la coopération entre les conservateurs et le SPD.”

Et Merz d’ajouter une précaution supplémentaire :

“Les discussions les plus difficiles sont encore à venir.”

Cet article a d’abord été publié par POLITICO en anglais et a été édité en français par Jean-Christophe Catalon.

Why ‘Soil Blocking’ Is a Better Way to Grow Your Seeds

Forget plastic seed trays: Soil blocking is a revered, time-tested method that produces the healthiest seedlings.

We may earn a commission from links on this page.

Although the practice of making solid blocks of soil for growing seeds isn’t new (it may go back over 2000 years), soil blocking has gained popularity in the last few years.  It’s not a complicated process: You form blocks of compressed seedling mix, lay them out on a tray, then plant into them. It works much like growing seeds in a plastic seed tray, without the tray. Using less plastic is only one benefit—the real reason people love soil blocking is that it creates seedlings with incredibly strong root systems, without getting root-bound. The air around the block acts as a pruning mechanism; the roots grow to the edge of the soil and then stop. The roots hold the soil block together, and can be easily up potted to continue growing inside, or transplanted directly into the garden. 

The drawbacks to soil blocking

In order to make seed blocks, you need soil that will compress well and hold together, and most often, that involves peat. Peat, a byproduct of swamps and bogs, is controversial because the harvesting has a dramatic environmental impact. Some people have had success with other mediums like coconut coir, but those people do not include me. I’ve tried coconut coir a few years in a row and have suffered from lack of germination and blocks falling apart, so I have gone back to seedling mixes with peat. 

The other major drawback to soil blocking is the actual blocking: It’s a pain in the ass. My first year, I was inspired by one of my gardening mentors, Meg Cowden of Seed to Fork, who speaks of the calm and meditative nature of blocking. Now, I regard blocking as a necessary evil each year that takes a lot of energy and soil. Still, the results speak for themselves. Soil blocks perform exceptionally well in tests against seed trays.

Step one: Get a soil blocker

soil blocker
Credit: Amanda Blum

The first thing you’ll need is a soil blocker. There are all kinds of blockers on the market now, and many are inexpensive. Soil blocking is similar to making a sand castle or snow castle: You pack the soil tightly into a cube; the soil blocker compresses the cube, and helps spit it out. Soil blockers come in different sizes and layouts. There are mini blocks, which are an inch or so large (for flowers), and maxi blocks, which are four by four inches. But most people are going to want to start with two-by-two-inch blocks. A basic blocker will spit out four of these blocks at once. 

Step two: the right seed mix, at the right moisture level

Soil prep
Credit: Amanda Blum

Next, you’ll need the soil. Different kinds of plants at different stages all need different soil. When starting seeds, you want seedling mix, which is devoid of nutrients, has a lot of moisture retention, and is made of fine particles, so it can compact into seed trays. This is perfect for seed blocking, as long as that mix also includes peat or coconut coir. Get more soil than you think you’ll need, since by compressing the soil to make the block, you use more soil than you might with seed trays. I was able to make 100 blocks from a 12-quart bag.

Empty the bag into a bin or other watertight container, and mix it with water. You want to use roughly three times the amount of water as soil, adding it slowly, and stopping to mix the water in two to three times. Soil can absorb an absurd amount of water; you want the soil wet, but not sopping. Grab a handful of the mix, and squeeze it in your hand. Does it clump together? If so, you’ve got enough water. If not, add more until it does.  

Step three: Have a tray for the soil blocks

The blocks will live on a tray, and it doesn’t matter much what kind of tray, as long as it can hold an inch or so of water, and is watertight. If you were using seed trays, they'd still need something to sit on like a bottom tray, so you've likely got some around. I’ve seen setups with standard 1020 trays and setups with cafeteria trays. The blocks sit right next to one another, so a 1020 tray can hold 50 blocks. A cafeteria tray, depending on its size, can hold much more. 

Step four: Set up your dibbles

interchangeable dibbles
On the left, interchangeable dibbles, and on the right, dibbles installed on the blocker. Credit: Amanda Blum

Before we start making blocks, you want to set up your dibbles. When you plant seeds, you have to plant them at the right depth, depending on the kind of seed. Sunflower seeds are buried very deep, for instance, while carrot seeds sit close to the surface of the soil. Your seed blocker has different dibbles you can add to your blocker, and they’ll make corresponding indentations in the soil block, so you can insert a seed more easily. 

Step five: Start blocking

Making blocks
Credit: Amanda Blum

Now let’s get down to actual blocking. Again, if you’ve ever made a sand castle, this won’t seem foreign, but the technique requires a little finesse. Holding the blocker upright, push it into the seedling mix over and over, rocking it back and forth, until you hit the bottom of the bin. This pushes soil into the blocker. Swiveling the blocker left and right while pressing against the bottom of the bin compresses the soil. After a few passes, lift the blocker upside down, and check that the four chambers are full.  If they're not, keep taking passes, or you can just keep the blocker upside down and pack soil in with your other hand. 

Step 6: Line up the blocks on the tray

trays of blocks
Credit: Amanda Blum

To dispense the blocks, move to the tray that will hold them. Push the blocker against the tray, while slowly depressing the handle and lifting up. This process should product four perfect blocks, but that doesn’t always happen, and if a block looks like it will fall apart, pick it up and toss it back into the bin. It’s just soil; it will crumble apart. The blocks are delicate at this stage but not immovable, if you’re gentle. 

Make more blocks
Credit: Amanda Blum

Now, start all over, and dispense more blocks. Keep going until you have as many as you’d like on that particular tray. At this point, it’s time to plant some seeds. Treat each block like a cell in a seed tray. Plant one or two tomato seeds, or a bunch of carrot seeds, or a single pumpkin seed. Cover the seed up with some extra seed mix. 

Step 7: Seed the blocks

From here on it, the process is just like growing in seed trays. The soil needs heat, so place your tray on a heated seed mat. The blocks need water, so you should fill the tray every few days with just enough water to cover the bottom of the tray entirely. The blocks will soak up the water and remain moist, ensuring germination. The seeds need humidity, so covering the blocks with a plastic dome will ensure there’s enough moisture. Finally, the blocks need light, so ensure there’s enough light on the tray, especially after the seeds germinate. 

Tomatoes grown in seed blocks
Tomatoes grown in seed blocks Credit: Amanda Blum

The seeds will grow just as they would in a seed tray scenario, and at some point, will be too big for the blocks. Along the way you’ll want to choose one seedling per block, and cut the other seedling away. You can choose to up-pot the blocks into containers or paper pots, or plant the blocks right in the garden, if it's not too early. Usually I up-pot the seedlings after a few weeks, and they’ll remain in four-by-four-inch pots until it's time for them to go in the ground. Blocks that don’t germinate for some reason can be recycled for next year by simply tossing the block back into the bin of seedling mix.

Severance Season 3 Might Be Something Totally Different, but Probably Not

Severance 10 Eyes

Creator Dan Erickson teased the massive fallout from the season two finale of the Apple TV+ show.Severance 10 Eyes

Creator Dan Erickson teased the massive fallout from the season two finale of the Apple TV+ show.

You Can Now Use ChatGPT As Your Default Android Assistant

ChatGPT can take the place of Gemini, but it doesn't offer the same range of features.

The pace of AI development doesn't seem to be slowing down, and we're seeing a flurry of updates for the big apps and models every week. One of the most recent of those updates makes it easier to integrate ChatGPT into Android: You can now set it as the default digital assistant on your phone or tablet.

As spotted by Android Authority, you need to have the beta version of ChatGPT for Android installed for this to work at the moment, though the feature will no doubt roll out to everyone in due course. If you'd rather have ChatGPT answering your questions about life, the universe, and everything, this makes it easier to access.

To access the beta for ChatGPT, you need to have ChatGPT for Android installed already. Then, open the Play Store on Android, tap your profile picture (top right), and choose Manage apps and device > Manage. Select ChatGPT to see its full listing page, and you should then see a Join the beta box you can tap Join in.

The usual rules for betas apply: You get access to the newest features first, but you might also see more bugs along the way. After a few minutes, once you've been registered as a ChatGPT beta tester, you'll see an update appear for the app and you can then dive in.

To change the default assistant to ChatGPT or any other app on Android, open Settings and Apps: You can then tap Default apps (on Pixels) or Choose default apps (on Galaxy phones) to find the Digital assistant app option. On the next screen, tap Digital assistant app again to make your choice.

Using ChatGPT as your default assistant

Default assistant setting
Changing the assistant setting on a Galaxy phone. Credit: Lifehacker

Changing this setting doesn't give ChatGPT any more capabilities—it just means the AI bot can be launched in the same ways you would normally launch Gemini. That can be with a long press on the power button or a swipe up from the bottom-right corner of the screen, depending on how your device is configured, though there's no "hey ChatGPT" voice shortcut you can use.

This will work for all ChatGPT users, whether you've subscribed to a paid plan or not, though the features and underlying AI models you get once you've launched ChatGPT will depend on your subscription level. The bot appears on screen as a floating blue circle and goes into the Gemini Live voice mode that's now available to everyone, so you can have a two-way spoken conversation with it.

Bear in mind the limitations of ChatGPT as a digital assistant at the moment: It doesn't have anywhere near the same feature set as Google Gemini when it comes to getting its hooks into Android and your other apps. You can't use ChatGPT to set timers or add events to your Google Calendar, for example, and you can't queue up songs in Spotify.

On the other hand, you can have a chat about almost every topic imaginable (watch out for hallucinations), and get information that's available on the web—such as the latest sports scores or the local weather forecast for your part of the world. You can get ChatGPT to invent text, create images, and everything else the chatbot is capable of.

No doubt more improvements are on the way before OpenAI rolls this option into the stable ChatGPT app. It's an interesting contrast to the iPhone: It seems unlikely that Apple will ever allow an alternative app to take Siri's spot as the default assistant, even if you can now access ChatGPT through Siri.

13 Attitudes That A Great Employees Would Have

I recently had a conversation with executives at Chipotle, a fast-growing company in the Food industry about how they recruit. Works out that they look for candidates who have 13 specific attitudes, even for jobs that aren’t customer-facing like IT, Viet Nam software outsourcing, and Vietnam software services. When I saw their list of attitudes, I realized immediately that thoseContinue reading "13 Attitudes That A Great Employees Would Have"

I recently had a conversation with executives at Chipotle, a fast-growing company in the Food industry about how they recruit. Works out that they look for candidates who have 13 specific attitudes, even for jobs that aren’t customer-facing like IT, Viet Nam software outsourcing, and Vietnam software services.

Attitudes of Great Employees

When I saw their list of attitudes, I realized immediately that those were attitudes that every boss wants in every employee, and every coworker wants from their peers. Here’s the list, with my interpretation of each attribute:

  1. Conscientious. Great employees complete tasks without being asked or overseen. They take personal responsibility for finishing the task and finishing it right.
  2. Respectful. Great employees have too much self-respect to kowtow to authority, nevertheless, they respect and appreciate the contribution of their bosses and leaders.
  3. Hospitable. Great employees welcome the ability to work with coworkers and customers and express that welcome with words and actions.
  4. High Energy. Great employees don’t depend upon managers or coworkers to “pump them up.” They bring their “best game” to anything that they do.
  5. Infectiously Enthusiastic. Great employees are optimists, they search for the great in a situation and they seldom complain about what they can’t change.
  6. Happy. Great employees take responsibility for their own happiness. They realize that happiness comes from the way you see the entire world, not what are the results in the world.
  7. Presentable. Great employees don’t need to be told that it’s inappropriate showing up for work looking such as a slob or a slattern. They dress appropriately at all times.
  8. Smart. Great employees don’t have to be Einstein, but they have to know how to utilize the intelligence they’ve got to contribute the entire effort.
  9. Polite. Great employees understand that rude behavior is selfish and stupid and that common courtesy is the greatest way to have along with coworkers and customers.
  10. Motivated. Great employees don’t need carrots and sticks to have them moving. They’re committed to doing well at their job, regardless of the job.
  11. Ambitious. Great employees desire to grow, which in operation means growing into new responsibilities and new levels of authority.
  12. Curious. Great employees wish to know the “why” behind the “what.” They seek to comprehend people, technology, and ideas beyond their surface characteristics.
  13. Honest. Great employees don’t need Big Brother staring over their shoulders simply because they do the best thing even if nobody is watching.

Source: S3 Tech Blog

China trashes report it would put peacekeeping troops in Ukraine

Beijing maintains close ties with Moscow.

The Chinese foreign ministry on Monday denied reports that Beijing could join a potential peacekeeping mission in Ukraine spearheaded by EU leaders.

“I would like to emphasize that the reports in question are completely untrue, and China’s position on the Ukraine crisis is consistent and clear,” said Chinese foreign ministry spokesperson Guo Jiakun in response to a journalist’s question on the matter.

China claims to be a neutral party in Russia’s war on Ukraine, but maintains close economic and political ties with Moscow, including by supplying dual-use goods like body armor or drones.

According to German outlet Welt, which originally reported the story Saturday, anonymous Brussels “diplomatic sources” said that China’s participation “could potentially increase Russia’s acceptance of peacekeeping forces in Ukraine.”

While Russian President Vladimir Putin has totally rejected the idea of troops from NATO countries being stationed in Ukraine, the participation of Beijing in the mission could bolster the prospects for a successful peacekeeping effort.

The peacekeeping mission being pushed by a “coalition of the willing” is an initiative of Britain and France aiming to unite allied European governments to protect Ukraine after any peace deal is reached. Canada and Turkey could also join the group.

Best home weather station: Which should be at your smart home

Doctor Who‘s New Trailer Teases a Long Journey Home

Doctor Who Ncuti Gatwa Varada Sethu

The Doctor and his new friend Belinda are in for a timey-wimey trip back to Earth when Doctor Who returns to the BBC and Disney next month.Doctor Who Ncuti Gatwa Varada Sethu

The Doctor and his new friend Belinda are in for a timey-wimey trip back to Earth when Doctor Who returns to the BBC and Disney next month.

Delta Force: Black Hawk Down

Även om Ridley Scotts snortighta porträtt av Striden om Mogadishu aldrig når upp i samma skyhöga nivå som framförallt Saving Private Ryan, är det för egen del en av de bästa krigsfilmerna som gjorts. Mark Bowdens gripande bok blev till ett kraftfullt manus som blev till ett sandbrunt tvärsnitt ur en av många blodiga strider om Somalia, dränkt i karaktär, intensitet, närvaro och explosivitet. Jag älskar verkligen Black Hawk Down och jag minns att jag verkligen gillade Delta Force: Black Hawk Down-originalet från 2003 (utvecklat av Novalogic). Att påstå att förväntningarna på kinesiska Team Jades haussade 2025-remake har varit höga - vore därmed en överdrift av rätt rejäla mått.
<bild>Grafiken är urläcker men miljöerna är formade som trånga 2001-korridorer vilket dödar atmosfären. Detta känns verkligen enbart som en dum skjutbana.</bild>
Denna recension handlar (vilket rubriken såklart skvallrar om) enbart om den licensbaserade, storydrivna co op-portionen i nya Delta Force och inkluderar inte den Battlefield-inspirerade multiplayerkomponenten som kommer att recenseras separat, inom kort. Här spelar vi igenom Ridley Scotts film i rollen som sergeant Matt Eversmann och Team Jade har flertalet gånger pratat om hur de kämpat för att efterlikna och återskapa alla de bästa delarna ur filmen. Medan muktiplayerdelen i nya Delta Force baseras på en modifierad version av Unreal 4 och erbjuder spelaren vidsträckta, stora, öppna miljöer inklusive massor av frihet, är Black Hawk-delen extremt klaustrofobiskt sett till banornas design och struktur, forslar mig och tre vänner genom det som i grunden är korridorer, och därmed påminner väldigt mycket om 15 år gamla Call of Duty-uppdrag.

Team Jade har själva sagt att de är stora, stora fans av Novalogics 2003-original och att de är stora fans av Ridley Scotts film. Det är dock förhållandevis svårt att se just detta när man tillsammans med tre stycken vänner selar igenom dessa uppdrag eftersom relativt lite känns igen, eller känns särskilt representativt för hur källmaterialet ser ut. Ridleys täta, mörka, tunga, allvarsamma strider och naturliga kaos (krig är helvete, och allt det där) har gått förlorat här då det här spelet mer känns som en ganska intelligensbefriad skjutbana anno 2001. Det enda som känns modernt är grafiken som via Unreal Engine 5 är stundtals briljant, för det mesta riktigt bra.
<bild>Atmosfären, intensiteten, närvaron ur Ridleys film har gått förlorad, här. Tyvärr.</bild>
Call of Duty skrev ju med Modern Warfare (2007) om regelboken för den här typen av krigsspel och har ju ärlighetens namn inte förändrats ett dugg sedan dess. Fjolårsspelet Black Ops 6 känns precis lika korridoraktigt korkat som det gjorde för 15 år sen och detta är enligt mig ingenting som andra, konkurrerande, utvecklare bör ta efter. Trots detta är det exakt vad Team Jade gjort, använt Modern Warfare (2007) som grundmall och stöpt samma typ av arkadmässiga skjutbanekorridorer i samma typ av hjärndöd Michael Bay-anda som Infinity Ward gjorde för alla de där åren sedan. För min del känns detta gammalt, mossigt, stelt, enfaldigt och ärligt talat riktigt korkat. Jag och mitt lilla fyrmannateam forslas mellan olika delar av Somalias huvudstad och skjuter fiender som antingen är så dumma att de inte märker att jag står bakom dem med bössan cirka nio centimeter från deras bakhuvud, eller upptäcker mig på 400 meters avstånd i kolsvart nattmörker (utan mörkerkikare) och med sina rostiga AK47:or lyckas pricka 100% av sina skott, även om jag rör mig likt en vessla mellan skydd och hinder, ibland till och med trots att jag viker in bakom en cementvägg.
<bild>Detta känns mer som ett techdemo som ser bra ut på bild än ett lyckat actionspel.</bild>
Tillkommer gör det faktum att spelmekaniken känns slapp och begränsad. Det finns ingen närstridsattack här, en brist som enligt mig hör 90-talet till och gör vissa fiendemöten direkt bisarra. Vapnen är väl för det mesta okej men det saknas realism i hur de porträtteras och den där arkadmässiga lättjan skiner igenom och skadar känslan av intensitet och närvaro. Jag har dessutom problem med att det inte går att spela igenom dessa uppdrag själv, inte ens med datorstyrda medhjälpare. Du måste ha tre kompisar med dig, i co-op, annars startar inte spelet. För oss tog det fyra timmar och sju minuter att spela igenom samtliga sju (korta) kapitel och jag kan i slutändan inte säga att det vare sig var särskilt underhållande, spännande eller svårt. Åtminstone inte utmanande på frätt sätt utöver det faktum att vissa fiender har hökögon och perfekt, 100-procentigt ultrasikte.

Ursnygg Unreal 5-grafik och en snordyr filmlicens räddar verkligen inte Delta Force: Black Hawk Down från att vara en av årets hittills fetaste besvikelser.

There is no longer any such thing as Computer Security

Remember “cybersecurity”?

its-cybersecurity-yay

Mysterious hooded computer guys doing mysterious hooded computer guy... things! Who knows what kind of naughty digital mischief they might be up to?

Unfortunately, we now live in a world where this kind of digital mischief is literally rewriting the world’s history. For proof

There is no longer any such thing as Computer Security

Remember “cybersecurity”?

There is no longer any such thing as Computer Security

Mysterious hooded computer guys doing mysterious hooded computer guy... things! Who knows what kind of naughty digital mischief they might be up to?

Unfortunately, we now live in a world where this kind of digital mischief is literally rewriting the world’s history. For proof of that, you need look no further than this single email that was sent March 19th, 2016.

There is no longer any such thing as Computer Security

If you don’t recognize what this is, it is a phishing email.

There is no longer any such thing as Computer Security

This is by now a very, very famous phishing email, arguably the most famous of all time. But let’s consider how this email even got sent to its target in the first place:

  • An attacker slurped up lists of any public emails of 2008 political campaign staffers.
  • One 2008 staffer was also hired for the 2016 political campaign.
  • That particular staffer had non-public campaign emails in their address book, and one of them was a powerful key campaign member with an extensive email history.

On successful phish leads to an even wider address book attack net down the line. Once they gain access to a person’s inbox, they use it to prepare to their next attack. They’ll harvest existing email addresses, subject lines, content, and attachments to construct plausible looking boobytrapped emails and mail them to all of their contacts. How sophisticated and targeted to a particular person this effort is determines whether it’s so-called “spear” phishing or not.

There is no longer any such thing as Computer Security

In this case is it was not at all targeted. This is a remarkably unsophisticated, absolutely generic routine phishing attack. There is zero focused attack effort on display here. But note the target did not immediately click the link in the email!

There is no longer any such thing as Computer Security

Instead, he did exactly what you’d want a person to do in this scenario: he emailed IT support and asked if this email was valid. But IT made a fatal mistake in their response.

There is no longer any such thing as Computer Security

Do you see it? Here’s the kicker:

Mr. Delavan, in an interview, said that his bad advice was a result of a typo: He knew this was a phishing attack, as the campaign was getting dozens of them. He said he had meant to type that it was an “illegitimate” email, an error that he said has plagued him ever since.

One word. He got one word wrong. But what a word to get wrong, and in the first sentence! The email did provide the proper Google address to reset your password. But the lede was already buried since the first sentence said “legitimate;” the phishing link in that email was then clicked. And the rest is literally history.

What’s even funnier (well, in the way of gallows humor, I guess) is that public stats were left enabled for that bit.ly tracking link, so you can see exactly what crazy domain that “Google login page” resolved to, and that it was clicked exactly twice, on the same day it was mailed.

There is no longer any such thing as Computer Security

As I said, these were not exactly sophisticated attackers. So yeah, in theory an attentive user could pay attention to the browser’s address bar and notice that after clicking the link, they arrived at

http://myaccount.google.com-securitysettingpage.tk/security/signinoptions/password

instead of

https://myaccount.google.com/security

Note that the phishing URL is carefully constructed so the most “correct” part is at the front, and weirdness is sandwiched in the middle. Unless you’re paying very close attention and your address bar is long enough to expose the full URL, it’s… tricky. See this 10 second video for a dramatic example.

0:00
/0:10

(And if you think that one’s good, check out this one. Don’t forget all the Unicode look-alike trickery you can pull, too.)

I originally wrote this post as a presentation for the Berkeley Computer Science Club back in March, and at that time I gathered a list of public phishing pages I found on the web.

nightlifesofl.com
ehizaza-limited.com
tcgoogle.com
appsgoogie.com
security-facabook.com

Of those five examples from 6 months ago, one is completely gone, one loads just fine, and three present an appropriately scary red interstitial warning page that strongly advises you not to visit the page you’re trying to visit, courtesy of Google’s safe browsing API. But of course this kind of shared blacklist domain name protection will be completely useless on any fresh phishing site. (Don’t even get me started on how blacklists have never really worked anyway.)

There is no longer any such thing as Computer Security

It doesn’t exactly require a PhD degree in computer science to phish someone:

  • Buy a crazy long, realistic looking domain name.
  • Point it to a cloud server somewhere.
  • Get a free HTTPS certificate courtesy of our friends at Let’s Encrypt.
  • Build a realistic copy of a login page that silently transmits everything you type in those login fields to you – perhaps even in real time, as the target types.
  • Harvest email addresses and mass mail a plausible looking phishing email with your URL.

I want to emphasize that although clearly mistakes were made in this specific situation, none of the people involved here were amateurs. They had training and experience. They were working with IT and security professionals. Furthermore, they knew digital attacks were incoming.

The… campaign was no easy target; several former employees said the organization put particular stress on digital safety.

Work emails were protected by two-factor authentication, a technique that uses a second passcode to keep accounts secure. Most messages were deleted after 30 days and staff went through phishing drills. Security awareness even followed the campaigners into the bathroom, where someone put a picture of a toothbrush under the words: “You shouldn’t share your passwords either.”

The campaign itself used two factor auth extensively, which is why personal Gmail accounts were targeted, because they were less protected.

The key takeaway here is that it’s basically impossible, statistically speaking, to prevent your organization from being phished.

Or is it?

There is no longer any such thing as Computer Security

Nobody is doing better work in this space right now than Maciej Ceglowski and Tech Solidarity. Their list of basic security precautions for non-profits and journalists is pure gold and has been vetted by many industry professionals with security credentials that are actually impressive, unlike mine. Everyone should read this list very closely, point by point.

Everyone?

Computers, courtesy of smartphones, are now such a pervasive part of average life for average people that there is no longer any such thing as “computer security.” There is only security. In other words, these are normal security practices everyone should be familiar with. Not just computer geeks. Not just political activists and politicians. Not just journalists and nonprofits.

0:00
/0:02

Everyone.

It is a fair bit of reading, so because I know you are just as lazy as I am, and I am epically lazy, let me summarize what I view as the three important takeaways from the hard work Tech Solidarity put into these resources. These three short sentences are the 60 second summary of what you want to do, and what you want to share with others so they do, too.

1) Enable Two Factor authentication through an app, and not SMS, everywhere you can.

There is no longer any such thing as Computer Security

Logging in with only a password, now matter how long and unique you attempt to make that password, will never be enough. A password is what you know; you need to add the second factor of something you have (or something you are) to achieve significant additional security. SMS can famously be intercepted, social engineered, or sim-jacked all too easily. If it’s SMS, it’s not secure, period. So install an authenticator app, and use it, at least for your most important credentials such as your email account and your bank.

Have I mentioned that Discourse added two factor authentication support in version 2.0, and our just released 2.1 adds printed backup codes, too? There are two paths forward: you can talk about the solution, or you can build the solution. I’m trying to do both to the best of my ability. Look for the 2FA auth option in your user preferences on your favorite Discourse instance. It’s there for you.

(This is also a company policy at Discourse; if you work here, you 2FA everything all the time. No other login option exists.)

2) Make all your passwords 11 characters or more.

It’s a long story, but anything under 11 characters is basically the same as having no password at all these days. I personally recommend at least 14 characters, maybe even 16. But this won’t be a problem for you, because...

3) Use a password manager.

If you use a password manager, you can simultaneously avoid the pernicious danger of password re-use and the difficulty of coming up with unique and random passwords all the time. It is my hope in the long run that cloud based password management gets deeply built into Android, iOS, OSX, and Windows so that people don’t need to run a weird mélange of third party apps to achieve this essential task. Password management is foundational and should not be the province of third parties on principle, because you never outsource a core competency.

Bonus rule! For the particularly at-risk, get and use a U2F key.

In the long term, two factor through an app isn’t quite secure enough due to the very real (and growing) specter of real-time phishing. Authentication apps offer timed keys that expire after a minute or two, but if the attacker can get you to type an authentication key and relay it to the target site fast enough, they can still log in as you. If you need ultimate protection, look into U2F keys.

There is no longer any such thing as Computer Security

I believe U2F support is still too immature at the moment, particularly on mobile, for this to be practical for the average person right now. But if you do happen to fall into those groups that will be under attack, you absolutely want to set up U2F keys where you can today. They’re cheap, and the good news is that they literally make phishing impossible at last. Given that Google had 100% company-wide success against phishing with U2F, we know this works.

In today’s world, computers are now so omnipresent that there is no longer any such thing as cybersecurity, online security, or computer security – there’s only security. You either have it, or you don’t. If you follow and share these three rules, hopefully you too can have a modicum of security today.

Canada's prime minister calls for a snap election to deal with threats from Trump

NPR's Steve Inskeep speaks with Daniel Béland, director of the McGill Institute for the Study of Canada, about the snap election called by Canadian Prime Minister Mark Carney.

NPR's Steve Inskeep speaks with Daniel Béland, director of the McGill Institute for the Study of Canada, about the snap election called by Canadian Prime Minister Mark Carney.

This Sony Wireless Gaming Headset Is at Its Lowest Price Ever Right Now

A headset comfortable enough to get you through marathon sessions without ear fatigue.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

The Sony Inzone H9 is currently on sale for $198—that's $100 off its regular price of $299.99 and the lowest it’s ever been, according to price trackers.

With a clean black-and-white build, RGB status rings, and enough angular flair to match the console’s vibe, this gaming headset is designed with PS5 users in mind. The headband has a nice amount of give without pressing too hard, and its earpads are soft enough for marathon sessions without ear fatigue. As for the controls, on the left earcup, you’ll find a permanently attached boom mic (which mutes when you flip it up), along with the ANC toggle, volume wheel, and USB-C charging port. On the right, you get power, Bluetooth pairing, and a rocker for balancing game and chat audio. It’s simple to use—even mid-match, notes this PCMag review.

Performance-wise, the Inzone H9 brings active noise cancellation, decent bass, and surround sound simulation through Sony’s Inzone Hub on Windows. The ANC isn’t jaw-dropping, but it quiets low rumbles like fans or an air conditioner well enough. That said, high-pitched stuff still leaks in. The mic works fine for casual voice chat, but if you're planning to stream or record, it won’t cut it—the voice quality feels more “Zoom call” than “studio-ready.” Still, for gaming and Discord, it gets the job done. You can adjust sound profiles with the 10-band EQ on PC and enable spatial audio, but if you’re on PS5, that customization’s off the table. Sony's built-in 3D audio does kick in on the console though, so you're not totally missing out. A relative downside is the complete lack of a wired connection. The H9 operates solely over wireless—either via the 2.4GHz USB dongle or Bluetooth—so you’ll have to manage battery life.

Speaking of battery, Sony promises up to 32 hours per charge depending on how you use it. That’s not bad, especially for a headset with ANC and Bluetooth running. You can pair it to your phone too, which adds flexibility. However, the Bluetooth audio quality won’t match the lower-latency, higher-quality signal from the dongle, especially if you’re gaming. If you’re looking for booming, theater-like bass, this headset won’t blow you away—but it holds its own in the low end without distortion, even at higher volumes.

Some Google Pixel Alarms Aren't Working All of a Sudden

Don't be late for work.

There was a time when we all had dedicated alarm clocks on our nightstands to wake us up in the morning. Now, I'd wager a smartphone does the job for most of us (whether we like it or not).

The thing about alarms, though: They kind of need to work every time they're scheduled to go off. There's no acceptable percentage of failure, as, presumably, you're setting that alarm at a specific time for a good reason. You might have work, an interview, an appointment, any number of other important obligations, and not all of them are going to tolerate "my alarm didn't go off" as an excuse. So, alarms need to work, and right now, alarms set on a Google Pixel can't be trusted.

Alarms aren't reliable on Pixel at the moment

Something screwy is going on with Pixel alarms, as evidenced by this Reddit thread on r/GooglePixel. One user shared that their alarm on their Pixel 9 did not go off that morning, which caused them to be late to work. This wasn't a one-off alarm, either (not that it would make the situation any better if it was); rather, this was the user's prescheduled Monday-through-Friday alarm that had been working for years, according to the poster.

Scrolling through the thread, you'll find posts from other users experiencing similar alarm issues. Some actually received notifications from Android saying the alarm failed to sound, which is at least a bit helpful. (You don't have to spending the day wondering if it was your phone that messed up, or if you turned off the alarm in your sleep.) However, not all affected users were so lucky: Another user claims they have five alarms set each morning and none of them went off, with zero notification about a failure on Android's end. Curiously, one user says they woke up late, but their Pixel said there was an upcoming alarm for a time that was already in the past—as if the phone thought it was currently earlier than it actually was.

It's possible this isn't just affecting Pixel phones, either. One commenter believes this is an issue with the alarms in Google's Clock app on Android 15, which the user experienced on their OnePlus device. All that said, Android Authority hasn't been able to replicate the issue on their end, so it's possible this isn't an issue affecting all Pixel phones or all Google Clock users. Still, there are enough reports to warrant some concern.

Why is the alarm not working on Pixel?

It's not clear what's causing this specific issue, but it's not the first time smartphones have had trouble with alarms. Last year, Google acknowledged a bug was deleting saved alarms on Android, causing a similar issue. You may have also experienced problems with Google Assistant being too quick to turn off an alarm too, or your Pixel Watch sounding the alarm too early—or, worse, too late.

Before any Apple fans get too smug, the same complications are present over on iOS. Last year, Apple confirmed there were issues with its iPhone's alarms, as users reported their alarms weren't going off. Some even say issues are still occurring.

The short answer is there's likely a bug that's causing Pixel or Google Clock to not sound the alarms you set. Google hasn't publicly commented on this issue as of this writing, but the Reddit poster did say Google Support has reached out to them. If this is a bug, hopefully Google patches it fast.

How to get around a broken Pixel alarm

While we wait for a potential fix from Google, it seems safe to say the Google Clock app isn't the best option at the moment for anyone who wants to be sure they'll wake up on time. Luckily, there are a surprising number of alarm clock apps out there for you to switch to if you don't trust Google's built-in solution. Give one a shot, at least until we get some more clarity from Google about the situation.

Alternatively, you could rely on a different device entirely for your morning alarms. If you don't have a true alarm clock these days, you might have another piece of tech that isn't running Google Clock to rely on, like, say, a smart speaker. It's definitely a pain though, seeing as setting alarms are a basic feature you expect a smartphone to be able to handle.

Avowed

I över en vecka har jag varit som fastkilad i soffan. Bänkad och redo att slakta monster och fatta tuffa beslut som ingen annan jäkel verkar vilja ta. Jag har under åtskilliga timmar förargat magiker, knivhuggit ödlor, slungat granater och lekt cowboy i Obsidians senaste titel och nu kvarstår således frågan: Har det varit kul? Definitivt.

När spelet tar vid får du reda på att du är en Godlike. Det vill säga en person som vid födseln välsignats av en världens många gudar och har således ett utseende som bara en mor kan älska och speciella krafter att använda till sitt förfogande. Du har blivit utvald av kejsaren själv till att agera hans högra hand och har nu fått ett uppdrag att genomföra. Uppdraget innebär att du ska bege dig till The Living Lands, en ö utanför kejsarens styre där en oförklarlig farsot härjar som förvandlar öns invånare till mordlystna bestar. Ingen vet vad som orsakat utbrottet, men ditt uppdrag är att förhindra att det fortsätter spridas.

<bild>The Living Lands är vackert och varierande.</bild>

Likt många andra rollspel får du möjligheten att skapa din egen karaktär. Obsidian ger dig flera olika valmöjligheter när det kommer till utseende och man kan enkelt leka runt med de olika inställningarna. Däremot är det till stor del begränsat, du kan alltså inte gå helt berserk med sliders och skapa regelrätta "monster" eller anpassa ner på detaljnivå. Det finns ett visst antal presets att utgå ifrån och därefter ett givet antal olika inställningar för att kunna reglera och ändra i den mån det går. Det man däremot kan göra, är att anpassa vilka gudaliknandeansiktsdrag din gud bestått dig och där finns det flera roliga varianter att leka med och kombinera. Däremot är även detta begränsat och du kan exempelvis inte ändra former eller färg på blommor eller annat som växer ut från dig, vilket faller lite platt när olika kombinationer rent färg- och formmässigt inte matchar. Här hade jag önskat att utvecklaren gett spelaren mer svängrum att leka runt med karaktärsskaparen.

Därefter får du välja din karaktärs bakgrund och inriktning, vilket påverkar både framtida dialogval samt vilka vapen du börjar spelet med. Du har även möjligheten likt andra RPG att poängsätta olika attributer som i sin tur lägger grunden för din spelstil. Totalt finns det fem olika attributer: Might, Constitution, Perception, Dexterity och Intellect. Du väljer fritt vart du vill placera dina poäng, men det är en fördel att ha din valda bakgrund i åtanke. Däremot är inget skrivet i sten och du kan enkelt ändra spelstil genom att betala i mynt. Beroende på hur höga poäng du har inom respektive attribut, har du möjlighet att låsa upp fler val i dialoger. Dialogerna är därav inte låsta till en och samma attribut, utan det kan exempelvis vara gynnsamt att ha höga poäng i Might alternativt Perception beroende på situationen som uppstår.

I din roll som diplomatisk detektiv, har du möjligheten att rikta dig in på tre traditionella spelstilar: fighter, ranger, wizard. Det tillkommer även ytterligare en fjärde kategori specifikt för dina Godlike-krafter, men dessa kan du inte välja själv utan låser upp i takt med att du avancerar huvudstoryn. Varje spelstil kommer med ex antal olika abilities som du kan välja och vraka mellan när du levlar upp. Något jag gillar med {Avowed} är att du återigen inte är begränsad till ett sätt att spela, utan kan kombinera abilities från olika stilar. Precis som med attributerna är inget skrivet i sten, utan kan ändras när som helst så länge man är villig att betala för det. Du kan alltså prova många olika spelstilar och behöver inte vara rädd för att göra fel eller för att bli låst vid något. För någon som är ny till rollspelsgenren, är Avowed därför väldigt förlåtande och enkelt att sätta sig in i. Obsidian håller det simpelt och avskalat, men tyvärr till den grad att det ibland kan kännas alldeles för simpelt och begränsat i sin utformning. Samtidigt som jag kan uppskatta enkelheten, hade jag ändå önskat att utvecklaren vågat ta det ett steg längre och gett spelaren mer svängrum och fler möjligheter i sitt karaktärbygge.


<bild>Obsidian har verkligen fått Godlikes till att sticka ut ur mängden.</bild>

För att liva upp ditt trista läger, har du så småningom fyra följeslagare som samtliga bidrar med unik dialog och kommentarer om händelser som utspelar sig. Alla dessa individer bär med sig ett tungt förflutet samt kunskaper som kan hjälpa dig på ett eller annat sätt. När man är ute på olika uppdrag, följer man den traditionella mallen av tre musketörer som antingen ska snacka eller slakta sig igenom olika uppdrag. Alla har en tydlig roll inom gänget och erbjuder förmågor som lämpar sig olika beroende på situationen.

I takt med att du levlar upp, får du även poäng att spendera i deras abilities. Men, till skillnad från din egna karaktärs betydligt större valmöjligheter - blir du återigen begränsad i ditt rollspelande. Till att börja med kan inte ändra deras armor, vapen eller abilities utan är helt bunden till deras ursprungliga utrustning och fokus. Det du kan göra är välja mellan fyra olika abilites som du därefter levlar upp successivt. Du kan med andra ord inte bygga karaktärerna för att passa din spelstil specifikt, utan kommer i sinom tid ändå att låsa upp alla deras förmågor i takt med att du levlar. För att summera tycker jag att följeslagarna hade kunnat få mer kärlek och betydelse i gameplay och handling, för i sin helhet gillade jag deras olika personligheter och hade därför önskat mer av dem.

<bild>Dina följeslagare underlättar när det hettar till.</bild>

Det tar en liten stund innan handlingen kickar igång, men när det väl gör det står det tydligt att mycket hänger på dina axlar. The Living Lands är inte det tropiska paradiset som man hade kunnat önska, utan snarare en helvetisk park där det mesta vill döda dig. Förutom ditt huvuduppdrag, finns det även en drös med olika sidouppdrag som passar perfekt för att få mer XP och loot. Det varierar allt från att hämta saker, rädda vakter till att jaga rätt på regelrätta as i form av bountyuppdrag. Trots att de flesta av dessa sidouppdrag är relativt korta rent tidsmässigt, fanns det en del guldklimpar som verkligen stod ut och adderade mer till världen. Såldes var det svårt att inte göra några sidospår här och var.

Till en början är fighterna relativt långsamma. Du kan använda dig av allt från yxa, tvåhandssvärd till pilbåge och pistol för att plöja ner en och en annan fiende. Beroende på vilket vapen du väljer att armera dig med, kan du använda dig av både snabba samt tyngre och mer långsamma attacker. Du kan även välja att bära vapen i båda dina händer, vilket gjorde min dag när jag insåg att jag kunde bli en äkta gunslinger. Med en pistol i vardera hand, men dessvärre utan cowboyhatt och springare - gjorde jag mig ett namn i världen som en prickskytt utan dess like. Även om du till viss del är begränsad i dina valmöjligheter, uppskattade jag att kunna testa mig fram med olika vapen innan jag fann min stora kärlek till pistoler.

<bild>Miljöerna är otroligt vackra, men karaktärsanimationerna hade kunnat få mer kärlek.</bild>

Precis som i de flesta rollspel kan du under tidens gång uppgradera dina vapen och utrustning. Till skillnad från många andra spel som lägger till ett maxtak i hur mycket du kan utveckla ett visst vapen eller rustning, ger Avowed dig möjligheten att utveckla all utrustning ända upp till högsta kvalitén. Jag kunde exempelvis fortsätta använda ett vapen jag hittade tidigt ända fram till slutet. Så, hittar du ett vapen du gillar rent estetiskt och egenskapsmässigt kan du alltså envisas med att dra det med dig hela vägen.

Fienderna du stöter på varierar till form och förmågor och varje nytt område du besöker introducerar nya fiender som i sin tur erbjuder nya utmaningar. Däremot var det vissa fiender som var ständigt återkommande oavsett var du befann dig, vilket kunde göra vissa fighter närmare slutet särskilt repetitiva och tråkiga. Men, i sin helhet gillade jag fienderna och bossarna jag stötte på, även om man hade kunnat erbjuda lite mer variation.

Rent grafikmässigt, är Avowed otroligt snyggt för att vara på konsol. Miljöerna är varierande, färgsprudlande och världen i sig känns levande och trovärdig. För den som är en nyfiken utforskare likt jag, blev man ständigt belönad med saker längs med vägen i form av vanlig loot eller gömda skatter. Obsidian har underlättat sakletandet avsevärt, tack vare att man dels markerar ut var man kan hitta olika saker i närområdet samt använder sig av ljud för att markera gömda skattkistor. På så vis kändes det givande att faktiskt spendera tid med att utforska och hitta både waypoints samt skatter. Det blev en ren fröjd att utforska de olika delarna av The Living Lands och jag njöt lika mycket av musiken som ackompanjerade mitt äventyr.

<bild>Fighterna är roliga, men hade kunnat varieras ännu mer.</bild>

Något jag uppskattade enormt, var det faktum att Avowed uppmuntrade dig till att lära dig mer om världen, dess kultur, riter och varelser. Här har Obsidian verkligen tagit det ett steg längre genom att ge dig verktyg för att förstå världen mer än att bara mata med information och hålla tummarna på att det sätter sig. I dialoger har man nämligen lagt till en ordbok som förklarar och förtydligar olika kontextbundna ord som inte alltid förklaras i dialogen. Genom ett enkelt knapptryck kan du läsa igenom hela konversationer och ta ut markerade ord och läsa vidare om vad de verkligen betyder. Jag som gärna fördjupar mig inom spels olika lore, var detta en otroligt givande funktion och gjorde världen betydligt lättare att förstå.

Under de första timmarna, stötte jag enbart på några få enkla buggar som man lätt kunde avfärda med en axelryckning. Men ju längre in jag kom, desto mer avvikande saker uppmärksammades. Bland annat råkade jag ut för ett sidouppdrag som inte alls kunde slutföra samt att ljudet stundvis blev förvrängt. Trots att maskinen startades om ex antal gånger, löste det dessvärre inte alla problem direkt utan jag fick emellanåt dras med att ljudet inte stämde. Däremot vill jag betona att detta med största sannolikhet kommer att patchas bort och är inte något som i sin helhet påverkade min upplevelse allt för negativt.

<bild>Även om det inte är open world, är The Living Lands relativt stort.</bild>

Ser man till andra titlar inom genren finns det definitivt vissa punkter som jag önskar att Obsidian hade gjort annorlunda. Ett rollspel innebär att rollspela, anamma en egen karaktär och skapa relationer till andra inom världen. Även om jag till viss del uppskattar spelets enkelhet, kan jag uppleva att rollspelandet i sig stundom faller. Men, samtidigt vill jag verkligen betona att Avowed lyckas med många saker. Det är charmigt, mysigt och främst av allt: underhållande. Jag kan inte betona tillräckligt att det har varit otroligt kul att utforska Eora och The Living Lands. Det är enkelt att fastna timvis med att bara utforska och det är något som jag har saknat otroligt mycket de senaste åren.

Även om det självklart finns saker som lämnar utrymme för mer att önska, är det svårt att inte lyfta Obsidians senaste titel för sin charm och mysighetsfaktor. Jag kommer utan tvekan att fortsätta utforska The Living Lands flera vändor till och kan glatt konstatera att spelåret 2025 har börjat bra.

Soaring to the Future: A Comprehensive Analysis of Artificial Intelligence in Aviation

Standing on the cusp of a new era powered by artificial intelligence (AI), the aviation sector is a monument to human ingenuity and mechanical expertise. For more than a century, autopilots have been an essential component of aviation. However, artificial intelligence (AI) is radically changing these systems, turning them from simple aids for flight stabilityContinue reading "Soaring to the Future: A Comprehensive Analysis of Artificial Intelligence in Aviation"

Standing on the cusp of a new era powered by artificial intelligence (AI), the aviation sector is a monument to human ingenuity and mechanical expertise. For more than a century, autopilots have been an essential component of aviation. However, artificial intelligence (AI) is radically changing these systems, turning them from simple aids for flight stability into sophisticated, intelligent co-pilots that may eventually usher in an era of autonomous flying. AI has a significant impact on many facets of aviation operations, including design, production, air traffic control, and passenger experience, but it is not limited to the cockpit.

The Power Under the Wings: Revealing AI’s Workings

The ability of computer systems to replicate human cognitive processes like pattern recognition, decision-making, and learning from large datasets is the essence of artificial intelligence (AI). These sophisticated computers take on tasks that have historically required human participation by utilizing complex algorithms and enormous processing capacity. The potential for AI technology to optimize and completely transform every aspect of aviation operations is only growing as it develops.
Particularly influential in the aviation industry are two of AI’s main subfields:

Machine Learning (ML): ML algorithms are remarkably good at learning from data without the need for explicit programming. Many uses of machine learning (ML) exist in the aviation industry, such as:

  • Predictive Flight Delay Mitigation: In order to predict possible delays with remarkable precision, machine learning (ML) algorithms can examine previous data pertaining to weather patterns, mechanical anomalies, and air traffic control (ATC) procedures. This enables airlines to best use resources, reduce passenger inconvenience, and make preemptive schedule adjustments.
  • Air Traffic Management (ATM) Optimization: Advanced machine learning algorithms are capable of analyzing real-time air traffic data to generate flight paths that are optimized, lessen airspace congestion, and guarantee the safe and effective passage of aircraft.
  • Highly customized travel recommendations can be provided by airlines by using machine learning to examine enormous amounts of passenger data and booking patterns. Increased client loyalty and satisfaction may result from this data-driven strategy.

Deep Learning (DL): Modeled after the human brain, deep learning is a more sophisticated subfield of machine learning. Massive amounts of complex data are easily processed by DL, which makes it perfect for the following applications:

  • Predictive Maintenance: By analyzing sensor data from airplanes, deep learning algorithms may identify anomalies and anticipate possible maintenance problems before they become expensive breakdowns. This proactive strategy reduces operational disruptions and guarantees the fleet’s continuous airworthiness.
  • Improved Aviation Safety: Deep learning is able to locate patterns and trends in enormous flight data sets that may be linked to aviation mishaps. Airlines can use this information to put specific safety measures in place and drastically lower their accident rates.

Artificial Intelligence in Operation: Coordinating a Smooth Flight Path

Artificial Intelligence has a noticeable impact on many aspects of the aviation ecosystem, including design, production, flight operations, and passenger experience. Here’s a closer look at the particular uses:

  • Design and Manufacturing of Aircraft: AI-driven design software can optimize aircraft structures for increased strength, lighter weight, and better fuel economy. Furthermore, repetitive processes in manufacturing can be automated by AI-powered robots, improving accuracy and efficiency.
  • AI-assisted flight planning software can optimize flight paths for greater fuel efficiency, lower emissions, and faster travel times. This is known as intelligent flight operations. AI-powered autopilot systems can also manage standard flight operations, freeing up pilots to concentrate on crucial decision-making in emergency situations.
  • Streamlined Airport Operations: By maximizing taxiway usage, gate distribution, and baggage handling, AI can simplify ground operations at airports. This decreases departure times, eases traffic, and improves the quality of the customer experience overall.
  • Tailored Traveler Experience: AI-driven chatbots can offer immediate customer support, respond to inquiries on flights, and help with reservation modifications. AI may also customize in-flight entertainment options and provide destination recommendations based on historical traveller preferences, therefore making flying more enjoyable for passengers.

Artificial Intelligence-Powered Sky: A Future Perspective

Though the application of AI in aviation is still in its infancy, the potential for change is enormous. We may anticipate seeing even more ground-breaking applications of AI technology emerge as it continues to advance at an exponential rate, including:

  • The ultimate goal of artificial intelligence (AI) in aviation is the construction of fully autonomous passenger aircraft, however this goal is not expected to materialize anytime soon. This would revolutionize air travel by lowering operating costs, boosting productivity, and maybe opening up air travel to a larger group of people.
  • Next-Generation Air Traffic Management: By reducing delays and greatly expanding the airspace’s capacity, sophisticated AI systems might control air traffic with previously unheard-of efficiency.

Hyper-Personalized In-Flight Experiences: Artificial intelligence has the potential to further customize the in-flight experience by adjusting everything from lighting and cabin temperature to available food and beverages and specific passenger preferences.

These developments portend safer, more efficient, and far more customized air travel in the future. But despite the obvious advantages, there are some important questions raised by the growing use of AI in aviation:

  • Ethical Concerns: Aviation AI development and application must follow the strictest ethical guidelines. It is important to give serious consideration to issues like algorithmic bias, data privacy, and the possibility of employment displacement in the aviation sector.
  • The regulatory landscape must change in tandem with AI technology to guarantee its ethical and safe application in the aviation sector. Establishing public trust and confidence in AI-driven aviation systems requires well-defined policies and supervision procedures.
  • Human-Machine Collaboration: Although AI has amazing potential, human knowledge will always be valuable in the aviation industry. Instead than trying to completely replace human decision-making, the goal should be to create a collaborative atmosphere where AI can support it.

Finally, AI has the potential to completely transform the aviation sector and bring in a new era of unheard-of efficiency, safety, and customisation. We can make sure that the skies of the future are safer, more enjoyable, and not only more accessible for everyone by using AI safely and ethically.

Apple Seeds Release Candidate Versions of visionOS 2.4, tvOS 18.4, and watchOS 11.4

Apple today provided developers with the release candidate versions of upcoming visionOS 2.4, tvOS 18.4, and watchOS 11.4 updates for testing purposes. The software is available a week after Apple seeded the fourth betas.


The betas are available to registered developers, and can be downloaded from the Settings app on each device.

Of the three new software betas, the visionOS 2.4 update is the most notable because it brings Apple Intelligence to the Vision Pro for the first time. ‌Apple Intelligence‌ features available in visionOS include Writing Tools, Genmoji, Memory Movie, Image Playground, Priority Notifications, and ChatGPT integration.

The update will include a dedicated Spatial Gallery app, which will offer a curated selection of spatial videos, photos, and panoramas from artists, filmmakers, and photographers. Apple is also bringing a Vision Pro app to the iPhone for Vision Pro management, and it will let users find and download apps, add content to a watch list, and more. There are also notable improvements to Guest Mode, which can now be controlled through an ‌iPhone‌. Apple's notes for the update are below.


Apple Intelligence
- Use Writing Tools to rewrite, proofread, and summarize text right in the app you’re working in, and compose text from scratch using ChatGPT
- Quickly respond to messages with Smart Reply in Mail and Messages with suggested responses
- Create unique images in multiple styles using concepts, descriptions, and people from your photo library with Image Playground
- Create custom emoji right from the keyboard and use your Genmoji across the system in your sticker drawer
- Use Image Wand to turn sketches into images in Notes
- Find photos and videos simply by describing what you’re looking for in Photos
- Create a Memory Movie by describing the story you want to see in Photos
- Use priority messages in Mail which understand the content of your messages and prioritize those that require your attention, displaying them at the top of your inbox
- Catch up on your notifications with Priority Notification to make it easy to see a glanceable summary of the most important information

Guest User
- Start a Guest User session with your nearby iPhone or iPad and guide the guest using View Mirroring

Spatial Gallery app
- Discover a curated collection of spatial photos, spatial videos and panoramas, updated regularly

Apple Vision Pro app
- Discover new content, spatial experiences, and quickly access information about your device using Apple Vision Pro app for iPhone when you upgrade to iOS 18.4

This release also includes other features and improvements.
- Use dictation to edit text like replacing or deleting a word
- Activate Travel Mode using the Digital Crown when you see a “tracking fail” notification.

Some features may not be available for all regions. For more information, please visit this website:
https://www.apple.com/visionos/visionos-2
According to Apple's release notes for watchOS 11.4, the update adds an option to allow a Sleep Wake Up alarm to break through silent mode, and it includes support for Matter-compatible robot vacuum cleaners. Apple's release notes are below:
This update includes new features, improvements, and bug fixes, including:
- Matter-compatible robot vacuum cleaners can be added to the Home app as well as used in scenes, automations, or simply say "Siri, clean the living room."
- An option to allow Sleep Wake Up alarm to break through Silent Mode
- An issue where face selection may become unresponsive when switching faces
For information on the security content of Apple software updates, please visit this website: https://support.apple.com/100100

Apple plans to release visionOS 2.4, tvOS 18.4, and watchOS 11.4 in early April.

This article, "Apple Seeds Release Candidate Versions of visionOS 2.4, tvOS 18.4, and watchOS 11.4" first appeared on MacRumors.com

Discuss this article in our forums

These Sonos Speakers Are on Sale for Their Lowest Prices Ever

Get the portable speaker, smart speaker, mini subwoofer, and soundbar all for their lowest price.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

Sonos takes their user-friendliness seriously. When people complained about an update on their companion app that got rid of many cool features, Sonos listened and put them back. That's the kind of commitment to their customers you can expect from Sonos, and why they've been so popular in the audio market. So when there's a Sonos sale with actual good discounts, take advantage of it. Right now you can get the Roam 2 for $139 (originally $179), the Sonos Era 100 for $199 (originally $249), Sonos Sub Mini for $343 (originally $429), and the Sonos Arc for $629 (originally $899). All of these speakers are at their lowest price, according to price-tracking tools.

The Roam 2 is their version of a portable, and like most Sonos speakers, they integrate seamlessly into the ecosystem to play multi-room media. It has a speakerphone feature, in-app EQ, wireless charging, is water resistant, and has Alexa and Sonos voice assistant, according to PCMag's review. At $139 (originally $179), the Roam 2 is the cheapest way to try a Sonos speaker.

The Sonos Era 100 is a smart speaker that can work as stereo with a pair or as rear speakers in a Sonos surround sound system. It is an updated version of the Sonos One smart speaker, offering better bass and other improvements. It has an "excellent" review from PCMag for its ability to play stereo with a single device (it has a dual tweeter setup), its balanced audio, and the well-developed companion app that allows you to adjust the EQ.

The Sonos Sub Mini is a smaller and more affordable version of the Sonos Sub, perfect for a small apartment or room where you want a soundbar and subwoofer combo. You can read the CNET review here.

And if you're looking for a top-notch soundbar, consider the Sonos Arc. This smart soundbar came out in 2020 and received an "excellent" review from PCMag for its Dolby Atmos compatibility, ease of expansion, support for Amazon Alexa and Google Assistant, and its wide sound field and powerful bass (even without a subwoofer). Its current $629 price is the cheapest it has ever been (although it's shipped and sold by a third-party Amazon store).

The First Berserker: Khazan

När man upplevt ett visst antal spel inom en genre så börjar vissa beståndsdelar, eller rentav hela upplägg, kännas väldigt bekanta. Många spel lånar fritt av varandra men de lyckas ändå skapa en egen identitet som gör att de på något viss upplevs mer unika än de kanske egentligen är. På förhand var det främst den visuella stilen i {The First Berserker: Khazan} som kändes som en sådan ingrediens. Cel-shading i Anime-stuk är också absolut något av det jag tar med mig som ett positivt inslag, men som med mycket annat i detta action-rollspel så dras det ner av det känns lite för simpelt.

För den oinsatte, vilket jag också var när uppdraget dök upp, så är The First Berserker: Khazan ett spel som tar sin plats i {Dungeon Fighter Online}-universumet. Det är ett omåttligt populärt Beat em up-rollspel. Det var också totalt okänt för mig. Utvecklarna på Neople ligger bakom det och detta spelet och har nu satt detta rollspel 800 år innan sitt multiplayer-lir. För den insatta finns det säkerligen ett större intresse till en djupdykning än vad jag kunde förmå mig till. Hursomhelst, vår huvudkaraktär transporteras som fånge i en vagn men efter en olycka, eller snarare lycka för honom, lyckas han fly. I de ogästvänliga snöiga bergen tar hans resa sin början.

Vad som sedan följer känns som mångt och mycket ett Dark Souls Light. Det är både en passande och lite snäv beskrivning. För detta har definitivt egna kvalitéer, även om de tyvärr inte skiner så klart som jag hade hoppats.
<bild>Spelets bossar är höjdpunkterna och känslan att besegra en är som brukligt tillfredställande.</bild>
På linjära banor tar sig vår hårdhudade huvudperson framåt. En mystisk röst talar då och då till honom. Men till trots för en berättelse om demoner och hämnd är det främst spelets action som snabbt hamnar i centrum. Med en yxa och svärd i högsta hugg ställs vi mot fiender som slår hårt. För även om detta inte riktigt når upp till genrens allra tuffaste utmaningar, och det finns även en "enkel" svårighetsgrad att växla till, så är det fortfarande ett ganska utmanande spel. Speciellt när det kommer till spelets fighter mot bossar. Men där är vi inte riktigt än. Den grundläggande spelmekaniken är sådan som vi känner igen. Det vill säga snabba slag eller långsammare som åstadkommer mer skada. Vi kan parera och undvika och ja, allting tömmer den till starten ganska snåla mätaren för stamina.

Men, erfarenhetspoäng tjänas såklart in. I detta spel under namnet Lacrima vilket är det som man använder för att göra karaktären starkare. Dessa placeras ut när vi binder dem vid spelets sparpunkter och kan utöka alltifrån hälsa, stamina till andra faktorer. Låter det bekant? Det är det också. Spelet lånar friskt från genrens giganter så till den grad att det lite känns som att mans stulit för mycket. Dör vi mellan dessa punkterna så förlorar vi det vi samlat på oss, men får chansen att plocka upp det igen ifall vi klarar oss tillbaka till platsen. Tacksamt nog kan vi plocka upp vår Lacrima på en trygg plats innan ett möte med en boss om vi nu dött på den.
<bild>Stora monster. Cool hjälte.</bild>
Det lär man göra. För det är bossarna som är detta spelets tuffaste bestar. Visst att världen har en del störra sådana, också - men det är i mötet med banornas slutgiltiga utmaning som man utan att överdriva kan säga att det blir lite extra kämpigt. Som så ofta handlar det dock att främst lära sig deras attackmönster, veta när man kan piska och hålla koll så att ens mätare för uthållighet räcker till. Är en boss för tuff går det tacksamt nog att köra lite klassiskt grind på nivåerna. Man kan helt enkelt ta ett litet extra varv eftersom alla fiender, förutom en viss typ av svårare elit-fiender dyker upp på nytt när man når en sparpunkt. Spelet är också ganska generöst gällande Lacrima och man samlar dessutom på sig en hel del utrustning.

Khazan kan nämligen utrusta sig med hjälm, rustning, handskar och stövlar. Allt som ger mer i försvar. Fienderna tappar detta i en ganska stor mängd så i starten får man vara inne i den smidiga menyn och skifta till en med högre status. Det finns även ringar och amuletter som ger lite extra bonus samt en del föremål. Det blir lite väl mycket loot-fest av det hela med att man snabbt bär omkring på en mängd utrustning. Denna kan dock en bit in i spelets förstöras för att istället bli Lacrima som kan spenderas på färdigheter. Vi har även ett skill-träd som är knutet till spelets tre olika vapen.
<bild>Vid dessa punkter binder man sin insamlade Lacrima och spenderar den på att bli starkare.</bild>
För även om man startar med att svinga yxa och svärd så ligger en av spelets tidigaste uppdrag i att finna de andra två som man kan utrusta sig med. Det är ett stort bredsvärd och ett spjut. De båda har egna träd där man kan uppgradera och låsa upp specialattacker. Just sådana daskar på rejält med skada, och precis som Khazan själv har även fiender en mätare för uthållighet. När denna är i botten kan man utföra en sorts avslutning som tuggar bort en stor bit av livet. Man kan även smyga sig på fiender för att göra samma sak.

Menyer och allting saknar lite finess och identitet och det vore väl egentligen inte så farligt. Men problemet är att det är rätt mycket annat som gör det också. För även om bossarna, och som jag nämnde i inledningen kring miljöerna, passar bra med den visuella stilen. Så är allting ganska livlöst och platt. Det ser tekniskt bra ut. Men det saknar något. Som att banorna är snitslade korridorer utan ljus och rörelse. Allting känns väldigt konstruerat och det finns inte särskilt mycket effekter som ger det hela en välbehövlig kontrast. De snöklädda landskapen, grottorna, de stora salarna... Allting blir som en kopia plats efter plats. Vi har heller inga direkta vyer, ingen rörelse sånär som på lite träd som svajar. Det är en cool visuell stil, men livlöst och lite klippa-klistra över miljöerna.
<bild>Fiender dyker upp på nytt om du rör vid en av spelets sparpunkter så det finns alltid goda möjligheter att slakta på nytt om man vill gå upp mer i nivå.</bild>
Tillkommer gör också ett ljudspår som inger samma tomma känsla. Musiken känns anonymt trots försök till lite dova manliga mumlande körer. De tecknade mellansekvenserna, ja det kan det sägas detsamma om dem som gällande det visuella i stort. Helhetsintrycket när man sett förbi den rätt tuffa tecknade stilen blir tråkig. Nästan som att det är en lite ofärdig mall som man färdas genom. Jag har absolut inget emot ett spel som upprepar sig och kan kännas lite enformiga. Både actionfester som {Stellar Blade} och {Black Myth: Wukong} som jag recenserat är också ganska upprepande sett till hur de fungerar. Men de har betydligt mer identitet än detta. De är framförallt roligare att spela när det kommer till att slåss.

För spelets action, den både ger och tar. För egen del valde jag att köra största delen av spelet med spjut för att jag uppskattade dess snabbhet och räckvidd. Att bemästra försvar och attack känns stundtals roligt men ett lite oprecist system för att låsa på fiender gör att man ofta träffar vid sidan om dem när man slår. Det finns en tyngd, men blir ändå lite fladdrigt när slagen missar och hamnar på sidan om det tilltänkta offret. Eftersom flera attacker också ska kedjas samman blir detta lite frustrerande när hugg missas och jag känner heller inte riktigt att responsen när slagen sitter är så tillfredsställande som jag önskat.
<bild>I hubbvärlden reser man mellan spelets olika områden.</bild>
Det är å andra sidan just spelets action som är den främsta anledningen att spela detta. Även om det kräver sitt försvar och hantering av stamina så är det också en del hack-and-slash över det hela. Då speciellt mot spelets dussinfiender. Tillfredsställelsen att besegra en boss har flertalet gånger känts riktigt bra, men vägen från att jag anländer till en ny miljö och ska ta mig fram till den har i mångt och mycket känts som en ärligt talat lite för lång transportsträcka.

Efter spelets inledning hamnar man i en slags hubb-värld. Med tiden dyker det upp saker som att kunna köpa föremål och uppgradera vapen. Även om jag kan uppskatta att nya inslag presenteras över tid tycker jag också att dessa inslag dyker upp lite märkligt. När jag väl får chansen att köpa nya delar till min rustning har jag liksom redan hittat sådana som är flera gånger bättre än det som finns att köpa. Inslag jag önskar fanns där tidigt låses först upp efter flera timmar.

När jag efter några dagars spelande ska reflektera över upplevelsen som sådan känner jag mig kluven. Dels finns det en simpel charm i det här att röja loss och alla beståndsdelar, hur icke-originella de än nu är, fungerar helt okej. Men Khazans färd känns också väldigt monoton. Nya inslag som presenteras under spelets gång till trots, så känns det mestadels utan finess och aldrig något mer än just bara okej. Nu fångar visserligen The First Berserker: Khazan själva essensen av ett actionrollspel och försöker inte vara så mycket mer än just detta. För mig blir det lite för simpelt men om det är vad man är sugen på och längtat efter så finns det absolut skäl att ändå ge det en chans. Om inte minst för den där fantastiska känslan när en boss livsmätare äntligen försvinner.

What I've Learned From Four Years of Tracking My Health With the Oura Ring

Including the metrics I trust the most and the least, how it holds up to wear and tear, and which generation has been my favorite.

We may earn a commission from links on this page.

I’ve used a lot of fitness wearables, but none have been a constant presence in my life for as long as the Oura ring. I woke up to my first night of collected data on November 3, 2020, and I’ve worn an Oura ring nearly every night since. Here's what I've learned from over 1,500 days worth of data, including my thoughts on the hardware, the app, and on whether it's all been worth it.

How the generations compare

Oura is now on its fourth generation of rings, and I’ve used generations 2, 3, and 4. Here’s my retrospective of each, including what was new with each generation, and when and why I upgraded (or didn’t). 

Three photos: generations 2, 3, and 4.
Generations 2, 3, and 4 Credit: Beth Skwarecki

Gen 2

My first Oura ring, in late 2020, was a review unit from the company that I returned after I wrote about it. It was a second generation (“gen 2”) ring whose exact color, shape, and size I don’t recall. Shortly after sending it back, I decided I’d like to buy one of my own, so I ended up getting a silver Balance in size 7, to wear on my ring finger. 

The gen 2 had all the important features already: It could record my HRV and resting heart rate, make a pretty good guess at when I was awake or asleep, and make a not-so-great guess at when I was in each stage of sleep. It was widely recognized as the best wearable at sleep tracking, although that still comes with caveats—as we'll see.

The ring also recorded my respiratory rate and the way my skin temperature fluctuated from night to night. Its ability to detect changes in temperature was being touted as a possible early detection mechanism for COVID. That didn’t pan out for me either, as we’ll see below, but it was a highly touted feature at the time.

Gen 3

gen 3 Oura ring on my finger
My third generation Oura ring—a silver Heritage. Credit: Beth Skwarecki

When Oura came out with the gen 3, I reviewed that, too, and the company recommended wearing it on my index finger if possible. So I wore a gen 3 silver Heritage on my index finger and hated using that finger for the ring. I guess I’m in the habit of absentmindedly rubbing my nose with the side of my index finger, because anytime my nose was itchy, I’d reach up without thinking and gouge myself with the ring. When I was done with that review, I gladly switched back to my old gen 2 ring on my ring finger. 

But then one day, my beloved gen 2 ring died during the night, when I could have sworn I had just charged it. The same thing happened again a night or two later. I realized the battery must be dying, and with luck I was just inside the two-year warranty period. I’ll say more about battery longevity below, but two years appears to be a typical lifespan—and the warranty no longer covers you that long. But at the time, I got a free replacement, and it was a gen 3 (same size and color, but Heritage shape, since they no longer offered the Balance) and they threw in a lifetime subscription.

New with the gen 3 ring was the subscription model: $5.99/month to be able to view your data from the ring. (Without the subscription, you get sleep and readiness “scores,” which are useless without the underlying data, in my opinion.) Owners of gen 2 rings didn’t have to start paying a subscription fee if they kept using their old ring, and there was a lifetime subscription promotion for anyone who upgraded to the gen 3 around that time. 

The gen 3 ring had the same fit and interior shape as the gen 2, but it now had green lights that glowed at night, which I found annoying when putting my kids to bed. It was during the gen 3 era that workout heart rate became available. I never found it very useful, although I was impressed that it auto-detected when I went for a walk or a run. It also interpreted brushing my kid’s hair as “dancing.” Good guess, I suppose! 

Two years later, in 2024, the battery died again. (A lifespan of two years seems to be sadly common.) This time my ring was out of warranty, since Oura had switched to only offering a one-year warranty. But the gen 4 had just launched, and presumably the company was trying to get rid of their gen 3 stock. They sent me an exact duplicate of the dead one, and that’s the ring I’m still wearing today. 

Gen 4

gen 4 Oura ring on my finger
The fourth generation Oura ring that I just reviewed. Credit: Beth Skwarecki

I did eventually get my hands on a gen 4 Oura ring to review (round shape, black, size 8 for my middle finger). I wrote a comparison of the gen 3 and gen 4 rings, and a review of the gen 4. The gen 4 is nice. But when I was done reviewing it, I happily went back to the gen 3. The essential features are all the same, and I preferred the way the gen 3 fit.

With the gen 4, the ring lost its sensor bumps, making it smoother on the interior but also changing the sizing. The gen 4 comes in a wider range of sizes, and its accuracy at picking up heart rate is improved. The app was also redesigned around this time, the better to manage all the different features it’s acquired over the years—stress scores, resilience, chronotype, and cardiovascular age have all needed to squeeze in, and the main screen now has a timeline of your day that includes exercise sessions and more.

So if you’re keeping count, I’ve worn six different individual Oura rings, from three different generations (2, 3, and 4), in three different shapes. If we’re counting only rings that I’ve owned for personal use, that would be one gen 2 and two identical gen 3 units, the first two dead from battery issues and the third a new-ish unit that is doing well so far.

My favorite generation

Technologically, the gen 4 ring is the best of the generations, but sentimentally, the gen 2 is the one I miss the most. I liked its single-pointed shape, the better to fidget with and get it oriented correctly on my finger. And I loved that the LEDs were infrared rather than visible light. There was no green glow under the ring at night. If they brought back a version of the Oura without the green glow, I’d snap it up in a heartbeat. 

The features Oura has added over the last four years have been nice-to-haves, but not game changers. I don’t really care about activity tracking; the ring doesn’t do it well, so I either don’t track my workouts or I track them with another device like a Garmin.

The everyday experience

Screenshots of the Today screen of the Oura ring: readiness score, sleep score, choronotype
The top of the Today screen, and what you see as you scroll down. Credit: Beth Skwarecki

It takes a few weeks for any wearable to learn your usual numbers, the Oura ring included. This is important to remember because the numbers reported by the ring make the most sense when compared to your own baseline, not to what is a “good” score for others. This is especially true for heart rate variability (HRV), which is one of the more important numbers the ring collects. An HRV of, say, 52 might be high for one person, signaling that they’re well recovered, and unusually low for another, signaling that they may be sick, overworked, or stressed. 

Knowing that, people sometimes ask on forums whether it’s OK to start wearing their ring during a stressful time or on vacation. Having been at this four years, I say: Start wearing it whenever. Two months from now, the exact metrics you had on your vacation will be history. Heck, you might enjoy looking back at them for comparison’s sake. But your baseline is built over time and changes with time. It’s not something the ring imprints on like a duckling. 

Activity score, stress levels, heart rate, an invitation to track your meals, timeline
Continuing to scroll down the Today screen. Credit: Beth Skwarecki

These are screenshots of what my Oura app shows me right now, and if you have a ring you’ve been wearing for at least a few weeks, you’ll see something similar. All of the screenshots you’ve seen so far are from the “today” tab, your home screen when you open the app. Most of them are summaries, and you can see more detailed data if you tap them, or if you go into other areas of the app. The scores at the top of the screen—readiness, sleep, and so on—each lead to one of these more detailed views.

As I’ve written before, I find that “recovery” scores are too imperfect to be useful. Oura tries to be smart by bumping the score up or down based on a variety of things it measures. But these don’t always match up well to reality. For example, when the sleep algorithm was reading my REM stages poorly (more about that below), it would always ding me for my supposedly bad sleep. And it would sometimes reduce my readiness score if I went for a long walk on a rest day, even though I know from experience those long walks help me more than they hurt.

Instead, I look at the raw numbers for my resting heart rate and my HRV. If I’m well rested, and I’m recovering well from the stresses of training and life, my HRV will be high and my RHR will be low. It’s normal for those numbers to get worse over the course of a week as I train and build up some fatigue, and then I see them get better once I’ve had an easier day or two. Watching that rhythm is what helps me to know if I’m recovering well, or if my stress—from training or otherwise—is steering me toward burnout.

While RHR and HRV generally track the same trends (high HRV and low RHR are "good") I find they react a little differently. My RHR shoots up anytime my body is going through something stressful. That could be a heavy lifting session (my RHR often shoots up after a competition), but could also be drinking alcohol or even just staying up late. If I have a fever or a migraine, my RHR will skyrocket. Meanwhile, HRV can also dip in response to those things, but a high RHR doesn't always come with a low HRV. It seems like RHR tells me more about how hard something is hitting me, and HRV is how well my body is dealing with it. To be clear, that's not a scientist's understanding of the subject, just my own conclusions about my body from looking at this data over the years.

Readiness screen: scores and contributors
The readiness screen, and (right) what you see when you scroll down. Credit: Beth Skwarecki

Because I pay more attention to the raw numbers over the scores or little motivational messages, my favorite screen is the one I get when I tap on my Readiness number. Here’s an example. Notice that my Readiness scores (the blue bars in the graph at the top) have been pretty similar each day this past week. But I can tell that my resting heart rate rose over the latter half of last week, was especially high (for me) on Friday, and has only just come back down to a low number after resting a bit on the weekend. Last week was a hard training week, and this week I’m tapering again for a competition, so I’m hoping to see heart rates in the low 40’s and HRV numbers 95+ as my training ramps down this week. 

Also, yes, a resting heart rate in the 40's is pretty low. Partly that's just how I'm built (I've always had a low resting heart rate and a high max). Partly it's fitness—my RHR lowers slightly when I'm doing more exercise. And partly it's just that Oura records lower resting heart rates than other devices. When I compared the Oura ring's numbers with those of four other wearables, Oura always gave the lowest RHRs. When it records a 43, Fitbit might record a 50. Again: compare your Oura ring's numbers to each other, not to other people or even other devices.

Sleep staging has not been useful (and was often wrong)

For as long as I’ve been writing about wearables, I’ve been telling you—as sleep experts have been telling me—that you shouldn’t trust an app when it tells you how much light or deep sleep you got, or how much REM. Wearables tend to be reasonably good at telling how long you slept, but they’re not great at telling you when you’re in one stage versus another, nor do their measures of sleep “quality” mean anything that we can match up to a scientific meaning. 

My four years’ worth of data bear this out in two important ways. The most important is simply that data on sleep quality (the “sleep score,” in Oura’s case) just duplicates information you could get by looking at total sleep time. 

Oura has a web-based data viewer with a tool that will show the correlation between any two variables you care to compare. When comparing my sleep score with my total sleep time, surprise! There is a “strong” positive correlation, with a coefficient of 0.77. The more sleep I got, the higher my sleep score. You don’t need a ring or watch to tell you how long you slept; the old fashioned way, keeping a sleep diary, would do the same thing for the cost of a notebook and pen

two jagged blue lines on a graph, lining up very well with each other.
Dark blue is my sleep score; light blue is amount of sleep. Credit: Beth Skwarecki

When it comes to sleep stages, I have an even more dramatic way of showing the pitfalls of trusting an algorithm.

I was always skeptical of the way Oura claimed to divide up my sleep into stages. For the first few years, it always reported an implausibly low amount of REM sleep, sometimes just a few minutes when you’d expect to see well over an hour. I mentioned this when I interviewed a sleep scientist, and she confirmed that the numbers I was seeing in my app were highly unlikely to be correct. Oura rolled out a new sleep staging algorithm in the summer of 2023, which they said should improve sleep stage accuracy. See if you can spot on this graph the day the algorithm changed:

Jagged light blue line is pretty consistent across the chart. Jagged dark blue line (REM sleep) is very low for the first half of the graph, then jumps up to be even with the blue line for the second half
Light blue is total sleep; dark blue is REM sleep. Credit: Beth Skwarecki

Suddenly, I was getting much more realistic estimates of REM sleep (although I’ve never gotten a sleep study in a lab, so I can’t confirm whether they’re correct.) 

We can even see where the “new” REM sleep came from. Not from awake time, or from light sleep, which were both reported in similar amounts before and after the change. No, the algorithm seems to have taken some of what it previously considered deep sleep, and recategorized it (maybe correctly) as REM sleep. The deep sleep graph looks like the opposite of the one above. I felt validated in my complaints that it must not be picking up my REM sleep properly. I also gained a lesson in just how much we are at the whims of the algorithm.

It never predicted when I got sick

I don’t think anybody who buys an Oura ring now is looking for an early detection system for when they get sick, but this was a major talking point for the company (and among users) for a little while. In 2020 the company worked with UCSF on the TemPredict study to see if the ring could let healthcare workers know when to test for COVID. Forums that discussed the Oura ring would occasionally feature posts from people who were able to see signs of poor recovery in the app before they realized they were sick. 

But my own experience didn’t bear that out. When I had been wearing the ring about a month, I got sick. It was probably a regular cold or flu, but my COVID test came back inconclusive(?!?) so I never did find out for sure. Whatever the illness, my Oura did not realize I was feeling anything less than stellar until three days after I started feeling feverish, tired, and icky. 

I got COVID for sure in June of 2022, and it’s interesting to take a look at my Oura ring data from the week I tested positive. I recall symptoms starting on that Thursday or Friday, June 2 or 3. It was on Sunday, June 5, that I felt awful enough that it occurred to me to take a COVID test, which was positive. You can see on this graph that my nighttime temperature peaked on June 7, two days after I tested positive. My readiness scores were all great—above 80—until that day. Every other metric I can think to check was normal as well, including my HRV, average resting heart rate, lowest resting heart rate, and respiratory rate.

Dark blue line showing a peak in temperature on June 7. Readiness,as a blue line, is high until that day.
Dark blue is temperature, light blue is readiness score (out of 100). Credit: Beth Skwarecki

Since then, I’ve only had minor colds and sniffles. While I’ve never had Oura drop any hints before I got sick, I have found it validating to see my RHR rise and readiness drop when I’m kinda-sorta feeling under the weather. That tells me that there really is something going on, even if it doesn’t rise to the level of a full-blown fever or coughing fit. But, again, I don’t get that validation until after I’ve started feeling crappy.

Just me? I looked up the results of the TemPredict study. The researchers said they were able to use an algorithm to tell who was sick, and that the day the algorithm recognized the illness was on or before symptom onset in 65% of cases, and on or before a positive COVID test in 80% of cases.

That is, to be honest, not all that useful! The idea was to predict illness before those dates, so “on or before” is lumping in the cases where it could act as an early warning system with cases where a person already knew they were sick. And, clearly, the algorithm missed a lot of people. 

Oura gave these results a positive spin. The headline finding was that when the algorithm worked, it predicted illness 2.75 days before a positive test. But symptom onset was 1.98 days before a positive test, so even the algorithm’s prediction—which was not revealed to users in the app, only examined by scientists—would give you less than a day’s notice before you started feeling sick.

Oura called these results “preliminary” at the time, but the team has not published anything else on illness detection since then, at least not that I can find. 

But Oura did eventually launch Symptom Radar, a feature that rolled out to Oura users in December of 2024. I haven’t gotten sick since then, so I can’t comment on whether the algorithm would be able to notice anything I didn’t. Bottom line: I feel confident in saying the promise of illness prediction has fallen flat. If it works for a few people, and if they enjoy getting a day’s notice before they start feeling sick, cool. But that's not exactly helpful in any practical sense.

Durability

Ring held in hand. Subtle, minor scuffs on top.
The top of the gen 3 ring that I wore for two years. Credit: Beth Skwarecki

When you buy a $300+ piece of jewelry, you expect it to last. Oura owners (and prospective owners) are always asking on forums how easily the ring scratches, so here’s a photo. This is the gen 3 ring that I wore for two full years. You’d have to look closely at the top surface to see the little scuffs and scratches, but there are a few. The bottom surface, where the ring would contact things I’m holding, is more scratched up for sure. This doesn’t bother me, since I see the Oura ring as more of a tool than a pristine fashion piece. Others may feel differently. 

Oura rings have a titanium exterior, and interestingly I have a comparison for that—my wedding and engagement rings are also titanium. All three get plenty of daily wear. My wedding ring’s scratches are subtle; the Oura ring’s are much more obvious by comparison. 

Three rings in hand: the Oura and two titanium rings. The Oura is more scratched.
Left: the bottom of the gen 2 Oura ring that I wore for two years. Right: the bottom of my wedding and engagement rings, also made of titanium, which I've been wearing for nearly 20 years. Credit: Beth Skwarecki

Battery longevity

My biggest disappointment over the years has been the battery longevity. Not the battery life—the ring goes most of a week between charges without any problem. But I’m talking about how much use you get out of the ring before it stops holding a charge. 

My gen 2 ring came with a two-year warranty, and I recall seeing a Reddit post reminding people to check their battery health before the warranty was up, since some users had found that their battery died right around the two-year mark. I forgot all about that, and then it happened to me. Fortunately, I was just barely inside of the warranty period, and got my replacement. Two years later, the same thing happened again, although Oura had wised up and stopped offering a two-year warranty. The warranty is now one year and doesn’t cover battery issues, at least in the U.S. (A two-year warranty is required by law in the EU.) 

I lucked out again with my second replacement, since the gen 4 had just launched. I recall being given the choice of a $50 discount on a new gen 4, or a totally free gen 3. I went for the gen 3, but didn’t have an option to ask for a different shape or color. They just shipped me a duplicate of my old ring, in a baggie (no charger). 

I can’t complain about getting three rings for the price of one. That said, should I really need three rings in four years? There are plenty of five-year-old Apple Watches and Garmin watches out there that cost around $400 originally. You would expect a $300+ Oura ring to last longer than two years. But check the subreddits and forums, and ask any long-time Oura ring user you know. Two years is pretty typical for the gen 2 and gen 3 rings. (It’s too early for a verdict on the gen 4.) 

If you’re the kind of person to upgrade as soon as a new model is out, this may not matter too much—Oura has been releasing new rings on roughly a two-year cycle. But you should know that you’re not buying something that will last for years and years. I saw someone on a forum who was thinking about getting an Oura ring as his actual wedding ring. Not a good option if you’re going to be sentimentally attached to that specific, physical ring. 

The Oura is the lowest-maintenance wearable I’ve met

Why have I worn this ring nearly every night for the last four-plus years? Because it’s so dang easy. I don’t need to start or stop anything on the ring itself or on an app. I don’t need to wear it for workouts. It doesn’t take up valuable wrist real estate, so even when I’m wearing a Whoop, Fitbit, Apple Watch, and Garmin watch at the same time and griping about it as I strap them all on for bedtime, it doesn’t bother me at all to have the Oura ring on, too. 

Even during times I was paying more attention to other wearables, I kept the Oura ring on. Once a week or so, it might pop up a notification on my phone asking me to charge it before I go to bed. And as long as I open the app once or twice a week to be sure it’s syncing, I know my data is stored safely in a place I can look at it later. 

Charging is low-maintenance, too. I keep the Oura ring’s charger on my nightstand. I’ll charge my ring when I head to the gym, and even if I forget to put it back on right away, I’ll see it on the nightstand when I’m getting into bed. The only thing I find inconvenient about charging is the lack of a secure charging case or even a cheap spare nightstand charger I could bring with me when I travel. That said, the ring holds enough charge that I can get through a weekend trip without charging, as long as the battery was full when I left.

My Oura ring data didn’t reveal any deep secrets about recovery

In terms of the big-picture payoff of wearing the ring, I first need to say what it didn’t give me. My original interest in sleep and recovery tracking (with the Oura or otherwise) was to see if there was a way to predict my performance in the gym. Cardio exercise is reasonably easy to get a handle on, but weightlifting is different. 

I compete in Olympic-style weightlifting (the sport of the snatch and the clean and jerk). The weights are heavy, but the lifts also require precise technique and coordination. Some days you can snatch 60 kilos, some days you’re lucky to make 53. My coach patiently explained, on many occasions, that if I’m in the middle of a tough training block, fatigue would be masking some of my ability. This pops up in unexpected ways—if I just had a great performance on Saturday, maybe hitting a new PR (personal record), I might struggle on Monday because I'm having a “PR hangover.”  Coaches and lifters have known this for decades, if not centuries. But it’s still hard to predict exactly when you’ll feel uncoordinated versus when you’ll perform well.

I hoped that metrics like heart rate variability and resting heart rate would give me a window into what was happening under the hood. But it didn’t quite work out that way. While generally I would have better days when my HRV was high and my RHR was low, that wasn’t something I could rely on. 

There were plenty of times I had a great day in the gym or on the competition platform, despite mediocre recovery metrics. And the reverse happened, too. Ultimately, you don’t know how you’ll actually perform in the gym until you actually get there and do some lifts—performance can only be judged after the fact. I said from the start that I would never trust a device more than I’d trust my own body, and I’m glad I kept that promise. If I had skipped or rescheduled workouts based on my “readiness” or other metrics, I would have missed out on good training. 

Recovery metrics are a good reality check on the big picture of training and life

So if the metrics from the Oura app didn’t reveal any deep secrets or make me change my training, why do I still keep an eye on them, four years on? Because they give me subtle hints about what’s going on in my body, and bring the big picture of my training and life stresses into focus. 

I have a sense of what HRV and RHR numbers I see when I’m well-recovered and training is going well. I even know how much my resting heart rate tends to drop when I’m in the habit of doing a lot of cardio training (only about 3-4 beats, but that’s enough to be noticeable). 

I know what it looks like when my training stress has increased but I’m dealing with it well: a slightly elevated RHR, but HRV is still usually pretty high. I know what it looks like when I’m stressed and burned out: high RHR, low HRV. I know that if I’m managing my fatigue pretty well throughout the week, I’ll see the numbers reset on the weekend as my rest days or easy days allow my body to catch up. And I’ve come to know these numbers through comparing them to how I feel—not by trusting a score or a graph or an explanation in the app. You have to take ownership of your new self-knowledge, and learn, not just listen. 

Would I have gotten just as good an understanding of my body and my training without the ring? Probably, but I’d expect a lot more mental ups and downs. I have a tendency to go too hard and not realize how much I’m pushing myself, and then to beat myself up when things aren’t going according to plan. The data I get from my ring helps to give me a reality check on what my body is going through, whether it’s an under-the-radar cold or a tough training block that compounds with other stress I’m getting from life. I guess the ring has taught me a little bit of self-compassion. That’s helped me immeasurably, even though it’s not the lesson I was expecting to learn from tracking all this data.

Revamping Medha Traction’s Website for a Better Customer Experience

Introduction: Creating a Seamless Digital Journey Medha Traction, a prominent manufacturer specializing in traction and control systems, wanted to modernize its online presence with a website that was not only visually appealing but also highly functional. The goal was to create a site that effectively showcases the company’s products, builds trust, and enhances customer engagement.…

The post Revamping Medha Traction’s Website for a Better Customer Experience appeared first on Pixel Studios.

Introduction: Creating a Seamless Digital Journey

Medha Traction, a prominent manufacturer specializing in traction and control systems, wanted to modernize its online presence with a website that was not only visually appealing but also highly functional. The goal was to create a site that effectively showcases the company’s products, builds trust, and enhances customer engagement. Here’s how Pixel studios brought this vision to life

1. Clean and Organized Layout: Designed with the Customer in Mind

The layout of the homepage was carefully designed with a focus on user experience, ensuring visitors could easily navigate and find key information. The product offerings were placed front and center in the second fold, immediately showing potential customers the full range of Medha Traction’s capabilities. Other sections on the homepage include:

2. Streamlined Call to Actions (CTAs): Guiding Visitors with Purpose

Drawing from our extensive experience with manufacturing websites, we understand the importance of placing the right CTAs where they matter most. We crafted multiple CTAs throughout the site to guide visitors toward key actions:

These strategically placed CTAs encourage visitors to take immediate action, enhancing the lead generation process and boosting engagement.

3. Inside the Factory: Building Trust Through Transparency

Transparency is a key pillar of Medha Traction’s business model, and the website’s factory page reflects this. The page provides visitors with a virtual tour of the manufacturing facility, showcasing:

By offering this behind-the-scenes look, the company builds trust with potential customers, showing them the precision and care that goes into every product.

4. Detailed Product Pages: Optimized for SEO and Customer Clarity

Each product has its own dedicated page, optimized with specific keywords for better SEO performance. These pages offer:

The focus on SEO ensures that these pages rank well in search engines, driving more organic traffic and making it easier for potential customers to find relevant products.

5. After-Sales Support: Strengthening Customer Relationships

To provide ongoing support, we implemented an After Sales Complaint Form. This allows existing customers to easily raise issues or concerns with the products they’ve purchased. By offering this form, Medha Traction ensures that customer feedback is handled promptly, which in turn strengthens customer loyalty and satisfaction.

Conclusion: A Website That Reflects Medha Traction’s Excellence

The redesigned Medha Traction website goes beyond just being a digital catalog—it’s a dynamic tool that improves user experience, enhances engagement, and drives business growth. By focusing on user-friendly design, intuitive CTAs, comprehensive product details, and exceptional customer support, the website serves as a powerful asset for Medha Traction’s continued success.

This website isn’t just a digital facelift—it’s a vital component of Medha Traction’s strategy to connect with customers, demonstrate its capabilities, and position itself as a leader in the traction and control systems industry.

Let's discuss ideas to propel your digital design.

(or)

The post Revamping Medha Traction’s Website for a Better Customer Experience appeared first on Pixel Studios.

You Can Get AdGuard VPN and a Lifetime of Its Ad Blocker for Just $45 Right Now

If you’ve been looking for a long-term fix for online clutter and security, this $45 deal could be a smart move.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

Online security and an ad-free browsing can be expensive, but right now, StackSocial is offering the AdGuard Family Security Suite for just $49.99, bundling two services that would normally run you a lot more. You can also add the promo code GUARD5 to take off an additional $5, bringing the final cost of this sale down to $44.99. This bundle includes a five-year AdGuard VPN subscription (for up to 10 devices) and a lifetime Family Plan subscription to AdGuard Ad Blocker (covering up to 9 devices) across iOS, Android, macOS, Windows, and common browsers like Chrome. Just note that this plan is only for new users, and you need to redeem your code within 30 days of buying.

Unlike free VPNs that might log and sell user data, AdGuard operates with a strict no-logs policy, meaning that with AdGuard VPN, your browsing history will stay private. It also lets you connect to over 60 server locations worldwide, so you can bypass geo-restrictions, access region-locked content, and keep your online activity hidden from prying eyes. Whether you're working remotely, streaming content from another country, or just trying to protect your information on public wifi, this VPN encrypts your data with industry-standard AES-256 encryption, preventing ISPs, hackers, and advertisers from tracking you. And with support for up to 10 devices, you can secure your phone, laptop, tablet, and your family’s gadgets under one plan.

The AdGuard Ad Blocker Family Plan takes care of the other internet headaches too, blocking pop-ups, banners, and video ads across browsers and apps, meaning you get faster page loads and a cleaner experience without autoplay videos or sketchy pop-ups trying to trick you into clicking. Unlike most ad blockers that only work in browsers, AdGuard’s system-level filtering works on apps too, giving you cleaner feeds on social media and ad-free experiences on mobile games. It also includes advanced parental controls, letting you filter out inappropriate content to create a safer browsing environment for kids. The $45 deal with the promo code GUARD5 runs through March 30.

Gmail Is Now Using AI to Sort 'More Relevant' Results, But You Can Turn It Off

You'll have to manually flip the switch to see your most recent results.

You might not think about it, but you're probably pretty used to how Gmail's search function works. You type in your query, wait a moment, then scroll through the results, looking for the email in question. These results are always in chronological order, with the most recent results appearing at the top. After years of searching this way, you're likely subconsciously expecting this order, scrolling backwards in time to find the result you have in mind.

I imagine it's going to be a bit confusing the next time you search for something in Gmail, and the results are not sorted by recency. That's because Google is changing the way it returns Gmail results for users: Google announced in a blog post Thursday that the company is rolling out a new AI-powered search feature for Gmail on both mobile and the web. (It's 2025: Of course the new feature is powered by AI.) The idea is to use artificial intelligence to return more relevant search results, rather than show results in chronological order.

The AI still takes recency into account when returning results, but also considers emails you've clicked most, as well as contacts with whom you are in frequent communication. In theory, the changes should be helpful: In an ideal world, the email you wanted to see would show up right at the top of the list with every search, so the closer Gmail can get to finding specific emails you want, the better.

Of course, with every new change comes friction. There's a muscle memory to search: You're used to seeing your emails arrive chronologically, so it might be a bit off-putting to skip over one result only to find a more recent one appear after it. There's also the "AI" of it all: Will artificial intelligence aid in our search for relevant emails, or will it hallucinate, and turn this into another AI Overviews fiasco?

Gmail's new AI search could actually be useful

While I'm a generative-AI skeptic, I have to be honest: This change might actually be helpful. In particular, I found the new search experience worked well with queries for messages that were definitely not recent. When searching for "graduation," for example, sorting by "Most recent" delivered a series of results from the past few days, and seeing as my latest graduation was many years ago, these were pretty useless. In fact, I had to scroll through a ridiculous number of newsletters and promotions before I even saw any personal emails—whether they were relevant to my search or not.

On the flip side, switching to the new "Most relevant" showed me mostly personal emails. Perhaps they weren't always about graduations, and instead included results containing variations on the word "graduation" ("graduated," "graduating," etc.) but aside from the odd promoted message or two, virtual all of the immediate returns were direct messages from friends and family.

The same was true with a search for "reservation." The traditional sorting method returned a bunch of nonsense from hotel rewards accounts, cooking blogs, restaurant newsletters, even a number of Samsung emails. (Apparently I can reserve a $100 credit to get up to $1,100 in total savings when pre-ordering a Bespoke AI product. No thanks.)

While it's a relief that I didn't miss out on that Samsung offer, the new AI-powered search returned personal results that actually made sense from my query: The top result was a recent dinner reservation made through Google, appropriately, while subsequent results included flight reservations and other restaurant bookings. Even the first hotel result to pop up was for a previous stay I had, not a newsletter.

That's not to say this is going to be for everyone. If you have a specific email you're looking for—especially if it came in recently—I could see the old ways of doing things working better for you here.

Luckily, Google didn't take away the ability to search by recency—it just made the new search the default, which I can only imagine is going to cause some confusion.

It's an easy change to miss, but once you know what to look for, you'll be set. The next time you search on Gmail, take a look just above the top search result, towards the left. You'll see "Most relevant" with a little drop down arrow next to it. Tap this menu, then, on the new "Sort by" pop-up, choose "Most recent."

It's Not Just You, YouTube Looks Like Crap Right Now

Don't blame your internet. Google is having issues.

Usually you can blame a low-quality video stream on a bandwidth slowdown or a poor internet connection—sites like YouTube will adjust a video's resolution accordingly, so instead of a crisp HD or 4K stream, you end up with a blurry, pixelated mess. You can manually adjust the resolution to make it look better, but you'll probably run into buffering issues, since your internet can't keep up.

Recently, however, something else is happening to cause YouTube video quality to tank. Users are reporting that when they start a video—whether it be a YouTube Short or a standard clip—the stream will load in very poor quality, anything from 360p all the way down to 144p. While some are able to manually adjust the stream to a higher resolution (like 1080p), others find that doing so just results in endless buffering. For many right now, it's blurry videos or nothing. This isn't isolated to a specific browser or platform, either: Users on iOS, desktop, and smart TVs have all reported experiencing the same strange quality issues.

It's possible that a fraction of these users have slow internet connections, but it's virtually impossible to conclude that all of them do. In fact, there are many complaints that, despite a fast connection that powers other internet activities without issue, YouTube insists on playing videos back at an unwatchable resolution.

Luckily, YouTube itself is very much aware of what's happening. In a post to its support page published on Wednesday, the company identified the problem (144p or 360p defaults that buffer endlessly when changed), specified that it is indeed affecting iOS, desktop, and smart TVs, and shared that it is working on a solution.

You'll notice that there's one platform that isn't affected by these issues: Android. As of this writing, it does seem that Android phones and tablets are unaffected by these recent quality issues. It's not clear why, beyond the fact that YouTube and Android are both operated by the same company (Google), which doesn't really explain what's going on here.

Is there any way to fix the YouTube streaming quality problem?

At this time, there really isn't much you can do but wait for YouTube to fix the problem. You can, of course, attempt to change a video's resolution manually from the settings gear under Quality, but you may find you're stuck with blurry playback, or run into the endless buffering issue.

It seems silly, but at the moment, the only real workaround is to watch YouTube on Android if possible. If you have an Android phone or tablet, use that for your YouTube needs over an iPhone, iPad, desktop computer, or smart TV. The rest of us will have to hope YouTube issues a quick fix.

One family. One attack. 132 names. A Gaza investigation

More than 50,000 Palestinians have been killed in Israel's war with Hamas, Gaza health officials say. We reconstructed what happened in one of the deadliest Israeli strikes of the war.Mohammed Nabil Abu Naser holds a handwritten list of family members killed in an October 2024 Israeli strike in northern Gaza.

More than 50,000 Palestinians have been killed in Israel's war with Hamas, Gaza health officials say. We reconstructed what happened in one of the deadliest Israeli strikes of the war.

(Image credit: Mahmoud Rehan)

AirPods Max to Gain Lossless Audio and Low-Latency Audio in iOS 18.4

Apple will bring lossless audio and ulta-low latency audio to AirPods Max in its upcoming iOS 18.4 software update arriving in April, according to the company.


From Apple's press release:


With this update, AirPods Max will unlock 24-bit, 48 kHz lossless audio, preserving the integrity of original recordings and allowing listeners to experience music the way the artist created it in the studio. Lossless audio also extends to Personalized Spatial Audio to deliver a more sonically accurate, uncompressed, and immersive experience, and users can enjoy more than 100 million songs in lossless audio with Apple Music.

[...]

Lossless audio and ultra-low latency audio enable music creators to fully utilize AirPods Max throughout their entire professional workflow on Logic Pro and other music creation apps. Using the USB-C cable, AirPods Max will become the only headphones that enable musicians to both create and mix in Personalized Spatial Audio with head tracking.1 By delivering lossless, high-resolution digital audio with low latency, artists can seamlessly record and mix with AirPods Max without compromising fidelity.
Introduced in December 2020 and updated in September 2024, the AirPods Max have now been in Apple's product lineup for four years now, but the company does not release new AirPods models on a regular basis, so this update should be a welcome change for fans of the over-ear noise-canceling headphones.

Apple says lossless audio and ultra-low latency audio will be available in April as a free firmware update with iOS 18.4, iPadOS 18.4, and macOS Sequoia 15.4 for AirPods Max with USB-C.

Apple also said that today it is making a USB-C to 3.5mm audio cable available to buy for $39 from its online store, Apple Store app, and authorized resellers. The cable lets users connect AirPods Max to 3.5mm audio sources like airplane audio ports or connect their iPhone or iPad to speakers or car stereos with 3.5mm inputs.
Related Roundup: AirPods Max
Buyer's Guide: AirPods Max (Buy Now)
Related Forum: AirPods

This article, "AirPods Max to Gain Lossless Audio and Low-Latency Audio in iOS 18.4" first appeared on MacRumors.com

Discuss this article in our forums

How to Set Your Kids Up with Google Wallet

Kids can use now tap-to-pay—with limits.

If your child has their own Android device, you no longer need to worry about loaning them your credit card or keeping cash on hand for purchases when you're not present. Kids can now use Google Wallet for tap-to-pay—with some parental oversight, of course, so they can't get into too much financial trouble without you knowing.

Google teased this feature last fall and in February announced its inclusion in an anticipated update to Google Family Link. Google Wallet and tap-to-pay for kids is now live and available to families in the United State, United Kingdom, Australia, Spain, and Poland.

How Google Wallet works for kids

Kids can use tap to pay when checking out in stores that accept Google Pay or contactless payments. They must have a supervised Google Account and an NFC-enabled Android device (or a tethered Wear OS watch) with the Google Wallet app and screen lock enabled.

Importantly, kids cannot use Google Wallet for online or in-app purchases or for Google services, such as Play and YouTube. While there are no additional spending controls, you'll get an email every time there's a successful transaction, so you can keep an eye on payments. Transaction history is also available in the Family Link app.

Kids can also store passes, such as loyalty cards, gift cards, boarding passes, and event tickets, in Google Wallet. These can be added without parental approval, and you won't be notified if and when they are used.

How to set your child up with tap-to-pay

To add a payment card to your child's Google Wallet, open the Wallet app on their phone and tap Add to Wallet > New credit or debit card, then hit More > Next after reading the prompt. You'll need sign into your Google account, after which you can snap a photo of the card or enter the information manually. You'll also need to accept both Google's and the card issuer's terms to proceed, and you may be prompted to verify the payment method with a code sent via email or text or by calling or logging into your bank app.

Parents can also remove cards from Google Wallet, either from a specific device or via Family Link. Open Family Link, select your child's account, and go to Controls > Wallet > Payment methods and transactions. Then select the card and tap Remove > Remove. You cannot remove other types of passes from your child's wallet unless you block access to passes entirely in your Family Link settings.

Note that your child must be the cardholder or an authorized user for cards added to Google Wallet.

Cyber Monday home security camera deals

Snow Bros. Wonderland

Något jag kan sakna från min yngre dagar förutom gratis hemlagad mat och att ha all tid i världen, är att spela tillsammans - i soffan. Något som jag i dagens spelgalleri, kan sakna till stor del. Nu är det oftast stort, episkt och med utrymme för flera personer samtidigt - men oftast utspridda över hela jordklotet. Jag saknar verkligen den där mysighetsfaktorn av att sitta i samma rum, samma soffa, varsin kontroll och att man delar samma upplevelse där och då. Så, när jag fick frågan om att recensera ett nytt spel där man både kan kasta snöbollar och spela tillsammans i soffan - var det ju svårt att motstå.

För att ge lite bakgrund till dagens recension, så är Snow Bros. Wonderland den senaste titeln i en spelserie med över 30 år på nacken. Handlingen i tidigare titlar har kretsat kring bröderna Nick och Tom, vars uppdrag har varit att skydda kungariket från olika hemskheter och samtidigt rädda prinsessor i farten. Samma premiss gäller även i Snow Bros. Wonderland, men nu antar man rollen som barnen till originalets karaktärer. Innan har det i huvudsak varit single-player samt arkad/plattformsspel i 2D, för att nu frångå tidigare format och gå över till 3D samt möjliggöra co-op för upp till fyra spelare. Med det summerat, går vi därmed vidare till recensionen.

<bild>Inga cutscenes är animerade utan det är tecknat som gäller.</bild>

Efter en cutscene där handlingen lite löst presenteras, ska du i formen av en snögubbe göra allt du kan för att meja ner diverse demoner på olika sätt. Spelmekaniken är relativt simpel. Du skjuter snöbollar, hoppar, bygger stora snöbollar av fiender och placerar dem strategiskt för att både få poäng och undanröja hot med en enkelt spark i rätt riktning. I takt med att du avancerar och låser upp nya områden får du även möjlighet till att testa nya funktioner och abilities. Men, för att få tillgång till sistnämnda så behöver man oftast pengar. Detta kan du få genom att göra kombos, lösa pussel eller hitta presenter.

När väl pengarna är intjänade är det bara till att välja och vraka om man vill fokusera på abilities eller på att ändra sin karaktärs utseende, för även detta ges möjlighet till. Något som jag och min medspelande sambo mer än gärna slösade pengar på för att generera ett och annat skrattanfall. Men, med det sagt så tyckte jag om möjligheten att själv få skräddarsy vilka abilities jag ville använda.

<bild>Det är fullt möjligt att skapa unika avatarer.</bild>

Spelet är uppdelat i flera olika områden med stor variation till form, musik, funktion och utseende. Samtliga områden hade tydliga teman och kunde variera från snötäckta skogar till japanska andevärldar och träskmarker. Även om grafiken inte var den bästa, har utvecklaren lagt tid på att skapa varierande miljöer och fiender samt musik som passar till de olika världarna. Vidare så innehöll varje område åtta olika banor att ta sig igenom för att därefter kulminera i ett möte med en boss som du måste besegra för att avancera till nästa område. Boss-fighterna placerade sig definitivt uppe på listan över spelets bättre ögonblick och sågs som roliga avbryt i det ständiga drivet av att plöja framåt, även om de till största del var väldigt enkla och repetitiva.

Förutom fiender och bossar tillkom även stundom småkluriga pussel, extra uppdrag och gömda skatter inom varje område. Ju fler hemligheter och skatter du hittade, desto mer pengar fick du att spendera till ditt förfogande. Något som i sin tur kunde motivera mer utforskning.

<bild>Du kommer stöta på en rad olika bossar längs med vägen.</bild>

Den absolut största styrkan hittas i det faktum att det finns möjlighet för co-op. Jag kan bestämt säga att Snow Bros. Wonderland inte bör spelas som ensam, utan tillsammans med en kompis eller två. För min del lade det till ett extra lager av kul och genererade dessutom nya utmaningar för oss här hemma i soffan. Från att ha varit ett enkelt snöbollskastande, blev det nu en kamp på liv och död mot sambon - för allt är banne mig en tävling. Helt plötsligt blev det ett krig mot varandra rent poängmässigt och med att skapa den fulaste karaktären, samtidigt som man samarbetade mot ett gemensamt mål. Det blev en helt annan upplevelse som man inte alls var i närheten till om du hade suttit där i din ensamhet och kastat sorgsna snöbollar.

Men, dessvärre fungerade spelets co-op inte utan problem. För även om jag vill vara tydlig med att betona att möjligheten till co-op var en av de största styrkorna med äventyret - så fanns det så enormt mycket mer att önska. Trots att jag och sambon lyckades sporra igång varandra i våra egna små intriger, var det samtidigt många element och rent tekniska val som skapade en enhetlig frustration under tiden vi spelade. Den största var utan att tveka kameran.

<bild>Miljöerna är varierande och färgrika.</bild>

I Snow Bros. Wonderland så valde man att fokusera på enbart en skärm för samtliga spelare att dela på, till skillnad från många andra co-op spel som använder split-screen. Inte nödvändigtvis något fel, men som kräver en tydlig utformning för att enligt mig fungera rent praktiskt. Problemet här, var det faktum att kameran aldrig var konsekvent. Det var alltid en som kameran ständigt fokuserade på, vilket bestämdes baserat på poängställningen från nivån innan. Denna person blev då prydd med en kungakrona som man dessvärre kunde tappa ifall man blev skadad. Då kunde en annan spelare dyka in och grabba tag på den och således ändra kamerafokus. Det behövde alltså inte vara samma person som kameran följde, utan kunde bytas både innan och under tiden man arbetade sig igenom en nivå. Hamnade man dessutom utanför kamerafokuset, fanns risken att du stötte på fiender som inte tvekade med att skada dig trots att du inte kunde se något. Visserligen kunde du i dessa fall teleportera dig tillbaka till personen med kungakrona, men det blev likväl ett irriterande moment att ständigt behöva hålla sig nära den med kameran.

Föreföll det sig som så att spelaren med kamerafokus hade betydligt svårare för att lösa särskilda pussel utan att exempelvis ramla ner, tvingades samtliga kompisar vänta tills att denne lyckades med eskapaden. Du som bar kronan kunde inte teleportera dig vidare till personen som tagit sig över hindret, utan blev tvungen att göra samma saker oavsett resultat. Hände det dessutom mycket på skärmen, blev det allmänt svårt att orientera sig. Lägg till att inte ha kontroll över kameran och addera fyra spelare i mixen, så får vi en enda stor soppa av kaos.

<bild>Samarbete är viktigt för att tjäna in extra pengar.</bild>

Något som ytterligare drog ner på betyget, var spelets enformighet. Ju längre in man kom, desto mer upplevdes det som att man sett allt. Precis som att bossarna kunde vara repetitiva och förutsägbara, var banorna trots sitt varierande utseende och upplägg, också väldigt repetitiva på ett sätt som fick mig att känna mig färdig. Efter att ha låst upp område efter område utan någon antydan på att närma sig slutet, kändes det som att man var färdig, mätt och redo att gå vidare.

Tyvärr har Snow Bros. Wonderland inte ett högt omspelsvärde, så när vi väl mötte sluttexterna kände jag mig inte alls manad till gå tillbaka för att testa något nytt. Även om man exempelvis kan välja och vraka bland abilities, gör de i slutändan inte avsevärt stora förändringar på spelet i sig. Visst, vissa gör dig mer uthållig och andra dina attacker starkare, men i slutändan spelade det inte särskilt stor roll vilka man valde, vilket jag önskar att det hade gjort.

<bild>Handlingen är simpel och inte i fokus.</bild>

För att summera, så är Snow Bros. Wonderland helt okej. Det är inte ett äventyr för alla och ska utan tvekan avnjutas som en familj eller i ett kompisgäng. Det finns en del roliga element, men dessvärre har vissa designval lett till en mer frustrerande upplevelse än vad det hade behövt vara. Jag kan förstå att det finns mycket nostalgisk kärlek till en spelserie med över 30 år på nacken. Men för någon kommer in blint utan någon tidigare erfarenhet av spelserien, når den inte riktigt upp till andra co-op spel som exempelvis It Takes Two (2021) när det kommer till gameplay och underhållningsvärde. Med det sagt, så kan jag se kärleken till ursprungsmaterialet och tror många fans av serien kommer älska Snow Bros. Wonderland för vad det är. Men för att vara ett co-op spel år 2024, så hade jag önskat betydligt mer än vad jag fick.

Split Fiction

För den som spelat i tur och ordning {A Way Out}, {It Takes Two} och nu {Split Fiction} går det lätt att märka hur produktionsvärdena liksom gått spikrakt uppåt, men även hur Josef Fares och hans Hazelight tydligt blivit allt bättre på att utforma roliga co-op-moment. Från ganska grundläggande koncept, till det ljuvliga romcom-äventyret och nu något som nästan består av en massa spel i spelet.

För precis så känns det när jag spelar Split Fiction. Saker händer i ett rasande tempo och ofta kommer jag på mig med att bara stå titta på allt vansinne som händer runt omkring, där jag plötsligt ska göra något som är så kul och väl utformat att jag önskar att jag hade kunnat få ett helt spel byggt kring denna mekanik. Jag vill inte berätta för mycket för att du ska få upptäcka allt själv, men har du sett någon trailer för spelet så vet du såklart att det vankas shoot 'em up (i både två och tre dimensioner), racing, plattform, pussel, äventyr och mycket mer därtill.

<bild>Det finns flera platser där Mio och Zoe kan sätta sig ner och låta pulsen sjunka något, vilket faktiskt behövs även om det är ett ganska lätt spel.</bild>

Det här sättet att utforma spel är något jag annars endast känner igen från Nintendos Mario-spel, och det är givetvis beröm av rang. Men... innan vi fortsätter med detta, så låt oss gå tillbaka till hur allt börjar. Mio och Zoe heter två författarinnor som är på väg till en förläggare för att få sina respektive böcker utgivna. Mio är ett hängivet scifi-fan, medan Zoe definitivt föredrar fantasy. Förstnämnda är mer introvert och sistnämnda mer extrovert, och när de träffas i hissen på vägen upp klickar det inte riktigt mellan dem.

Men att ha ett trist möte och sedan få böckerna utgivna, vore såklart inte mycket till story, och när de sugna författarna ombeds ansluta sig till en märklig maskin anar Mio oråd och försöker dra sig ur - men kopplas istället ihop med Zoe, något maskinen inte är byggd för. De hamnar nu i sina egenskapade världar och tvingas kämpa sig igenom sina ofta halsbrytande historier för att möta skapelserna deras respektive protagonister fått kämpa med.

<bild>Vad som händer i den ena och andra halvan av skärmen skiljer ofta något enormt.</bild>

En kul premiss som i praktiken betyder varannan bana fantasy och varannan scifi. Och om du hittar en bonusbana i en fantasyvärld så är den scifi och vice versa. Men allt med Split Fiction handlar om att ha kul. Ingen tid slösas på något onödigt, och alla mellansekvenser är föredömligt kort hållna för att det inte ska bli en TV-serie och du snabbt ska få komma igång med gameplay. Och inte bara du förresten, för precis som med A Way Out och It Takes Two så är det uteslutande co-op som gäller. Det går alltså inte att spela ensam.

Att göra detta är dock lätt efter det både stödjer lokal co-op och online. Vare sig du väljer det ena eller det andra så möts du av en delad skärm eftersom det ofta krävs att du kan se vad din medspelare har för sig. Onlinebiten förtjänar en extra eloge eftersom du kan dela med dig av ditt spel till andra och alltså spela med någon som inte har Split Fiction, och de behöver alltså inte ens ha samma format. Jag har inte haft möjlighet att testa detta själv, men vill ändå lyfta fram det eftersom det är ett så stort bonuspoäng och gör Split Fiction bättre, att det faktiskt måste nämnas.

<bild>Rätt vad det var byts perspektiv och ni spelar på samma skärm.</bild>

Den som spelade It Takes Two minns säkert vilken härlig koffeinkick det var med varierade och underbara grenar att spela tillsammans. Allt flög dock inte och vissa aspekter var lite sämre, samt att spelkontrollen inte riktigt var så tight som den nog borde ha varit. Det här har Hazelight dock lyckligtvis putsat på och det är få gånger under äventyrets gång jag inte känt att spelkontrollen håller måttet. Därmed inte sagt att den alltid är helt perfekt, men aldrig på något sätt dålig.

Grunden är fortfarande att till fots ta sig runt på de enorma banorna, där du har en dash, ett dubbelhopp och en slags änterhake till ditt förfogande. En stabil grund som i sig räcker långt. Men på varje bana kompletteras sedan detta på olika vis, aningen under kortare passager (flyga en slags svävarhelikopter) eller som en bestående egenskap (kunna förvandla sig till gorilla på en fantasy-bana). Till detta kommer sedan ytterligare variation då utmaningarna du ställs inför hela tiden kastas om. Ibland ser du spelet uppifrån, ibland från sidan, ibland underifrån och mycket annat, och oftast skiftas perspektiven i realtid medan du faktiskt spelar.

<bild>Det är ofta helt enastående vackert, i synnerhet scifi-banorna.</bild>

Det här skapar en variation som egentligen inte liknar något vi sett utanför exempelvis Mario Party eller Like a Dragon-serien, men där handlar det om minispel som är väl åtskilda från varandra - här flyter allt ihop till en naturlig helhet i ett dundertempo. Och faktum är att ju mer jag spelar, desto mer växer äventyret på mig där både storyn och karaktärerna faktiskt blir intressanta.

Spelets antagonist är naturligtvis den förläggare Mio och Zoe besökte, Rader. Han är en slags lite serietidningsond skurk som har ondskefulla planer, men där saker och ting inte går exakt som han önskat sig - till hans växande frustration. På flera sätt påminner hans agerande lite om EA-chefen Andrew Wilson (och andra företagsledare i spelvärlden) som med AI vill skapa spel befriade från mänsklig kreativitet och mest är intresserad av vinst.

<bild>En spelare roterar stocken så den andra kan springa över. Kreativiteten är otrolig.</bild>

Även Mio och Zoe känns initialt lite platta där den trumpne Mio givetvis har ett bagage med sig, på samma premisser som den till synes närmst infantile Zoe. Precis som duon Leo och Vincent i A Way Out är det deras samspel som gör att det till sist skapas något större än karaktärerna var för sig. Mot slutet av äventyret har protagonisterna vuxit på mig så pass mycket att jag faktiskt verkligen håller på dem.

<bild>I grunden är Split Fiction ett plattformsspel, och denna bit är genuint välgjord.</bild>

Så finns det inget minus då? Jo, men det gör det, inget stort, men en grej jag ändå vill nämna är att det ibland blir lite trial-and-error. Det kastas på mig så mycket spelmekanik att vissa saker ibland blir lite oklara, innan jag dör och inser hur jag borde ha gjort utan att ha haft en ärlig chans att klara det första gången. På gott (otrolig variation) och ont (viss trial-and-error) blir jag en nybörjare hela äventyret igenom, kanske borde vissa grejer ändå ha fått återanvändas mer eller varit lite längre så jag skulle ha hunnit känna mig bekväm och verkligen kunnat njuta av de allra häftigaste aspekterna?

<bild>Bossfighterna är generellt lite tamare än jag skulle ha önskat med lite får låg utmaning och episk känsla.</bild>

Två andra saker jag vill lyfta fram på pluskontot är annars alla hyllningar och bonusbanorna. Med förstnämnda syftar jag på Fares uppenbara förkärlek för film, där flera härliga moment kommer kännas igen från klassiska verk. Jag tänker avstå från att nämna något, men en av mina favoriter handlar om en kort sekvens som för tankarna till ett japanskt mästerverk.

Bonusbanorna hittas längs äventyrets gång och du kan hoppa över dem, något jag inte rekommenderar någon att göra. Det är här Hazelight verkligen tar ut svängarna och i vissa fall är de helt magnifika, tänkt ett slags kortfilm från Pixar. Eftersom de synts till i trailers och dyker upp så pass tidigt, tar jag mig friheten att slå ett slag för en fantasybonusbana där du spelar gris. Absolut ingen kommer kunna spela denna utan att le som ett fån från öra till öra.

<bild>Bonusbanorna hör ofta till höjdpunkterna i Split Fiction.</bild>

Jag vill även nämna grafik och ljud som tagit ett rejält kliv uppåt sedan It Takes Two. Spilt Fiction känns dyrare, rakt igenom. I synnerhet Mios scifi-banor bjuder ofta på direkt häpnadsväckande detaljrikedom, maffiga bossar och fint flyt, trots att det alltså är krävande co-op på delad skärm. Ljudet är också välgjort och välkomponerat, med flera tunga effekter som ni med bra ljudrigg kommer uppskatta.

<bild>Du vet aldrig vad du ska få göra härnäst - men kan vara säker på att det blir kul.</bild>

Split Fiction växer hela vägen in i kaklet och tycker du att det känns bra från start, så var så säker på att det kommer bli allt bättre och bättre ända fram till det magnifika slutet. Detta är Hazelights absolut finaste spel hittills och jag tror och hoppas att det ska bli minst lika stort som sin föregångare, som sedan länge seglat förbi 20 miljoner sålda exemplar. Co-op i spelvärlden blir helt enkelt inte mycket bättre än såhär. Innan Fares släpper sitt nästkommande spel då förstås.

What Deals to Expect During Walmart's Super Savings Week

You'll find deals on tech, patio furniture, clothes, and more.

We may earn a commission from links on this page.

You can add Walmart to the list of retail behemoths hosting spring-time sales, joining the likes of Amazon, Target, and Best Buy, who each have similar sales around the same time. Here is everything you need to know about Walmart's upcoming Super Savings Week sale.

When is Walmart's Super Savings Week?

Walmart will run its spring sale for a full week from March 24 to April 1.

Do you need to be a member to shop for Walmart's Super Savings Week?

Walmart has a Walmart+ membership that goes $12.95 per month or $98 per year (you can always get a free 30-day trial), but Walmart hasn't yet said if its sale is exclusively for members or not. Based on its previous sales though, you likely won't need to be, but members will likely get a head start on deals.

What can you expect during Walmart's Super Savings Week?

You can expect deals on virtually every category that Walmart sells, from tech to home decor. According to CNET, Walmart confirmed that it will include 30% off TVs, 30% off patio and garden, 50% off jewelry, and up to 55% off Crocs.

Some early deals are already live

As is usually the case, Walmart kicks off its sales with some early deals that lead up to the main event. Keep in mind these aren't technically Super Savings Week deals, though. You'll likely find better deals once the sale officially starts. Here are a few:

Does the competition also offer sales?

Yes. Amazon’s Big Spring Sale will be taking place from Wednesday, March 20 through Monday, March 25. Target announced its Circle Week event plans, which will happen between March 23 to March 29.

How to Unlock Your Pixel Without Turning On the Screen

The in-display fingerprint sensor can be used with the screen off.

As Google prepares Android 16 for launch, users are discovering interesting new features in its various betas. The latest one, discovered by Android Authority, allows you to unlock your Google Pixel phone even when its screen is turned off. This is possible on Pixel phones that have an in-display fingerprint sensor and are running Android 16 beta 3.

How to unlock your Pixel phone with the screen off

Here's how the new feature works. First, get an eligible Pixel phone and then update it to Android 16 beta 3 (I'll go over how in a little bit). Next, go to Settings > Security & privacy > Device unlock > Face & Fingerprint Unlock > Fingerprint Unlock, and enable Screen-off Fingerprint Unlock. Now lock your phone and place your finger where the in-display fingerprint sensor is located. This should unlock your smartphone.

The devices that support Android 16's screen off fingerprint unlocks

Many Android phones actually already support unlocking via the in-display fingerprint sensor even while the screen is off, but Google Pixel phones have not supported this feature until now. You can use this feature with every Google Pixel phone that has an in-display fingerprint sensor, which is to say that if you have a Pixel 6 or newer, you'll have access to it. You will need Google's newest OS, but because Android 16 can be installed on Pixel 6 and newer devices, that's not a problem.

Installing Android 16 on your Pixel phone

Before downloading and installing the Android 16 beta, you should make a full back up of your device. Beta software is unstable and can cause critical apps such as the Phone app to stop working. If this happens to you, you may be out of luck, as Google warns that reverting to a stable version of Android requires you to erase all data on your phone and that restoring from a backup may not be successful at times.

Once you've prepped, and if you're okay with the risks, visit Google's Android beta website and select View your eligible devices. After that, follow the on-screen prompts to enroll in the Android beta program. With that, just go through the steps above to start unlocking your phone without turning on the screen first.

The 2030 Self-Driving Car Bet

It’s my honor to announce that John Carmack and I have initiated a friendly bet of $10,000* to the 501(c)(3) charity of the winner’s choice:

By January 1st, 2030, completely autonomous self-driving cars meeting SAE J3016 level 5 will be commercially available for
The 2030 Self-Driving Car Bet

It’s my honor to announce that John Carmack and I have initiated a friendly bet of $10,000* to the 501(c)(3) charity of the winner’s choice:

By January 1st, 2030, completely autonomous self-driving cars meeting SAE J3016 level 5 will be commercially available for passenger use in major cities.

I am betting against, and John is betting for.

The 2030 Self-Driving Car Bet

By “completely autonomous”, per the SAE level 5 definition, we mean the vehicle performs all driving tasks under all conditions – except in the case of natural disasters or emergencies. A human passenger enters the vehicle and selects a destination. Zero human attention or interaction is required during the journey.

The 2030 Self-Driving Car Bet

By “major cities” we mean any of the top 10 most populous cities in the United States of America.

To be clear, I am betting against because I think everyone is underestimating how difficult fully autonomous driving really is. I am by no means against self driving vehicles in any way! I’d much rather spend my time in a vehicle reading, watching videos, or talking to my family and friends… anything, really, instead of driving. I also think fully autonomous vehicles are a fascinating, incredibly challenging computer science problem, and I want everyone reading this to take it as just that, a challenge. Prove me wrong! Make it happen by 2030, and I’ll be popping champagne along with you and everyone else!

(My take on VR is far more pessimistic. VR just… isn’t going to happen, in any “changing the world” form, in our lifetimes. This is a subject for a different blog post, but I think AR and projection will do much more for us, far sooner.)

I’d like to thank John for suggesting this friendly wager as a fun way to generate STEM publicity. He is, and always will be, one of my biggest heroes. Go read Masters of Doom if you haven’t, already!

And while I have you, we’re still looking for code contributions in our project to update the most famous programming book of the BASIC era. Proceeds from that project will also go to charity. 😎

*We may adjust the amount up or down to adjust for inflation as mutually agreed upon in 2030, so the money has the desired impact.

You Can Get Microsoft Office 2021 for Mac for Just $80 Right Now

If you're comfortable with a one-device-at-a-time setup and only need core Office apps, this deal could save you money over time.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

If you’re tired of subscription fees stacking up, this Microsoft Office Home & Business 2021 for Mac deal at StackSocial might be worth a look. It’s a one-time purchase (of $79.95, 63% off its usual $220) that works with macOS Ventura (version 13) or later, and once activated, you’re set for the long haul with access to the full suite—Word, Excel, PowerPoint, Outlook, and OneNote (covering all the essentials for work or personal use)—without worrying about monthly or annual renewals. The deal is set for a limited time and ends March 30.

You can download it to one Mac, but the license is tied to your Microsoft account, not your device, so you can reinstall it if needed, provided your Mac runs one of the three latest MacOS versions (currently, Ventura, Sonoma, and Sequoia). You’ll need at least 4GB of RAM and 10GB of free storage, but once set up, it runs smoothly without requiring an internet connection. Just a heads up: you’ll need to redeem your code within seven days of purchase, so don’t sit on it too long.

The functionality is solid if you don’t need the cloud-based extras of Microsoft 365. Word is great for handling documents, Excel supports advanced formulas, and PowerPoint is reliable for presentations. There’s also the basic version of Microsoft Teams for collaboration and the free version of OneNote for note-taking. Outlook is included, but since Apple Mail or third-party email apps cover most needs, it may not be a must-have.

While these apps get the job done, keep in mind that this version lacks AI-powered features like Copilot and doesn't include OneDrive cloud storage. If you’re someone who relies heavily on cloud syncing and AI-assisted work, this might not be the best fit. There are also no feature updates beyond security fixes, but if you prefer stability over new bells and whistles, this version will do the trick while saving you money.

Block ads everywhere with AdGuard for iOS

Perhaps the best ad blocker for iPhone and iOS

What is ad blocking?

Although ad blocking technology has existed since the introduction of iOS 9 a few years ago, not many people have taken advantage of it. Many simply do not know that they can block ads in Safari, and most apps overcharge for what is quite a simple piece of tech.

There has been an increase in the number of intrusive ads: pop-up ads, redirects that open up a new tab, and autoplay video ads that blast your speakers. The problem comes when there is a conflict of interest—users don’t want to pay for content, and publishers aren’t receiving enough advertising revenue. This ends up worse as content creators resort to increasingly deceptive and intrusive advertising.

Credit: businessofapps.com

Luckily, many third party developers have developed Safari extensions that allow you to remove almost all forms of advertisements when you browse the web.

For example, the Crystal app was pretty popular when it launched in 2015. I’ve used it before, but unfortunately it wasn’t well maintained and is mostly no longer relevant today.

I currently use AdGuard Pro for iOS, and I think it’s pretty cool. It’s probably one of the most useful apps I’ve used in a long time.

The distinction between AdGuard and other blockers

AdGuard blocks apps system wide.

I’m not sure if you understand this distinction, but AdGuard blocks ads in almost every third party app, not only just Safari.

AdGuard also:

  • has over 50 popular ad filters built into the app, so you don’t have to manually search for them
  • blocks trackers from fingerprinting your browser
  • blocks social widgets (like Facebook and Twitter) to speed up browsing
  • allows you setup your custom DNS server (e.g. 1.1.1.1)

I’ve been using AdGuard Pro for the past 4 months, and my own experience has been nothing short of smooth. The setup is fast and my browsing experience is now very lean and quick. Note that contrary to popular belief, ad blockers speed up webpage load times, not slow it down.

Toggle system-wide ad blocking via the iOS notification centre widget

My feature though, is that AdGuard allows you to toggle the system-wide ad blocking straight from the iOS notification centre widget. This feature is genius and allows you to turn it off temporarily as and when you need it.

If you value your time and want a clean browsing experience, get AdGuard here.

I’ll be looking to test out the macOS version of AdGuard next, so do look out for that.


Block ads everywhere with AdGuard for iOS was originally published in blog.shawjj on Medium, where people are continuing the conversation by highlighting and responding to this story.

The best Cyber Monday video doorbell deals

Exclusive: Zelensky on Trump, Putin, and the Endgame in Ukraine

As the war morphs into a deadly routine, it's harder to hold the attention of allies—and to keep people like Trump on his side.

Nearly six years have passed since Volodymyr Zelensky was elected president of Ukraine, yet he still cringes at all the polished brass and chandeliers that crowd his office. The place does seem rather gaudy, like a room plucked straight from Mar-a-Lago, and Zelensky can’t seem to stop apologizing for it as he shows me around one evening in March. He would rather scrap the furniture, he says, rip down the pilasters, and use white paint to hide the gold leaf on the ceiling.

[time-brightcove not-tgx=”true”]

“But, you know, we haven’t had much time for renovations, especially these last few years,” he says, referring to the war. Only in the back of his chambers, behind Ukraine’s version of the Resolute Desk, is there a space that feels like home to Zelensky—a small room with a single bed and a set of paintings that he chose himself. They are not museum pieces. At the local bazaar, similar ones might fetch a few hundred dollars at most. But they matter to the president because of what they represent.

The one that hangs above his bed shows a Russian warship sinking into the Black Sea. Another shows Ukrainian troops fighting recently on Russian territory. The third, Zelensky’s favorite, shows the Kremlin engulfed in flames. “Each one’s about victory,” he says as we cram into the space for a look at the pictures. “That’s where I live.”

Zelensky paintingsSecondary image

But he did not invite me over for a tour. His basic aim, as far as I could tell, was to clear the air after his recent visit to the Oval Office, the one that became a viral sensation for the world and a source of trepidation for his country. For several interminable minutes on the morning of Feb. 28, President Donald Trump and Vice President J.D. Vance had berated Zelensky, calling him ungrateful, weak and dangerous while talking over his attempts to argue back. “You don’t hold the cards,” Trump told Zelensky. “You’re gambling with World War III!”

On the advice of people he trusts, Zelensky has mostly avoided talking about the episode, not wanting to deepen a diplomatic crisis that had threatened to cost him nothing less than his country’s existence. His standard answer to questions about it has been, “Let’s leave that to history.” Even now, he hopes to turn the page and move on. But his instincts rarely allow him to keep quiet for long about the things that bother him, which is partly what got him into trouble with Trump.

Going into that meeting, Zelensky says, he had it all planned out. He had been to the White House a handful of times during the war. But this would be his first sit-down with Trump in the Oval Office, and it would mark a critical point in Trump’s effort to force a peace deal in Ukraine. To make an impression, Zelensky decided to bring a set of gifts. Their aim was to break through any ill will the U.S. President felt toward Ukraine, and to dispel what Zelensky believed was the influence of Russian propaganda on the White House.

Primary imageSecondary image

Buy a copy of the Volodymyr Zelensky issue here

One of the gifts fit with an emerging tradition of the Trump era, in which guests bring shiny tokens of their respect and fealty. In a recent example, Benjamin Netanyahu, the Prime Minister of Israel, gave Trump a golden pager, commemorating the explosive devices Israel used to kill or injure thousands of its enemies last year in Lebanon. Vladimir Putin went further than that, commissioning an oil painting of Trump and sending it this month to the White House. In Zelensky’s case, the gift was even glitzier: the championship belt of his friend Oleksandr Usyk, who holds the world heavyweight boxing title.

Read More: Volodymyr Zelensky Is TIME’s 2022 Person of the Year

As he took his seat in the Oval Office, Zelensky placed the belt on a side table near his right elbow, planning to reach over and hand it to Trump in front of the assembled journalists. Instead, as the televised briefing began, Zelensky reached for another one of his gifts. It was a folder containing a series of gruesome photographs, showing Ukrainian prisoners of war after their time in Russian captivity. Some of their bodies were grotesquely emaciated. Others showed signs of torture. “That’s tough stuff,” Trump said, his face leaden, as he took the photos from Zelensky and began leafing through them. 

Those pictures, according to some U.S. officials, marked the point when the meeting went wrong. Had Zelensky offered the championship belt, the gesture might have lightened the mood. The photos had the opposite effect. They seemed to get Trump’s guard up, as though he were being blamed for the suffering of those soldiers. Still, even today, Zelensky does not regret his decision to present these images. He had been trying to reach beyond Trump’s transactional instincts, beyond his need for flattery, and appeal to Trump as a human being. “He has family, loved ones, children. He has to feel the things that every person feels,” Zelensky says. “What I wanted to show were my values. But then, well, the conversation went in another direction.”

Trump Zelensky meet in Oval OfficeSecondary image

Among the most painful exchanges in the Oval Office meeting took place near the end, when Zelensky asked whether J.D. Vance had visited Ukraine during the war. They both knew he had not, and Vance shot back that he had no interest in Zelensky’s “propaganda tours.”

The insult must have stung. Throughout the invasion, it has been the policy of Ukraine to encourage guests to see its destruction up close. Zelensky often brings visitors to hospitals full of wounded soldiers, ruins caused by missile strikes, or mass graves that Russian forces leave behind. Envoys from the White House have made a point of avoiding such excursions since Trump took office in January. But Zelensky remains committed to their value in diplomacy, and his team invited me to take such a trip on the day of our interview.

Late that morning, the presidential convoy drove out from Zelensky’s office toward Kyiv’s western suburbs, and it came to a stop in the village of Moshchun. Before the Russian invasion, the place had a population of about 800 people, and its claim to fame was that Zelensky, in his early career as an actor and comedian, had filmed one of his most popular sitcoms here. Now, throughout Ukraine, Moshchun is known as the hamlet where the Russian attempt to seize Kyiv had failed. 

The battle that raged in the surrounding fields and forests for 23 days in late February and March of 2022 was arguably the most consequential to take place in Europe since the Second World War. Had it ended differently, the Russians might have succeeded in encircling Kyiv, ousting Zelensky, swallowing up most of Ukraine and redrawing the European map. Instead, hundreds of Russian commandos were slaughtered at Moshchun by a ragged mix of Ukrainian troops, policemen, national guardsmen and regular civilians, some of them armed with nothing more than hand grenades and hunting rifles.

Read More: ‘Nobody Believes in Our Victory Like I Do.’ Inside Volodymyr Zelensky’s Struggle to Keep Ukraine in the Fight

“Our warriors in Moshchun were outnumbered 13 to one,” Zelensky told me. That is not propaganda, he insisted. “That’s a fact.” 

Three years had passed since Russia lost that battle, and we had come to mark the anniversary. For the occasion, the office of the local governor had prepared an elaborate ceremony, with a military band and an honor guard standing at attention, the bayonets of their rifles glinting in the sun. The field of battle, where at least 125 Ukrainians had died, was now festooned with flags, some of which read, “Ukraine or Death.” 

As we waited for the ceremony to begin, I walked over to a wooden hut where a few women were selling wartime souvenirs—little gnomes adorned with camouflage and bullet casings. Sidling up to me, a member of Zelensky’s staff recalled how this scene had looked in previous years, on the first and second anniversaries of the battle. “It looked more real,” he whispered.

Maybe Vance had a point. It can be hard to hold the line between solemnity and propaganda. As time passes, fresh wounds become old scars. Battlefields become memorials, and the kitsch starts creeping in. The scenery around Zelensky looked undeniably choreographed as he walked past the honor guard and set a wreath upon its stand. The immediacy of the events had faded, and that complicates the diplomatic challenge Zelensky faces at this stage in the war. The survival of his country depends on his ability to maintain the support and sympathy of foreign allies. But as the war morphs into a deadly routine, it becomes harder for him to hold their attention, and to keep people like Trump on his side.

Primary imageSecondary image
Primary imageSecondary image

At the edge of the ceremony, one of the presidential guards suppressed a yawn, which made me do the same. It had been difficult to sleep the night before. The latest swarm of Russian drones had appeared in the sky soon after midnight. They were reported to be Shaheds, or “martyrs,” a design that Russia had acquired from Iran. On social media, Ukrainians like to announce their arrival by posting emojis of a motor scooter, because the weapons sound like flying Vespas, revving as they dive out of the clouds. In my apartment near the presidential compound, the air-raid sirens failed to sound. So I woke up from the booms of the anti-aircraft cannons stationed on the rooftops, the light from their muzzle flashes dancing on my bedroom wall.

Zelensky was on a train at the time, returning from his latest trip to Europe. One of his stops that week had been in Finland, which has the unfortunate distinction of sharing an 830-mile border with Russia, the longest of any NATO member. In the center of Helsinki, Zelensky took a tour of a sprawling underground shelter meant to keep Finnish citizens safe and comfortable in case of a Russian bombing campaign. Although its population is only 5.6 million, the country had built a network of these shelters big enough for nearly five million people. “These kids, they were playing hockey down there,” Zelensky noted in amazement. “They’ve got gyms, shops, like little towns, a huge amount of space.” He had signed an agreement with the Finnish government to build similar warrens in Ukraine. 

On his way home by train, the screen of his iPhone flashed up with an air-raid alert, noting the approach of the Shaheds. According to the Ukrainian air force, 214 of them would strike in waves throughout the night, some loaded with vacuum bombs that could incinerate entire buildings. The main target was the city of Odesa on the Black Sea coast, where the drones hit an apartment block, a shopping mall and other businesses. They also cut off power to three districts of the city. 

One of Zelensky’s closest allies, Petr Pavel, the president of the Czech Republic, happened to be in Odesa that day, and his train departed only 20 minutes before the bombardment began. The experience left him shaken. Earlier that day, Trump and Putin had a phone call to discuss the American proposal for a ceasefire, and the Russian leader said he would consider at least some of its terms. Pavel had trouble grasping the duplicity. “One has to be truly cynical when declaring the will to have peace negotiations, or negotiations on a ceasefire, and at the same time to launch a massive attack on civilian infrastructure,” he said during his visit with Zelensky the next day. “It is extremely difficult to deal with such a party.”


Among Zelensky’s international allies, Pavel has long been among the most steadfast and effective. In the first year of the Russian invasion, the U.S. scoured the world for the kinds of artillery shells Ukraine needed to keep up the fight, and it came up short. Then Pavel, the leader of a country smaller than Idaho, found a way to source more than a million of these shells, which the Czechs quickly gifted to Ukraine.

I first met him last summer in Switzerland, during a peace summit Zelensky hosted for more than 80 countries from around the world. Held in the alpine resort of Bürgenstock, the summit was meant to advance Zelensky’s vision for ending the war. It was based on a plan he called the Peace Formula, composed of ten principles he saw as essential to any lasting settlement with Russia. Some of its demands struck his allies as fanciful. Point five called for the full and unconditional withdrawal of Russian troops from all of Ukraine. Point seven demanded justice for all Russian war criminals, including Putin and his top generals.

No one expected Ukraine to achieve all of these goals, certainly not anytime soon. Still, Zelensky and his team saw the formula as their north star, not a practical roadmap to peace but an ideal toward which the world’s diplomats should aspire in seeking to end the war. “It lays out what we would see as the final resolution of this crisis and its consequences,” says Zelensky’s chief of staff, Andriy Yermak, who also serves as Ukraine’s lead negotiator. “We stand by that vision.”

Like most of Ukraine’s foreign allies, President Pavel supported the Peace Formula. But he had a far more sober understanding of how the war would end. He had served in the military for most of his career, reaching the rank of general and working in the NATO high command. On the sidelines of the summit in Switzerland, he told me the eventual peace in Ukraine would be ugly, angry and difficult for Zelensky to accept. “Achieving a return of full sovereignty and territorial integrity is not a goal for the short term,” Pavel said. “It will not happen in the foreseeable future.” 

He urged me to think instead about historical battle lines and occupations that remained frozen for decades. The Soviet domination of East Germany, for instance, where the Berlin Wall stood for more than 28 years. Or the heavily militarized border between North and South Korea, which remain officially at war despite the truce reached in 1953. Or the Baltic countries in eastern Europe, which the Soviet Union occupied in 1940. Using sanctions against Moscow and other forms of diplomatic pressure, the West tried to resist that occupation. But it still went on for over half a century. All of these examples, Pavel told me, serve as precedents for where the war in Ukraine will likely end up. “I don’t see a chance,” he said, “that Ukraine would be able to turn the war into their fast success.” 

Indeed, in the months since the summit in Switzerland, Zelensky’s grand vision for peace has been cut down to size. He no longer mentions the Peace Formula in his speeches. In October, as the U.S. presidential elections drew near, Zelensky presented a less ambitious plan. It consisted of only five points. The first one called for Ukraine to receive an invitation to join the NATO alliance, while the last two took a new approach, appealing to U.S. financial interests rather than any shared values. Among the enticements Zelensky offered was access to “trillions of dollars worth of minerals” hidden beneath Ukrainian soil.

Last fall, after discussing that idea with Zelensky in New York, Trump seized on it, and his administration soon proposed a deal for the U.S. to profit from Ukraine’s mineral wealth as compensation for military support. Zelensky balked at the terms that Trump suggested in his first draft of the deal. But after weeks of tense negotiations, the U.S. and Ukraine settled on a version that both sides could accept. Zelensky and Trump were meant to sign it after their meeting in the Oval Office. Their argument scuppered those plans.


The next day, Trump set the minerals deal aside and decided to get tough with Zelensky. His administration announced a suspension of aid to Ukraine, including supplies of critical intelligence, weapons and ammunition. Trump’s special envoy to Ukraine, General Keith Kellogg, said the Ukrainians had “brought it on themselves.” Zelensky had failed in the Oval Office to demonstrate a willingness to accept Trump’s plan for peace, and the U.S. response was “sort of like hitting a mule with a two-by-four across the nose,” Kellogg said. “Got their attention.”

More than that, it hobbled Ukraine’s armed forces on the battlefield. Without access to data from U.S. satellites, they lost the ability to detect the approach of Russian bombers and cruise missiles. As a result, Ukraine had less time to warn civilians and military personnel about an approaching airstrike. The impact was most acute in the Russian region of Kursk, where the Russians made swift advances. But Zelensky declined to pin the blame on the Trump administration. “It’s not connected,” he told me. “Don’t get me wrong. The state of morale always depends on whether your partners are standing beside you. But I wouldn’t say that the freeze influenced the operation in Kursk.”

Ukraine FuneralSecondary image

Read More: Zelensky’s Oval Office Clash with Trump Draws Pride and Fear in Ukraine

What bothered Zelensky most about Trump’s role in that operation had less to do with intelligence sharing than with Russian disinformation. In the middle of the battle, Trump held a call with Putin, who told the U.S. president that thousands of Ukrainian troops in Kursk had been surrounded by Russian forces. “That was a lie,” Zelensky told me. But Trump continued to amplify it.

For Zelensky it looked like part of a pattern. U.S. officials, he says, had begun taking Putin at his word, even when their own intelligence contradicted him. “I believe Russia has managed to influence some people on the White House team through information,” Zelensky told me. “Their signal to the Americans was that the Ukrainians do not want to end the war, and something should be done to force them.”


The tensions that resulted from the Oval Office meeting began to dissipate about ten days later, when Zelensky and Trump sent their most senior aides for a round of talks in Saudi Arabia. The meeting, which was held in the city of Jeddah on March 11, lasted around nine hours. The American delegation, led by Trump’s national security adviser, Mike Waltz, and Secretary of State Marco Rubio, wanted to discuss the details of where a ceasefire would leave the conflict line. “At one point we even broke out a map and started drawing on it how we’re going to end this war,” Waltz later told Fox News. “Of course both sides are going to have to make some compromises.”

The remark suggested the U.S. wanted to know how much territory Ukraine was willing to cede to the Russians. But Yermak, the lead Ukrainian negotiator at the meeting, says he did not interpret it that way. “The map was important to help them understand the current situation, where things stand, the key strategic elements.” The Americans did not grandstand or make demands. They took the time to listen to the Ukrainians recount the history of the war and the battles fought along the way to the present moment.

Read More: “Hundreds of Dead”: Inside the Fallout from Trump’s Ukraine Intel Pause

Several hours into the talks, Yermak and his team placed a call to Zelensky and asked for instructions. He told them to agree to a ceasefire with no preconditions. In some ways, it was another massive climbdown. Zelensky has spent the entire war demanding security guarantees from the Americans and concessions from the Russians. Now nearly all of his demands had been set aside. Yermak admitted this was difficult. “But we have to be pragmatic. We have to move step by step,” he told me. “This is not the moment for idealism.”

After the talks in Jeddah, the U.S. agreed to resume supplies of military aid and intelligence to Ukraine. The Oval Office meeting began to seem like an unpleasant memory. From Zelensky’s perspective, not all of the fallout from that meeting was detrimental. His approval numbers spiked in the first days of March, reaching close to 70% in some polls—a level not seen since the early months of the Russian invasion. This struck me as strange. Given how much he put at risk by arguing with Trump and Vance in the Oval Office, it seemed reasonable for his citizens to blame him for the failure of diplomacy. When I asked about this, Zelensky answered with a question of his own.

“Why did the Ukrainians defend themselves at the start of this war? It was because of dignity,” he told me. “We do not consider ourselves some kind of superpower,” he continued, but the Ukrainians “are very emotional, and when it comes to our sense of dignity, freedom, democracy, our people rise up and unite.” What they hoped to see in the Oval Office was proof that the United States remains their ally. “But in that moment there was the sense of not being allies, or not taking the position of an ally,” Zelensky said. “In that conversation, I was defending the dignity of Ukraine.”

No matter the cost, his people do not fault him for it. Nor, it seems, have the Americans. In an Ipsos poll conducted in mid-March, about two weeks after the clash in the Oval Office, 60% of respondents said the U.S. should support Ukraine’s bid to join NATO. Three-quarters agreed with Zelensky that Putin cannot be trusted to abide by any ceasefire. Even after weeks of attacks against Ukraine in the right-wing media, a majority of Americans hold a favorable view of Zelensky.

He sees that as an opportunity. As Trump continues to push for peace, Zelensky intends to influence the process by making direct appeals to American voters. No doubt he agreed to give me an interview in part for that reason. But he also acknowledges that, without winning over Trump himself, he has little chance of securing a stable peace. 

On that front, at least, Putin’s recalcitrance may turn out to be an asset. Over the last few months, while Zelensky has given ground and made concessions, the Russian demands have only grown more extreme. While launching bombs against civilians, the Kremlin has continued to push its maximalist terms for ending the war, including the dismantling of Ukraine’s armed forces, the removal of its government, and a guarantee that Ukraine will never join the NATO alliance. 

To Zelensky’s dismay, Trump has agreed to some of these concessions without getting much in return. He has taken Ukraine’s bid to join NATO off the table. He has even suggested he would welcome Russia back into the G7, the club of the world’s wealthiest democracies. Allowing such a thing, Zelensky says, would lift the only concrete punishment Putin has faced for the invasion of Ukraine: his isolation. “That’s a big compromise,” Zelensky told me. “Imagine releasing Hitler from his political isolation.” 

As Trump has pushed to end the war, he seems to have reserved all the carrots for Russia, while the Ukrainians get the stick. The image makes Zelensky smile and weigh his words. “If the carrot is poisoned, then thank God,” he says. “Maybe that’s the sneakiness of this diplomacy.” If he wants to, Trump can squeeze concessions from the Russians, because he seems to be the only one that Putin fears. At points in the peace process, when the U.S. threatened to sanction the Kremlin for its continued bombing raids against Ukraine, “the Russians got really scared,” Zelensky says.

Over time, he still hopes Trump will realize that Putin is weaker than he seems, that he cannot be trusted, and that Russia’s victory in this war would not only be a disaster for Ukraine. It would be a loss, he says, for the entire West, and especially for the U.S. and its current leaders. Trump and his team would not accept such a loss, Zelensky says. “They have their own ambitions. They see their role in history,” not only as powerful leaders but as those who can achieve a dignified end to the war. “That’s why I don’t believe in these apocalyptic scenarios. Honestly I don’t.” 

Still, in one of his recent phone calls with Trump, Zelensky tried to paint a picture of that scenario. What would happen if the ceasefire proves vulnerable to endless Russian violations? All of the towns and cities in Ukraine that sit along the front line would become like a “thousand Berlins” during the Cold War, walled off and divided, barely able to survive. They would be “dead zones,” he said, on the map of Europe, and Zelensky does not think Trump wants to leave that kind of legacy.

In the coming weeks, Zelensky will keep making that case to Trump and Vance, appealing not to their narrow political interests but to their principles as statesmen and human beings. During one of their recent phone calls, he even suggested that Vance should reconsider his decision not to visit Ukraine during the war. “We’re still waiting for you,” Zelensky said with a laugh. The Vice President did not respond.

Primary imageSecondary image

A few days later, as we stood near the doorway of Zelensky’s office, I wondered what had happened to the championship belt. Did he have a chance to give it to Trump, or did he bring it home after the meeting? “I don’t know,” Zelensky told me. “Maybe it’s still sitting there.” In the confusion that followed their argument, he left it on the side table next to the sofa. Later that day, once the Ukrainians had gone, a member of the White House staff found the belt and took it to Trump’s private dining room, where it now sits with other souvenirs, a memento of failed diplomacy.

What does Stack Overflow want to be when it grows up?

I sometimes get asked by regular people in the actual real world what it is that I do for a living, and here’s my 15 second answer:

We built a sort of Wikipedia website for computer programmers to post questions and answers. It’s called Stack
What does Stack Overflow want to be when it grows up?

I sometimes get asked by regular people in the actual real world what it is that I do for a living, and here’s my 15 second answer:

We built a sort of Wikipedia website for computer programmers to post questions and answers. It’s called Stack Overflow.

As of last month, it’s been 10 years since Joel Spolsky and I started Stack Overflow. I currently do other stuff now, and I have since 2012, but if I will be known for anything when I’m dead, clearly it is going to be good old Stack Overflow.

Here’s where I’d normally segue into a bunch of rah-rah stuff about how great Stack Overflow is, and thus how implicitly great I am by association for being a founder, and all.

What does Stack Overflow want to be when it grows up?

I do not care about any of that.

What I do care about, though, is whether Stack Overflow is useful to working programmers. Let’s check in with one of my idols, John Carmack. How useful is Stack Overflow, from the perspective of what I consider to be one of the greatest living programmers?

What does Stack Overflow want to be when it grows up?

I won’t lie, September 17th, 2013 was a pretty good day. I literally got chills when I read that, and not just because I always read the word “billions” in Carl Sagan’s voice. It was also pleasantly the opposite of pretty much every other day I’m on Twitter, scrolling through an oppressive, endless litany of shared human suffering and people screaming at each other. Which reminds me, I should check my Twitter and see who else is wrong on the Internet today.

I am honored and humbled by the public utility that Stack Overflow has unlocked for a whole generation of programmers. But I didn’t do that.

  • You did, when you contributed a well researched question to Stack Overflow.
  • You did, when you contributed a succinct and clear answer to Stack Overflow.
  • You did, when you edited a question or answer on Stack Overflow to make it better.

All those “fun size” units of Q&A collectively contributed by working programmers from all around the world ended up building a Creative Commons resource that truly rivals Wikipedia within our field. That’s... incredible, actually.

What does Stack Overflow want to be when it grows up?

But success stories are boring. The world is filled with people that basically got lucky, and subsequently can’t stop telling people how it was all of their hard work and moxie that made it happen. I find failure much more instructive, and when building a business and planning for the future, I take on the role of Abyss Domain Expert™ and begin a staring contest. It’s just a little something I like to do, you know... for me.

What does Stack Overflow want to be when it grows up?

Thus, what I’d like to do right now is peer into that glorious abyss for a bit and introspect about the challenges I see facing Stack Overflow for the next 10 years. Before I begin, I do want to be absolutely crystal clear about a few things:

  1. I have not worked at Stack Overflow in any capacity whatsoever since February 2012 and I’ve had zero day-to-day operational input since that date, more or less by choice. Do I have opinions about how things should be done? Uh, have you met me? Do I email people every now and then about said opinions? I might, but I honestly do try to keep it to an absolute minimum, and I think my email archive track record here is reasonable.
  2. The people working at Stack are amazing and most of them (including much of the Stack Overflow community, while I’m at it) could articulate the mission better — and perhaps a tad less crankily — than I could by the time I left. Would I trust them with my life? No. But I’d trust them with Joel’s life!
  3. The whole point of the Stack Overflow exercise is that it’s not beholden to me, or Joel, or any other Great Person. Stack Overflow works because it empowers regular everyday programmers all over the world, just like you, just like me. I guess in my mind it’s akin to being a parent. The goal is for your children to eventually grow up to be sane, practicing adults who don’t need (or, really, want) you to hang around any more.
  4. Understand that you’re reading the weak opinions strongly held the strong opinions weakly held of a co-founder who spent prodigious amounts of time working with the community in the first four years of Stack Overflow’s life to shape the rules and norms of the site to fit their needs. These are merely my opinions. I like to think they are informed opinions, but that doesn’t necessarily mean I can predict the future, or that I am even qualified to try. But I’ve never let being “qualified” stop me from doing anything, and I ain’t about to start tonight.

Stack Overflow is a wiki first

Stack Overflow ultimately has much more in common with Wikipedia than a discussion forum. By this I mean questions and answers on Stack Overflow are not primarily judged by their usefulness to a specific individual, but by how many other programmers that question or answer can potentially help over time. I tried as hard as I could to emphasize this relationship from launch day in 2008. Note who has top billing in this Venn diagram.

What does Stack Overflow want to be when it grows up?

Stack Overflow later added a super neat feature to highlight this core value in user profiles, where it shows how many other people you have potentially helped with your contributed questions and answers so far.

What does Stack Overflow want to be when it grows up?

The most common complaints I see about Stack Overflow are usually the result of this fundamental misunderstanding about who the questions and answers on the site are ultimately for, and why there’s so much strictness involved in the whole process.

What does Stack Overflow want to be when it grows up?

I’m continually amazed at the number of people, even on Hacker News today, who don’t realize that every single question and answer is editable on Stack Overflow, even as a completely anonymous user who isn’t logged in. Which makes sense, right, because Stack Overflow is a wiki, and that’s how wikis work. Anyone can edit them. Go ahead, try it right now if you don’t believe me – press the “improve this answer” or “improve this question” button on anything that can be improved, and make it so.

What does Stack Overflow want to be when it grows up?

The responsibility for this misunderstanding is all on Stack Overflow (and by that I also mean myself, at least up until 2012). I guess the logic is that “every programmer has surely seen, used, and understands Stack Overflow by now, 10 years in” but... I think that’s a risky assumption. New programmers are minted every second of every day. Complicating matters further, there are three tiers of usage at Stack Overflow, from biggest to smallest, in inverted pyramid style:

  1. I passively search for programming answers. Passively searching and reading highly ranked Stack Overflow answers as they appear in web search results is arguably the primary goal of Stack Overflow. If Stack Overflow is working like it’s supposed to, 98% of programmers should get all the answers they need from reading search result pages and wouldn’t need to ask or answer a single question in their entire careers. This is a good thing! Great, even!
  2. I participate on Stack Overflow when I get stuck on a really hairy problem and searching isn’t helping. Participating only at those times when you are extra stuck is completely valid. However, I feel this level is where most people tend to run into difficulty on Stack Overflow, because it involves someone who may not be new to Stack Overflow per se, but is new to asking questions, and also at the precise time of stress and tension for them where they must get an answer due to a problem they’re facing… and they don’t have the time or inclination to deal with Stack Overflow’s strict wiki type requirements for research effort, formatting, showing previous work, and referencing what they found in prior searches.
  3. I participate on Stack Overflow for professional development. At this level you’re talking about experienced Stack Overflow users who have contributed many answers and thus have a pretty good idea of what makes a great question, the kind they’d want to answer themselves. As a result, they don’t tend to ask many questions because they self-medicate through exhaustive searching and research, but when they do ask one, their questions are exemplary.

(There’s technically a fourth tier here, for people who want to selflessly contribute creative commons questions and answers to move the entire field of software development forward for the next generation of software developers. But who has time for saints 😇, y’all make the rest of us look bad, so knock it off already, Skeet.)

It wouldn’t shock me at all if people spent years happily at tier 1 and then got a big unpleasant surprise when reaching tier 2. The primary place to deal with this, in my opinion, is a massively revamped and improved ask page. It’s also fair to note that maybe people don’t understand that they’re signing up for a sizable chunk of work by implicitly committing to the wiki standard of “try to make sure it’s useful to more people than just yourself” when asking a question on Stack Overflow, and are then put off by the negative reaction to what others view as an insufficiently researched question.

Stack Overflow absorbs so much tension from its adoption of wiki standards for content. Even if you know about that requirement up front, it is not always clear what “useful” means, in the same way it’s not always clear what topics, people, and places are deserving of a Wikipedia page. Henrietta Lacks, absolutely, but what about your cousin Dave in Omaha with his weirdo PHP 5.6 issue?

Over time, duplicates become vast landmine fields

Here’s one thing I really, really saw coming and to be honest with you I was kinda glad I left in 2012 before I had to deal with it because of the incredible technical difficulty involved: duplicates. Of all the complaints I hear about Stack Overflow, this is the one I am most sympathetic to by far.

If you accept that Stack Overflow is a wiki type system, then for the same reasons that you obviously can’t have five different articles about Italy on Wikipedia, Stack Overflow can’t allow duplicate questions on the exact same programming problem. While there is a fair amount of code to do pre-emptive searches as people type in questions, plus many exhortations to search before you ask, with an inviting search field and button right there on the mandatory page you see before asking your first question...

What does Stack Overflow want to be when it grows up?

...locating and identifying duplicate content is an insanely difficult problem even for a company like Google that’s done nothing but specialize in this exact problem for, what, 20 years now, with a veritable army of the world’s most talented engineers.

When you’re asking a question on a site that doesn’t allow duplicate questions, the problem space of a site with 1 million existing questions is rather different from a site with 10 million existing questions... or 100 million. Asking a single unique question goes from mildly difficult to mission almost impossible, because your question needs to thread a narrow path through this vast, enormous field of prior art questions without stepping on any of the vaguely similar looking landmines in the process.

What does Stack Overflow want to be when it grows up?

But wait! It gets harder!

  • Some variance in similar-ish questions is OK, because 10 different people will ask a nearly identical question using 10 different sets of completely unrelated words with no overlap. I know, it sounds crazy, but trust me: humans are amazing at this. We want all those duplicates to exist so they can point to the primary question they are a duplicate of, while still being valid search targets for people who ask questions with unusual or rare word choices.
  • It can be legitimately difficult to determine if your question is a true duplicate. How much overlap is enough before one programming question is a duplicate of another? And by whose definition? Opinions vary. This is subject to human interpretation, and humans are.. unreliable. Nobody will ever be completely happy with this system, pretty much by design. That tension is baked in permanently and forever.

I don’t have any real answers on the duplicate problem, which only gets worse over time. But I will point out that there is plenty of precedent on the Stack Exchange network for splitting sites into “expert” and “beginner” areas with slightly different rulesets. We’ve seen this for Math vs. MathOverflow, English vs. English Learners, Unix vs. Ubuntu... perhaps it’s time for a more beginner focused Stack Overflow where duplicates are less frowned upon, and conversational rules are a bit more lenient?

Stack Overflow is a competitive system of peer review

Stack Overflow was indeed built to be a fairly explicitly competitive system, with the caveat that “there’s always more than one way to do it.” This design choice was based on my perennial observation that the best way to motivate any programmer... is to subtly insinuate that another programmer could have maybe done it better.

What does Stack Overflow want to be when it grows up?

This is manifested in the public reputation system on Stack Overflow, the incredible power of a number printed next to someone’s name, writ large. All reputation in Stack Overflow comes from the recognition of your peers, never the “system.”

What does Stack Overflow want to be when it grows up?

Once your question is asked, or your answer is posted, it can then be poked, prodded, edited, flagged, closed, opened, upvoted, downvoted, folded and spindled by your peers. The intent is for Stack Overflow to be a system of peer review and friendly competition, like a code review from a coworker you’ve never met at a different division of the company. It’s also completely fair for a fellow programmer to question the premise of your question, as long as it’s done in a nice way. For example, do you really want to use that regular expression to match HTML?

I fully acknowledge that competitive peer review systems aren’t for everyone, and thus the overall process of having peers review your question may not always feel great, depending on your circumstances and background in the field – particularly when combined with the substantial tensions around utility and duplicates Stack Overflow already absorbed from its wiki elements. Kind of a double whammy there.

I’ve heard people describe the process of asking a question on Stack Overflow as anxiety inducing. To me, posting on Stack Overflow is supposed to involve a healthy kind of minor “let me be sure to show off my best work” anxiety:

  • the anxiety of giving a presentation to your fellow peers
  • the anxiety of doing well on a test
  • the anxiety of showing up to a new job with talented coworkers you admire
  • the anxiety of attending your first day at school with other students at your level

I imagine systems where there is zero anxiety involved and I can only think of jobs where I had long since stopped caring about the work and thus had no anxiety about whether I even showed for work on any given day. How can that be good? Let’s just say I’m not a fan of zero-anxiety systems.

Maybe competition just isn’t your jam. Could there be a less competitive Q&A system, a system without downvotes, a system without close votes, where there was never any anxiety about posting anything, just a network of super supportive folks who believe in you and want you to succeed no matter what? Absolutely! I think many alternative sites should exist on the internet so people can choose an experience that matches their personal preferences and goals. Should Stack build that alternative? Has it already been built? It’s an open question; feel free to point out examples in the comments.

Stack Overflow is designed for practicing programmers

Another point of confusion that comes up a fair bit is who the intended audience for Stack Overflow actually is. That one is straightforward, and it’s been the same from day one:

What does Stack Overflow want to be when it grows up?

Q&A for professional and enthusiast programmers. By that we mean:

People who either already have a job as a programmer, or could potentially be hired as a programmer today if they wanted to be.

Yes, in case you’re wondering, part of this was an overt business decision. To make money you must have an audience of people already on a programmer’s salary, or in the job hunt to be a programmer. The entire Stack Overflow network may be Creative Commons licensed, but it was never a non-profit play. It was planned as a sustainable business from the outset, and that’s why we launched Stack Overflow Careers only one year after Stack Overflow itself... to be honest far sooner than we should have, in retrospect. Careers has since been smartly subsumed into Stack Overflow proper at stackoverflow.com/jobs for a more integrated and most assuredly way-better-than-2009 experience.

The choice of audience wasn’t meant to be an exclusionary decision in any way, but Stack Overflow was definitely designed as a fairly strict system of peer review, which is great (IMNSHO, obviously) for already practicing professionals, but pretty much everything you would not want as a student or beginner. This is why I cringe so hard I practically turn myself inside out when people on Twitter mention that they have pointed their students at Stack Overflow. What you’d want for a beginner or a student in the field of programming is almost the exact opposite of what Stack Overflow does at every turn:

  • one on one mentoring
  • real time collaborative screen sharing
  • live chat
  • theory and background courses
  • starter tasks and exercises
  • playgrounds to experiment in

These are all very fine and good things, but Stack Overflow does NONE of them, by design.

Can you use Stack Overflow to learn how to program from first principles? Well, technically you can do anything with any software. You could try to have actual conversations on Reddit, if you’re a masochist. But the answer is yes. You could learn how to program on Stack Overflow, in theory, if you are a prodigy who is comfortable with the light competitive aspects (reputation, closing, downvoting) and also perfectly willing to define all your contributions to the site in terms of utility to others, not just yourself as a student attempting to learn things. But I suuuuuuper would not recommend it. There are far better websites and systems out there for learning to be a programmerCould Stack Overflow build beginner and student friendly systems like this? I don’t know, and it’s certainly not my call to make. 🤔

And that’s it. We can now resume our normal non-abyss gazing. Or whatever it is that passes for normal in these times.

I hope all of this doesn’t come across as negative. Overall I’d say the state of the Stack is strong. But does it even matter what I think? As it was in 2008, so it is in 2018.

Stack Overflow is you.

This is the scary part, the great leap of faith that Stack Overflow is predicated on: trusting your fellow programmers. The programmers who choose to participate in Stack Overflow are the “secret sauce” that makes it work. You are the reason I continue to believe in developer community as the greatest source of learning and growth. You are the reason I continue to get so many positive emails and testimonials about Stack Overflow. I can’t take credit for that. But you can.

I learned the collective power of my fellow programmers long ago writing on Coding Horror. The community is far, far smarter than I will ever be. All I can ask — all any of us can ask — is to help each other along the path.

And if your fellow programmers decide to recognize you for that, then I say you’ve well and truly earned it.

The strength of Stack Overflow begins, and ends, with the community of programmers that power the site. What should Stack Overflow be when it grows up? Whatever we make it, together.

What does Stack Overflow want to be when it grows up?

p.s. Happy 10th anniversary Stack Overflow!


Also see Joel’s take on 10 years of Stack Overflow with The Stack Overflow AgeA Dusting of Gamification, and Strange and Maddening Rules.

The Best New Movies to Stream This Week

If you're looking for a great movie to watch this weekend, here are some solid options.

We may earn a commission from links on this page.

Looking to settle in with a good movie? Me too. That's why I've pored over release schedules to bring you the best original and new-to-streaming movies you can watch on Netflix, Prime, Max, Hulu, and other streaming platforms.

My dual picks of the week are Oscar heavy-hitters Wicked, which was nominated for 10 academy awards and took home two (Best Costume Design and Best Production Design) and Anora, this year's Best Picture winner.


Wicked (2024)

While many would prefer watching Wicked in a movie theater crowded with super fans singing along, there's something to be said for enjoying it in your home, where only trained voiced are raised. An adaptation of the smash hit Broadway musical, Wicked is an unabashedly over-the-top blockbuster prequel to The Wizard of Oz that tells the story of "good witch" Galinda's relationship with Elphaba, aka the Wicked Witch of the West. Wicked's cast is packed with big names, the score is packed with bangers, and the screen is packed with imaginative sets and costumes. Peacock is also streaming a "sing-a-long" version of the movie, should you want to bother your neighbors.

Where to stream: Peacock


Anora (2024)

Director Sean Baker's radical empathy shines in Anora, a romantic comedy about a sex worker who hooks up with the son of a Russian billionaire, to the great displeasure of his family. In other words, this is no Pretty Woman. Mike Madison turns in a brilliant, nuanced performance in the title role, while the film likewise refuses to simplify the complex interplay between love, money, and power, all while foregrounding the humanity of its characters. There's a reason this movie killed at Cannes, wowed critics, and won so many Oscars (including Best Picture, Best Original Screenplay, and Best Director).

Where to stream: Hulu


Sing Sing (2024)

Sing Sing earned near universal acclaim for its depiction of Sing Sing prison's Rehabilitation Through the Arts (RTA) program, in which hardened prisoners stage dramatic productions from behind bars. Colman Domingo won an Oscar for his portrayal of John Whitfield, a real person imprisoned for a crime he didn't commit. Much of the rest of Sing Sing's cast is made up of former convicts playing versions of themselves, which gives Sing Sing a raw, almost documentary feel. This unique and powerful film belongs at the top of your must-watch list.

Where to stream: Max


The Twister: Caught in the Storm

For my money, tornadoes are the most visually interesting natural disaster, and this documentary takes full advantage of their awesome cinematic power. The Twister: Caught in the Storm tells the story of the massive tornado that tore apart the town of Joplin, Missouri in 2011, stitching together interviews with survivors and tons of harrowing footage shot by people who were right freakin' there when disaster struck.

Where to stream: Netflix


Last week's picks

The Parenting

Max original horror/comedy The Parenting features a stacked cast that includes Brian Cox, Lisa Kudrow, Dean Norris, Edie Falco, Parker Posey, Nik Dodani, and Brandon Flynn. Dodani and Flynn play a young couple who plan a weekend getaway so their parents can meet and they can announce their engagement. Tensions between the future in-laws flare, but that's the least of the family's problems. The malevolent poltergeist that haunts the isolated country house is a much more serious issue, especially when it starts possessing people.

Where to stream: Max


The Electric State

Based on the acclaimed graphic novel by Simon Stålenhag, The Electric State is a sci-fi comedy set in a retro-future version of America in the years after a war between humans and robots nearly wiped out humanity. Most people, understandably, don't trust robots, but main character Michelle, played by Millie Bobby Brown, is traveling with a pair of mysterious 'bots, searching for her lost brother. Also on hand: a drifter named Keats, played by Chris Pratt. The Electric State's big stars and intriguing premise make it a must-watch.

Where to stream: Netflix


Last Take: Rust and the Story of Halyna

When a movie quality camera is pointed at a shooting, you'd think it would be obvious who's to blame, but the story of Alec Baldwin shooting cinematographer Halyna Hutchins on the set of the movie Rust is way more complex than that. Through interviews with people who were there, police interrogation videos, and behind-the-scenes footage from the movie set, Last Take goes beyond the sensational headlines to tell the real story of the day everything went so horrifically wrong.

Where to stream: Hulu


American Manhunt: Osama bin Laden

Remember Osama Bin Laden? This suspenseful documentary tells the story of how he was tracked, caught, killed, and had his corpse dumped in the sea. Featuring rare archival footage and interviews with the CIA agents who were there, American Manhunt: Osama bin Laden gives viewers an inside look at one of the most complex and extensive manhunts in history.

Where to stream: Netflix


Control Freak

This Hulu original horror movie stars Kelly Marie Tran as a successful motivational speaker whose life is close to perfect, until her head starts itching. The maddening itch gets worse, but it's not lice. It's a parasitic infection, a malevolent creature that begins to take control of her mind and body. If you're into body horror, you should definitely check out this squirmy, suspenseful flick.

Where to stream: Hulu


Bill Burr: Drop Dead Years

Bill Burr's new special showcases the honesty, anger, and wit that brought him to the top of the stand-up comedy heap. Age hasn't softened Bill at all: In this deeply personal hour of stand-up, Burr focuses on subjects like aging, death, and male sadness with his unique, don't-give-a-fuck style.

Where to stream: Hulu


O'Dessa

I don't know whether O'Dessa will be good or not, but this Hulu original is the kind of movie that takes such a huge swing, it's bound to be entertaining, even if it falls apart. It's a sci-fi rock opera in which Sadie Sink plays a farm girl who ventures out into a post-apocalyptic wasteland to save the world through song, so it's bound to be either a classic or a cult-classic. Either way, I am so on board.

Where to stream: Hulu

Two Point Museum

På femte plats i min text i vår Give Me Now-artikelserie satte jag Two Point Museum. Mest baserat på att jag hade roligt med det första titeln i sjukhusmiljö och ännu roligare med uppföljaren som tog oss till olika skolor. När temat i den tredje delen avslöjades att det skulle handla om museum jublade jag lite, det kändes som ett genialt val och med facit i hand kan jag bara konstatera att spelets tema är något av det roligaste med denna del. Det bidrar med en charm, humor och en gnutta variation. Men innan vi ger oss på det ska vi kort sammanfatta själva grejen med serien i allmänhet och detta liret i synnerhet.

I Two Point handlar det om, liksom i de två tidigare föregångarna, att göra de stora skarorna av de små människorna glada. Denna gången handlar det dock, inte lika mycket iallafall, om deras behov som att skapa ett museum som drar folk och skapar engagemang. Ledordet kallas för "buzz" och är helt enkelt hur mycket engagemang och glädje som utställningarna genererar. Det börjar, som brukligt, med tomma ekande lokaler och man får kvickt anställa sin första "expert". Spelet är väldigt pedagogiskt i hur det på sidan av skärmen guidar dig kring vad som ska göras och vad för krav som ska uppfyllas för att ta sig vidare. För att hitta saker att ställa ut skickar man sedan iväg sina anställda på små expeditioner och de kommer tillbaka med en stor låda som innehåller något skojigt. Till en början är det mycket fossiler och dinosaurieben. Men i takt med att man låser upp fler museum så kan det handla om saker som akvariefiskar eller hemsökta objekt.
<bild>Spelet bjuder på bra översikt även om det kan bli mycket att hålla reda på och bilduppdateringen haltar tyvärr en del.</bild>
När föremålet anländer är det sedan dags att bestämma var det ska stå. Således smyckar man sitt eget museum, men när man väl ställt det på plats så är objektet i sig inte nog för att dra mycket uppmärksamhet på egen hand. Det måste även smyckas med saker runt om, som således ökar föremålets "buzz" och det finns också bonusar i form av att gruppera vissa typer av utställningar nära varandra. Men mest handlar det om att dekorera runt om. Till detta behöver man också ställa ut informationsskyltar och så behöver man dra in donationer så att pengarna från besökarna rullar in vid sidan om biljettintäkterna.

Expeditionerna man skickar iväg sina anställda har sina olika utflyktsmål på en liten karta. Men man följer liksom inte med på de utan väljer bara att skicka sin personal till olika platser. Dessa låses också upp i takt med att man fullför mål eller tränar sin personal att kunna åka till nya ställen. Givetvis finns det också en annan sida än att bara pynta ditt museum med coola saker. Det måste byggas toaletter, vilorum för dina anställda att slappna av i, lokaler där de kan träna sina färdigheter och upptäcka nya saker. Sedan ska det givetvis byggas presentbutik och... Ja, ni förstår. Det är i grunden rätt klassiskt koncept. Men vad som gör det extra roligt är då alla roliga saker som hittas. Icke kompletta skelett och grottmän fastfrusna i is, märkliga typer av fiskar och på ett museum måste man till och med placera ut rum för spöken att hållas i. Det finns en stor variation, men även om allting är väldigt roligt att kika på så blir det spelmässiga mycket av detsamma.
<bild>Med en stor dos kreativitet går det att göra sitt museum riktigt inbjudande.</bild>
Saker ligger låsta bakom en hel del progression och det leder oss till det mest negativa av Two Point Museum. Jag förstår att det måste kräva saker och skapa svårigheter. Men det är tyvärr mycket som motsäger sig och det logiska i bedömningen fungerar inte riktigt alltid. Det är här lite frustration uppstår då spelet dels inte riktigt förklarar vad det är som inte stämmer. Samt att lösningen på en del problem blir att man jobbar emot sig själv. Om ditt museum har alltför höga kostnader för exempelvis personal så rinner pengarna iväg snabbt. Så, en lösning är att sparka lite överflödig sådan. Men i takt med att ditt museum drar in mer besökare behövs också fler som sköter om det. Det finns många hål att stoppa slantar i, men man förstår inte riktigt vad allt försvinner.

På högra sidan av skärmen så ser du att ett av dina mål är att tjäna en viss summa under en period. Så enklaste lösningen är helt enkelt att sparka flertalet anställda för att nå det kriteriet, för att sedan anställa igen. Både personal och besökare kan också gnälla kring faciliteter man har gott om. Medan en annan besökare tycker att utbudet av dryckesautomater och toaletter är perfekt, så är det någon annan som är missnöjd. Det blir en hel del sådana här motstridigheter som kanske inte hade gjort så mycket om de helt enkelt bara fanns där. Men eftersom framsteg i spelet ligger knutna till att man måste "bocka av" dem så blir lösningarna lite väl drastiska. Om man ens finner dem alls.
<bild>Ingen utställning är komplett utan en massa extra krims-krams runtom.</bild>
Den lite väl begränsade ytan för rum och utställningar blir också ett problem. Det blir en hel del saker som får slåss om liten yta och det blir rent estetiskt lite kaos. Nu låter jag kanske lite gnällig men det har sin enkla orsak: Two Point Museum är så himla roligt att spela. Igen, jag förstår att det måste utmana en. Att det ska finnas någon form av svårighetsgrad. Visst, blir man stressad av allt kan man hoppa in i "sandlåde-läget" istället. Men samtidigt är själva kampanjen också något man vill ta del av. Här ser man liksom hur olika utställningar låses upp i en bra takt, man går från olika teman med olika museum och finner nya saker att förundras av. Att jobba med fossiler ena stunden för att sedan bygga akvarium är himla charmigt, och själva upptäckarlusten blir enormt stor. Det finns så mycket öga för detaljer och något som väcker en slags leklust i mig. Jag vill hela tiden bygga, förändra, förbättra och i takt med att jag låser upp guidade turer, möjlighet att utöka mina museum med nya sektioner och mycket annat har jag så enormt roligt.

All denna charm finns också att hitta i det visuella. Det handlar snarare om rolig design än ett tekniskt underverk. Men det finns en enorm öga för detaljer där summan av det visuella också påverkas av hur bra man själv är på att designa utställningarna. Det kan dock bli lite rörigt, men det handlar mer om brist på yta på ens museum än det grafiska i sig. Jag älskar att pynta och kika på allt. Saker som rör sig och hur gästerna integrerar och fascineras av objekten. Two Point-serien har sin charmiga, tecknade stil som enligt mig passar helt perfekt med vad den vill framställa. Allting är också ackompanjerat till små mysiga melodislingor som gör att det ändå känns lugnande, trots mycket att hålla reda på. Som sagt, det är inget tekniskt underverk visuellt men väldigt charmigt och fullt med fantastiska detaljer att roas av. När man zoomar ut och har byggt massvis så haltar dock bilduppdateringen ganska nämnvärt också, vilket är den största kritiken jag har gällande det grafiska.
<bild>Presentbutiker drar in nödvändigt klirr i kassan.</bild>
Enligt mig är det även ganska tacksamt att spelet inte tar delen gällande management på så stort allvar. Man kan påverka lite biljettpriser och de för föremål i presentbutiken, justera lönen och kolla lite enklare grafer. Men detta är mest något som står vid sidan om det faktum att det istället handlar om att få något skoj att ställa ut, finna en plats, dekorera runt om det och se gästernas engagemang.

Med tiden måste man dock fördjupa sig en del i utställningarna. Exempelvis genom att skapa mer kunskap kring sina utställningar. Detta görs genom att bryta ner sina fynd i en maskin. Således förstörs de men skapar å andra sidan mer kunskap kring det, vilket är en annan viktig faktor för att öka intresset kring det man har i sitt museum. Dessutom bryr sig barn inte särskilt mycket om de informationstavlorna man ställer ut, så man måste uppfinna interaktiva saker de kan roa sig med medan föräldrarna traskar runt och lär sig saker. Att skapa guidade turer som avslutas med att besökarna donerar lite extra är också viktigt och nya inslag som håller ens museum intressanta presenteras i takt med att man jagar åtråvärda stjärnor i betyg.
<bild>Utsträllningarna är lika märkliga som roliga</bild>
Gällande att nå den stjärnan kommer dock också den sista kritiken. Att få en stjärna och låsa upp nästa museum är inte särskilt utmanande. Men när tre stycken är upplåsta tvingades jag istället tillbaka till spelets första museum för att nu få två stjärnor. För att lyckas med en stjärna på det museum som har marin-tema så behövde jag i princip bara bygga två akvarium och hitta några enstaka fiskar, så var det färdigt. Men istället för att ett nytt museum låstes upp så behövde jag då alltså jobba vidare på det första. Även om jag kan växla mellan de tre som jag dittills låste upp, så krävde alltså vidare framsteg att jag nådde en andra stjärna på det första av mina museum. Jag hade mycket hellre sett att man istället hav spelaren möjlighet att utforska de fem olika kartorna som finns och försöka uppnå en stjärna på varje och sedan istället fritt få välja vilket man tycker är roligast att arbeta vidare på för stunden.

Two Point Museum är i slutändan lika charmigt som det är enkelt att dra igång och ha väldigt roligt med. Det är ett lättsamt strategispel förklätt i ett helt fantastiskt tema och med en stor dos av spelmässigt underhållning. Det är samtidigt därför de små utmanande sakerna som dels motarbetar en och dels inte riktigt logiskt fungerar blir lite extra frustrerande. För någonstans känner jag att själva underhållningen är såpass hög att de tar ifrån den lättsamhet som detta ändå har som stort fokus. När spelet är såpass skojfriskt som det är hade jag gärna sett att det var lite mer snällare kring detta och istället bjöd mig med lite mer djup istället för att svårighetsgraden ska vara den som hindrar mina framsteg. Jag skulle hellre vilja ha lekt nästan färdigt först, på samtliga museum, och sedan blivit utmanad vidare först när all sprudlande kreativitet det bjuder in till hade fått sitt utlopp.

Record online shopping fueling Europe’s textile waste problem, watchdog warns

Cheap clothes and online retailing means people are buying — and discarding — more garments than ever before.

BRUSSELS — Europeans’ soaring appetite for fast fashion — accelerated by the ease of online marketplaces — is putting immense pressure on the environment, according to a report from the EU’s top environmental watchdog. 

New data from the European Environment Agency shows that EU citizens are buying more textile products through online shopping than ever before, and especially from brands that sell cheaper products in large volumes, otherwise known as fast fashion. 

The report comes as EU institutions are finalizing new rules for textile waste management across Europe, which will make fashion brands pay a fee for the processing of their products once they become waste, in an attempt to encourage them to sell more sustainable and longer-lasting items.

In 2022, EU citizens bought about 19 kilograms of new clothes, shoes and other household fabrics each — up from 17 kilograms in 2019 —  yet throwing out as much as 16 kilograms of clothes annually.

This created about 7 million metric tons of textile waste across the bloc: Enough to fill a large suitcase per person each year. 

The report states that 85 percent of these discarded clothes aren’t reused or recycled, and often end up getting burnt or landfilled. As of January, EU countries are supposed to have separate collection systems in place for textile waste to prevent this from happening. 

By 2030, the EU wants all textile products that are placed on the EU market to be durable, repairable and recyclable.

Online marketplaces and social media have “been instrumental in the growth of fast fashion in recent years,” the EEA’s report notes, allowing retailers “to constantly offer consumers new styles at exceedingly low prices.”

Without the possibility of trying before purchasing, people are more likely to buy several sizes of the same items and opting to return, resell, or even throw out the products that don’t fit. But on average, up to 44 percent of returns never reach a new customer and get destroyed. 

Out of all the different types of products that European households consume — like food, gas and electricity, or health products — garments and footwear are the fifth most resource-intensive category.  

According to the report, 234 million metric tons of raw materials, like fuel and cotton, were used to produce all the textile consumed by EU households. That’s a lot less than in 2010, however, which suggests that fewer resources are needed per item of clothing. 

Max slashed to $2.99 per month in unmissable Black Friday offer

Court in South Korea Overturns Impeachment of Prime Minister and Acting President Han Duck-soo

The Constitutional Court reinstated Han Duck-soo as acting President, as a ruling on President Yoon Suk-yeol’s impeachment is still to come.

S. Korea court dismisses PM Han impeachment motion

SEOUL, South Korea — South Korea’s Constitutional Court overturned the impeachment of Prime Minister Han Duck-soo, reinstating the nation’s No. 2 official as acting leader Monday while not yet ruling on the separate impeachment of President Yoon Suk Yeol over his shocking imposition of martial law late in December.

[time-brightcove not-tgx=”true”]

Many observers said the 7-1 ruling in Han’s case did not signal much about the upcoming verdict on Yoon, as Han wasn’t a key figure in imposing martial law. But the ruling could still embolden Yoon’s staunch supporters and ramp up their political offensive on the opposition.

Speaking with reporters following his reinstatement, Han thanked the court for what he called “a wise decision” and promised to focus on tackling “urgent matters,” including a fast-changing global trade environment, in an apparent reference to the Trump administration’s aggressive tariffs policy. He also called for national unity, saying: “There’s no left or right—what matters is the advancement of our nation.”

South Korea has been thrown into huge political turmoil, since Yoon, a conservative, declared martial law on Dec. 3 and sent hundreds of troops to the liberal-controlled National Assembly and other places in Seoul. Yoon’s decree lasted only six hours as enough lawmakers managed to enter an assembly hall and voted it down quickly.

The impeachment arguments

The assembly impeached Yoon on Dec. 14, alleging he violated the constitution and other laws by suppressing assembly activities and trying to detain politicians. Yoon’s impeachment made Han acting president until he was impeached in late December.

The unprecedented, successive impeachments that suspended the country’s top two officials intensified domestic division and deepened worries about the country’s diplomatic and economic activities.

Han, who attempted to reassure diplomatic partners and stabilize markets during his time as acting president, was accused in the impeachment motion of abetting Yoon’s martial law declaration and obstructing efforts to restore the Constitutional Court’s full membership and investigate Yoon’s alleged rebellion.

The nine-member court at the time had three vacancies, but ousting Yoon would require support from at least six justices. After Han was suspended, his successor as acting president, Choi Sang-mok, appointed two new justices but left the ninth seat vacant.

Seven of the Constitutional Court’s eight justices ruled to overturn or dismiss Han’s impeachment. They ruled the accusations against him weren’t against the law or weren’t serious enough to remove him from office or his impeachment motion didn’t even met a required quorum when it passed thorough the assembly. One justice upheld Han’s impeachment.

The Democratic Party expressed regret over the court’s decision to reinstate Han and urged it to dismiss Yoon’s case quickly. Yoon’s office welcomed Monday’s ruling, saying it shows again the opposition’s abuse of impeachment motions were “reckless, malicious political offensive.”

What’s next?

Observers earlier had predicted the Constitutional Court would rule on Yoon’s case in mid-March, but it hasn’t done so, sparking varied speculation on possible reasons.

“Today’s verdict will give hope to Yoon’s supporters for a similar fate and hope for Yoon’s opponents for his ouster,” said Duyeon Kim, a senior analyst at the Center for a New American Security in Washington. “But it’s too soon to predict the court’s verdict on Yoon because the specific details of both cases and allegations are different.”

Kim said the the reinstatement of Han, a career bureaucrat, will bring more stability to South Korea compared to when his powers as acting president were suspended.

Massive rival rallies backing Yoon or denouncing Yoon have divided the streets of Seoul and other major cities in South Korea. Earlier surveys showed that a majority of South Koreans were critical of Yoon’s martial law enactment, but those supporting or sympathizing with Yoon have later gained strength.

Yoon argues that his martial law introduction was a desperate attempt to bring attention to the “wickedness” of the main liberal opposition Democratic Party which obstructed his agenda and filed many impeachment motions against senior officials. Yoon critics counter he likely tried to use military rule to frustrate possible special investigations into scandals involving him and his wife.

Senior military and police officers sent to the assembly have said that Yoon ordered them to drag out lawmakers to prevent a floor vote to overturn his decree. Yoon says the troops’ deployment was designed to maintain order.

If the court upholds Yoon’s impeachment, South Korea must hold a presidential election to choose his successor. If it rules for him, Yoon will regain his presidential powers.

Yoon has separately been charged with rebellion in connection with his martial law decree, a charge that carries the death penalty or a life sentence if he is convicted.

—Associated Press writer Kim Tong-hyung contributed to this report.

It's Now Easier to Use Your Xbox Controller to Type on Windows 11

The new on-screen keyboard should be a big improvement.

Typing with a keyboard is second-nature to most of us at this point. Typing on a game controller, however, is not. For as long as I've played games, I've loathed having to slowly hover my on-screen cursor over each key with a joystick. It just isn't fun.

It seems Microsoft agrees with the challenges of game controller to keyboard inputs—especially when using a typical on-screen keyboard design for PC. As a result, the company is planning to roll out an on-screen keyboard designed for use with an Xbox controller with an upcoming version of Windows. This should, in theory, make interacting with Windows much easier when you're locked into your controller, and away from your mouse and (physical) keyboard.

As reported by The Verge, the new on-screen keyboard has shortcuts that incorporate the buttons on your Xbox controller. As you can see from the screenshot below, "X" activates backspace, "Y" activates the space bar, the menu button activates "enter," the left trigger activates the "&123" menu, the screen share icon actives the microphone, the left button actives the left arrow, the right button activates the right arrow, and clicking in the left stick activates caps lock.

Microsoft also notes that the keys in this mode have been aligned vertically, which it believes will support "better controller navigation patterns." Players can be the judge when this rolls out in full, but I imagine it'll be easier that dragging the cursor around the horizontally-aligned design of the existing on-screen keyboard. In fact, the overall experience is likely similar to the on-screen keyboard Xbox players are already used to—if you're coming from Microsoft's console.

microsoft gamepad keyboard
Credit: Microsoft

How to try Microsoft's new Xbox on-screen keyboard

Microsoft added the new on-screen keyboard to the Windows 11 Release Preview Channel. That means PC users will be able to experience it whenever Microsoft drops the next official update for Windows 11.

However, you don't have to wait until the official update if you really want to try out this keyboard today. You can enroll your PC in the Windows Insider program to try out early builds of upcoming versions of Windows. This is, essentially, a beta program, which I don't tend to recommend users install on their main devices. However, if you're going to enroll in the Insider program, the Release Preview Channel is the most stable option to choose, as Microsoft seeds the version of Windows the intend to release to the general public—as long as no Insiders discover any device-breaking bugs that need to be addressed.

Black Friday deal: Scoop up an indoor Ring camera for just $29.99

Take These Steps Now to Protect Your Data From Medusa Ransomware

These security best practices can protect you as well as the organization you work for.

More than 300 organizations in critical infrastructure, including the medical, tech, and manufacturing sectors, have been victimized by a ransomware threat known as Medusa—and with attacks escalating significantly in the first few months of 2025, the FBI and the Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Agency (CISA) are advising companies to take steps now to secure their systems.

What is Medusa ransomware?

Medusa is a ransomware-as-a-service software that, when deployed successfully, encrypts your data along with a threat to release stolen information unless you comply with ransom demands.

According to the CISA advisory, victims receive ransom notes requesting a response within 48 hours, or Medusa actors will reach out to them by phone or email. Victims are also listed on a data-leak website alongside a countdown timer and ransom demands with direct links to cryptocurrency wallets. Victims can pay $10,000 to add a day to the countdown—meanwhile, Medusa advertises the data for sale before the timer runs out. This "double extortion" approach forces payment to both decrypt locked files and prevent them from being released or sold (so even if you have a backup you can recover, you still face the threat of information being leaked).

The Medusa ransomware was first identified in June 2021 and has since affected organizations across the medical, education, legal, insurance, technology, and manufacturing industries. According to the advisory, Medusa actors use common tricks like phishing campaigns and exploitation of unpatched software vulnerabilities to steal victims' credentials and gain access to their systems.

While much of the Medusa threat mitigation happens at the organizational level, there are a few things you as an individual can do to protect your accounts and—by extension—the company you work for.

How to protect yourself from Medusa ransomware

The FBI and CISA are recommending a number of steps to lock down your devices and data against the Medusa threat:

  • Use long, strong passwords for all accounts (a minimum of 15 characters is recommended).

  • Enable multi-factor authentication (MFA) wherever possible, but especially for webmail, VPNs, and accounts with access to critical systems.

  • Update operating systems, software, and firmware regularly to ensure timely patching of known vulnerabilities.

  • Use a VPN when accessing systems remotely.

The advisory also has guidance for organizations, such as auditing user accounts, maintaining offline backups, utilizing network monitoring tools, and discontinuing frequent mandatory password changes (which are considered outdated and may make systems less secure, not more).

All Alexa Voice Requests Will Soon Go Through Amazon's Servers

Amazon is dropping support for on-device processing.

Amazon is in the process of overhauling Alexa, introducing a new Alexa+ AI service that will be available free of charge for Prime users (or $20 per month on its own). But as the company plans to roll out this new service, user privacy across Echo devices is taking a hit.

In a March 15 email, Amazon announced its Echo devices will no longer support local processing for Alexa requests, and will stop offering “Do Not Send Voice Recordings” as an option. This means that every request—and its subsequent voice recording—will end up going to Amazon's cloud. Even a request as simple as "turn off the lights" will be sent to Amazon. This change starts on March 28th, and it includes all spoken commands to Alexa in Echo speakers and smart displays.

Why is this happening?

According to Amazon's email (sourced by Ars Technica) it all comes down to Alexa's new generative AI features. In the email, Amazon says:

As we continue to expand Alexa’s capabilities with generative AI features that rely on the processing power of Amazon’s secure cloud, we have decided to no longer support this feature.

The focus is Amazon's new Alexa Voice ID feature, which the company is highlighting as a flagship feature in Alexa+. It lets Alexa+ recognize who is speaking to it, and reply accordingly. But even if you choose not to enable Alexa+, or to use Voice ID, Amazon is still taking away local processing.

Why is this concerning?

This move has raised many concerns about user privacy on Amazon devices. The idea that a major tech company can listen in on all requests made through its devices, at any time, doesn't sit well, especially when users have no choice in the matter.

There really isn't much that Amazon Echo customers can do here, aside from quitting Alexa. Of course, for many users, Alexa is an integral part of their smart home. The decision now is to continue on using the features users have relied on for years, forgoing privacy, or quit the ecosystem entirely.

Amazon does say that they will automatically delete recordings of all Alexa requests after the processing is done. Plus, Amazon is assuring users that all their recordings are encrypted in transit to Amazon's secure cloud servers. But given Amazon's track record, it's hard to trust their word.

Amazon has a history of mismanaging Alexa voice recordings. In 2023, Amazon paid $25 million in a case over revelations the company stored recordings of children's voices forever, and it gave employees access to this data, as well as footage from Ring cameras. In the same year, reports showed Amazon was using real conversations in Alexa to train its AI (the one that is now shipping with Alexa+). In the past, company also admitted to letting its employees listen in on audio conversations.

'Don't Save Recordings' is now much less useful

Previously, users at least had the choice to stop sharing their requests to Amazon servers (“Do Not Send Voice Recordings”) as well as not to save them ("Don't Save Recordings"). Now, Amazon is effectively removing that second choice as well, if you want your device to work as advertised.

As it happens, the "Don't Save Recordings" toggle is also linked to the Voice ID feature. This is the feature that can identify who is making the request, so Alexa can personalize its response accordingly. That way, your requests for calendar events, reminders, or music don't interfere with anyone else's requests in your home. It was already quite useful, and is becoming an even bigger deal with Alexa+. The thing is, if you ask Alexa not to save your recordings, it will also automatically disable Voice ID, and you'll lose out on all the user-identifying features. Amazon previously warned enabling this feature could affect Voice ID, but now it essentially guarantees it won't work.

So, your "choice" isn't really a choice at all. You can either let Amazon process, save, and use your recordings however they want, or you lose out on the Voice ID feature, limiting the usefulness of the product—while still sending your requests to Amazon's servers.

Venezuela to Resume Repatriation of Migrants After Deal With U.S., Official Says

Venezuela will once again accept repatriation flights from the United States carrying its deported nationals, a Venezuelan official said.

Migration Venezuela US

CARACAS, Venezuela — Venezuela will once again accept repatriation flights from the United States carrying its deported nationals after reaching an agreement with the U.S., a Venezuelan official said on social media Saturday.

Venezuelan President Nicolás Maduro suspended flights on March 8, after the U.S. Treasury Department announced the withdrawal of Chevron’s license to export Venezuelan oil.

[time-brightcove not-tgx=”true”]

“We have agreed with the U.S. government to resume the repatriation of Venezuelan migrants with an initial flight tomorrow, Sunday,” said Jorge Rodríguez, president of Venezuela’s Assembly and Maduro’s chief negotiator with the U.S.

Venezuela accepted the deal to guarantee the “the return of our compatriots to their nation with the safeguard of their Human Rights,” Rodríguez said.

Read More: What the Venezuelans Deported to El Salvador Experienced

In his statement, Rodríguez referred to the deportation by Donald Trump’s government of some 250 Venezuelans to a high-security prison in El Salvador.

“Migrating is not a crime and we will not rest until we achieve the return of all those who require it and until we rescue our brothers kidnapped in El Salvador,” Rodríguez said.

Maduro ratified the measure during a public event later in the day. “We are resuming flights to rescue and release migrants from U.S. prisons,” Maduro said.

The Venezuelan leader also said that he held the president of El Salvador, Nayib Bukele, responsible for the well-being of the Venezuelans deported to that country.

“You guarantee their health and, sooner rather than later, you have to hand them over and release them, because they are kidnapped,” Maduro said.

Trump alleged the deportees were members of the Tren de Aragua gang. He labeled the Tren de Aragua an invading force on March 15 when he invoked the Alien Enemies Act, a little-used authority from 1798 that allows the president to deport any non-citizen during wartime. A federal judge issued an order temporarily barring the deportations, but flights were in the air when the ruling came down.

Tren de Aragua, which the U.S. Department of State designated a foreign terrorist organization, originated in a prison in the South American country. Members accompanied an exodus of millions of Venezuelans, the overwhelming majority of whom were seeking better living conditions after their nation’s economy came undone last decade.

Trump’s administration has not provided evidence that the deportees are members of Tren de Aragua or that they committed any crime in the U.S.

Maduro’s government has mostly refused the entry of immigrants deported from the U.S. Those deportations have sharply picked up since Trump took office on Jan. 20.

In recent weeks, some 350 people were deported to Venezuela, including some 180 who spent up to 16 days at the U.S. naval base in Guantanamo Bay, Cuba.

The Trump administration said that the Venezuelans sent to Guantanamo are members of Tren de Aragua, but offered little evidence to back this up.

Best Cyber Monday deals on streaming media players

I’m Obsessed With Grilling Shrimp on My Waffle Iron

The petite size, high heat, and deep grooves make it the perfect place to cook shrimp.

We may earn a commission from links on this page.

For lean protein that’s tasty, low fat, and affordable, you can't go wrong with shrimp, especially if you buy frozen. I like to do just that, and stretch it out over many meals. I think we can all agree that when you’re eating a lot of one particular thing, the best way to keep things interesting is to try new recipes and to find different cooking methods for it. And my latest shrimp obsession is to “grill” it using my waffle iron. 

Why waffled shrimp works

The waffle iron is one of the most versatile appliances in your kitchen—it's good for so much more than making waffles. The benefits of using a waffle maker to cook your wee sea bugs is four-fold: speed, ease, space, and a dry cook (which compares to grilling).

When I waffle my shrimp, I always start with a cleaner counter space; as the prep is all done beforehand, and my particular waffle maker is not very large, I need some room to have all my skewers ready to go. Then it’s just a matter of switching out the skewers of shrimp in the appliance; once cooked, they’re ready to snack on or lay across a pile of rice. 

The "dry cook" is the biggest selling point for me. I love shrimp, but I don't always love eating wet shrimp, and the waffle iron remedies this. (I’m a sometimes seafood lover, so I can get easily grossed out by too much ocean; my fiance historically makes too much saucy shrimp, so I’ll switch to waffling when I’m in charge of dinner.) Similarly to grilling, where you have grates, the divots and grooves of the waffle press allow the excess juices to drain away from the meat. (This is also why you should waffle some meat.) That, coupled with the high heat of the waffle plates, means you can quickly concentrate the flavor without much moisture collecting around the seafood.

Skwered shrimp on a waffle iron.
Credit: Allie Chanthorn Reinmann

How to waffle your shrimp

1. Thaw the shrimp 

Waffling your shrimp is especially good if you’re in the mood for a quick shrimp snack. Since the waffle iron cooks from both sides simultaneously, my medium shrimp finished cooking in three minutes. If you have frozen shrimp or you’re marinating it, thaw them in the fridge overnight and give them a seasoning dry rub in the morning so you’ll be ready to waffle them just before eating. 

2. Marinate

A good marinade can be nearly any seasoning mix, spice blend, or even salad dressing. As I mentioned, I prefer dry but flavorful shrimp, so after thawing I’ll pat them dry with paper towel and add them to a bowl with dry seasonings like old bay, cayenne pepper powder, a curry powder mix, and salt. Then I’ll drizzle on a teaspoon or so of cooking oil. This makes it easier to coat the shrimp with the seasonings but also prevents them from sticking to the iron. 

3. Skewer

Raw shrimp on a skewer.
Credit: Allie Chanthorn Reinmann

You don’t need to skewer the shrimp, but I like to because it’s so much easier to remove them from the waffle maker and switch in the next batch. Also, you must consider how fun it is to eat shrimp straight off the skewer. Use bamboo skewers and poke through the centers of the shrimp—they don't need soaking or any special treatment. You can skewer as many as will fit, but don’t add more than the length or width of your waffle iron.

4. Waffle

My waffle iron only has an on-off toggle, but if you have temperature controls, then put them up to the highest setting. Shrimp cook easily, and large or medium shrimp will cook through in three to four minutes. When your iron is fully preheated, lay down as many skewers as you can fit with about a half-inch of space between them. Press the lid down and keep some pressure on it for the first minute or so. Peek in the side to see if they’re looking opaque after three minutes, and remove them if so. Swap in the next skewers. 

If you don’t have a waffle iron already or you’re looking to buy a new one, I highly recommend one that has removable plates for easier cleaning. It’s such a relief to let the waffle iron cool down while I eat my snack shrimp, then come back and pop out the plates; the appliance goes into its storage spot and I take care of plates with the rest of the dishes. 

While your waffled shrimp may not have the grill marks or the smoky flavor of actual grilled shrimp (perhaps you can add some smoked paprika?), heating up the waffle iron is a lot easier than firing up a real grill. Plus, if you live in an apartment (like I do), or you simply don’t have a grill, this waffle-griddled shrimp gives you lots of flavor and a lot less mess.

A Comprehensive & Conversion-Optimized College Website for AMCET

A college website is the digital gateway for prospective students and their families. It’s the first place where students explore academic programs, learn about campus life, and initiate their admission journey. In a competitive education landscape, a well-structured and engaging website can be the deciding factor in a student’s college selection process.  When AMCET (Asan…

The post A Comprehensive & Conversion-Optimized College Website for AMCET appeared first on Pixel Studios.

A college website is the digital gateway for prospective students and their families. It’s the first place where students explore academic programs, learn about campus life, and initiate their admission journey. In a competitive education landscape, a well-structured and engaging website can be the deciding factor in a student’s college selection process. 

When AMCET (Asan Memorial College of Engineering and Technology) approached Pixel Studios, they needed a modern, conversion-driven website that would:

The challenge was to create a fully optimized college website that not only provided information but actively engaged potential applicants and encouraged them to take action

Our goal? Design an intuitive, visually engaging, and high-converting website that strengthens AMCET’s online presence and makes the admission process effortless for students.

Solution & Execution

1. A Comprehensive Home Page – The Ultimate College Information Hub

A college website’s home page is the first impression—it needs to provide a snapshot of the institution’s strengths, guiding visitors toward the most relevant information. Instead of making users dig through multiple pages, we crafted a highly structured, content-rich homepage that delivered everything a potential student would look for at a glance

Key Features Implemented:

By consolidating all key details into a single, structured page, the home page became the ultimate information hub, allowing students and parents to quickly access what they needed. This reduced drop-off rates and improved engagement, as visitors could seamlessly navigate between sections.

2. Conversion-Driven Admission CTAs – Making Enrollment Effortless

A college website’s primary goal is to convert visitors into applicants. Every interaction must lead potential students closer to enrollment. Instead of relying on just a single “Apply Now” button, we designed multiple admission-focused CTAs across the website, ensuring students could take action at any stage of their journey. 

How We Did It:

With strategically placed CTAs across multiple touchpoints, students were never left wondering about the next step. Whether through a chatbot conversation, an inquiry form, or a prominent apply button, the website encouraged seamless student conversions.

3. Department-Specific Pages – A Deep Dive into Academic Offerings

Choosing a college program is a major decision, and students need detailed, structured insights into their course of interest. A generic “Courses Offered” page wouldn’t be enough. To create a clear and engaging academic experience, we built individual department pages with detailed program structures.

Key Features Implemented:

With well-structured department pages, students could easily compare programs, understand their future career prospects, and feel confident in making their decisions. The website now serves as an academic guide rather than just an information portal.

4. ‘Life at AMCET’ – Bringing the Campus Experience Online

Prospective students don’t just care about academics—they want to experience campus life, extracurricular activities, and the overall college atmosphere. To capture this, we created a dedicated ‘Life at AMCET’ section that showcases the facilities and lifestyle offered by the college.

Key Features Implemented:

By highlighting every aspect of campus life, the website made it easier for students and parents to visualize their experience at AMCET. Instead of simply listing facilities, we brought them to life through immersive content and detailed breakdowns. 

Final Outcome: A Fully Optimized, High-Performance College Website

The new AMCET website is not just an information hub—it’s a powerful tool for student engagement and admissions. 

By focusing on a comprehensive home page, conversion-driven CTAs, in-depth academic pages, and an immersive campus experience, we built a website that not only informs but actively guides and converts potential applicants. 

At Pixel Studios, we specialize in college website development that goes beyond aesthetics—we build platforms that drive real results. AMCET now has a high-performing website that attracts, informs, and converts prospective students with ease. 

With a structured, conversion-driven, and engaging digital presence, AMCET is now positioned as a top choice for engineering aspirants.

Lets discuss ideas to propel your brand online

(or)

The post A Comprehensive & Conversion-Optimized College Website for AMCET appeared first on Pixel Studios.

Tomb Raider IV-VI Remastered

Det finns en något pretentiös Tomb Raider-älskare i mig som helst av allt skulle vilja försöka få det till att magin, charmen och karisman i denna spelserie började avta med markant marginal redan efter Tomb Raider II, men det är inte sant. Jag var av denna enkla åsikt fram till förra året då jag i brist på villig frilansare återbesökte samtliga tre spel i den föregående samlingen, och insåg relativt snabbt att alla tre spel höll och håller relativt hög klass. Jag minns framförallt trean som direkt dåligt men skulle idag klassa det som klart godkänt medan det första äventyret för egen del står sig som ett av tidernas mest märkvärdiga spel - alla tänkbara kategorier.
<bild>Det finns delar av framförallt Tomb Raider: The Last Revelation som är mycket bättre än vad jag minns de som.</bild>
Jag minns också hur trött jag var på samma gamla formel när Core Design och Eidos väl rullade ut det fjärde spelet i serien, Tomb Raider: The Last Revelation. Jag hade då, tre år efter debuten av originaläventyret, ätit mig proppmätt på samma slags utforskande, samma slags miljöbaserade pussel och samma slags stelbenta spelkontroll. Med det sagt var The Last Revelation (1999) aldrig dåligt och när jag nu återupplevt det, har det slagit mig hur underskattat det trots allt är. Temat här är astrologi och hur stjärnorna styrde framförallt de gamla egyptierna och det är en välskriven och vettigt strukturerad berättelse med fint hopsnickrade manér och en hel del riktigt finurliga pussel, som vi får här. Detta trots att utvecklingsteamet vid det här laget (The Last Revelation utvecklades samtidigt som Tomb Raider III vilket innebär att Core Designs kärnteam hade delats upp på mitten och jobbade dubbelt så hårt, med dubbla mängden spel) var helt slutkörda.
<bild>Aspyr har haft den goda smaken att bevara grundreceptet men har även lagt till små funktioner och animationer som förbättrat spelupplevelsen.</bild>
Det femte spelet i denna hyperpopulära spelföljetong stavas Tomb Raider: Chronicles (2000) och när äventyret börjar tros Lara Croft vara död efter händelserna i The Last Revelation. Vi får via godtyckliga återblickar spela igenom "Lost Levels" från Tomb Raider III samt The Last Revelation i ett äventyr som känns lite som Lara-pytt. Snabbt hoprafsade bortklippta banor från tidigare spel som mjölkades till sista droppen för att Eidos krävde Core Design på ett fullfjädrat spel per år, ungefär. Visst finns det pussel här (också) som är snillrikt planerade och visst finns det en del utforskande här som passerat mig obemärkt förbi vid tidigare tillfällen, som jag nu uppskattar snarare än undviket, men på det stora hela märks det idag rätt tydligt att Core Design var aptrötta på Lara Croft vid det här laget och att fantasin i mångt och mycket var slut.
<bild>Det nya fotoläget är strålande även om jag har noll intresse av att sitta och ta "snygga screenshots" i ett 25 år gammalt spel.</bild>
Det tredje spelet i denna samling är inget mindre än den direkt hutlöst utskrattade pekoralet Tomb Raider: The Angel of Darkness som vi här på Gamereactor belönade med en svag 4:a i betyg (oktober 2003) och då i ärlighetens namn var rätt jädra generösa, skulle jag säga. För detta är ett riktigt eländigt spel som inte gör särskilt mycket annat än att irritera. Core Design arbetade parallellt med såväl Tomb Raider III, The Last Revelation, Chronicles samt Angel eftersom detta äventyr baserades på en helt ny version av deras egen spelmotor, nu optimerad för Playstation 2 istället för Playstation, och med ett annat fokus rent spelmässigt. Lara var nu någon slags Solid Snake-wannabe, kunde smyga, attackera fiender bakifrån och strypa ut dem utan att röja sin position och istället för katakomber och enorma grottsystem bestod många av banorna av inomhusmiljöer i London. Vilket inte fungerade för fem ruttna ören. The Angel of Darkness var helt värdelöst för (snart) 22 år sen och det är ännu sämre idag.

Och det är väl där som skon klämmer för egen del när det gäller denna samling spel, vilket inte var fallet med Tomb Raider I-III Remastered. Dessa tre spel är inte i närheten av lika bra som de första tre om vi ska se någon slags helhet här, vilket såklart drar ned betyget. med det sagt är det enkelt att se alla de förbättringar som Aspyr gjort sett till själva konverteringsarbetet i sig. Det går fortfarande att hoppa fritt mellan den gamla grafiken och den nya, polerade. Skärmuppdateringen hackar och hostar mycket mindre den här gången när man gör dessa hopp och skiftet mellan "Modern controls" och "Tank controls" (originalet) flyter ännu smidigare precis som två nya animationer som lagts till för att underlätta Laras klättrande. Photo Mode har utökats också och är här alldeles suveränt.
<bild>Angel of Darkness förblir ett av tidernas sämsta storspel.</bild>
Tomb Raider IV-VI Remastered är således ett väl utfört arbete sett till Aspyrs insats men originalspelen som här fått modern behandling håller inte riktigt måttet vilket gör att betyget stannar på en femma. Det är förvisso ett stycke spelhistoria det här men med tanke på hur mediokert Chronicles är och hur uselt Tomb Raider: The Angel of Darkness är - har jag svårt att se hur detta ska kunna bli någon kioskvältare.

The Rise of the Electric Scooter

In an electric car, the (enormous) battery is a major part of the price. If electric car prices are decreasing, battery costs must be decreasing, because it’s not like the cost of fabricating rubber, aluminum, glass, and steel into car shapes can decline that much,

The Rise of the Electric Scooter

In an electric car, the (enormous) battery is a major part of the price. If electric car prices are decreasing, battery costs must be decreasing, because it’s not like the cost of fabricating rubber, aluminum, glass, and steel into car shapes can decline that much, right?

The Rise of the Electric Scooter

On an electric scooter, though, the effect of battery price has to be even more dramatic because scooters are such lightweight, compact, and simple machines. They aren’t much more than a battery and an electric motor to begin with. Remember the Zappy electric scooter from twenty years ago?

The Rise of the Electric Scooter

What killed the electric scooter back then is the same thing that killed the electric car of year 2000: terrible lead-acid battery technology. It’s too heavy, it lacks power, it doesn’t have enough range, it takes too long to charge. These are all different ways of saying the same thing: the battery sucks. It wasn’t until Lithium Ion batteries matured that both the electric car and the electric scooter – and pretty much electric everything, if you think about it – became viable.

Thus, one way to see if Lithium Ion battery prices are indeed generally dropping independent of all other manufacturing concerns is to examine the cost of electric scooters over the last few years. Let’s consider one of the most popular models, the Xiaomi Mi M365:

The Rise of the Electric Scooter

This graph only shows roughly two years, from January 2018 to now; it looks like the original price for the Xiaomi M365 when it hit the US market in early 2017 was around $800. So the price of a popular, common electric scooter has halved in three years. Very good news indeed for electric vehicles of all types!

This dramatic drop in electric scooter price from 2016 to 2019 may not be surprising versus the parallel rise of the quasi-legal electric scooter smartphone app rental industry over roughly the same time period, in the form of Bird, Lime, Skip, Spin, Scoot, etc.

The Rise of the Electric Scooter

Early versions of Bird scooters were actual Xiaomi M365s, slightly modified for rental. Only by late 2018 had they migrated to custom built, ruggedized scooters optimized for the rental market. The rental industries have their own challenges, and ironically have started to pivot to monthly rentals rather than the classic 15 cents per minute.

Bird has experimented with its business model in recent months. In early March, the company altered its repair program in Los Angeles, which had relied on gig workers to fix broken scooters. It moved repairs in-house (though scooters are still charged each night by an army of gig workers). Later that month, the company introduced scooters with locks in some markets, in a bid to prevent theft and vandalism.

In April, it announced the launch of a more traditional rental program in San Francisco and Barcelona, in which users could pay $25 per month to rent a Xiaomi m365 from the company rather than paying per ride.

But this isn’t meant to be a blog entry about the viability of scooter rental company business models.

I want to tackle a more fundamental question: are electric scooters the future of transportation?

Even Uber, as screwed up of a company as they still are, knows cars are overkill for a lot of basic transportation needs:

The Rise of the Electric Scooter

We have plenty of scooters here at my house, and the family and I enjoy them greatly, but I have never actually ridden or owned an electric scooter. So I bought one. It is of course the popular, inexpensive, and well reviewed Xiaomi Mi M365.

The Rise of the Electric Scooter

Here’s a picture of my electric scooter inside my electric car. (I apologize that I didn’t have an electric bicycle to park next to it for maximum smugness, but you can bet your sweet electrons I’ll work on that next!)

The Rise of the Electric Scooter

The short version of my review is this electric scooter is incredibly fun, works great, and if you can get it for a price around $300, practically a no-brainer. I love it, my kids love it, and as long as you’re conceptually OK with the look, unlike Elon Musk, 🛴💨 then you’ll probably love it too.

I found a neat video covering the “one year later” experience of owning the scooter, and what you might eventually run into or want to tweak.

(The main thing to take away from this video is that flats super suck on tires this small, so be warned. I put Slime in my Mi’s tires out of an abundance of caution, but you could also go with solid tubeless tires – at the cost of some ride comfort – if you’re really worried.)

That’s not to say that the electric scooter experience is perfect. There are some challenges with electric scooters, starting with the biggest one: your local government has no idea how to regulate the darn things.

  • Is this regulated like a bicycle? If not, why not?
  • Are they allowed on the sidewalk?
  • Do you have to ride them in the road, with cars… uh, depending on the speed limit?
  • Do you need a driver’s license?
  • Do you need a helmet?
  • Are you even allowed to legally ride them in public at all outside of private property?

The answers also vary wildly depending on where you live, and with no consistency or apparent logic. Here are the current electric scooter laws in California, for what it’s worth, which require the rider to have a valid driver’s license (unlike electric bicycles) and also disallow them from sidewalks, both of which I feel are onerous and unnecessary restrictions.

One aspect of those laws I definitely agree with, however, is the 15 mile per hour speed restriction. That’s a plenty brisk top speed for a standing adult with no special safety equipment. Anything faster starts to get decidedly… uncomfortable. Consider this monster of a 1165KWh electric scooter, with dual motors and dual suspension that goes up to forty freakin’ miles per hour.

That… is… terrifying. Even the reviewer, in full motorcycle safety gear, wasn’t willing to push it all the way to 40 MPH. And I don’t blame him! But now that I’ve shown you the undisputed Honda Civic everyman budget model of electric scooter in the M365, hopefully this gives you a taste of the wider emerging diversity in these kinds of minimalistic electric vehicles. If you want a luxury electric scooter, an ultralight electric scooter, a rugged offroad electric scooter… all things are possible, for a price.

Another reason the M365 is available for so cheap is that is successor, the Xiaomi M365 Pro, was recently released, although it is not quite possible to obtain in the US at the moment.

Having ridden my M365 a fair bit, I can confirm all the Pro improvements are welcome, if incremental: bigger battery and disc brake, more power, better display, improved latch mechanism, etc.

The Rise of the Electric Scooter

None of those Pro improvements, however, are worth a 2× increase in price so I’d recommend sticking with the M365 for now because its value proposition is off the charts. Did I mention there’s a Bluetooth connection, and an app, and it is possible to hack the M365 firmware? Pretty cool how electric vehicles are inherently digital, isn’t it?

Here are a few other observations after riding my M365 around a fair bit:

  • Please be respectful around pedestrians. Most of the sidewalks around here are not busy at all, but the pedestrians I encountered on the electric scooter were definitely more freaked out than I’ve seen before when using regular kick scooters (or skateboards) on the sidewalk, which did surprise me. An electric scooter has more heft to it, both physically at 26 pounds, and in the 15 mile per hour speed it can reach – but also mentally in terms of how it looks and how people approach it. I recommend slowing down to just above walking speed when encountering pedestrians, and if there is a bike lane available, I’d definitely recommend using that.
  • Hills work great. The kryptonite of traditional kick scooters is hills, and I’m pleased to report that even with a cough sizable adult such as myself riding, I was able to sustain a respectable above-walking speed on most reasonable hills. Where I looked at a hill and thought “this probably should work,” it did. That’s impressive, considering this isn’t the upgraded Pro model with bigger battery and more powerful motor. On flats and downhills the performance is superb, as you’d expect. That said, if you are a really big or tall adult, or live in a particularly hilly area, wait for the Pro model or an equivalent.
  • Portability is good, but borderline. At ~26 pounds, the electric scooter is reasonably portable, but it’s not something you a) could really get away with taking inside a restaurant / store with you to prevent theft or b) want to be carrying around on your person for any significant length of time. It’s not nearly as nimble or portable as a kick scooter, but that’s a high bar. You’ll need to carry a bike lock and think about how to lock your scooter on bike racks, which turned out to be… more geometrically challenging than I anticipated due to the small tires, disc brakes, and the engine in the front wheel. They need more obvious locking points on the chassis.

To be honest with you I’m still bitter about the whole Segway debacle. There was so much hype back in the day. That ridiculous thing was supposed to change the world. Instead, we got… Paul Blart Mall Cop.

The Rise of the Electric Scooter

A Segway was $5,000 at launch in 2001, which is a whopping $7,248 in inflation adjusted dollars. Here in 2019, cheap $200 to $300 electric scooters are basically the transformational technology the Segway was supposed to be, aren’t they? Are electric scooters the future of (most) transportation? I’m not sure, but I do like where we’re headed, even if it took us twenty years to get there.

This OneAir Flight- and Hotel-Finder Subscription Is Just $70 Right Now for Life

OneAir sends you real-time notifications when a deal that matches your travel preferences pops up.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

Travel deals can be hit or miss as prices jump around and deals disappear before you can check your schedule. The OneAir Elite Lifetime Subscription is designed to do the heavy lifting for you. A members-only deal-alert service, it tracks flight prices using AI, scans for mistake fares, and alerts you when there’s a significant drop—and currently, it's on StackSocial for $99.99 (originally $790), but apply the promo code FLY30 and you can get it for just $70. The sale runs until March 30.

OneAir’s coverage is broad, spanning 60+ countries and multiple fare classes, including premium economy and business. That’s useful if you’re flexible with your routes and don’t mind hopping on an unexpected deal. It even includes hidden city fares, which can sometimes cut costs significantly. The biggest advantage here is that OneAir does the searching for you, so that you’re not spending hours checking flights manually. However, travelers with strict schedules or those who only fly specific airlines may not always get the most value. Some of the best deals require booking fast, so it works best for those ready to jump on an opportunity.

At $70 for lifetime access, it’s cheaper than most annual flight deal subscriptions, and if you book even one discounted flight using its alerts, it could pay for itself in one trip. That said, it won’t magically make every flight cheaper—deals depend on availability and timing. If you like tracking flights yourself or only travel occasionally, free services like Google Flights or Skyscanner alerts might be enough. But if you want to save money without the hassle, this could be a solid tool to have.

NASA Scraps Promise to Land ‘First Woman and Person of Color’ on the Moon

From left, CSA (Canadian Space Agency) astronaut Jenni Gibbons, NASA astronaut Andre Douglas, CSA astronaut Jeremy Hansen, and NASA astronauts Christina Koch, Victor Glover, and Reid Wiseman participate in a media day event on Monday, Dec. 16, 2024, inside the Vehicle Assembly Building at the agency’s Kennedy Space Center in Florida.

Under the new administration, the agency is moving away from promoting its efforts to diversify its Artemis crew.From left, CSA (Canadian Space Agency) astronaut Jenni Gibbons, NASA astronaut Andre Douglas, CSA astronaut Jeremy Hansen, and NASA astronauts Christina Koch, Victor Glover, and Reid Wiseman participate in a media day event on Monday, Dec. 16, 2024, inside the Vehicle Assembly Building at the agency’s Kennedy Space Center in Florida.

Under the new administration, the agency is moving away from promoting its efforts to diversify its Artemis crew.

The Out-of-Touch-Adults' Guide to Kid Culture: Lady Gaga and the Death of Neo-Medievalism

If you missed the trend of dressing like you live in the middle ages, it's over now.

I try to write about emerging trends in this column, but this week I'm flipping the script, as they say, and taking a look at the end of four popular things: Neo-medievalism, Kendrick Lamar, memes, and movies are all in the process of being thrown into the garbage heap by young people.

Lady Gaga and the death of neo-medievalism

If you watched Lady Gaga's appearance on Saturday Night Live on March 8, you might not have known you were witnessing the end of a youth trend, the moment when neo-medievalism went from cool to commodity.

Along with hosting, Gaga played her new single "Abracadabra" for the SNL audience, and she was doing a lot. The song's pure pop hooks mixed with hard dance beats would have been at home on Gaga's 2008 release The Fame, so this is Lady Gaga reheating her own nachos. But there are much older nachos being reheated too: From the Gregorian chants of the background singers to Gaga's dancers rocking corpse paint and plague-doctor outfits, Gaga is dabbling in neo-medievalism, an aesthetic born in cutting-edge art and fashion circles that has been slowly oozing toward the mainstream over the last few years.

Maybe in response to the world devolving from globalism to warring regional powers, just like the Middle Ages, fashion designers like Hedi Slimane started dressing models in ren-faire style outfits made of leather to make them look like "moody princes." Meanwhile, outside-of-the-mainstream musicians like Dandelion Wine began adding drum machines and synths to Middle Ages-style melodies. The neo-medieval style is based on people's ideas of history, not the real article (I doubt a 13th century peasant from Hungary would know what to make of "Abracadabra") so it owes a debt to RPG video games, fantasy movies, and Dungeons and Dragons.

Over the last few years, neo-medievalism has become a whole thing. But the 1990s swing revival was a whole thing too, and all whole things die the way Big Bad Voodoo Daddy did: Too many people started paying attention, and what was once cool and underground becomes ridiculous and embarrassing.

You could see the cracks forming when Chappell Roan showed up at the Grammys looking like this:

But Roan is at least in her 20s. Lady Gaga is nearly 40 years old. She's still great, but she's a last-gen artist for moms driving small SUVs now, and her copping the neo-medieval style on a stage big enough for you and I to see it is a death knell for the movement. For a historical pop-culture equivalent, ask yourself who was "voguing" or dressing in a neo-Renaissance style after Madonna appeared on the VMAs in 1990.

So look for the mass-market-friendly version of the Middle Ages to hit the back-to-school clothing racks at Target this summer, for "Abracadbra" to be played at weddings, and for the cool kids to ditch the fairy wings and clown makeup for whatever the next thing is.

Has Kendrick Lamar jumped the shark?

Speaking of things that were once cool... Kendrick Lamar!

Drake didn't have many good bars during the famous Drake vs. Kendrick rap war, but he had one punchline that ended up landing hard. On "Family Matters," Drake raps, "Kendrick just opened his mouth; somebody hand him a Grammy right now," a line that plays on the oversized adulation Kendrick had started receiving. Since then, Kendrick performed at the Super Bowl, guested on Playboi Carti's album, and has been handed five Grammys. It wouldn't be weird to hear "Not Like Us" played in the same small SUV that just bumped "Abracadabra." As Drake's line suggests: You can't get this popular without the hardcore saying, "Wait, is this guy actually corny?"

Case-in-point: the T-shirts. On Lamar's "TV off," he shouts out the name of producer Mustard in a way that seemed designed to be meme-ified. As you could have predicted, people started making and selling T-shirts of the moment, like this early and popular version featuring Kendrick as a Peanuts character saying "Mustarddddddd!"

Or this one from Etsy, that plays on Heinz logo:

Mustard T-shirt
Credit: Etsy

Then other people started noticing how cornball all this gear is and posting responses like this:

And this:

Whether it's normal or brain-rot, the question is the same: "Who is buying this shit?" The answer: Lame people.

It's not Kendrick's fault that Etsy entrepreneurs are making a quick buck off his work, but in the pitiless court of public pop culture opinion, K.Dot seems to be strapping on the water skis and heading for the ramp.

What is the great meme drought of 2025?

For my third "thing that might be over," I'm looking at memes themselves. TikToker @goofangel started the ball rolling by proclaiming that there were no new, original memes in March of 2025.

Others picked up on the trend and started posting picture of the Great Depression to illustrate the supposed lack of memes:

Or expressing how the meme depression makes them feel:

Others have pointed out that the Great Meme Depression is an original meme that was created in March, identifying an important paradox in the meme-verse:

Still others looked to the future with a sense of hope:

The "death of memes" is mostly ironic, but maybe memes themselves have reached their logical conclusion and younger people will start doing something else with their time. It's a pipe dream, sure, but you never know.

Viral video of the week: I accidentally got way too invested in this TikTok movie

My final entry in the list of dead culture things: cinema.

That kids don't really care about movies any more isn't a new thing, but in this week's viral video, YouTuber Danny Gonzalez takes a look at what's replacing traditional films for more and more young people: long-form stories designed to be watched like TikToks or Instagram reels. Movies like "True Heiress vs. Fake Queen Bee," an 85-part(!) series that tells the story of a high school heiress's feud with a popular girl.

Gonzalez wonders at one point whether the "movie" was actually written by AI. So, as an experiment, I asked ChatGPT to write a movie with a similar idea, and I think it did at least as good a job as the actual "True Heiress vs. Fake Queen Bee" script. Here's part of the first scene:

Lily walks past a group of students who pause and stare at her. One whispers to another.

Student 1: Wait, who is that?

Student 2: I think... she’s, like, an heiress or something. Some big family with loads of money.

Student 3 (skeptical): An heiress? To what, like... a candy store?

Lily (overhearing, with a smile): Actually, it’s a global luxury fashion brand. Just inherited a stake last month. But thank you for noticing.

Instead of Spring Cleaning, Try Spring Decluttering

What if we did something different this year?

We may earn a commission from links on this page.

The urge to spring clean your home is a strong one. You know warmer months are coming, things are about to look up, and you want to enjoy all of that in a fresh, revitalized environment. Typically, that involves your standard cleaning, but what if you shook it up this year? Try a spring decluttering approach instead, getting rid of what no longer serves you so you can really enjoy your space. Here's how to do it.

Assess your space

This is something I practice a lot, especially since I started heavily decluttering about two years ago: I stand in a room and look at it as objectively as I can. When you get used to things—a bunch of stuff piled on a side table, an old box you don't really use, a Swiffer that has somehow been propped on the same wall for weeks—you don't really notice how cluttered it all looks anymore, let alone how little you really use or need all that junk.

It is difficult to do, but try looking around as if you didn't live there and really noticing what is all over the place. If you're really struggling, call a friend over to give an assessment or take a picture of the room. Somehow, looking at a photo of the space, not the space itself, really helps me see how it truly looks.

Choose a decluttering method to follow

Before you choose a method to follow (and there are many), make a commitment to stick with your decision and get rid of a lot of things. In general, no matter which approach you're following, you'll be sorting items into one of four categories: Keep, throw, donate, and sell. In fact, many decluttering gurus don't even acknowledge "sell" as an option, choosing to focus instead of keep, throw, and donate, but I find that selling things has been helpful for me not only financially, but because I end up absolutely sure that someone else is getting use out of them.

It can be helpful, especially if you're not in the habit of decluttering, to actually set out four boxes and manually sort everything into them. One piece of advice: When a box is full, take it immediately where it needs to go. The trash box goes straight to the trash. The donation box goes into your car or, better yet, right to the drop-off center. Getting into the habit of being actionable about clutter starts with doing what you say you're going to do with each category of items.

As for what kind of approach to take, you have options. I suggest starting your spring decluttering with a bang rather than a bit-by-bit method, only because that's the point of spring cleaning. You can downshift into a more measured approach to keep the party going all year long later. For now, try your hand at getting rid of as much as you can. Some good options here are the "move-out" method and the Peter Walsh method.

The move-out method comes from Katie Holdefehr, author of Embrace Your Space and associate editorial director at Real Simple. It will put a bit of a push behind your efforts, which is just right for spring cleaning season: You act as if you're actually moving out of your home and into a new one, except the "new" home is actually the one you already have, just cleaner and better. You set a "move-out" date and box up everything in the room, categorizing it like you would if you were actually leaving, but asking yourself, "If I really moved, would I want to take this with me? Would there be a place for it in my new home?" When everything is boxed up and you've gotten rid of all the stuff that didn't elicit a "yes" to those questions, clean the room thoroughly, then unpack. You may find even more things that you don't want to keep, so get rid of those, too.

Peter Walsh's method is also pretty harsh: Empty the space entirely and then set a vision for it. If you're decluttering your living room, for instance, spend some time imagining how you really want to live in there, whether it's turning it into a place to get your work done or spend cozy nights watching movies. Really focus on the vision for what you want that room to be, then sort everything you moved out of it into two piles: Things that serve that vision and things that don't. Get rid of what doesn't, then put everything else away.

What to do when you get stuck

This isn't easy, primarily because we all have a tendency to justify keeping things we don't really need, whether for sentimental reasons or because we're worried we might somehow need them one day. The reality is that you probably won't need a lot of your clutter and, in the event you do, it can be replaced rather than taking up space in the meantime. To work through these mental roadblocks, there are questions you can ask yourself as you declutter. Here's a list of my favorites, which includes questions like these:

  • "When was the last time I used this?" This can help you determine if you even actually use the thing you're considering getting rid of.

  • "Do I want the job of managing this item?" This helps you realistically frame the commitment and responsibility that holding onto something will demand of you.

  • "Would I know I had this if I needed it?" This is useful for cleaning spaces like junk drawers, which are full of those items you make excuses to hold onto "just in case."

What happens when spring is over

I don't always recommend ripping off the Band-Aid and starting with a technique as hardcore as the move-out or Peter Walsh methods, but they work well if you're trying to jump start a new, clutter-free lifestyle, which makes them a great fit for spring cleaning season. It might be difficult and you might end up keeping a lot of things you don't need, but the bigger the jump start, the better the results. To maintain and enhance those results, you need to keep going, decluttering all the time. I've been doing it for two years now and I'm still nowhere near a minimalist, but there are some excellent long-term approaches you can follow to keep this energy going.

First, build micro-decluttering into your existing cleaning schedule. (No existing cleaning schedule? Here's how to build one.) Micro-decluttering involves picking a tiny space and focusing only on that, rather than on a whole room or even the whole house. You're not decluttering the bathroom, but the medicine cabinet. You're not decluttering your living room, but one shelving unit in it. Picking a tiny space every day stops you from getting overwhelmed and, over time, creates a much more manageable home.

The same is true for methods like 12-12-12 and 365 Less Things. With 12-12-12, you find 12 items to donate, 12 items to throw, and 12 items to put away every single day, but it's easier than it sounds. If you threw your junk mail on the table by the front door or find a Starbucks straw wrapper in your purse, those count as what you can throw away just as much as a broken appliance does. A blanket on the couch that really belongs in a basket counts for something to put away just as much as a whole load of clean laundry does. Again, take this in small increments to build a habit. With 365 Less Things, you're dedicating yourself to getting rid of one thing every day over the course of a year. It's the perfect way to follow up on a major round of spring decluttering because it slows down the process in a way that's totally manageable. It might not seem like much, but after a full year of doing it—when you'll end up back at spring cleaning!—you'll be down a significant amount of junk and your home will be better off long-term.

RFK Jr Tells His Favorite Anti-Vaccine Group to Delete Mock CDC Website

RFK

Children's Health Defense published an anti-vaccine webpage that appeared almost identical to the CDC site.RFK

Children's Health Defense published an anti-vaccine webpage that appeared almost identical to the CDC site.

Introducing the Dynamic Landscape of Software Development in 2024.

The software development landscape is rapidly evolving, driven by technological breakthroughs and changing market needs. Major trends in 2024 include AI and ML integration, the rise of blockchain, multi-runtime microservices, cybersecurity focus, AR/VR technology, sustainable development, and advances in cloud, edge, and quantum computing. Embracing these trends is crucial for sustained success.

The software development landscape evolves with each passing year. As we approach 2024, technological breakthroughs and shifting market needs continue to drive this transition at an exponential pace. Keeping up with these developments isn’t only advantageous for companies and developers; it’s a fundamental need for sustaining a competitive advantage and attaining long-term success.
This article digs into the most important software development trends expected to have a big influence in 2024. We’ll provide you the information you need to not only handle these changes but also use them to boost your software development activities.

Cornerstones of Software Engineering in 2024

Several major ideas will shape the software development environment in 2024. These include the widespread use of AI and ML, the growing usage of blockchain technology, and the growth of multi-runtime microservices designs. Furthermore, we expect a further increase in the use of Augmented Reality (AR) and Virtual Reality (VR) technologies, as well as a greater focus on cybersecurity and sustainable software development techniques.

Understanding AI and Machine Learning Integration

AI and machine learning have moved beyond their position as buzzwords to become essential components of contemporary software development. AI and machine learning technologies are transforming capabilities in a variety of sectors, from speeding operations with predictive algorithms to improving code quality with automated reviews.

Photo by Google DeepMind on Pexels.com


One of the most impressive accomplishments of 2023 was the development of sophisticated ChatGPT capabilities, such as the capacity to produce code and text, as well as major advances in AI-driven picture generation based on textual descriptions. Tools like GitHub’s Copilot, which uses artificial intelligence to recommend code snippets and full functions to developers in real time, highlight this expanding trend. Similarly, AI-powered analytics systems such as Tableau allow firms to extract insights from their data with unprecedented efficiency. Undoubtedly, 2024 will be a year of further research and integration of these disruptive technologies, with a special emphasis on automating text production, code creation, and data visualization jobs.

Blockchain Beyond Cryptocurrencies: Unleashing New Potential

Blockchain technology is gaining traction outside of cryptocurrencies. The increase in mobile apps that prioritize better security and higher quality has spurred the rising popularity of blockchain-based applications.
The essential elements of Blockchain-Oriented Software (BOS) systems include:
• Data Replication: Mirroring and storing data across hundreds of servers improves security dramatically.
• Requirement Verification: BOS systems examine transaction requirements to guarantee successful validation.
• BOS tracks transactions chronologically in linked blocks using a consensus method.
• Public-Key Cryptography ensures safe and verifiable transactions in BOS systems.
However, scalability and energy consumption remain barriers to blockchain’s widespread implementation.

Multi-Runtime Microservices: A Tailored Approach

The microservices architecture, a way of designing software applications as a collection of tiny, independently deployable, and modular services, is expected to increase further in 2024. This transformation will usher in the age of multi-runtime microservices, or MACH architecture (Microservices-based, API-first, Cloud-native, and Headless). MACH design enables developers to use the strengths of many programming languages, data storage systems, and runtime environments to provide distinct services inside a single application. This newfound variety responds to each service’s unique demands and features, allowing for a more targeted and optimal approach for each component of the application.
The fundamental benefit of a multi-runtime microservices architecture is its ability to utilize the benefits of several technologies and platforms. For example, a service that requires a lot of computing capacity might be hosted in a runtime environment particularly built for such tasks, but another service that deals with real-time data processing can use a separate environment that is optimized for speed and low latency. This method not only guarantees that each service functions in its optimal setting, but it also allows for quicker updates and maintenance, since changes to one service do not necessarily affect others. Furthermore, multi-runtime microservices design promotes a more agile development process by enabling teams to work on multiple services concurrently without causing dependencies.

Cybersecurity in the Forefront: Protecting the Software Development Landscape.

The ever-evolving panorama of cyber dangers has pushed security at the top of software development priorities in 2024. Integrating modern security mechanisms and using AI for threat identification are quickly becoming commonplace. The emphasis has clearly moved from reactive to proactive security measures.
• DevSecOps Integration: Businesses are integrating security into DevOps processes, creating a culture of shared accountability among stakeholders. This technique guarantees that security concerns are an integral part of the whole software development lifecycle.
• The Zero Trust Architecture replaces the traditional perimeter-based security model with the principle of “never trust, always verify.” This involves meticulously verifying all users and devices, whether inside or outside the organization’s network.
• Increased Encryption: As data breaches increase, there is a growing trend of using strong encryption technologies to secure data in transit and at rest. Advanced cryptographic approaches, such as homomorphic encryption, are gaining popularity, enabling data to be handled while being encrypted.
• Training developers on safe coding standards is becoming more important. This includes doing frequent code reviews, vulnerability testing, and using static and dynamic analysis techniques to detect and address security issues throughout the development process.
• The Cybersecurity Mesh idea provides a modular approach to security, with each device having its own security shield, similar to firewalls and network protections. It helps to the development of a more responsive and adaptive security architecture capable of dealing with the dynamic character of new cyber threats, hence strengthening the whole network.

The alluring realm of AR and VR: blurring the lines between reality and the digital

Photo by Jessica Lewis ud83eudd8b thepaintedsquare on Pexels.com

As AR and VR technology become more accessible, demand for such applications is surging across a wide range of industries:
• Virtual reality (VR) allows for interactive teaching in history, geography, and science. It provides risk-free medical training via virtual surgical simulators. For example, Google Expeditions and other instructional augmented reality programs allow students to tour historical landmarks, dissect virtual creatures, and study 3D representations of complex topics.
• AccuVein, an AR app, helps medical practitioners locate veins and insert needles more easily. Furthermore, surgical planning technologies that overlay 3D models on a patient’s anatomy provide accurate surgical guidance.
• VR is gaining popularity in business for prototyping, staff training, and customer service. The real estate business uses VR/AR to deliver virtual property tours, while AR applications enable consumers to see how furniture or improvements would appear in a certain location before making a purchase.
We are looking forward to the following amazing developments in 2024:
• Virtual Reality can now imitate real-world feelings like rain and summer meadows, blurring the gap between virtual and real. And this tendency is likely to continue.
• Social VR systems allow for real-time interactions, like hosting virtual parties, attending concerts, and playing multiplayer games.
• AI integration in VR personalizes experiences by responding to user behavior and creating dynamic settings based on preferences and activities.

Sustainable Software Development: Creating A Greener Future

As environmental concerns grow, green computing and sustainable software development approaches are gaining popularity. Developers are increasingly working on environmentally friendly solutions, supporting organizations such as the Green Software Foundation and the Sustainable Web Manifesto, which advocate energy-efficient coding techniques. This requires writing code to reduce server processing, loading times, and data requests.
Here are some important features of sustainable software development:
• Optimizing software code to improve performance and minimize energy use.
• Deployment: Use resources only when required, such as lazy functions and cloud-based apps, to reduce energy consumption.
• Integrations: Minimize data processing across systems to avoid needless utilization.
• Limiting data storage and retention period inside the system.
• Use smaller media to decrease storage and processing needs.
• Refactoring: Updating software to remove old or unnecessary functionalities.
• Reducing dependency on external components may reduce resource use.
• Software Architecture: Using efficient and energy-saving structures.
• Choose hosting providers that prioritize green practices.

Computing Powerhouses: A Look Into the Future

In the next year, we expect major advances in important computing fields such as Function-as-a-Service (FaaS), cloud, and edge computing, with a special emphasis on quantum computing.
• AWS Lambda, Azure Functions, and Google Cloud Functions are driving the growth of serverless computing (FaaS). FaaS enables developers to create and deploy applications and services without the burden of infrastructure management, resulting in more efficient and cost-effective development processes.

Examples of FaaS in Action:
Netflix uses AWS Lambda for a variety of applications on its streaming platform, such as video encoding, user authentication, and backend process management. When a user uploads a video, Lambda functions are invoked to encode and transform the material into a variety of formats appropriate for streaming across several devices. This enables Netflix to automatically scale resources depending on demand without the need to deploy or manage servers, resulting in smooth streaming experiences for customers while reducing costs.
Spotify uses Google Cloud Functions to execute a variety of backend functions on its music streaming platform. Functions are activated to handle user identification, process user-generated material, and conduct backend chores for their music recommendation algorithms, resulting in a smooth and customized user experience.
The Weather Company, an IBM company, processes and analyzes enormous amounts of weather data using IBM Cloud Functions. Serverless functions allowed them to analyze data in real time, make predictions, and send individualized weather warnings to users depending on their location without having to handle the underlying infrastructure.
These FaaS systems, which include event-driven design, automatically start execution in response to requests and alter resource use as required. Scalability and responsiveness ease the development process, making it ideal for high-traffic applications. Serverless computing is becoming more integrated with IoT, chatbots, and virtual assistants.

Cloud computing technology will evolve significantly by 2024.

They are expected to become more user-friendly, resulting in improved performance, cost savings, and better flexibility in IT goals. Leading cloud providers such as Amazon Web Services (AWS), Microsoft Azure, and Google Cloud Platform will extend their offerings to include more sophisticated analytics, machine learning capabilities, and enhanced security.

Edge computing

Edge computing processes client data at the network’s edge, bringing it closer to its source. Edge computing minimizes latency by placing computation closer to data sources, improving real-time data processing capabilities.
This trend is critical for applications that need real-time data processing, such as autonomous vehicles (Tesla’s self-driving cars, for example, use edge computing) and smart city technology. In healthcare, edge computing protects data privacy and allows AI-powered real-time monitoring and analysis of the patient’s status. This technology may help improve municipal traffic management by optimizing bus timetables, managing traffic lanes, and perhaps directing autonomous vehicle movements, proving its adaptability and influence across several domains. Edge computing is critical for smart grid adoption since it allows businesses to monitor energy use more effectively.

Quantum Computing: A New Frontier

Photo by Negative Space on Pexels.com

This sophisticated computing technique uses quantum bits (qubits) instead of conventional bits. It uses quantum physics concepts like superposition and entanglement to process data at rates that regular computers cannot match. This method is especially useful for complicated tasks such as cryptography, optimization, and molecular modeling, resulting in tenfold quicker answers.
While broad deployment of quantum computing is still a long way off, the ramifications for software development are already visible. Leading companies include IBM, Microsoft, Google, D-Wave, and Amazon. IBM is a pioneer with its Quantum System One and Two, which have powerful processors with up to 127 qubits. Microsoft works on topological qubits, incorporating them into its Azure cloud platform to increase accessibility. Google’s Quantum AI lab aspires to create a viable, universal quantum computer, while D-Wave focuses on quantum annealing and solving complicated optimization problems. Amazon is developing a large quantum computing infrastructure via its AWS Centre for Quantum Networking and Amazon Braket platforms.

The Programming Language Landscape in 2024

In 2024, Python will continue to dominate the programming language scene, with Rust’s popularity increasing significantly.
Python continues to be a popular programming language due to its ease of use, adaptability, and extensive library support. Web development, data analysis, artificial intelligence, and scientific computing all make extensive use of it.
Python is the most popular programming language, with a 19% growth rate, according to the PYPL index, which tracks the frequency of language instructional searches on Google.
According to the 2023 Stack Overflow poll, Python is the most requested programming language for developers to learn. Python has surpassed Java for the first time since 2012, and is no longer limited to the top two web app development languages. It has also received the TIOBE Programming Language of the Year award three times in five years, which recognizes the language with the greatest yearly gain in ratings. Python’s enormous library range, which is simple to incorporate into code and scale to bigger projects, opens up a world of possibilities for online and desktop app development, as well as system administration.

Rust’s popularity among developers is growing rapidly. This system programming language stresses memory safety and speed. Here’s what distinguishes Rust:
Rust’s ownership structure maintains memory safety, requiring developers to actively control memory allocation and deallocation. This considerably decreases the possibility of memory problems and crashes, which are frequent in other programming languages such as C/C++.
Concurrency: Multi-core processing has become the standard in contemporary computing. The concurrency capabilities in Rust allow developers to design performant and secure multithreaded programs, which is a significant benefit for apps that handle a large number of tasks or data processing.
Rust code may outperform C/C++ applications and provides better memory safety. This makes it appropriate for high-performance applications such as embedded systems (IoT devices), operating systems, and game creation.
While Rust has a steeper learning curve than Python, its rising popularity is clear by its growth in the Stack Overflow Developer Survey. Rust was named the “Most Loved Programming Language” in 2023 for the seventh consecutive year, demonstrating developers’ admiration for its capabilities and design.
Beyond Python and Rust: While Python and Rust are expected to take center stage, other languages such as JavaScript (particularly TypeScript for large-scale applications), Go (for cloud native development), Kotlin (for Android development), and Swift (for iOS development) will maintain their dominant positions in their respective fields.

Conclusion

The software development scene in 2024 promises to be dynamic and ever-changing. Developers and organizations can remain ahead of the curve by embracing these trends and using the promise of AI, blockchain, multi-runtime microservices, secure coding standards, AR/VR technologies, sustainable development efforts, and advances in cloud, edge, and quantum computing. This detailed investigation will prepare you to navigate the intriguing environment of software development in 2024 and beyond!

The Great Filter Comes For Us All

With a 13 billion year head start on evolution, why haven’t any other forms of life in the universe contacted us by now?

(Arrival is a fantastic movie. Watch it, but don’t stop there – read the Story of Your Life novella it was based on

The Great Filter Comes For Us All

With a 13 billion year head start on evolution, why haven’t any other forms of life in the universe contacted us by now?

The Great Filter Comes For Us All

(Arrival is a fantastic movie. Watch it, but don’t stop there – read the Story of Your Life novella it was based on for so much additional nuance.)

This is called the Fermi paradox:

The Fermi Paradox is a contradiction between high estimates of the probability of the existence of extraterrestrial civilizations, such as in the Drake equation, and lack of any evidence for such civilizations.

  • There are billions of stars in the galaxy that are similar to the Sun, including many billions of years older than Earth.
  • With high probability, some of these stars will have Earth-like planets, and if the Earth is typical, some might develop intelligent life.
  • Some of these civilizations might develop interstellar travel, a step the Earth is investigating now.
  • Even at the slow pace of currently envisioned interstellar travel, the Milky Way galaxy could be completely traversed in about a million years.

According to this line of thinking, the Earth should have already been visited by extraterrestrial aliens. In an informal conversation, Fermi noted no convincing evidence of this, nor any signs of alien intelligence anywhere in the observable universe, leading him to ask, “Where is everybody?”

To me, this is a compelling argument, in the same way that the lack of evidence of any time travellers is:

Many have argued that the absence of time travelers from the future demonstrates that such technology will never be developed, suggesting that it is impossible. This is analogous to the Fermi paradox related to the absence of evidence of extraterrestrial life. As the absence of extraterrestrial visitors does not categorically prove they do not exist, so the absence of time travelers fails to prove time travel is physically impossible; it might be that time travel is physically possible but is never developed or is cautiously used. Carl Sagan once suggested the possibility that time travelers could be here but are disguising their existence or are not recognized as time travelers.

It seems, to me at least, clear evidence that time travel is not possible, given the enormous amount of time behind us. Something, somewhere, would certainly have invented it by now... right?

So if not, what happened? The Great Filter maybe?

The Great Filter theory says that at some point from pre-life to Type III intelligence, there’s a wall that all or nearly all attempts at life hit. There’s some stage in that long evolutionary process that is extremely unlikely or impossible for life to get beyond. That stage is The Great Filter.

I liked Wait But Why’s take on this a lot, which covers three main filter possibilities:

  1. Life is extraordinarily rare, almost impossible
The Great Filter Comes For Us All
  1. We are not a rare form of life, but near the first to evolve
The Great Filter Comes For Us All
  1. Almost no life makes it to this point
The Great Filter Comes For Us All

Those are three Great Filter possibilities, but the question remains: why are we so alone in the observable universe? I grant you that what we can observe is appallingly tiny given the unimaginable scale of the universe, so “what we can observe” may not be enough by many orders of magnitude.

I encourage you to read the entire article, it’s full of great ideas explained well, including many other Great Filter possibilities. Mostly I wanted to share my personal theory of why we haven’t encountered alien life by now. Like computers themselves, things don’t get larger. They get smaller. And faster. And so does intelligent life.

Why build planet-size anything when the real action is in the small things? Small spaces, small units of time, everything gets smaller.

Large is inefficient and unnecessary. Look at the history of computers: from giant to tiny and tinier. From slow to fast and faster. Personally, I have a feeling really advanced life eventually does away with all physical stuff that slows you down as soon as they can, and enters the infinite spaces between:

This is, of course, a variant on the Fermi paradox: We don’t see clues to widespread, large-scale engineering, and consequently we must conclude that we’re alone. But the possibly flawed assumption here is when we say that highly visible construction projects are an inevitable outcome of intelligence. It could be that it’s the engineering of the small, rather than the large, that is inevitable. This follows from the laws of inertia (smaller machines are faster, and require less energy to function) as well as the speed of light (small computers have faster internal communication). It may be – and this is, of course, speculation – that advanced societies are building small technology and have little incentive or need to rearrange the stars in their neighborhoods, for instance. They may prefer to build nanobots instead.

Seth Shostak

Seth delivers an excellent TED talk on this topic as well:

If we can barely see far in the universe as is, there’s no way we could possibly see into the infinite space and time between.

That is of course just my opinion, but we’ll see... eventually.

Donkey Kong Country Returns HD

Det har som bekant hunnit gå hela elva år sedan senaste äventyret med Donkey Kong i huvudrollen såg dagens ljus i och med releasen av {Donkey Kong Country: Tropical Freeze} till Nintendo Wii U. Men istället för att satsa på något fräscht, och erbjuda fansen ett nytt kapitel för en av företagets äldsta maskotar, väljer Nintendo att vrida tillbaka klockan ännu mer och återuppliva {Donkey Kong Country Returns} från 2010. Detta är förövrigt inte första gången utgivaren återvänder till Nintendo Wii-klassikern för att stilla vårt sug efter utmanande plattformande, detta då samma spel även portades till Nintendo 3DS år 2013. Nu när kalendern visar 2025 är det alltså tredje lanseringen för samma spel som gäller, och frågan är om det blir tredje gången gillt, eller om det endast återstår övermogna bananer i detta numera ålderdomliga äventyr.
<bild>En familjär vy vid det här laget</bild>
För att ge ett snabbt svar så kan jag säga att {Donkey Kong Country Returns HD} fortfarande är ett ljuvligt plattformsspel som är byggt med solida beståndsdelar av ett ytterst kompetent ursprungsteam i form av Retro Studios. Allt som var bra år 2010 är nämligen kvar i årets utgåva samtidigt som dess fasad blivit lätt polerad av studion Forever Entertainment. Att svinga sig fram som vår håriga primat är på så vis än idag ett nöje från första till sista stund, och den eminenta bandesignen lämnar sällan mycket att önska eller kritisera. Visst, det kan fortfarande bli lite väl mycket "Trail & Error" för min smak samt att bosstriderna är lite utdragna rent tempomässigt, men på det stora hela så får man här runt 10 timmar av underhållning som är lika välbyggt nu som den var för 14 år sedan.

De så kallade "nyheterna" från 3DS-versionen är dessutom inkluderade i detta paket, och med dessa tillägg kan man till exempel uppleva fler hemliga nivåer samt göra äventyret lättare med fler liv och än mer potenta föremål till sitt förfogande. Gillar man den ursprungliga utmaningen kan man såklart fortfarande lira med original-inställningarna aktiverade, och att man både ser till hardcore-publikens behov samt till nya fans trevande osäkerhet är något som är värt att applådera.
<bild>Spelglädjen är intakt.</bild>
Så om du läser den här recensionen och endast undrar om Donkey Kong Country Returns HD är ett bra spel eller inte så kan man enkelt säga att titeln håller fortfarande och är väl värt en genomspelning om du aldrig har lirat det förut. Det är dock här som problemen börjar infinna sig för alla oss andra som var med när det begav sig eller har anslutit längsmed vägen. För Donkey Kong Country Returns HD är inget nytt spel och ska således inte bedömas enbart efter sådana premisser. Nej, detta är en remaster, en nyversion, och det på så sätt även värt att se till vad spelet gör bättre kontra sina föregångare samt om det är värt priset man vill ta betalt för idag.
<bild>Du kan välja att göra äventyret hur svårt eller lätt du vill.</bild>
För Donkey Kong Country Returns HD kostar runt 600 kronor att införskaffa, en pris som matchar det man tog för 14 år sedan. Visst, med inflation inräknad blir summorna inte exakt överensstämmande, men med tanke på prishistoriken detta plattformsspel har haft är det ändå värt att nämna och begrunda hur Nintendo valt att ta betalt för samma äventyr om och om igen. För originalet kostade runt 600 kronor år 2010, och några år efter det sjönk det till cirka 300 kronor och ingick i Nintendos så kallade "Select-sortiment" där Wii-titlar erbjöds till ett rabatterat pris då det ansåg vara essentiellt för alla konsol-ägare. När spelet däremot lanserades till Nintendo 3DS år 2013 så höjde man priset på nytt till runt 500 kronor, detta då man motiverade den högre prislappen med de nya tilläggen och möjligheten att ta med sig spelet på språng. Nu, över tio år senare, är det återigen dags att punga ut 600 kronor för samma spel vi köpt två gånger tidigare, och den här gången är dessvärre även nyheterna mer eller mindre obefintliga.

Visst, spelet ser bättre ut på en storbildsskärm (klarare färger och bättre upplösning med mera) och att 3DS-tilläggen finns med direkt från start är behändigt, men utöver det så är det verkligen exakt samma spel som vi lirade år 2010 - och sen igen år 2013. Att då kräva fullpris är enligt mig inte acceptabelt. För även om grundmaterialet fortfarande håller god kvalitet så finns det inte något som rättfärdigar denna typ av prisbild. Hade spelet kostat runt 250 kronor så hade det varit betydligt enklare att svälja, eller hade man erbjudit detta tillsammans med uppföljaren Donkey Kong Country Tropical Freeze som ett paket hade det varit mer rättvist kontra priset på 600 riksdaler.
<bild>Miljöerna är levande och varierande.</bild>
Nu är det istället extremt svårt att blunda för hur girigt detta ser ut att vara. Det är ett gammalt spel med få nyheter som säljs som om det vore nytt, och detta måste tyvärr spegla sig i betyget. För även om äventyret i sig enligt mig är värt 8/10 för sitt underhållningsvärde så måste minuspoäng delas ut för att kunna ge er en bättre bild om hur helheten ser ut. För beroende på om du spelat detta sedan tidigare eller inte kan infallsvinkeln te sig extremt annorlunda. Om du är ny till denna gemytliga och utmanande Wii-klassiker är detta absolut värt ett köp, men är du ett troget fan som redan har köpt samma äventyr i omgångar så kan du lika gärna damma av någon av versionerna du redan har liggandes hemma. För här finns inget nytt som rättfärdigar ännu ett nypris - och absolut inte för en tredje gång.
<bild>Fullpris - igen?!</bild>

Skywriter Turns Bluesky Threads Into ‘Articles’ for Easy Reading

There's a better way to read long threads on Bluesky.

I never enjoyed the experience of reading long threads on Twitter (the same goes for X), and I don't think any of its successors have done a particularly great job making them easier to read. Since Bluesky is the preferred home of X-pats, I've been reading a number of lengthy threads there, and after I encountered multiple threads with 10+ posts, I went looking for a tool that would make it easier to follow along. That's when I came across Skywriter, a utility that unrolls long threads and converts them into an article format.

Skywriter turns Bluesky threads into articles

The next time you encounter a long thread on Bluesky, drop the link to the first post on Skywriter's website and it'll convert the entire thread into an article for you. Or, even better, just tag @unroll.skywriter.blue in the replies and use the word "unroll" without quotes in your post. You don't need to create an account with Skywriter, but if you do, you'll be able to keep a list of all the threads you've saved. (That said, you can achieve the same thing by saving the URLs of the pages Skywriter generates too, so there really is no need to create an account at this point.) This tool is quite similar to the excellent Thread Reader bot that would convert Twitter threads into articles.

Skywriter is quite fast at doing its job and the webpage it generates is reader-friendly. It'll even match your device's current theme—if you're using dark mode, your Skywriter article will use dark mode, too. On the webpage, you can see the author's profile picture, Bluesky username, and display name. Below that is the number of likes the post has received, a link to the original thread, and a button to save it to your Skywriter account. You can see a sample of a Bluesky post turned Skywriter article here. (If you're curious about the original, check this link.)

With some threads on Bluesky, I was unable to see individual posts because they contained keywords that I muted. Skywriter was able to find and save even these posts, which allowed me to read the entire thread. I'd muted those keywords to avoid reactionary takes, but in the context of an insightful, long thread, I actually wanted to see those posts. Skywriter fills that gap and allows me to read the things I'm interested in, even if those posts are hidden from my Bluesky feed.

Skywriter isn't perfect

My only complaint is that Skywriter is fairly literal in its task. Quite often, the thread creator is forced to stop a post mid-sentence or add numbers to the end of each post. When you're reading it on Bluesky, it makes sense because of the 300-character limit on each post. On Skywriter's website, these gaps look quite odd. It starts every post in a new paragraph, and, due to its literal conversion, you'll see paragraphs that start in the middle of a sentence, or numbers appearing in between posts. 

This isn't Skywriter's fault per se, because its job is to make posts easier to read, without changing the original content, but it does make the reading experience less than ideal at times. Otherwise, it does a stellar job at loading text and media content in the right places, and is a useful tool to add to your Bluesky collection.

Monster Hunter: Wilds

Monster Hunter har historiskt sett alltid varit en tämligen nischad spelserie för Capcoms räkning, men med lanseringen av Monster Hunter World år 2018 skulle följetongen bryta ny mark när man mäktade med att kränga 21 miljoner exemplar världen över. Hela sju år har passerat sedan dess och även om vi har fått fler Monster Hunter-titlar under tiden så är det först nu som World får sig en regelrätt uppföljare i och med releasen av {Monster Hunter: Wilds}. Frågan är dock om Capcom har lyckats rida vidare på vågen som gjorde World så pass framgångsrik till att börja med, eller om man snubblar vid mållinjen i sitt försök att återskapa samma magi ännu en gång.
<bild>Monster Hunter Wilds adderar flera nya monster</bild>
Vad som gör Monster Hunter Wilds till en fortsättning till World framför senaste titeln {Monster Hunter Rise} är givetvis den mer öppna spelvärlden samt fokuset på bättre grafik då titeln släpps till PC, Xbox Series S/X och Playstation 5 istället för att vara byggt för att fungera till Nintendos prestandamässigt svagare maskiner. Wilds är även byggt från grunden med Capcoms pålitliga RE Engine, och grafikmotorn gör återigen ett gott jobb med att måla upp snygga modeller och trevliga effekter likt det vi har sett i exempelvis Resident Evil 4 Remake. Framförallt i spelets mellansekvenser kommer grafiken till sin rätt, och det är en fröjd att se många av följetongens ikoniska monster presenteras som de designmässiga mästerverk de alltid har varit. För det är svårt att inte imponeras när en eldsprutande Rathalos flyger in över slagfältet för första gången eller när några av de nya monstren introduceras likt furiösa naturkrafter där allt från päls, tänder och klor framhävs med ett läckert detaljarbete.

Det ska dock sägas att grafikmotor i fråga börjar bli till åren kommen, och även om den gör sig otroligt bra i spel med små och begränsade scenarion likt ovannämnda Resident Evil så klarar den inte riktigt av att måla upp den stora sammanlänkade spelvärlden i Monster Hunter Wilds utan att vissa brister dyker upp. Vi såg som exempel att liknande problem uppenbarade sig i {Dragon's Dogma 2} i fjol, och likartade skönhetsfel sker även i Monster Hunter Wilds idag. För min egen del är det inte något som förtar från underhållningen på det stora hela, men med en del förekommande "pop ins", suddiga texturer och med en bilduppdatering som kan fallera när det blir för hektiskt så kan jag se att andra klagar på prestandan, och det med all rätt. Det är som sagt inget som hindrar en från att ha kul, och koden har därtill blivit bättre sedan den öppna betan, men om du är ute efter den vassaste grafiken och det bästa flytet så lär du tyvärr inte hitta det här.
<bild>Miljöerna är stora, men oftast mer byggda på höjden.</bild>
Tekniken är dock bland de ytterst få negativa aspekterna som finns i Monster Hunter Wilds, och utöver detta bjuder Capcom på en extremt underhållande resa från start till mål. Dina första 15 timmar kommer såklart handla om att tackla kampanjen, och likt seriens tidigare titlar rör det sig om en tämligen okomplicerad historia utan något briljant berättade som grabbar tag i en. Storyn handlar mest om att introducera nya monster och fängslande natur, och även om det märks att man har lagt ner mer tid på att försöka skapa intriger och spänning så faller det mesta mellan stolarna på grund av extremt endimensionella karaktärer. Visst det finns en charm med att se personer agera likt karaktärer från valfritt medelmåttigt rollspel från 1996, men om du är ute efter en bra historia så bör du se dig om efter något annat.
<bild>Karaktärerna är charmiga men inget att skriva hem om.</bild>
De som däremot har spelat Monster Hunter förut vet såklart att kampanjen enbart fungerar som en tutorial för vad som komma skall, och det är i vanlig ordning när eftertexterna har passerat som äventyret börjar på riktigt. För Monster Hunter har alltid handlat om "the grind" och att bekämpa ständigt svårare monster för att sedan använda deras material för att tillverka bättre utrustning. Man skulle kunna beskriva konceptet likt ett onlinerollspel fast med ett större fokus på action och fingerfärdighet, och när man väl har fastnat så är det svårt att sluta.

För precis som i Monster Hunter World är spelbarheten och spelsystemet i Wilds snudd på perfekt utformat, och man känner sig ständigt uppmanad att logga in och göra något av värde. Oavsett om det handlar om att utforska de stora miljöerna, söka efter sällsynta tillgångar eller skräddarsy uppdrag för att bekämpa sina favoritmonster så finns det alltid något att sysselsätta sig med. Ena stunden möter man exempelvis en elektrisk drake inuti en kaotisk åskstorm, och i nästa bekämpar man en eldsprutande bläckfisk bland rykande vulkaner. Spelar man dessutom en stund till har man troligtvis hunnit med att fäktas med argsinta demoner uppe bland snötäckta bergstoppar, och därefter vankas det därtill en holmgång med ursinniga apor inuti en tropisk skog. Variationen är helt enkelt briljant, och även om det spelmässigt alltid är tämligen identiskt (döda monster om och om igen) så lyckas Capcom få timmarna att flyga förbi i ett snabbt tempo utan att tillstymmelsen till tristess hinner infria sig.
<bild>Allt från underlag till höjdskillnader och naturliga fällor spelar in i hur striderna utspelar sig.</bild>
Med Wilds så tillkommer även ett par tillägg som gör resan mot den optimala karaktären betydligt mer strömlinjeformad och enkel att ta till sig. Den största nyheten är förmodligen att man numera får en liten drake (en så kallad Seikrat) att rida på, och detta skapar ett förbättrat flyt när det kommer till att manövrera sig genom de enorma kartorna. Din nya tvåbenta farkost är nämligen så pass smart att den både går att styra manuellt likväl som automatiskt. Just det automatiska alternativet fungerar förmodligen som bäst under långa jakter då ens Seikrat kan fortsätta söka efter monstret du jagar samtidigt som du är fri att fylla på med hälsobrygder och vässa dina vapen under tiden.

På tal om vapen är det numera möjligt att ha med sig två unika strykpåkar när man är ute i fält, något som inte gick i tidigare delar. Detta adderar givetvis helt nya möjligheter där man kan komplettera sin "build" med olika beståndsdelar, och att ena stunden kunna bekämpa sin motståndare på avstånd med en pilbåge för att sedan avsluta jobbet med ett mäktigt bredsvärd tillför en ny nivå av frihet. Tro däremot inte att detta tillägg automatiskt gör varje batalj enklare, för det gör det inte. Utvecklarna har nämligen lyckats bibehålla den perfekt avvägda svårighetsgraden då det endast är möjligt att växla vapen genom att integrera med sin springare innan, alltså inte genom att trycka på en knapp mitt i en strid. Detta gör att spelseriens DNA med att planera och förbereda sig inför en jakt är fortsatt intakt samtidigt som man kan känna sig mindre låst när man väl har börjat ett uppdrag. En väldigt bra utveckling.
<bild>Ibland känner man sig väldigt liten.</bild>
De nya monstren som adderas till den redan befintliga floran förtjänar sedan en hel del beröm också. Redan i betan fick vi se prov några av nyheterna då den elektriska draken Rey Dau fanns tillgänglig tillsammans med mer vardagliga kreationer som den gigantiska grodan Chatacabra och den björnliknande kolossen Doshaguma. Vi kan sedan inte berätta om alla nya och återkommande bestar som finns i det färdiga spelet, men alla monster man har adderat känns välarbetade och med ett design-tänk som alltid träffade rätt. Vi vet dessutom att fler monster kommer att adderas med tiden, och med tanke på seriens eminenta ensemble av monstruösa varelser så hoppas vi att flera bekanta ansikten gör entré under de kommande månaderna.
<bild>Designen är briljant.</bild>
Du kan sedan spela Monster Hunter Wilds helt på egen hand, eller tillsammans med andra beroende vad du själv föredrar. Multiplayer är såklart en stor attraktionskraft då det är roligt att besegra enorma bossar tillsammans med vänner, men det är minst lika tillfredsställande att ge sig i kast med Wilds utmaningar på egen hand. Att sammanlänka sig med andra spelare känns dessutom lättare än någonsin då man direkt från startmenyn kan bestämma om man vill vara uppkopplad med andra, alternativt spela ensam utan att massa lustiga användarnamn förstör upplevelsen. Att spela själv gör det förövrigt möjligt att pausa spelet, ett alternativ tyvärr allt fler moderna titlar har plockat bort den senaste tiden. Det är en liten detalj på det stora hela, men något jag verkligen uppskattar.
<bild>Det finns katter, nuff said.</bild>
I slutändan är Monster Hunter Wilds ett snudd på briljant actionävetyr för de som värdesätter gameplay framför story. Varje batalj man ger sig i kast med är unik på sitt eget sätt, och oavsett om du har spelat två timmar, femtio eller hundra så kommer du stöta på händelser som är speciella just för stunden. Capcom har nämligen byggt vidare på plattformen som gjorde Monster Hunter World till en sådan monumental succé, och det är inte omöjligt att Wilds kommer sälja fler exemplar i slutändan samt ses som det bättre spelet när vi summerar helheten. Grundpelarna är nämligen byggda av beståndsdelar som andas av kvalitet, och när man tänker på utgångsläget som Monster Hunter Wilds har inför framtiden kan titeln mycket väl komma att bli seriens kronjuvel när krutröken väl har lagt sig. Några felsteg i form av bristande prestanda och intetsägande karaktärer hindrar visserligen upplevelsen att kännas helt perfekt, men låt inte det hindra er från att skaffa detta storslagna äventyr som är fyllt till bredden av charm, passion och grym spelglädje. Året 2025 må förvisso precis ha börjat, men jag sticker ut hakan redan nu och säger att Monster Hunter Wilds kommer att vara med i diskussionen om "Årets Spel" i december. För ja, så bra är det.

5 Mobile App Development Trends To Watch Out For In 2021

5 Mobile App Development Trends To Watch Out For In 2021  With the commencement of 2021, there is a surge of opportunities for the entire mobile app development industry to grow and take advantage of trends and other key market points as the competition in 2021 gets stronger and stronger. These market trends may haveContinue reading "5 Mobile App Development Trends To Watch Out For In 2021"

5 Mobile App Development Trends To Watch Out For In 2021 

With the commencement of 2021, there is a surge of opportunities for the entire mobile app development industry to grow and take advantage of trends and other key market points as the competition in 2021 gets stronger and stronger. These market trends may have evolved just a little, or they may completely change the course of the mobile app development industry.

It’s finally time to do a little research regarding what are going to be the strong trends of 2021 when it comes to mobile app development. There might be a few industry-altering changes, but there are also certain evolutions in the industry that mobile app developers have seen coming for quite some time now.

Here are the 5 mobile app development trends to watch out for this 2021:

  1. Artificial Intelligence

Artificial Intelligence is something that has seen tremendous growth throughout 2020. There are a few innovations that can be expected this 2021. Machine learning has definitely made quite a few accomplishments and thus, there will be a few changes in trends this 2021.

  • AI and Machine Learning usage

From 2018 to 2019, it was estimated that the percentage of organizations all adopting artificial intelligence had increased by 14%. While the benefits of both AI and ML are being made even more evident, companies will have to adapt by hiring the right personnel to deal with these changes.

  • AI Transparency Trends

Despite its benefits, AI still does suffer from being the subject of most trust issues. With the classic fear of “robots taking over”, efforts in 2021 have to be made in order to gain the trust of these big industries in adapting AI technologies.

  • Focus on Data Regulations and Security

Data can quite be considered as a form of cyber currency as hackers are getting better and better at accessing this data. This, of course, means that AI technology and Machine Learning should protect itself from these threats. With AI systems handling even more sensitive data, it’s only natural for there to be better data regulations and security.

  • AI and IoT

Although both technologies have their own independent qualities, they can be used together and operate in a unique way. Take Alexa and Siri for example, these two intertwine and use each other to give users a much better experience.

  • Augmented Intelligence rising

Those that are worried of AI gobbling up jobs, the rise of Augmented Intelligence should be quite a pleasing trend. Augmented Intelligence joins the power of both humans and machines for science or analytic work allowing more opportunities for both. AI engineering is also starting to kick off and become even more powerful than ever.

  1. Apps in an Instant

Smaller bite-sized apps are starting to take off and become more popular. This is a good thing for mobile app developers as these apps would require less work to make. However, they can be tricky since they have to be attractive despite their small size.

  1. 5G

Better speeds and faster services, this is what 5G promises however it has had a problematic foothold in 2020 due to not only the coronavirus but also the question as to who will construct these 5G towers? However, this is one of those trends that quickly take off and when they do, there is no stopping them. Smartphones may be developed in order to include 5G technology making it the new norm.

  1. Wearable Apps

Smartwatches, fitness bracelets, and other wearable technology would also require wearable apps. Although there might not be a lot of competition in this department, 2021 might be the year when this trend takes off. Mobile app developers that are able to innovate wearable apps might just get an upper hand.

  1. Chatbot Development

The development of chatbots will become extremely important in 2021 as many industries are already using them. The demand for better chatbots in a number of industries will mean that mobile app developers would have to pour out more resources in this trend.

Here are a few industries that are benefiting the most from chatbots:

  • Real Estate

The faster the response, the more engaging it could be for customers. This could also help save time for the real estate agent when making a sale.

  • E-commerce

These chatbots could easily improve the sales process helping customers easily search, choose, pay, and even track their own orders.

  • Travel

The use of chatbots in its industries help travel agencies find what they are looking for, book the hotels, and even buy the tickets. Travel agencies just make the whole process much easier.

  • Education

Chatbots have been used not only to improve the student’s communication system but also to monitor their learning curve by helping with examination and other testing apps.

  • HR and recruitment

The whole recruitment process can be made simpler with the use of chatbots which can automatically evaluate skills, give feedback, and even rank applicants.

  • Healthcare

Chatbots could be used to make appointments, to refill prescriptions, set reminders, monitor patient’s health, make diagnoses, and even more.

  • Finance

Banks have started to use chatbots to automatically deal with the first wave of inquiries when it comes to inquiries, reports, tax calculations, and other transactions.

With these particular industries all using chatbots, it’s only logical for mobile app developers to not only improve but also expand the reach of its applications.

As 2021 starts, these 5 massive mobile app development trends could be the key to getting ahead of the year. While 2020 was about survival, 2021 is more about getting ahead of the curve.

The year 2020 came as quite a shocker for most people as the massive shift in demand due to the coronavirus has pushed mobile app developers to adapt fast but this 2021, it might be the time to prepare for the expected changes within the industry. This time, mobile app developers would still have time to prepare before everything happens.

Runny Bunny

Det kan kännas märkligt ibland att spela sådana här simpla spel på sin dyra dator eller konsol. För Runny Bunny är verkligen så avskalat och enkelt det kan bli; du styr en liten kanin genom banor för att samla alla prickar och morötter så att du kan ta dig vidare till nästa. Det hela ser typ ut som Pac-man och varje gång du styr kaninen åt en riktning så rör den sig supersnabbt. Till en början är det mest att samla alla i ett litet labyrint-liknande koncept men snabbt introduceras olika fällor och fiender. Ett enda misstag så är det tillbaka till början och försöka igen.

Att pressa ur sig en text och ett omdöme om detta är verkligen att behöva ta i. Men det är ju samtidigt något som ska göras så jag får väl se det som en utmaning, helt enkelt. Du trycker helt enkelt lilla Runny Bunny åt ett håll, men kruxet ligger ofta i att man kanske måste fundera ut hur man ska nå allt som ska samlas. Detta utan att styra kaninen rakt in i taggar, någon fiende eller så gäller det att tajma passager för att det skjuts projektiler. Med hundra banor finns det ett par timmar av detta att göra. Man lyckas dock ganska bra att hålla det roligt genom en enkel introduktion av en ny fälla av något slag och givetvis så blandas till slut allihopa i en salig röra ju längre man kommer.
<bild>De första nivåerna är väldigt simpla och det gäller bara att trycka åt samma håll som prickarna leder.</bild>
Det visuella består av små block och det hela är tydligt och lättöverskådligt. Gillar man klassiska pixlar finns det gott om dem här. Ibland måste man kanske köra en bana några gånger för att veta vad som komma skall. Det är enkelt att göra ett litet misstag genom att missbedöma en sektion. Det blir som tur är aldrig sådär jättefrusterande. Ibland sker det dock att man missat några prickar och det är inte alltid designat så att man kan ta sig tillbaka och hämta dem, vilket är synd. Då får man helt enkelt köra om nivån. I en del passager måste man också veta vad man ska trycka omedelbart då det kan vara ett blick som dödar en om man vidrör det för länge. Det blir lite som den klassiska Konami-koden i stunder. Man får trycka upp, upp, ner, ner... i snabb takt för att lotsa kaninen levande vidare.

De mest frustrerande av nivåerna har en röd zon som kryper mot dig från sidan av skärmen. Dessa kan framkalla en aning av "slänga kontrollen"-frustration. Jag upplevde att det var enklast att styra kaninen med det digitala styrkorset eftersom det gav snabbast och enklast respons. Vilket är något man verkligen behöver när man börjar komma upp på de senare nivåerna. För om de första nivåerna är raka sträckor gäller det här att navigera mer precis och tajma sina sektioner med rejäl precision.
<bild>Mot slutet blir det lite klurigt med mycket fällor att navigera.</bild>
I mångt och mycket är Runny Bunny essensen av simpelhet i spelform. Det saknar en del finess och visuell presentation för att det ska vara riktigt roligt att plocka upp några längre stunder. Det är samtidigt absolut inte tråkigt när man gör det. Känslan av att ta sig i mål på en lite svårare nivå är fortfarande sådär underbart härlig som den kan vara när en utmaning av det slaget avklaras. Det blir lite som ett pussel blandat med plattform och några timmar av lättsam underhållning. Det räcker garanterat med att kika på bilderna för att se ifall detta är en arkadliknande upplevelse man suktat efter att roa sig med mellan de mer storslagna upplevelserna.

Updating The Single Most Influential Book of the BASIC Era

In a way, these two books are responsible for my entire professional career.

With early computers, you didn’t boot up to a fancy schmancy desktop, or a screen full of apps you could easily poke and prod with your finger. No, those computers booted up to the command

Updating The Single Most Influential Book of the BASIC Era

In a way, these two books are responsible for my entire professional career.

Updating The Single Most Influential Book of the BASIC Era

With early computers, you didn’t boot up to a fancy schmancy desktop, or a screen full of apps you could easily poke and prod with your finger. No, those computers booted up to the command line.

Updating The Single Most Influential Book of the BASIC Era

From here, if you were lucky, you might have a cassette tape drive. If you knew the right commands, you could type them in to load programs from cassette tape. But that was an expensive add-on option with early personal computers. For many of us, if we wanted the computer to do anything, we had to type in entire programs from books like 101 Basic Computer Games, by hand... like so.

Updating The Single Most Influential Book of the BASIC Era

Yep, believe it or not, circa 1983, this was our idea of a good time. No, we didn't get out much. The book itself was a sort of greatest hits compilation of games collected from Ahl’s seminal Creative Computing Magazine in the 1970s:

As soon as Ahl made up his mind to leave DEC, he started laying the groundwork for Creative Computing. He announced intentions to publish the magazine at NCC in June 1974 and over the next few months contacted prospective authors, got mailing lists, arranged for typesetting and printing, and started organizing hundreds of other details.

In addition, he also moved his family to Morristown, NJ, and settled into his new job at AT&T. He had little spare capital, so he substituted for it with “sweat equity.” He edited submitted articles and wrote others. He specified type, took photos, got books of “clip art,” drew illustrations, and laid out boards. He wrote and laid out circulation flyers, pasted on labels, sorted and bundled mailings.

By October 1974, when it was time to specify the first print run, he had just 600 subscribers. But Ahl had no intention of running off just 600 issues. He took all the money he had received, divided it in half, and printed 8000 copies with it. These rolled off the presses October 31, 1974. Ahl recounts the feeling of euphoria on the drive to the printer replaced by dismay when he saw two skids of magazines and wondered how he would ever get them off the premises. Three trips later, his basement and garage were filled with 320 bundles of 25 magazines each. He delivered the 600 subscriber copies to the post office the next day, but it took nearly three weeks to paste labels by hand onto the other 7400 copies and send them, unsolicited, to libraries and school systems throughout the country.

I also loved Creative Computing, but it was a little before my time:

  • 1971 – Ahl ports the programs from FOCAL to BASIC.
  • 1973 – 101 BASIC Computer Games is first published by DEC.
  • 1974 – Ahl founds Creative Computing magazine and acquires the rights to the book from DEC.
  • 1977 – the “trinity” of Apple II 🖥️, PET ️🖥️, and TRS-80 🖥️ microcomputers are released to the public, all with BASIC built in, at prices regular people could mostly afford. 🙌
  • 1978 – a second edition of BASIC Computer Games is released, this time published by Ahl himself.

As you can see, there’s no way average people in 1973-1976 were doing a whole lot with BASIC programs, as they had no microcomputers capable of running BASIC to buy! It took a while for inexpensive personal computers to trickle down to the mainstream, which brings us to roughly 1984 when the sequels started appearing.

There was a half-hearted attempt to modernize these early BASIC programs in 2010 with SmallBasic, but I didn’t feel these ports did much to bring the code up to date, and overall had little relevance to modern code practices. You can compare the original 1973 BASIC Civil War with the 2010 SmallBasic port to see what I mean:

Updating The Single Most Influential Book of the BASIC Era

Certainly we can do a bit better than merely removing the line numbers? What about our old buddy the subroutine, merely the greatest invention in computer science? It’s nowhere to be seen. 🤔

So it was with considerable enthusiasm that I contacted David H. Ahl, the author, and asked for permission to create a website that attempted to truly update all these ancient BASIC programs.

Updating The Single Most Influential Book of the BASIC Era

Thankfully, permission was granted. It’s hard to understate how important this book was to an entire generation of programmers. At one point, there were more copies of this book in print than there were personal computers, period!

... in 1973, DEC published an anthology, 101 BASIC Computer Games. The book quickly went into a second printing, for a total of 10,000 copies sold. “That was far more books than there were computers around, so people were buying three, four, five of them for each computer.”

It went on to be the first computer book to sell a million copies. Quite a legacy.

I think we owe it to the world to bring this book up to date using modern, memory safe languages that embody the original spirit of BASIC, and modern programming practices including subroutines.

So let’s do this. Please join us on GitHub, where we’re updating those original 101 BASIC games in 10 memory safe, general purpose scripting languages:

  • Java / Kotlin
  • Python
  • C#
  • VB.NET
  • JavaScript
  • Ruby
  • Perl
  • Lua

(Edit: as of March 2022, we’ve a) offered Kotlin as an alternative to Java, b) removed Pascal since we can’t guarantee memory safety there, and replaced it with Rust, which very much can, and c) added Lua which just cracked the top 20 in TIOBE and strongly meets the scripting and memory safe criteria.)

Now, bear in mind these are very primitive games from the 1970s. They aren’t going to win any awards for gameplay, or programming sophistication. But they are precious artifacts of early computing that deserve to be preserved for future generations, including the wonderful original art by George Beker.

Updating The Single Most Influential Book of the BASIC Era

We need your help to do this right, and collaboratively together, as with all modern programming projects. Imagine we’re all typing these programs in simultaneously together online, all over the world, instead of being isolated alone in our room in 1984, cursing at the inevitable typo we made somewhere when typing the code in by hand out of the book. 🤬

Thanks Mr. Ahl. And a big thanks to everyone who contributed to this project when it was in beta, announced only on Twitter:

To encourage new contributions, by the end of 2022, for every functioning program submitted in each of the 10 indicated languages, I’ll donate $5 to Girls Who Code. Before beginning, please read the guidelines in the readme, and if you have questions, scan through this discussion topic. And most of all, remember, this stuff is supposed to be fun.

(I don’t want to be “that one guy,” so I’m also looking for project co-owners who can help own and organize this effort. If this is a project that really appeals to you, show me what you can do and let’s work together as a team.)

Perhaps as your new year’s resolution you can see fit to carve off some time to take part in our project to update a classic programming bookone of the most influential books in computing history – for 2022 and beyond! 🎉

An Exercise Program for the Fat Web

When I wrote about App-pocalypse Now in 2014, I implied the future still belonged to the web. And it does. But it’s also true that the web has changed a lot in the last 10 years, much less the last 20 or 30.

Websites have gotten

An Exercise Program for the Fat Web

When I wrote about App-pocalypse Now in 2014, I implied the future still belonged to the web. And it does. But it’s also true that the web has changed a lot in the last 10 years, much less the last 20 or 30.

An Exercise Program for the Fat Web

Websites have gotten a lot… fatter.

While I think it’s irrational to pine for the bad old days of HTML 1.0 websites, there are some legitimate concerns here. The best summary is Maciej Cegłowski’s, The Website Obesity Crisis:

To channel a famous motivational speaker, I could go out there tonight, with the materials you’ve got, and rewrite the sites I showed you at the start of this talk to make them load in under a second. In two hours.

Can you? Can you?

Of course you can! It’s not hard! We knew how to make small websites in 2002. It’s not like the secret has been lost to history, like Greek fire or Damascus steel.

But we face pressure to make these sites bloated.

I bet if you went to a client and presented a 200 kilobyte site template, you’d be fired. Even if it looked great and somehow included all the tracking and ads and social media crap they insisted on putting in. It’s just so far out of the realm of the imaginable at this point.

The whole article is essential; you should stop what you’re doing and read it now if you haven’t already. But if you don’t have time, here’s the key point:

This is a screenshot from an NPR article discussing the rising use of ad blockers. The page is 12 megabytes in size in a stock web browser. The same article with basic ad blocking turned on is 1 megabyte.

That’s right, through the simple act of running an ad blocker, you’ve reduced that website’s payload by twelve times. Twelve! That’s like the most effective exercise program ever!

Even the traditional advice to keep websites lean and mean for mobile no longer applies because new mobile devices, at least on the Apple side, are faster than most existing desktops and laptops.

An Exercise Program for the Fat Web

Despite claims to the contrary, the bad guy isn’t web bloat, per se. The bad guy is advertising. Unlimited, unfettered ad “tech” has creeped into everything and subsumed the web.

Personally I don’t even want to run ad blockers, and I didn’t for a long time – but it’s increasingly difficult to avoid running an ad blocker unless you want a clunky, substandard web experience. There’s a reason the most popular browser plugins are inevitably ad blockers, isn’t there? Just ask Google:

An Exercise Program for the Fat Web

So it’s all the more surprising to learn that Google is suddenly clamping down hard on adblockers in Chrome. Here’s what the author of uBlock Origin, an ad blocking plugin for Chrome, has to say about today’s announcement:

In order for Google Chrome to reach its current user base, it had to support content blockers – these are the top most popular extensions for any browser. Google strategy has been to find the optimal point between the two goals of growing the user base of Google Chrome and preventing content blockers from harming its business.

The blocking ability of the webRequest API caused Google to yield control of content blocking to content blockers. Now that Google Chrome is the dominant browser, it is in a better position to shift the optimal point between the two goals which benefits Google’s primary business.

The deprecation of the blocking ability of the webRequest API is to gain back this control, and to further instrument and report how web pages are filtered, since the exact filters which are applied to web pages are useful information which will be collectable by Google Chrome.

The ad blockers themselves are arguably just as complicit. Eye/o GmbH owns AdBlock and uBlock, employs 150 people, and in 2016 they had 50 million euros in revenue, of which about 50% was profit. Google’s paid “Acceptable Ads” program is a way to funnel money into adblockers to, uh, encourage them to display certain ads. With money. Lots… and lots… of money. 🤑

We simultaneously have a very real web obesity crisis, and a looming crackdown on ad blockers, seemingly the only viable weight loss program for websites. What’s a poor web citizen to do? Well, there is one thing you can do to escape the need for browser-based adblockers, at least on your home network. Install and configure Pi-Hole.

An Exercise Program for the Fat Web

I’ve talked about the amazing Raspberry Pi before in the context of classic game emulation, but this is another brilliant use for a Pi.

Here’s why it’s so cool. If you disable the DHCP server on your router, and let the Pi-Hole become your primary DHCP server, you get automatic DNS based blocking of ads for every single device on your network. It’s kind of scary how powerful DNS can be, isn’t it?

An Exercise Program for the Fat Web

My Pi-Hole took me about 1 hour to set up, start to finish. All you need is

I do recommend the 3b+ because it has native gigabit ethernet and a bit more muscle. But literally any Raspberry Pi you can find laying around will work, though I’d strongly advise you to pick one with a wired ethernet port since it’ll be your DNS server.

I’m not going to write a whole Pi-Hole installation guide, because there are lots of great ones out there already. It’s not difficult, and there’s a slick web GUI waiting for you once you complete initial setup. For your initial testing, pick any IP address you like on your network that won’t conflict with anything active. Once you’re happy with the basic setup and web interface:

  • Turn OFF your router’s DHCP server – existing leases will continue to work, so nothing will be immediately broken.
  • Turn ON the pi-hole DHCP server, in the web GUI.
An Exercise Program for the Fat Web

Once you do this, all your network devices will start to grab their DHCP leases from your Pi-Hole, which will also tell them to route all their DNS requests through the Pi-Hole, and that’s when the ✨ magic ✨ happens!

An Exercise Program for the Fat Web

All those DNS requests from all the devices on your network will be checked against the ad blacklists; anything matching is quickly and silently discarded before it ever reaches your browser.

An Exercise Program for the Fat Web

(The Pi-Hole also acts as a caching DNS server, so repeated DNS requests will be serviced rapidly from your local network, too.)

If you’re worried about stability or reliability, you can easily add a cheap battery backed USB plug, or even a second backup Pi-Hole as your secondary DNS provider if you prefer belt and suspenders protection. Switching back to plain boring old vanilla DNS is as easy as unplugging the Pi and flicking the DHCP server setting in your router back on.

At this point if you’re interested (and you should be!), just give it a try. If you’re looking for more information, the project has an excellent forum full of FAQs and roadmaps.

An Exercise Program for the Fat Web

You can even vote for your favorite upcoming features!

I avoided the Pi-Hole project for a while because I didn’t need it, and I’d honestly rather jump in later when things are more mature.

An Exercise Program for the Fat Web

With the latest Chrome crackdown on ad blockers, now is the time, and I’m impressed how simple and easy Pi-Hole is to run. Just find a quiet place to plug it in, spend an hour configuring it, and promptly proceed to forget about it forever as you enjoy a lifetime subscription to a glorious web ad instant weight loss program across every single device on your network with (almost) zero effort!

Finally, an exercise program I can believe in.

How Trump Revived Canada’s Liberals

Prime Minister Mark Carney called a snap election, with the once moribund Liberal Party now favored to win.

2025 Liberal Party of Canada leadership election results announcement

What a difference mere weeks have made in Canada. As the new year came and went, Prime Minister Justin Trudeau and his ruling Liberal Party, after nearly a decade in power, were trailing the Conservatives by 25 points—and facing electoral oblivion. An election was due by fall. It was looking like it might come earlier. The opposition parties in the House of Commons were working to bring down the government.

[time-brightcove not-tgx=”true”]

Today, Canada is in the midst of that early election, but the circumstances are night and day. Trudeau is gone, replaced by former Bank of Canada and Bank of England governor Mark Carney. And it was Carney himself who called a snap election for April 28. Most surprising of all, the Liberals are back up in the polls—and now favored to win. And it’s all thanks to a brash American in the Oval Office.

The last three months have embodied the old maxim that “events, dear boy, events” can upset the odds in short order. After Donald Trump was elected in November, Canadians became nervous about what his second term might mean for the country. That it wouldn’t be anything good was obvious as early as December when Trump bullied Trudeau, vowed sweeping tariffs, and even threatened annexation to make Canada the “cherished 51st state.

With Trump’s taunts, the pressure on the highly unpopular Trudeau to step aside only grew. Canada needed a new, full-time and focused leader, with plenty of runway to deal with Trump and his bid for hemispheric dominance. So Trudeau announced his resignation on Jan. 6, the date Trump’s win was certified. A short Liberal leadership race followed in March, and Carney became Prime Minister. On Sunday, he called a snap election as voters are rallying around the flag and the incumbent Liberals, and against the Yankee menace.

The Liberal leadership race was centered on who could best deal with Trump and Canada’s (erstwhile?) ally. The general election will share that focus.

Canada has already shot back at the U.S. with reciprocal 25% tariffs. As a more sweeping round of Trump-induced duties looms, Carney is promising to fight back. It was hard to miss that his first foreign trip as Prime Minister was to France and the U.K., and Carney has said Canada won’t enter U.S. trade talks until Trump drops the 51st state talk—and show some respect.

Read More: How Canada Got Hooked on the U.S. Economy

That hard talk seems to be paying off in a land where voters are booing the U.S. national anthem, canceling vacations down south, and boycotting American goods.

It’s no accident that Carney launched his campaign on Sunday asking for a “strong, positive mandate” to deal with Trump not long after announcing a review of Canada’s plan to purchase F-35 fighter jets from the American arms manufacturer Lockheed Martin, a contract worth tens of billions. Canadians are furious at Trump and the U.S., and Carney is deftly seizing that anger—and leaving Conservative Party leader Pierre Poilievre in an awkward spot.

Poilievre has promised to stand up to Trump, arguing he’s a “tough guy” who can handle the U.S. President. But he’s seen by many as a “Trump-inspired” figure and the Liberals are working overtime to paint him as Maple MAGA. His base is typically Trump-friendly, even if most Canadians aren’t. Those same Canadians also see Carney’s Liberals as better suited to handle Trump, with 43% of them worried Poilievre would “roll over” to the President’s demands.

Unfortunately for Poilievre, Trump is the defining election issue given how crucial the bilateral relationship is to Canada’s prosperity and security.

Canada and the U.S. have a close defense relationship, with joint membership in NATO and NORAD, the continental aerospace command. The countries share national security information, though Trump has mused about kicking Canada out of the Five Eyes intelligence network.

Trade between the U.S. and Canada is worth over $1 trillion Canadian a year. That trade employs about 8 million Americans, and Canada is the leading export partner for 32 states—sending essential goods like potash, uranium, aluminum, and critical minerals. The U.S. auto sector is also intimately connected with Canada’s, and accounts for 3% of U.S. GDP. But the economic relationship is nonetheless lopsided, which makes Canada especially vulnerable.

With Canada’s economy, defense, and even sovereignty on the line, it’s no surprise that the election is about Trump and who can best handle him—and how. But it’s still a shock to witness the ultra-rapid revival of a Liberal Party that was written off as moribund not so long ago.

If the Liberals do indeed survive and hold on to power come April 28, they will have Trump to thank—but they’ll also have him to deal with.

Sonic Rumble

Sonic Rumble är släppt i form av en så kallad "pre launch" till Iphone / Ipad här i Sverige men resterande format kommer att dröja till sommaren.

Nu var det tydligen Sonic och hans kompisars tur att snubbla runt på hinderbanor i samma stil som {Fall Guys} och {Stumble Guys}. En populär genre som med tiden verkar ha saktat ned något i sin utbredning och aktualitet men som fortfarande i högsta grad har någon slags närvaro. Med det i åtanke är det ju inte alls konstigt att Sega sneglar åt det här hållet - men samtidigt så känns draget oväntat. Passar verkligen Sonic-franchisen in i den här kontexten Snabbt svar? Nja. Men nu ska vi fördjupa oss något mer här i alla fall - även om spelet i sig inte bjussar på något djup över huvud taget.

Egentligen är det ingen skillnad alls, jämfört med de andra spelen i genren, förutom att det här är klätt i Sonic-kläder. Man ska vara först i mål efter att ha undvikit en rad olika hinder eller så ska man överleva längre än motståndarna på någon plattform som snurrar eller har golv som försvinner under fötterna på en. Ni fattar - vi har sett det förut och det är inte mycket som är unikt här. Visst stöter vi på en och annan klassisk Sonic-bumper som gör att man skjuts runt på banorna likt en liten pinball-kula och dessutom får man springa runt och samla lite guldringar i klassisk Sonic-fashion emellanåt också. Med vetskapen om att jag låter som en hes och smått senil papegoja så är det samma sak vi fått förut men i ny skrud.
<bild>Rörigt? Japp.</bild>
Jag blir lite ledsen i ögat av det här upplägget. Sonic är sammantaget en helt fantastisk franchise med en massa fina spel och filmer som är överraskande bra. Det är tydligt vad man är ute efter här - och det är ju inget konstigt alls egentligen. Det är en strategi som tyvärr är vägvinnande på grund av den där grejen som stavas: pengar. Målet med {Sonic Rumble} är att låsa upp nya kosmetiska föremål och nya karaktärer. Och då trillar vi ju självklart ner i det där andra fasansfulla hålet som karaktäriseras av mikrotransaktioner. Sonic Rumble kräver inte - på något sätt - att man pungar in pengar för att få spela spelet men när målgruppen uppenbarligen är barn så vet man ju hur snacket kommer att gå hemma hos dem som har barn som spelar Sonic Rumble; "Pappa, kan jag få 300 kronor så jag kan köpa nya skins. Finns en skitcool Sonic-gubbe som är svart och röd".

Pluspoäng får det för musiken, grafiken och designen. Ingen överraskning här, egentligen, då det faktiskt är Sonic vi snackar om. Klassisk Sonic-musik, designen vi alla känner igen från tidigare Sonic-iterationer och dessutom är det faktiskt väldigt snyggt så länge det inte är i rörelse. För, som tidigare nämnt, sitter man bara och är förbannad på hur rörigt det är och att bilduppdateringen sjunker rätt rejält. Jag hoppas att detta är något de kan åtgärda för det funkar inte att ha det på det här sättet när spelet faktiskt orienteras runt faktumet att det ska gå snabbt och att man behöver vara på tå för att hinna med att ta rätt beslut.
<bild></bild>
<bild>Ungefär precis som Fall Guys/Stumble Guys fast i Sonic-klädsel.</bild>
I övrigt så tyckte jag inte att spelet var mycket att hänga i granen. Det bjöd på dålig skärmuppdatering och var allmänt hackigt under mina spelsessioner. Det går inte att skylla på att jag har dålig hårdvara att spela på när jag sitter med en Iphone 16. Jag upplevde det också som att det var rörigt överlag och svårt att se vad man gjorde. I mitt fall blev det mer av någon slags berg-och-dalbana där jag lät mig skickas runt på banan och sjukt nog lyckades jag vinna ex antal gånger utan att veta vad jag höll på med för något. I vilket fall som helst gav det ingen mersmak. Jag rekommenderar att man letar upp något annat Sonic-spel om man känner suget efter något sånt - för det här är inte särskilt bra.

Mobilspel är alltid en chansning. Ibland hittar man guldkornen som lyckas underhålla i längre perioder - men allt som oftast handlar det om cash grabs med dålig spelmekanik. Sonic Rumble är inte jättedåligt. Orkar man förbise faktumet att det är rörigt och lider av hackig skärmuppdatering finns det ett spel som åtminstone fungerar och definitivt kommer att underhålla barn och folk i yngre åldrar. För mig som är en liten gubbe - var det inget jag tänker hänga upp i granen, tyvärr.

Roku Is Experimenting With a New Way to Force You to Watch Ads

Users, understandably, are not happy.

Ads are an unavoidable part of modern life. They support both free and discounted services, for better or for worse, and unless you pay for premium services like YouTube Premium or expensive Netflix tiers, it's likely you'll run into these commercials one way or another.

But just because ads are deeply entwined in our digital devices, that doesn't mean they get a free pass in all situations. As reported by Ars Technica, it appears Roku is pushing the boundaries of what is acceptable here, experimenting with placing ads when you first boot up your streaming device.

Moana 2 ads are rolling on Rokus at launch

One Reddit user noticed the change when they turned on their Roku and was forced to watch a commercial for a movie before they could simply access the Roku home screen. This wasn't an ad placed before another movie or show: Roku simply wouldn't let the user access the device they paid for without sitting through an ad first.

The user posted about their experience on the r/Roku subreddit, where frustrated Roku owners confirmed the same was happening on their devices, as well. Multiple users received a Moana ad after turning on their Roku devices, and some threatened to ditch their Rokus over the situation. One went so far as to say, "my Roku devices will be in the trash" if the company keeps this up. The sentiment was the same in another thread, where users threatened to chuck their Rokus or switch brands for their streaming purposes. Someone even wrote: "I was indifferent to Moana. But now I will go out of my way to hate on that movie." (Disney might want to reconsidering its marketing strategy.)

According to Ars Technica, the ads are supposed to have a close button, though some users don't seem to see it when it pops up on their end. The outlet reached out to Roku, who confirmed the ads are intentional, but aren't yet official: Roku OS won't have permanent ads at start for the moment. It seems this is simply an experiment. If so, they're certainly receiving some valuable feedback from customers.

I understand why Roku users are angry. It's one thing to show static ads on the home screen—even that feels wrong on a device you paid for. But to stop you from being able to actually use your streaming device until you watch a commercial? The future isn't looking so bright.

Your Roku is designed for ads

While this experiment is pretty anti-consumer, it isn't all that surprising coming from Roku. The company, like many others, collects your data as you use its devices, and uses that data to, you guessed it, serve you ads.

Roku is very focused on ads as a business model, exploring ways to not only place as many ads on the home screen as possible, but potentially show you ads when you've paused content on a non-Roku device that is connected to your Roku TV. Yikes.

You expect ads in exchange for free content, but we've longed moved past this business model. Now, ads and data scraping subsidize devices and services. Your Roku Express only costs $30 (or less, depending on the deal), not because that's what the hardware is inherently worth, but because Roku is banking on you earning the company more money with your data and ad exposure. You pay less for the product, because you are the product. Now, sit tight, and watch an ad for Moana 2 before choosing to watch something else filled with ads.

Can you stop ads from appearing when starting up your Roku?

There's no official solution to this situation yet, and not all users will even see these ads when booting up their Roku devices. If you do, there might be something you can do about it, but it's complicated.

Roku has had static on-screen ads long before this current situation. While far less obtrusive than start ads, some users want to block all ads on their Roku devices. Since Roku, unlike a computer, doesn't have a native ad-blocker to install, many turn to Pi-hole, a service that can block ads on many sites across devices.

The issue is, setting up Pi-hole can be a bit technical. The company has a thorough walkthrough on its site to get set up, so if you're interested, go ahead and give it a scan. When properly configured, Pi-hole says it can block most ads across your devices, so you might notice a lack of ads across everything you use to access the internet—not just your Roku.

Apple Announces Next Step Towards Achieving 2030 Environmental Goal

Apple today announced it has committed up to 720 million yuan (nearly $100 million) towards accelerating the development of clean energy sources in China, as part of the company's goal of transitioning its supply chain to 100% renewable energy by 2030.


The investment will go towards the second phase of the China Clean Energy Fund, which aims to add approximately 550,000 megawatt-hours of wind and solar capacity to China's grid each year, according to Apple. The first phase added more than a gigawatt of new wind and solar projects across the country, the company said.

Apple's overall goal is to become completely carbon neutral across its entire business, manufacturing supply chain, and product life cycle by 2030. More details about this plan are available on Apple's environment page.

In related news, Apple CEO Tim Cook is currently visiting China, and he has been sharing some photos from his trip on his Weibo account. Cook is once again attending the annual China Development Forum in Beijing, and reports said he described Chinese artificial intelligence platform DeepSeek as "excellent" while there.

As part of this pro-China campaign, Apple also announced it is donating to help expand rural teacher training programs in China.


This article, "Apple Announces Next Step Towards Achieving 2030 Environmental Goal" first appeared on MacRumors.com

Discuss this article in our forums

Apple Now Selling USB-C to 3.5mm Audio Cable

Following today's announcement of Lossless audio and Personalized Spatial Audio for the AirPods Max, Apple today released a USB-C to 3.5mm audio cable.


The cable is designed for the ‌AirPods Max‌ with USB-C and Beats Studio Pro headphones, allowing them to be connected directly to the audio-out port of a Mac, in-flight entertainment system, or other device.

This bidirectional cable can be used with both 3.5 mm audio-out and audio-in ports, allowing you to connect your AirPods Max or Beats Studio Pro headphones to 3.5 mm audio sources, or to connect your iPhone or iPad to speakers with 3.5 mm audio ports. When connected to AirPods Max, this cable enables ultra-low latency on par with the device's built-in speakers for an optimal experience when gaming or creating content.


Apple used to sell a similar Lightning to 3.5mm audio cable, but it has now been discontinued. Apple's USB-C to 3.5mm audio cable is available now for $39.00.
Related Roundup: AirPods Max
Buyer's Guide: AirPods Max (Buy Now)
Related Forum: AirPods

This article, "Apple Now Selling USB-C to 3.5mm Audio Cable" first appeared on MacRumors.com

Discuss this article in our forums

What's New on Disney+ in April 2025

Season two of "Andor" and "Doctor Who"—plus the finale of "Marvel Television’s Daredevil: Born Again."

Disney+ has sophomore seasons of two significant series coming in April. The second installment of Lucasfilm's Emmy-nominated thriller Andor—the prequel to Rogue One and set five years prior—tells the origin story of Rebel spy Cassian Andor and the formation of the Rebel Alliance. Diego Luna reprises his role from the film and the first season of the series. A three-episode premiere is set for 6 p.m. PT on April 22, with additional episodes dropping weekly on Tuesdays until mid-May.

Also on the April schedule is season two of Doctor Who. Ncuti Gatwa stars as the Doctor, who is on a quest to get Belinda Chandra (played by Varadu Sethu) back to Earth. Millie Gibson stars as Ruby Sunday, with a guest appearance from Alan Cumming. After the premiere on Saturday, April 12, new episodes will be released weekly.

Other content premiering in April includes season two of Light & Magic (April 18), a three-part docuseries about Lucasfilm's visual effects company Industrial Light & Magic, and Disney+ Original documentary film Pets (April 11) from director Bryce Dallas Howard.

Disney+ will also be wrapping up weekly episodes of Marvel Television’s Daredevil: Born Again (Tuesdays through April 15) and releasing the final two installments of the six-part NatGeo docuseries David Blaine Do Not Attempt (April 7), which premiered last month.

Here's everything coming to Disney+ in April.

Disney Plus series with new episodes weekly in April 2025

  • Andor (Season 2)—Disney+ Original, new episodes on Tuesdays beginning April 22

  • Marvel Television’s Daredevil: Born Again—new episodes on Tuesdays through April 15

  • Doctor Who (Season 2)—new episodes on Saturdays beginning April 12

Disney+ will also be streaming SC+, a SportsCenter show exclusive to the platform, every weekday at 6 a.m. PT and on weekend mornings. Each stream will be available for 24 hours.

Movies and complete series/seasons coming to Disney Plus in April 2025

Arriving April 1

  • Lost Treasures of Rome (S2, 6 episodes)

  • National Parks: USA (S1, 5 episodes)

  • RoboGobo (S1, 24 episodes)

Arriving April 3

  • Oklahoma City Bombing: One Day in America (S1, 3 episodes)

Arriving April 7

  • David Blaine Do Not Attempt

  • Not Just a Goof

Arriving April 9

  • Marvel’s Spidey and His Amazing Friends (S3, 4 episodes)

Arriving April 11

  • The Abyss 4K

  • Pets

Arriving April 12

  • Titanic: The Digital Resurrection

  • To Catch a Smuggler (S8, 8 episodes)

Arriving April 16

  • Big City Greens (S4, 7 episodes)

  • SuperKitties (S2, 3 episodes)

Arriving April 18

  • Light & Magic (Season 2)

Arriving April 21

  • Secret of the Penguins (S1, 3 episodes)

Arriving April 22

  • ABC News Live Special: Last Lands (S1, 4 episodes)

  • Sea Lions of the Galapagos

  • Guardians of the Galapagos

Arriving April 25

  • Megastructures: Real Madrid Super Stadium

Arriving April 30

  • Chibi Tiny Tales: Shorts (S5, 7 episodes)

  • Mickey Mouse Funhouse (S3, 5 episodes)

Hulu + ESPN content coming to Disney+ in April 2025

As in previous months, Disney+ subscribers will also have access to select content from Hulu and ESPN in March, including live streams of PGA Tour and NWSL events, the NCAA Women's Gymnastics Championships, and select NHL games. Here are a few of the other titles coming to Disney+:

  • Clipped

  • Tell Me Lies

  • Interior Chinatown

  • It's Always Sunny in Philadelphia

  • White Collar

  • Reasonable Doubt

  • Prey

  • Crazy Hearts

  • Say Anything

  • The Night House

  • College Gameday

  • Pardon the Interruption

  • The Mina Kimes Show featuring Lenny

  • Vince's Places

  • P.K.'s Places

  • E60 Once Upon a Time in Anaheim

  • No Easy Victories: The 1994 New York Rangers

You Can Get a Year of Dollar Flight Club Premium+ for Just $30 Right Now

If you want cheaper flights but hate manually checking prices, this deal can pay for itself after one good booking.

We may earn a commission from links on this page. Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication.

Getting a premium economy or business class seat for the price of economy sounds like a fantasy, but that’s what the Dollar Flight Club Premium+ Plan helps you do: This subscription service does the heavy lifting of hunting down the best flight deals and sending them to your inbox. Usually, a year of DFC Premium+ costs $99.99, but right now, new users can get it for just $29.99 on StackSocial. That’s a solid discount—unless, of course, you already have an account (in which case, no dice). Also, you have to redeem your code within 30 days of buying, and after your discounted year, the membership renews at full price automatically. If you’re okay with that (or plan to cancel before renewal), you could lock in some serious travel savings with this deal.

With a Premium Plus+ membership, you get access to discounted fares across Economy, Premium Economy, and Business Class, meaning there’s a chance you could score a lie-flat seat to Europe for the price of an economy ticket. You’ll also get alerts for domestic and international mistake fares (those rare but amazing airline pricing errors), plus exclusive deals not available online, since DFC works directly with airlines. On top of that, members also get discounts on travel perks like Priority Pass and TSA PreCheck. Before you get too excited, though, keep in mind that Dollar Flight Club currently only covers members in North & South America, Europe, Australia, and New Zealand.

If you travel frequently or have a bucket list trip in mind, this subscription might be an easy way to catch mistake fares, last-minute deals, and discounts on flights—sometimes up to 90% off. Just set your home airports, pick your ideal destinations, and let Dollar Flight Club scour the internet for the best fares. And unlike generic flight deal newsletters, this service tailors alerts to your preferences (departure airports and destinations), so you won’t waste time on irrelevant deals.

This Quaint U.S. Exclave Is Grappling With Trump’s Trade War With Canada

Locals in Point Roberts, Washington, are growing worried the border town can't survive the rising hostility between the U.S. and Canada.

US Tariffs Point Roberts

POINT ROBERTS, Wash. — In the northwest corner of Washington state lies a quirky U.S. exclave so dependent on Canada’s goodwill that the strain of President Donald Trump’s tariff war is inescapable — in the sole grocery store, at any of the three eateries, and for the many residents who never voted for him.

Locals and visitors alike in Point Roberts, Washington, are increasingly worried about how this unusual waterfront border town that has embodied the two countries’ interdependency can survive the hostility brewing on both sides.

[time-brightcove not-tgx=”true”]

Read More: How Canada Got Hooked on the U.S. Economy

“This was really devastating,” said Tamra Hansen, a longtime Point Roberts resident and business owner whose eyes welled with tears as she described her two restaurants on the brink. “If we don’t get the support from the Canadians, this town will die.”

Known as a geographic oddity since the boundary with Canada was drawn in 1846, this detached 5-square-mile community — called an exclave because it’s completely separated from mainland America — is surrounded by water on three sides. Its only land connection is to Canada and it takes one border crossing and about 25 miles north by car to get to downtown Vancouver, B.C.; or two border crossings and about 25 miles through Canada to re-enter the United States along Boundary Bay.

The beaches, marina, golf course and hiking trails have long made Point Roberts a cherished getaway destination, but today locals say business has never been worse. Canadian visitors are staying away and some American residents say they’ve even been harassed over their nationality.

Point Roberts Fire Chief Christopher Carleton said Point Roberts is one the last remaining untouched natural gems of the United States, but the tight-knit community with no stop lights is now under threat by politicians who know nothing about their way of life.

“We need to take care of one another and have grace for one another and not allow people who don’t even know we exist to disrupt the relationships we currently have,” said Carleton, whose firefighters mostly live across the border.

Tensions between the U.S. and Canada have spiked to a level not seen before in modern times thanks to Trump’s on-again, off-again threat over the past two months to place taxes on a long list of goods going across the border. In response, Canada has promised retaliatory tariffs.

For a country that has famously prided itself on being nice, polite and loyal allies, Canadians aren’t hiding their disgust for Trump’s polarizing rhetoric, especially taking offense with the U.S. president’s claim that Canada could be the “ 51st state.”

Mark Nykolaichuk said he refuses to go to the mainland U.S. but describes Point Roberts as a unique exception because the border here has never felt like an actual divide for Canadians like him who grew up visiting.

Most of the property owners here are from Canada, and many of the 1,000 year-round residents have dual citizenship. Once a booming fishing town, the leading industry now, according to U.S. Census data, is retail — primarily driven from tourism because of the number of vacation properties. The unincorporated Whatcom County community is now mostly home to retirees, though this year there are seven students — nicknamed “The Borderites” — at the lone public school.

Nykolaichuk, who lives in the Vancouver, B.C. area, said he hopes he can help keep the Point Roberts International Marketplace open by shopping there, given that management reports business is down 20% to 30%. He depends on Point Roberts’ only grocery store to be able to cook at his vacation home because U.S. customs doesn’t permit raw meat to enter its borders, for example, so he must buy it in town.

“Nobody wants to see this place shut down,” Nykolaichuk said. “If this place goes, where are the U.S. citizens going to eat? Where are they going to get their food from?”

Many in Point Roberts don’t blame the Canadians for their disdain over Trump’s perceived sovereignty threat. Instead, there’s a deep sadness for both sides.

“We’ve always gotten along and it’s just nonsensical because now the U.S. is going to suffer too,” said Hansen, who is a dual citizen. “I definitely feel for the Canadian people at this time because they’ve got their backs against the wall, really, and they have to retaliate.”

Like many locals, Larry Musselwhite, owner of Larry’s Liquor Locker, is angry at Trump and blames the president for Point Roberts’ economic problems. The 75-year-old said he can’t even think about retiring right now because of the economy. His liquor store was down 40% in sales last month.

“This is because of our elected president, who really doesn’t care about the common man and the struggles that we have to go through,” Musselwhite said. “It greatly affects how I live my life.”

About 75% of the Point Roberts precinct voted for a presidential candidate other than Trump, which is a higher percentage than across Whatcom County as well as the statewide turnout, according to the 2024 election results.

Locals say one of the most frustrating things about the tit-for-tat is the way that the tariffs have abruptly started and stopped, creating an unsteady flow of changes to customs. The whiplash for residents who often cross the border multiple times a day leaves them unsure whether or when they’ll be surprised with a new penalty.

This fear over unexpected tariff fees has made people cautious about buying things in Point Roberts — if they’re coming into town at all.

Hugh Wilson, a real estate agent who also manages several local Airbnb listings, said properties have seen more cancellations than bookings lately.

“Nobody is sure of the rules at any one day here,” Wilson said. “The border agents do the best they can to stay up to date and they relay that to us as normal people crossing the border.”

With no end in sight, there’s also a high-stakes fear that the dispute could escalate with Canada possibly imposing tariffs on the water and electricity that it supplies to Point Roberts, or even turning off the utilities altogether.

“If it gets more brutal, they can cut off the water just like that, or the power,” said Brian Calder, a fourth-generation resident who was previously the president of the Point Roberts Chamber of Commerce. “And it just depends how much more confrontation is fomented by Trump’s office.”

Calder said he and other town leaders are trying to plead for help with the British Columbia premier and the governor of Washington state. He said the local Whatcom County leadership has all but abandoned this far-away community in a time of crisis.

Jed Holmes, a spokesman for the county, said they are communicating with Washington state’s congressional delegation in D.C. to address the rapid deterioration in U.S.-Canada relations that has especially affected Point Roberts.

“I understand that folks want us to do more, but it’s really challenging to identify what meaningful things a county government can do to change this dynamic at the international level,” Holmes said in an email.

For Hansen, she’s asking herself how much more can she afford to lose personally while running the Saltwater Cafe breakfast spot and a restaurant called The Pier. She has 15 employees to pay but business was down 55% in February compared with last year. There have been times when her pub doesn’t even net $100 a day.

“There are some businesses that are going out of business right now as we speak,” Hansen said. “It’s very emotional for me because I care about everybody that lives here.”

7 Details We Loved in Andor Season 2’s New Trailer

Andor Season 2 Trailer Cassian Tie

Our latest look at Andor draws on a lot of what we'd already seen, but some expanding details flesh out our picture of the final season... and raise some intriguing questions.Andor Season 2 Trailer Cassian Tie

Our latest look at Andor draws on a lot of what we'd already seen, but some expanding details flesh out our picture of the final season... and raise some intriguing questions.

Foldable iPhone Expected to Launch Next Year, Costing Around $2,000

Apple will launch its long-rumored foldable iPhone next year with a ~$2,000 premium price tag attached, expects well-connected Bloomberg reporter Mark Gurman.


Gurman's comments on Apple's launch plans for its first foldable device appeared in the Q&A section of his latest Power On newsletter. Earlier this month, the reporter said Apple's foldable iPhone could be arriving "as early as 2026," so his latest comments suggest his conviction has strengthened that 2026 will indeed be the year of the foldable iPhone, based on his sources.

According to analyst Jeff Pu, the device recently entered the New Product Introduction (NPI) phase at Foxconn, with mass production slated to begin in the second half of 2026.

Apple's foldable iPhone is said to be similar in style to Samsung's Galaxy Z Fold, which uses a book-style folding mechanism, rather than the clamshell design of the Samsung Galaxy Z Flip. Gurman says Apple's version will have "less of a screen crease" when it's open. Notably, recent reports have suggested that the display on Apple's first foldable will look virtually crease-free to the human eye.

According to Gurman, the device will take advantage of the display, battery, modem, and chip advances that Apple has made in its development of the iPhone 17 Air, which is expected to replace the "Plus" model in Apple's smartphone lineup this year.

As for pricing, Gurman expects the device to be around $2,000. According to a recent Barclays Bank investor research note, Apple's first foldable iPhone could have a starting price in the $2,300 range in the United States, which would make it the most expensive iPhone model ever. This lines up with a previous report by supply chain analyst Ming-Chi Kuo, in which he predicted that the first foldable iPhone would be priced between $2,000 and $2,500.


This article, "Foldable iPhone Expected to Launch Next Year, Costing Around $2,000" first appeared on MacRumors.com

Discuss this article in our forums

Google's Pixel 9a Misses Out on a Couple of Pixel AI Features

Less RAM = less AI.

Google's budget phone for the masses, the Pixel 9a, will retail at $499 when it launches in April. That's a full $100 less than the iPhone 16e and $300 less than the Pixel 9. Even so, the 9a has many of the same features as the Pixel 9. It carries over the same Tensor G4 chip, and promises to feature most of the Pixel 9's AI suite.

Most, but not all. Ars Technica is now reporting that the Pixel 9a will be missing some crucial AI features at launch. That's because the Pixel 9a features 8GB RAM, while the Pixel 9 has 12GB RAM, and the Pixel 9 Pro models feature 16GB RAM.

While the Pixel 9a comes with on-device Gemini Nano, Ars Technica confirmed with Google that it's going to be using the Gemini Nano 1.0 XXS ("extra extra small") model. This is the company's lightest available model, and the one that runs on the Pixel 8. The rest of the Pixel 9 series phones, by comparison, all run the Gemini Nano XS (extra small) model.

While you can still use Gemini AI on Pixel 9a using the power button, being limited to the XXS model means it will lack some of the Pixel line's tentpole AI features. The 8GB RAM is not enough to run the Gemini AI models in the background, and the XXS model is text-only.

Because it can't run in the background, and it can't process images, it therefore can't support features like Pixel Screenshots app, which require image processing in the background. It also won't support Call Notes, a feature that uses audio analysis to provide on-device AI summaries of phone conversations. Additionally, it's possible that the Pixel line's newly announced spam detection feature might not be available on the Pixel 9a, but that's not confirmed as of yet.

Luckily, the Recorder app will still work, because the app creates a transcript first (not using Gemini AI), and then uses AI on the transcribed text, something that Pixel 9a can pull off.

That's all we know so far. More details on what works and what doesn't will only be available once the Pixel 9a is available in the wild, sometime in April. With this Pixel 9a release, the gap between the flagship Pixel and the budget Pixel is widening. Luckily, it's limited to AI features for now. If you don't intend to use these on-device AI features, you won't feel the pinch.

Use This App to Send Someone a File Without Using Any Cloud Storage

File.pizza can deliver your files quickly (if not necessarily in 30 minutes or less).

Quick: Send me a large file. Even today, decades after a famous comic about this exact problem, it's not necessarily simple. Messaging services don't allow truly huge files; neither do most email providers. You could stick the file in a cloud storage space, sure, but only if you're paying for enough storage space and not using that space for anything else at the moment.

Isn't there some way to send a file directly, without using up any cloud space? There is. File.pizza is a web service that allows you to directly share a file from your computer with another device—no cloud storage or app needed.

FilePizza isn't the only application like this. There's p2pfileshare.com and sharedrop.io, to name a couple. FilePizza stands out because of the simplicity—just share a file and copy the URL—and because it has a unique URL. The name of the application, while silly, has a crucial advantage: It's easy to remember.

You can, on any computer, open a browser and type the url "file.pizza" to start sharing a file. Just drag the file onto the browser window, set a password if you want, then click Start.

Me sharing a file named "Dumb Monster Movie.mp4".
Credit: Justin Pot

You now have a bunch of ways to share the file. There's a QR code, which is handy if you're trying to get a file onto a mobile device. There are also links you can copy and paste into a text.

A QR code and download links for the file
Credit: Justin Pot

You might have noticed that I haven't blurred the QR code or the link above. There's a reason for that: These links only work as long as the computer is on and the browser window offering the file is open. Without a cloud service, it's on your device to share the file with whoever might download it. Close the tab, and the file is gone. That has downsides, obviously, but the upside is that you don't have to worry about the file being shared in the long term. This is a tool for one-time transfers.

The person who opens the link will see the name of a file and a button to download it. When they click the button a direct connection is established.

The download button, as seen by the person you're sending the file to.
Credit: Justin Pot

The speed of the download, obviously, is going to depend on your internet connection. If you've got a decent upload speed, though, this won't be an issue. And it works extremely well if you're on the same wifi network. Give it a shot the next time you need to send a file directly.

To Serve Man, with Software

I didn’t choose to be a programmer. Somehow, it seemed, the computers chose me. For a long time, that was fine, that was enough; that was all I needed. But along the way I never felt that being a programmer was this unambiguously great-for-everyone career field

To Serve Man, with Software

I didn’t choose to be a programmer. Somehow, it seemed, the computers chose me. For a long time, that was fine, that was enough; that was all I needed. But along the way I never felt that being a programmer was this unambiguously great-for-everyone career field with zero downsides. There are absolutely occupational hazards of being a programmer, and one of my favorite programming quotes is an allusion to one of them:

It should be noted that no ethically-trained software engineer would ever consent to write a DestroyBaghdad procedure. Basic professional ethics would instead require him to write a DestroyCity procedure, to which Baghdad could be given as a parameter.

Which reminds me of another joke people were telling in 2015:

Donald Trump is basically a comment section running for president

Which is troubling because technically, technically, I run a company that builds comment sections.

Here at the tail end of 2017, from where I sit neither of these jokes seem particularly funny to me any more. Perhaps I have lost the capacity to feel joy as a human being? Haha just kidding!... kinda.

Remember in 2011 when Marc Andreeseen said that “Software is eating the world?”

To Serve Man, with Software

That used to sound all hip and cool and inspirational, like “Wow! We software developers really are making a difference in the world!” and now for the life of me I can’t read it as anything other than an ominous warning that we just weren’t smart enough to translate properly at the time. But maybe now we are.

To Serve Man, with Software

I’ve said many, many times that the key to becoming an experienced software developer is to understand that you are, at all times, your own worst enemy. I don’t mean this in a negative way – you have to constantly plan for and design around your inevitable human mistakes and fallibility. It’s fundamental to good software engineering because, well, we’re all human. The good-slash-bad news is that you’re only accidentally out to get yourself. But what happens when we’re infinitely connected and software is suddenly everywhere, in everyone’s pockets every moment of the day, starting to approximate a natural extension of our bodies? All of a sudden those little collective social software accidents become considerably more dangerous:

The issue is bigger than any single scandal, I told him. As headlines have exposed the troubling inner workings of company after company, startup culture no longer feels like fodder for gentle parodies about ping pong and hoodies. It feels ugly and rotten. Facebook, the greatest startup success story of this era, isn’t a merry band of hackers building cutesy tools that allow you to digitally Poke your friends. It’s a powerful and potentially sinister collector of personal data, a propaganda partner to government censors, and an enabler of discriminatory advertising.

I’m reminded of a particular Mitchell and Webb skit: “Are we the baddies?”

On the topic of unanticipated downsides to technology, there is no show more essential than Black Mirror. If you haven’t watched Black Mirror yet, do not pass go, do not collect $200, go immediately to Netflix and watch it. Go on! Go ahead!

Fair warning: please DO NOT start with season 1 episode 1 of Black Mirror! Start with season 3, and go forward. If you like those, dip into season 2 and the just-released season 4, then the rest. But humor me and please at least watch the first episode of season 3.

The technology described in Black Mirror can be fanciful at times, but several episodes portray disturbingly plausible scenarios with today’s science and tech, much less what we’ll have 20 to 50 years from now. These are very real cautionary tales, and some of this stuff is well on its way toward being realized.

Programmers don’t think of themselves as people with the power to change the world. Most programmers I know, including myself, grew up as nerds, geeks, social outcasts. Did I ever tell you about the time I wrote a self-destructing Apple // boot disk program to let a girl in middle school know that I liked her? I was (and still am) a terrible programmer, but oh man did I ever test the heck out of that code before copying on to her school floppy disc. But I digress. What do you do when you wake up one day and software has kind of eaten the world, and it is no longer clear if software is in fact an unambiguously good thing, like we thought, like everyone told us… like we wanted it to be?

Months ago I submitted a brief interview for a children’s book about coding.

To Serve Man, with Software

I recently received a complimentary copy of the book in the mail. I paged to my short interview, alongside the very cool Kiki Prottsman. I had no real recollection of the interview questions after the months of lead time it takes to print a physical book, but reading the printed page, I suddenly hit myself over the head with the very answer I had been searching my soul for these past 6 months:

To Serve Man, with Software

In attempting to simplify my answers for an audience of kids, I had concisely articulated the one thing that keeps me coming back to software: to serve man. Not on a platter, for bullshit monetization – but software that helps people be the best version of themselves.

And you know why I do it? I need that help, too. I get tired, angry, upset, emotional, cranky, irritable, frustrated and I need to be reminded from time to time to choose to be the better version of myself. I don’t always succeed. But I want to. And I believe everyone else – for some reasonable statistical value of everyone else – fundamentally does, too.

That was the not-so-secret design philosophy behind Stack Overflow, that by helping others become better programmers, you too would become a better programmer. It’s unavoidable. And, even better, if we leave enough helpful breadcrumbs behind for those that follow us, we collectively advance the whole of programming for everyone.

I apologize for not blogging much in 2017. I’ve certainly been busy with Discourse which is actually going great; we grew to 21 people and gave $55,000 back this year to the open source ecosystem we build on. But that’s no excuse. The truth is that it’s been hard to write because this has been a deeply troubling year in so many dimensions – for men, for tech, for American democracy. I’m ashamed of much that happened, and I think one of the first and most important steps we can take is to embrace explicit codes of conduct throughout our industry. I also continue to believe, if we start to think more holistically about what our software can do to serve all people, not just ourselves personally (or, even worse, the company we work for) – that software can and should be part of the solution.

I tried to amplify on these thoughts in recent podcasts:

To Serve Man, with Software Community Engineering Report with Kim Crayton
To Serve Man, with Software Developer on Fire with Dave Rael
To Serve Man, with Software Dorm Room Tycoon with William Channer

Software is easy to change, but people... aren’t. So in the new year, as software developers, let’s make a resolution to focus on the part we can change, and keep asking ourselves one very important question: how can our software help people become the best version of themselves?

Turmoil in Turkey after Erdogan rival is arrested on corruption charges

Widespread demonstrations erupted in Istanbul over the weekend, after a Turkish court ordered the arrest of the mayor, a main political rival or President Erdogan, on corruption charges.

Widespread demonstrations erupted in Istanbul over the weekend, after a Turkish court ordered the arrest of the mayor, a main political rival or President Erdogan, on corruption charges.

How to Enable 'Notification Cooldown' on Your Google Pixel

Your device can automatically reduce the deluge of alerts.

While it's generally useful to get notifications on your phone, there are times when it's too much, too fast, such as after you disable Airplane Mode or when your family text thread is blowing up while you're in the middle of a meeting. On Android, you can turn on silent mode or snooze or disable notifications entirely—or you can rely on the new Notification Cooldown feature, which temporarily lowers the literal and figurative volume on your alerts so you don't have to manage those modes yourself.

We've known this feature was coming for a while, and it finally arrived on Android 15 with the March 2025 update.

How Notification Cooldown works

Notification Cooldown manages a deluge of alerts that come in over a short period of time by temporarily lowering your device's volume and minimizing on-screen pop-ups. The cooldown can last up to two minutes.

Notifications don't disappear entirely when Notification Cooldown is enabled, so you don't need to worry about missing important alerts. You can still view them in the notification shade by pulling down from the top of your phone's screen. Calls, alarms, emergency alerts, and priority conversations will still come through during a cooldown.

Unfortunately, there's no option to customize Notification Cooldown—such as the alert threshold that triggers it, how long it lasts, and which apps are cooled—other than turning the feature on or off.

How to enable (or disable) Notification Cooldown

To turn Notification Cooldown on or off on your Pixel device, open Settings and go to Notifications > Notification cooldown (under General). Use the toggle next to "Use notification cooldown" to enable or disable the feature. Notification Cooldown may be on by default, so you can opt out if you prefer not to use it.

If you don't see this option in your phone's settings, make sure you've updated your device to the latest version of Android 15.

Seven Things You Didn't Know You Could Do With Your Garmin Watch

Never get lost in a menu again, and more.

We may earn a commission from links on this page.

Garmin watches like my beloved Forerunner 265S have so many features buried in their menus that you may not have discovered some of the best ones. Here are some of the best underrated features of Garmin watches (available on Forerunners and other models), as well as convenient shortcuts you’ll find yourself using all the time. 

Shortcuts for getting around your Garmin watch

flashlight and sunrise/sunset apps
Left is the flashlight (it's brighter in the dark, I promise). Right is what you get when you long press on the sunset time complication. Credit: Beth Skwarecki

Quickly get back to the home screen

This works on all the touchscreen watches: Wherever you are, no matter how many menus deep, just cover the screen with your palm. The screen will go dark, and when you activate it again (by tapping the touchscreen, flicking your wrist, or hitting the top left “light” button), it will be back at the home screen.

Pull up a flashlight

Double press the light button (top left). Even if your watch isn’t equipped with an LED flashlight, this will turn on the flashlight app that displays bright white pixels to provide a soft light. It's handy for going to the bathroom in the middle of the night, or getting out of your kid’s room at bedtime without stepping on a LEGO. Oh—and you can quickly turn it off by putting your palm over the screen.

Long press your watch face complications

Unlike on an Apple Watch, you can’t tap a complication to get more information about it. I assumed that meant the complications weren’t interactive. But no—you need to long press the complication, and then you get the info. My sunrise/sunset complication pulls up a circular chart with sunrise, sunset, dusk, and dawn times (and an option to look at different dates or locations). You can also use this to get more information on complications that were on by default and you never quite figured out what they are. 

Garmin Share

Two watches transferring a workout file
The watch on the left is sending a workout to the watch on the right. Credit: Beth Skwarecki

If you run with others, or like to discuss workouts with a friend who also uses Garmin, you’ll love the Garmin Share feature, which allows you to beam a workout (or course map) to another person’s watch. “What’s a Norwegian 4x4?” my husband might say. “Here, I’ll send it to you,” I can answer, and he’ll have it in his on-watch workout library in seconds. 

How to send items with Garmin Share: 

  1. Hit the Start button as if you were going to start an activity. 

  2. Scroll down until you see Garmin Share as an option. Select it.

  3. You’ll see a screen that says Ready to Receive. Scroll down to see all your shareable items (workouts, courses, etc) and choose one. 

  4. Your watch will say “Looking for devices.” If your friend has opened up the receiving screen, their watch model and their name will become available to select.

How to receive a workout with Garmin Share: 

  1. As above, go to the Start button, scroll down, and select Garmin Share.

  2. You’ll see a screen that says Ready to Receive.

  3. When they share the file, you’ll get an option to say yes or no to downloading it.

You can also share a workout by finding it on your watch (as if you were going to do the workout) and then selecting Share instead of Do Workout.

Sunset alerts

You can set all kinds of alerts on your watch. One day I was poking around the menus, just curious about what was in there, when I noticed a “sunset” option. 

I have this habit of going out for an evening trail run without checking how much time I've got until the sun goes down. It’s a recipe for regret: Either I’ll wish I brought a flashlight, or I’ll wish I had just started my run a little earlier in the day. 

But now, that’s a problem of the past. I went into Settings > Notifications and Alerts > System Alerts > Til Sunset, and set the time to one hour (1:00:00). Now, I get a little buzz on my wrist when I have an hour before the sun sets. If I’m dressed for a run but have been dawdling on getting out the door, that’s my cue. And if I realize I’m not going to make it back before dark, I grab a flashlight on my way out.

Set hot keys for features that would otherwise be buried in a menu

A hot key is a shortcut—something like, long press the START button (top right) to turn sleep mode on or off. 

To set up hot keys, go into settings > System > Hot Keys. There are seven you can use: holding the start, back, or down buttons, or pressing two buttons at once (start and down, start and up, back and light, or back and up). 

Some of the handy features you can map to a hot key include: 

  • Lock the device (great if you have a toddler who likes to play with your watch)

  • Broadcast heart rate (so that you can see your HR on gym equipment) 

  • Change sport (if you’re running on the track, but want to switch to a regular run when kids storm the field for soccer practice)

  • Turn the touchscreen on or off

  • Bring up a stopwatch or timer

Find my phone

find my phone screen on Garmin watch
Credit: Beth Skwarecki

This is a standard smartwatch feature these days, but I keep seeing people discover it for the first time, so here’s your public service announcement: Hold the LIGHT button (top left) to get that wheel of little shortcut things. Select Find My Phone, and it will.